directory tore

Transcription

directory tore

S€£/\Hco
DIRECTORY
Directory of Institutes for Labour Studies
D
TORE
Répertoire des instituts d'études sociales
G
\y
Guía de Institutos de Estudios Laborales
9SMTO
41185
International Institute for Labour Studies
Institut international d'études sociales
Instituto Internacional de Estudios Laborales
Copyright© International Institute for Labour Studies 1978
ISBN 92-9014-033-X
First published 1978
Première édition 1978
Primera edición 1978
Price: 125 Swiss francs
Prix: 125 francs suisses
Precio: 125 francos suizos
The designations employed in this publication, which are in conformity with United
Nations practice, and the presentation of material therein do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the International Institute for
Labour Studies concerning the legal status of any country or territory or of its
authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers.
Orders may be sent direct to the International Institute for Labour Studies,
P.O. Box 6,1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland.
Les désignations utilisées dans cette publication, qui sont conformes à la pratique
des Nations Unies, et la présentation des données qui y figurent n'impliquent de
la part de l'Institut international d'études sociales aucune prise de position quant
au statut juridique de tel ou tel pays ou territoire, ou de ses autorités, ni quant
au tracé de ses frontières.
Les commandes peuvent être adressées directement à l'Institut
d'études sociales, case postale 6,1211 Genève 22, Suisse.
international
Las denominaciones empleadas, en concordancia con la práctica seguida en las
Naciones Unidas, y la forma en que aparecen los datos en esta publicación no implican juicio alguno por partedel Instituto Internacional de Estudios Laborales sobre
la condición jurídica de ninguno de los países o territorios citados o de sus autoridades, ni respecto de la delimitación de sus fronteras.
Los pedidos podrán enviarse directamente al Instituto Internacional de Estudios
Laborales, apartado postal 6, 1211 Ginebra 22, Suiza.
FOREWORD
The exchange of information and ideas is one of the main tasks
of the International Institute for Labour Studies as an international
centre for advanced labour studies.
The Institute was therefore
pleased when the International Labour Office requested it to take
over the responsibility for re-issuing the Directory of Labour
Relations Institutes,published by the ILO in 1973,and for expanding
its coverage.
The revised title, Directory of Institutes for Labour Studies,
reflects the expanded coverage of the volume which has been published
with the financial support of the ILO.
The Directory includes
institutes, centres, research and educational departments and similar
institutions engaged in education, training and research in labour
studies.
It summarises their aims, administrative structure,
programmes, publications and facilities.
The entry outline follows
closely a questionnaire which was mailed to all known institutions
undertaking relevant activities.
Entries appear in English, French
or Spanish thus reflecting the world-wide coverage of the Directory.
In selecting institutions to be included, the following criteria
were applied:
(a) in terms of organisational structure, public or private institutions whether independent or closely associated with another
body were considered.
The decisive factor in selection was
the institute's distinct identity, recognised either formally
or informally;
(b) functionally, the institutes had to be engaged in education,
training or research, or any combination of these activities,
in the labour studies field.
Academic courses leading to
university degrees as well as non-credit courses or training
of a more practical nature may characterise the educational
programmes.
Conferences, seminars, projects and publications
would be indicative for research activities; and
(c) the subject matter treated in an institute to be included in the
Directory is labour studies in the broad sense of the term.
Education, training or research activities might include such
topics as: industrial relations, industrial sociology, industrial
psychology, development of trade union leadership, labour law,
labour economics and labour policy.
The institutes are presented under country headings in English
alphabetical order; French and Spanish equivalents of country names
are also given.
The volume contains information on some 300
institutes worldwide.
I wish to thank the directors of all institutions included in the
Directory for their co-operation in providing information for the
volume and to invite those institutes which we were unable to include
because of lack of information to participate in future editions.
The Directory is up-dated by publication of additions and changes
available to subscribers each year.
(Rev. 1980/81)
AVANT-PROPOS
L'échange d'idées et d'informations constitue l'une des tâches
principales de l'Institut international d'études sociales en tant que
centre international de hautes études des questions du travail. Aussi
l'Institut a-t-il été heureux de se voir confier par le Bureau international du Travail la réédition du Directory of Labour Relations
Institutes, publié (en anglais seulement) par le BIT en 1973, et le
soin d'en élargir la portée.
Le nouveau titre, Répertoire des Instituts d'études sociales,
correspond bien à l'élargissement de la matière présentée par cet
ouvrage, qui est publié avec l'appui financier du BIT. Le Répertoire
comprend des instituts, des centres, des départements de recherche et
d'enseignement et des institutions analogues s'occupant d'enseignement,
de formation et de recherche dans le domaine des études sociales. Il
résume leurs buts, leur structure administrative, leurs programmes,
leurs publications et les services qu'ils peuvent offrir. Chaque
rubrique reprend les réponses données au questionnaire qui avait été
envoyé à toutes les institutions connues ayant des activités se rapportant aux études sociales. Les rubriques, rédigées en anglais, en
français ou en espagnol, reflètent la portée mondiale du Répertoire.
Le choix des institutions présentées dans le Répertoire s'est
fait sur la base des critères suivants:
a) en ce qui concerne la structure organique, il a été tenu compte
des institutions publiques ou privées, qu'elles soient indépendantes ou rattachées à un autre organisme. Le facteur décisif
du choix a été l'existence distincte de l'institut, que son
identité soit reconnue officiellement ou non;
b) en ce qui concerne l'activité, on a retenu les instituts qui
s'occupent d'enseignement, de formation ou de recherche, ou
mènent de front ces travaux, dans le domaine des études
sociales.
Leurs programmes d'enseignement peuvent se
caractériser, soit par des cours conduisant à l'obtention de
grades universitaires, soit par des stages ou une formation
de nature plus pratique et non sanctionnés par un titre.
Des conférences, des séminaires, des projets et des
publications indiquent l'existence d'activités de recherche.
c) pour qu'un institut figure dans le Répertoire, il doit s'occuper
d'études sociales au sens large du terme. Les activités d'enseignement, de formation ou de recherche peuvent porter sur des sujets
tels que: les relations professionnelles, la sociologie industrielle, la psychologie industrielle, la formation de dirigeants
syndicaux, la législation du travail, l'économie du travail et la
politique dû travail.
Dans le présent Répertoire, les instituts figurent par pays
dans l'ordre alphabétique anglais; l'équivalent en français et en
espagnol des noms de pays est également indiqué.
Le Répertoire
contient des informations concernant quelque 300 instituts dans le
monde entier.
(Rev. 1980/81)
iii
Je remercie de leur collaboration les directeurs des institutions
répertoriées et je souhaite que les institutions qu'il ne nous a pas
été possible d'inclure, faute de renseignements, figurent dans les
éditions futures.
Le Répertoire est mis à jour grâce à des
suppléments et à des rectifications qui sont adressés aux abonnés
chaque année.
PREFACIO
El intercambio de informaciones e ideas constituye uno de los
principales cometidos del Instituto Internacional de Estudios
Laborales, en su papel de centro internacional de altos estudios
de cuestiones laborales. Por lo tanto, el Instituto se felicitó
cuando la Oficina Internacional del Trabajo le pidió que asumiera
la responsabilidad de una nueva edición del Directory of Labour
Relations Institutes publicado (sólo en inglés) por la OIT en 1973
y de ampliarlo.
El nuevo título previsto. Guía de Institutos de Estudios Laborales,
refleja la ampliación de la obra que ha sido publicada con la ayuda
financiera de la OIT. En ello figuran institutos, centros, departamentos de investigación y enseñanza e instituciones similares que se
ocupan de la enseñanza, la formación y la investigación en materia
laboral. En el volumen se resumen sus finalidades, estructura administrativa, programas, publicaciones, etc. Cada rúbrica recoge las
respuestas dadas a un cuestionario que habla sido enviado a todas las
instituciones conocidas que desempeñan ese tipo de actividades. Las
rúbricas redactadas en español, francés o inglés, reflejan la amplitud
mundial de la Gula.
Al seleccionar las instituciones que habían de figurar en la Gula,
se han seguido los siguientes criterios:
a) en cuanto a la estructura orgánica, se han tenido en cuenta las
instituciones públicas o privadas, ya sean independientes o estén
estrechamente asociadas a un otro organismo. El criterio decisivo
para seleccionarlas fue que el instituto tuviera una identidad
propia, prescindiendo de si es o no oficialmente reconocida;
b) por lo que respecta a la actividad, se han retenidos los institutos que se ocupan de enseñanza, formación o investigación en
materia laboral, o combinan estas actividades. Sus programas
de enseñanza podían caracterizarse por cursos académicos conducentes a la obtención de títulos universitarios, o bien por cursos de formación de Índole más práctica no conducentes oficialmente a la obtención de títulos. La organización de conferencias,
seminarios, proyectos y publicaciones indican la existencia de
actividades de investigación; y
c) para que un instituto figure en la Gula debe ocuparse de los estudios sociales en el sentido amplio de la palabra. La enseñanza,
la formación o la investigación pueden referirse a temas tales
como: relaciones profesionales, sociología industrial, psicología
industrial, formación de dirigentes sindicales, legislación del
trabajo, economía y política laborales.
(Rev. 1980/81)
En la presente Guía, los institutos figuran por países, en
orden alfabético inglés; también se encuentran los equivalentes de
los nombres de los países en español y francés.
El volumen
contiene información sobre 300 institutos en el mundo.
Deseo agradecer a los directores de todas las instituciones que
figuran en la Gula por su cooperación al enviar información para el
volumen, e invitar a las instituciones que hasta el presente no han
podido figurar por falta de datos a participar en las futuras ediciones.
La Guía se mantiene al día por medio de suplementos y modificaciones
que se enviarán a los suscriptores a fines de cada año.
Para dar datos exactos y completos, el IIEL necesita recibir regularmente información por parte de las instituciones que ya figuran en la
Guía y de aquellas cuyas actividades justificarían su inclusión en
ella.
Albert Tévoédjrè
(Rev. 1980/81)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE DES MATIERES
INDICE
ALGERIA
ALGERIE
ARGELIA
. Institut des Sciences sociales, Université d'Oran Es-Senia, Oran
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
. Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones Laborales (CEIL), Buenos Aires
. Centro de Investigaciones en Ciencias de la Educación (CICE),
(Instituto Torcuato di Telia), Buenos Aires
Centro de Investigaciones en Ciencias Sociales (CICSO), Buenos Aires
. Centro Universitario de Política Social (CEUPS), córdoba
. Instituto de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social, Santa Fe
. Instituto de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social
"Dr. Juan Bialet Massé", córdoba
. Instituto Internacional de Estudios y Capacitación Social del Sur
(INCASUR), Capital Federal
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIE
AUSTRALIA
. Clyde Cameron College, Australian Council for Union Training,
Carlton South
. Department of Industrial Relations, University of New South Wales,
Kensington
. Department of Industrial Relations, The University of Sydney, Sydney
. The Flinders University Institute of Labour Studies, Bedford Park
AUSTRIA
AUTRICHE
AUSTRIA
. Institut für Arbeitsrecht und Socialrecht, Salzburg
. Institut für Arbeitsverfassung und Mitbestimmung der Kammer für
Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien, Mödling
. Sozialakademie der Kammer für Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien,
Mödling
BANGLADESH
BANGLADESH
BANGLADESH
. Industrial Relations Institute, Dacca
BARBADOS
BARBADE
. The Barbados Workers' Union Labour College, St. Philip
(Rev. 1980/81)
BARBADOS
- 2 BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
. Centre national de Sociologie du Droit social, Bruxelles
. Hoger Instituut voor de Arbeid, Leuven
. Institut de Droit du Travail, Université catholique de Louvain,
Collegium Falconis, Louvain
. Institut européen interuniversitaire de l'Action sociale,
Marcinelle
. Institut de Formation de Cadres pour le Développement (IFCAD),
Bruxelles
. Séminaire de Sociologie de l'Université d'Etat, Gand
BENIN
BENIN
BENIN
. Centre de Formation administrative et de Perfectionnement (CEFAP),
Cotonou
. Centre de Perfectionnement du Personnel des Entreprises, Cotonou
. Centre panafricain de Formation coopérative, Cotonou
. Institut de Formation sociale, économique et civique (INFOSEC),
Cotonou
BOLIVIA
BOLIVIE
BOLIVIA
. Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones Sociolaborales (INIS), La Paz
BOTSWANA
BOTSWANA
BOTSWANA
. Institute of Development Management (Botswana-Lesotho-Swaziland),
Gaborone
BRAZIL
BRESIL
BRASIL
. Centro Brasileiro de Analise e Planejamento (CEBRAP), Sao Paulo
CAMEROON
CAMEROUN
CAMERÚN
. Centre national de Formation coopérative (CNFC), Ebolowa
. Centre régional africain d'Administration du Travail (CRADAT),
Yaounde
. Institut d'Administration des Entreprises (IAE), Douala
. Institut panafricain pour le Développement (IPD), Douala
(Rev. 1980/81)
CANADA
CANADA
CANADA
. Centre for Industrial Relations, University of Toronto, Toronto
. Ecole de Relations industrielles
(School of Industrial
Relations), Université de Montréal, Montréal
. Industrial Relations Centre, McGill University, Montreal
. Industrial Relations Centre, Queen's University, Kingston
. Institute of Labour and Labour-Management Studies, Niagara College
of Applied Arts and Technology, Weiland
. Institute of Public Affairs, Dalhousie University, Halifax
CHILE
CHILI
CHILE
. Departamento de Derecho del Trabajo y Seguridad Social, Universidad
Católica de Chile, Santiago
. Departamento de Relaciones del Trabajo y Desarrollo Organizacional
(DERTO), Santiago
. Servicio Nacional de Capacitación y Empleo (SENDE), Santiago
COLOMBIA
COLOMBIE
COLOMBIA
. Facultad de Derecho de la Universidad Autónoma Latinoamericana,
Medellín
. Instituto de Capacitación Laboral, CTC, Bogotá
. Instituto de Especialización Laboral de la Pontificia Universidad
Javerlana, Bogotá
COSTA RICA
COSTA RICA
' COSTA RICA
. Centro de Estudios Democráticos de América Latina (CEDAL), San
José
. Facultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales, San José
. Instituto Centroamericano de Estudios Sociales (ICAES), San Isidro
de Coronado
. Instituto de Estudios del Trabajo, Héredia
. Instituto Nacional de Aprendizaje (INA), San José
. Instituto Nacional de Estudios Sindicales y Sociales (INESS), San
José
. Sección de Investigación de la Escuela de Trabajo Social,- Facultad
de Ciencias Sociales, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José
DENMARK
DANEMARK
DINAMARCA
. The Danish National Institute of Social Research, Copenhagen
. LO-Skolen, Helsing0r
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 4 ECUADOR
EQUATEUR
ECUADOR
. Instituto Nacional de Educación Sindical Ecuatoriano (INESE),
Quito
EGYPT
EGYPTE
EGIPTO
. The Arab Petroleum Institute for Labour Studies, Giza
. Institute of International Labour Relations, Cairo
. Labour Management Institute, Cairo
FINLAND
FINLANDE
FINLANDIA
. Finnish Institute of Leadership Training, Helsinki
FRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCIA
. Agence nationale pour l'Amélioration des Conditions de Travail,
Montrouge
. Centre de Droit comparé du Travail et de la Sécurité sociale,
Faculté de Droit et de Sciences économiques, Université de
Bordeaux-I, Pessac
. Centre de Recherche sur le Bien-Etre (CEREBE), Paris
. Centre de Recherches en Sciences sociales du Travail (CRESST),
Sceaux
. Institut confédéral d'Etudes et de Formation syndicale de la CFDT,
Paris
. Institut d'Etudes du Travail et de la Sécurité sociale, Lyon
. Institut d'Etudes sociales (IES), Paris
. Institut de Recherche économique et de Planification (IREP),
Grenoble
. Institut de Sciences sociales appliquées (ISSA), Lyon
. Institut des Sciences sociales du Travail, UER, Université de
Paris I (Panthéon-Sorbonne), Sceaux
. Institut du Travail, Nancy
. Institut du Travail, Strasbourg
. Institut du Travail (IT), Pessac
. Institut national d'Etude du Travail et d'Orientation professionnelle (INETOP), Paris
. Institut national du Travail, Paris
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 5 . Institut régional du Travail, Aix-en-Provence
. Laboratoire d'Economie et de Sociologie du Travail (LEST),
Aix-en-Provence
GERMAN Democratic
Republic
République démocratique
ALLEMANDE
República Democrática
ALEMANA
. Zentrales Forschungsinstitut für Arbeit (Central Labour Research
Institute), Dresden
Federal Republic of
GERMANY
République fédérale
d'ALLEMAGNE
República Federal de
ALEMANIA
. Deutsches Institut für Betriebswirtschaft e.V. (DIB), Frankfurt/
Main
. Institut für Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung der Bundesanstalt
für Arbeit (BA), Nürnberg
. Institut für Arbeitsrecht, Universität Göttingen
. Institut für Sozialforschung, Frankfurt/Main
. Institut für Sozialwissenschaftliche Forschung (ISF), e.V.,
München
. International Institute of Management, Wissenschaftszentrum
Berlin, Berlin
. Sozialakademie Dortmund, Dortmund
. Soziologisches Forschungsinstitut e.V. (SOFI), Göttingen
. Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaftliches Institut des Deutschen
Gewerkschaftsbundes GmbH, Düsseldorf
GHANA
GHANA
GHANA
. Ghana Labour College TUC-Accra, Accra
. Management Development and Productivity Institute, Accra
GUATEMALA
GUATEMALA
. Instituto Técnico de Capacitación y Productividad
Guatemala
HONDURAS
HONDURAS
GUATAMALA
(INTECAP),
HONDURAS
. Instituto de la FESITRANH para Estudios Sindicales (IFES), San
Pedro Sula
. Instituto Nacional de Formación Profesional (INFOP), Comayaguela
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 6 HUNGARY
HONGRIE
HUNGRÍA
. Computing Institute of Ministry of Labour, Budapest
. Institut de Recherches scientifiques de la Prévention du Travail
au CCS, Budapest
. Research Institute of Industrial Economies of the Hungarian Academy
of Sciences, Budapest
. Research Institute of Labour (Ministry of Labour), Budapest
. Trade Union Theoretical Research Institute, Budapest
INDIA
INDE
INDIA
. Ambekar Institute for Labour Studies, Bombay
. Central Institute for Research and Training in Employment Service,
New Delhi
. Central Labour Institute, Bombay
. Department of Labour and Social Welfare, Patna University, Patna
. Ecumenical Social and Industrial Institute, Durgapur
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Indian Institute of Cost and Management Studies and Research, Pune
Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore
Indian Institute of Management, Calcutta
Indian Institute of Social Welfare and Business Management, Calcutta
Indian Institute of Workers' Education (IIWE), Bombay
Institute of Applied Manpower Research, New Delhi
Institute of Labour Studies, Jamshedpur
Madras School of Social Work, Madras
N.C. Corporation PVT. Ltd., Bombay
The National Institute of Personnel Management, Calcutta
National Labour Institute, New Delhi
National Productivity Council, New Delhi
. SBOA Institute for Trade Union Education and Research, Madras
. Shri Ram Centre for Industrial Relations and Human Resources,
New Delhi
. Socio-Economic Research Institute, Calcutta
. The South India Textile Research Association, Coimbatore
. Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Bombay
. Xayier Institute of Social Service, Ranchi
. Xavier Labour Relations Institute, Jamshedpur
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 7 INDONESIA
INDONESIE
INDONESIA
. Indonesian Labour Science Academy (ILSA), (Akademi Ilmu
Perburuhan Indonesia - AIPI), Jakarta
. National Institute of Economic and Social Research (LEKNAS),
Jakarta Pusat
IRAN
IRAN
IRAN
. Labour and Social Security Institute, Teheran
. Teheran School of Social Work, Teheran
IRAQ
IRAQ
IRAK
. Workers' Education Institution, Baghdad
IRELAND
IRLANDE
IRLANDA
. College of Industrial Relations, Dublin
. The Economic and Social Research Institute, Dublin
. Irish Management Institute, Dublin
ISRAEL
ISRAËL
ISRAEL
. Centro de Estudios Cooperativos y Laborales para América Latina
(CECL), Tel-Aviv
. Department of Labour Studies, Faculty of Social Sciences, Tel-Aviv
University, Tel-Aviv
. The Institute for Social and Labour Research, Faculty of Social
Sciences, Tel-Aviv University, Tel-Aviv
. The International Institute for Development, Co-operation and
Labour Studies, Tel-Aviv
. The Israel Institute of Industrial and Labour Relations, Tel-Aviv
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 8 ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
. Fondazione Giulio Pastore, Roma
. Fondazione Regionale Pietro Seveso, Parco di Monza
. Ecole de Perfectionnement en Droit du Travail et de la Sécurité
sociale (Faculté de Droit et des Sciences politiques, Université
de Bari)
. Institut européen pour l'Unification du Droit du Travail, Roma
. Institut de Droit du Travail et des Sciences sociales (Faculté de
Droit et des Sciences politiques, Université de Bari)
. Istituto per la Formazione Professionale dei Lavoratori (ISFOL),
Roma
. Istituto di Studi sulle Relazioni Industriali e di Lavoro (ISRIL),
Roma
IVORY COAST
COTE D'IVOIRE
COSTA DE MARFIL
. Centre de Formation continue des Cadres (CFCC), Abidjan
. Institut africain pour le Développement économique et social-agriservice-centre africain de Formation (INADES-FORMATION), Abidjan
. Institut national supérieur de l'Enseignement technique (INSET),
Abidjan
JAMAICA
JAMAÏQUE
JAMAICA
. Trade Union Education Institute, University of the West Indies,
Kingston
JAPAN
JAPON
. Institute for Science of Labour, Kawaskaki
.
.
.
.
Institute of Industrial Relations, Rikkyo University, Tokyo
Institute of Social Science, University of Tokyo, Tokyo
The Japan Institute of Labour, Tokyo
Sophia University Socio-Economic Institute, Tokyo
(Rev. 1980/81)
JAPON
- 9KENYA
KENYA
KENIA
. Institute of Adult Studies, Nairobi
REPUBLIC OF KOREA
REPUBLIQUE DE COREE
REPÚBLICA DE COREA
. Korea Development Institute, Seoul
. Labor Education and Research Institute, Korea University, Seoul
KUWAIT
KOWEIT
KUWAIT
. Arab Planning Institute - Kuwait
LESOTHO
LESOTHO
LESOTHO
See under "Botswana"
LIBYAN ARAB
JAMAHIRIYA
JAMAHIRIYA ARABE
LIBYENNE
JAMAHIRIYA ARABE
LIBIA
. Workers' Education Centre, Benghazi
MEXICO
MEXIQUE
MEXICO
. Centro de Estudios Sociológicos, El Colegio de México, México
. Instituto Nacional de Estudios del Trabajo (INET), México
MOROCCO
MAROC
MARRUECOS
. Centre africain de Formation et de Recherche administratives pour
le Développement (CAFRAD), Tanger
. Institut supérieur de Commerce et d'Administration des Entreprises,
(ISCAE), Casablanca
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 10 NEPAL
NEPAL
NEPAL
. Centre for Economic Development and Administration, Kathmandu
THE NETHERLANDS
LES PAYS-BAS
LOS PAÍSES BAJOS
. Institute of Social Studies, The Hague
. Instituut voor Social-Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek (Institute for
Social Research), Tilburg
. Netherlands Universities' Joint Social Research Centre (SISWO),
Amsterdam
NEW ZEALAND
NOUVELLE-ZELANDE
NUEVA ZELANDIA
. Industrial Relations Centre, Victoria University of Wellington,
Wellington
NIGERIA
NIGERIA
NIGERIA
. Centre for Management Development, Lagos
. Centre for Social, Cultural and Environmental Research (CENSCER),
University of Benin, Benin City
. Department of Adult Education, University of Ibadan, Ibadan
NORWAY
NORVEGE
NORUEGA
. Arbeidsforskningsinstituttene (Work Research Institutes), Oslo
PAKISTAN
PAKISTAN
PAKISTAN
. Industrial Relations Institute, Lahore
. National Institute of Labour Administration Training (NILAT),
Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Labour, Manpower, Health
and Population Planning (Labour Division), Karachi
. Pakistan Manpower Institute, Islamabad.
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 11 PANAMA
PANAMA
PANAMA
. Instituto Nacional de Capacitación Sindical José del Carmen
Tuñon (CNTP), Panamá
. Instituto Panameño de Estudios Laborales (IPEL), Panamá
PA PAGUAY
PARAGUAY
PARAGUAY
. Centro Paraguayo de Estudios Sociológicos (CPES), Asunción
PERU
PEROU
PERU
. Centro de Investigación de la Universidad del Pacífico (CIUP), Lima
. Escuela de Administración de Negocios para Graduados (ESAN), Lima
PHILIPPINES
PHILIPPINES
FILIPINAS
. Asian Labor Education Center, University of the Philippines,
Quezon City
. Batu Social Institute, Manila
. Institute of Labor and Manpower Studies, Manila
. Workers' Institute on Labour Law, Quezon City
POLAND
POLOGNE
POLONIA
. Instytut Pracy i Spraw Socjalnych (IPISS), (Institute of Labour
and Social Studies), Warsaw
PORTUGAL
PORTUGAL
PORTUGAL
. Instituto de Formaçâo Social e do Trabalho (IFST), Lisboa e Porto
SENEGAL
SENEGAL
SENEGAL
. Association pour la Formation au Sénégal (AFORS), Dakar
. Institut africain de Développement économique et de Planification
(IDEP), Dakar
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 12 SINGAPORE
SINGAPOUR
SINGAPUR
. Economic Research Centre, University of Singapore, Singapore
. NTUC Research Unit, Singapore
SOUTH AFRICA
AFRIQUE DU SUD
SUDAFRICA
. Institute of Labour Relations, Pretoria
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPANA
. Centro de Estudios Sociales, Barcelona
. Departamento Jurídico Empresarial, Madrid
. Escuela de Práctica Laboral, Madrid
. Instituto Católico de Estudios Sociales de Barcelona (ICESB) ,
Barcelona
. Instituto de Estudios Laborales - Escuela Superior de Administración y Dirección de Empresas (ESADE), Barcelona
. Instituto de Estudios de Sanidad y Seguridad Social, Madrid
. Instituto de Estudios Sociales, Madrid
. Instituto Universitario de Relaciones Laborales de Zaragoza (IURL),
Zaragoza
. Instituto Valenciano de Estudios Sociales, Valencia
. Seminario de Graduados Sociales "Marques de Narros", San Sebastian
SRI LANKA
SRI LANKA
SRI LANKA
. Marga Institute, Sri Lanka Centre for Development Studies,
Colombo
. Sri Lanka Academy of Administrative Studies, Colombo
SUDAN
SUDAN
SUDAN
. Department of Business Administration, University of Khartoum,
Khartoum
. Institute of Public Administration, Khartoum
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 13 . Management Development and Productivity Centre, Khartoum
. Public Corporation for Workers' Education, Khartoum
SURINAM
SURINAM
SURINAM
. Stichting Scholings Instituut voor de Vakbeweging in Suriname
(SIVIS), (Surinam Labour College), Paramaribo
SWAZILAND
SOUAZILAND
SWAZILANDIA
See under "Botswana".
SWEDEN
SUEDE
SUECIA
. Centre for Working Life, Stockholm
. Industriens Utredningsinstitut (The Industrial Institute for
Economic and Social Research), Stockholm
. Institutet for Social Forskning (Swedish Institute for Social
Research), Stockholm
TOGO
TOGO
TOGO
. Regional Economic Research and Documentation Center, (Centre
régional d'Etudes et de Documentation économiques - CREDE),
Lomé
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
TRINITE-ET-TOBAGO
TRINIDAD Y TOBAGO
. Cipriani Labour College, St. Joseph
. Department of Management Studies, The University of the West
Indies, St. Augustine
. Institute of Social and Economic Research (ISER), The University
of the West Indies, St. Augustine
TUNISIA
TUNISIE
TÚNEZ
. Centre d'Etudes et de Recherches économiques et sociales (CERES),
Tunis
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 14 . Ecole nationale d'Administration, Tunis
. Institut national du Travail et du Service social (INTSS), Tunis
TURKEY
TURQUIE
TURQUÍA
. The Institute of Social Development and Research, Faculty of
Economies, University of Istanbul, Istanbul
. Labour Institute for the Near and Middle East, Ankara
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
. Department of Industrial Relations, The London School of Economics
and Political Science (University of London), London
. Department of Social and Economic Research, University of Glasgow,
Glasgow
. Industrial Relations Research Unit of the Social Science Research
Council, Coventry
. The Industrial Society, London
. Ruskin College, Oxford
. The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, London
UNITED STATES
ETATS-UNIS
ESTADOS UNIDOS
Alabama
. Center for Labor Education and Research, School of Business,
University of Alabama in Birmingham, Birmingham
Arkansas
. Labor Education Program, Industrial Research and Extension Center,
College of Business Administration, University of Arkansas,
Little Rock
California
. Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California, Los
Angeles
. Institute of Industrial Relations, University of California,
Berkeley
Connecticut
. Labor Education Center, The University of Connecticut, Storrs
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 15 District of Columbia
. International Labor Program, Georgetown University, Washington
Florida
. Institute for Labor Research and Studies, Florida International
University, Miami
Hawaii
. Industrial Relations Center, University of Hawaii, Honolulu
Illinois
. Industrial Relations Center, University of Chicago, Chicago
. Institute of Industrial Relations, Loyola University of Chicago,
Chicago
. Institute of Labor and Industrial Relations, University of Illinois,
Champaign
. Labor Education Division, Roosevelt University, Chicago
. Labor Studies Program, Prairie State College, Chicago Heights
Indiana
. Division of Labor Studies, School of Continuing Studies, Indiana
University, Bloomington
Iowa
. Center for Labor and Management, The University of Iowa, Iowa City
. Industrial Relations Center, Iowa State University, Ames
Maine
. Bureau of Labor Education, University of Maine, Orono
Maryland
. Industrial Relations and Labor Studies Center, University of
Maryland, College Park
Massachusetts
. Harvard University Trade Union Program, Boston
. Industrial Relations Section, Sloan School of Management,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge
. Labor Relations and Research Center, University of Massachusetts,
Amherst
Michigan
. Institute of Labor and Industrial Relations, University of
Michigan - Wayne State University, Detroit and Ann Arbor
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 16 . School of Labor and Industrial Relations, Michigan State
University, East Lansing
. The W.E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research, Kalamazoo
Minnesota
. Industrial Relations Center, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis
New Jersey
. Industrial Relations Section, Princeton University, Princeton
. Institute of Management and Labor Relations, Rutgers University,
The State University of New Jersey, New Brunswick
New York
. American Arbitration Association, New York
. Center for Labor Studies, Empire State College, State University
of New York, New York
. Institute of Labor Relations, New York University, New York
. New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell
University, Ithaca
Ohio
. The Ohio State University, Labor Education and Research Service,
Columbus
. Industrial Relations Center, Cleveland State University, Cleveland
Pennsylvania
. The Comey Institute of Industrial Relations, St. Joseph's College,
Philadelphia
. Department of Labor Studies, The Pennsylvania State University,
University Park
. Graduate School of Industrial Relations, Saint Francis College,
Loretto
. Industrial Research Unit, The Wharton School, University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia
Texas
. Center for Human Resources, College of Business Administration,
University of Houston, Houston
Virginia
. The AIFLD Front Royal Institute, Front Royal
West Virginia
. Industrial Relations and Labor Studies, Division of Social
Sciences, School of Human Studies, West Virginia Institute of
Technology, Montgomery
(Rev. 1980/81)
- 17 Wisconsin
. Industrial Relations Research Institute, University of WisconsinMadison, Madison
USSR
URSS
URSS
. Advanced Trade Union Movement College, Department of Scientific
Research, Moscow
. Ail-Union Centre for Scientific Methods in the Organisation of
Labour and Management, Moscow
. Ail-Union Scientific Research Institute for Occupational Training,
Leningrad
. The Institute for Social and Economic Problems, Leningrad
. The Institute for the International Working-class Movement, Moscow
. Institute of Economics, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow
. Institute of Sociological Research of the Academy of Sciences of
the USSR, Moscow
. Scientific Research Labour Institute, Moscow
URUGUAY
' URUGUAY
URUGUAY
. Centro Latinoamericano de Economía Humana, Montevideo
VENEZUELA
VENEZUELA
VENEZUELA
. Area de Estudios de Postgrado, Valencia
. Universidad de los Trabajadores de América Latina (UTAL), Caracas
YUGOSLAVIA
YOUGOSLAVIE
YUGOSLAVIA
. Research Centre for International Labour Movement, Institute of
International Politics and Economics, Belgrade
ZAIRE
ZAÏRE
. Institut supérieur de Développement rural, Bukavu
(Rev. 1980/81)
ZAIRE
- 18 ZAMBIA
ZAMBIE
ZAMBIA
. Centre for Continuing Education, University of Zambia, Lusaka
UN AFFILIATED
INSTITUTES
INSTITUTS AFFILIES
A L'ONU
INSTITUTOS- AFILIADOS
A LA ONU
. International Centre for Advanced Technical and Vocational Training
(ICATVT), Turin, Italy
. International Institute for Labour Studies (IILS), Geneva,
Switzerland
INTERNATIONAL
INSTITUTES
INSTITUTS
INTERNATIONALS
International Centre for Work and Society, Utrecht
(Rev. 1980/81)
INSTITUTOS
INTERNACIONALES
IIO
ALGERIA
2lZo\
INSTITUT DES SCIENCES SOCIALES
It
U n i v e r s i t é d'Oran Es-Senia,
"?£ ORAN.
I.
lo\ u/So m*»
ne
RENSEIGNEMENTS D'ORDRE GENERAL
Directeur:
/*/Z
Nadir Marouf
Date de fondation:
F4&
septembre 1974.
Statuts de l'Institut: Unité pédagogique et administrative
dépendante de l'Université d'Oran.
L'Institut est composé de 4
départements pédagogiques: sociologie, psychologie, histoire et
démographie.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Formation de licenciés dans les 4 disciplines
énumérées en 4 années d'études après le baccalauréat.
Postgraduation assurée en sociologie et en histoire en deux années après
la licence donnant le titre de Magister.
Administration et organisation:
Personnel
Pas précisé.
A plein temps
Personnel professionnel:
Personnel administratif:
75
21
A temps partiel
•
30
-
En stage
20
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Niveau
universitaire exigé: Diplômes d'études appronfondies. Doctorat
3ème cycle, Doctorat d'Etat, ingénieurs démographes, experts en
démographie, etc.
Langues de travail:
II.
l'arabe et le français.
ACTIVITES D'ENSEIGNEMENT ET DE FORMATION
Directeur de l'enseignement et de la formation:
Mediene Benamar.
Cours organisés: Etudiants provenant des lycées.
Divers cadres
des différents secteurs ayant les titres requis pour accéder à
l'université.
Pas de cycle de formation destiné aux fonctionnaires
ou autres cadres mais le projet est en discussion.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Enseignement classique en amphithéâtre.
Travaux pratiques sur le terrain.
Stages dans divers secteurs
d'activité.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés:
Conditions d'admission:
Qualifications des participants:
Frais
68-01-78
d'inscription:
Licence - Magister.
Baccalauréat.
45,00 dinars algériens (annuels)
Bourses disponibles: Voir Ministère de l'Enseignement supérieur
et les protocoles d'accords inter-gouvernementaux.
III.
ACTIVITES DE RECHERCHE
Directeur de la recherche:
Nadir Marouf
Principaux domaines de recherche: Sociologie du développement,
transformations des structures agraires, industrialisation et ses
effets, système socio-éducatif en Algérie, histoire ancienne,
médiévale, contemporaine.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Aménagement du territoire, la
formation des cadres à l'université plus les axes ci-dessus
énumérés.
Equipes pluri-disciplinaires travaillant en séminaires
et sur le terrain.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Ne sont concernés que les
étudiants optant pour l'enseignement supérieur? durée 2 années;
montant sous forme de pré-salaires variant de 750 D.A. à 1.500 D.A.
Collaboration ä la recherche avec d'autres instituts, organismes et
organisations nationales ou internationales: Travaillons avec
l'Office national de la Recherche scientifique algérien et avec
diverses universités françaises: Lille, Rouen, Paris.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI :< Aucun.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail : Locaux d'enseignement, centre de recherche et
de documentation, salle des actes pour colloques.
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel: Pas
précisé.
Nombre de volumes: En constitution (actuellement 2.500 volumes).
Nombre d'abonnement à des périodiques: Pas précisé.
Equipement audio-visuel: Divers appareils d'enregistrement,
appareil de projection, etc.
Informatique : Aucun service.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques : De 1969 à 1973, 1 publication annuelle:
documentation et de recherche.
Centre de
Ouvrages récents : Aucun.
VII.
OBSERVATIONS GENERALES
Notre Institut est une unité pédagogique relativement autonome dans
Ici mesure où il constitue une partie de l'ensemble universitaire.
L'Université d'Oran est elle-même d'existence récente (1968).
De ce fait, notre production scientifique demeure numériquement faible
tant par la diversité des thèmes que par leur nombre.
Le peu de
chercheurs expérimentés et de moyens expliquent cette situation.
Depuis 1977 nous mettons en place les structures d'un centre de
recherche en sciences sociales en le dotant d'un encadrement
scientifique suffisant et d'une documentation conséquente. Dans un
premier temps,nous nous efforçons de réunir toutes les publications
produites par les universitaires algériens, toutes les publications
ayant un lien avec l'Algérie, afin de pouvoir mettre à la
disposition des chercheurs nationaux et étrangers des documents,
deis informations, des statistiques qui leur sont nécessaires.
68-01-78
CENTRO DE ESTUDIOS E INVESTIGACIONES
LABORALES (CEIL)
Brasil 1482
1154 BUENOS AIRES
I.
INFORMACIÓN DE CARÁCTER GENERAL
Director: Floreal Homero Fornl
Fecha de Fundación: 1971
Carácter del Instituto: Centro dependiente del Consejo Nacional de
Investigaciones Científicas y Técnicas (CONICET).
Fines del Instituto: La finalidad del CEIL es la de promover el
desarrollo de las investigaciones en las Ciencias Sociales del
Trabajo en Argentina.
Administración y organización: El CEIL tiene a su frente un Director,
nombrado directamente por el CONICET. Dentro de este ultimo organismo, existe un Comité Consultivo con funciones honorarias exclusivo
para el CEIL que cuenta con miembros especializados en la materia.
La estructura interna del Centro es muy simple, existiendo un plantel
de investigadores, técnicos y empleados administrativos, que son
nombrados por el CONICET. Las actividades del Centro pueden clasificarse en: a) tareas de investigación; b) tareas de extensión (docencia superior y Seminarios especializados) y c) tareas de formación
de investigadores.
A jornada A jornada
Personal
completa
parcial
Visitante
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
11
9
3
-
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional: Calificaciones académicas
adecuadas con experiencia en materia de enseñanza y de investigación.
Idiomas de trabajo: Español.
II.
• ACTIVIDADES EDUCATIVAS Y DE FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL
Director de educación o formación profesional: El Director del Centro.
Cursos que se ofrecen: El CEIL organizó entre los años 1974-1976 un
Curso de Post-Grado en Ciencias Sociales del Trabajo, bajo el auspicio
de la Organización Internacional del Trabajo (OIT) y el Programa de
las Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo (PNUD).
Cada año el CEIL organiza Seminarios internos. Durante el transcurso
de 1976 se desarrolló uno sobre "Historia Social del Empleo en la
Agricultura" y otro sobre "La participación de los trabajadores en
la gestión de las empresas".
2-01-78
Durante 1977 se han desarrollado: "Estructura de la empresa en la
Argentina. Nuevas formas de organización. Mejoramiento de las condiciones y medio ambiente de trabajo", "La ganadería de la región pampeana a través de los censos agropecuarios, 1914-1974" y "Metodología de la investigación social".
Actualmente, en 1978, "El uso de técnicas cualitativas de la investigación social" y continuó el de Ganadería iniciado en 1977.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados:
Seminarios.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso: En el Curso de Post-Grado
en Ciencias Sociales del Trabajo, el CONICET hizo entrega de un
Diploma a los participantes.
En los seminarios, se entregan solamente certificados de asistencia.
Condiciones de admisión:
Calificaciones de los participantes: Se pretende que los Seminarios estén destinados a investigadores, profesionales, funcionarios, etc., que permitan en la medida de lo posible una visión
pluridisciplinaria de los temas tratados.
Es el Director del Centro quien selecciona los participantes en
cada uno de los Seminarios, basándose para ello en las calificaciones personales de los candidatos.
Derechos de matrícula:
Becas:
III.
Ninguno,
No hay ningún programa de becas.
ACTIVIDADES DE INVESTIGACIÓN
Director de investigaciones:
el Director del Centro.
Esferas principales de investigación; Las principales actividades
de investigación del CEIL responden a los siguientes tres grandes
temas :
- Estructura ocupacional y distribución del ingreso.
- Relaciones laborales.
- Movimientos sociales.
Actividades de investigación actuales: Los programas de investigación para el período 1977-1979 incluyen los siguientes:
- Evolución histórica y distribución regional y sectorial de la mano
de obra rural asalariada en la República Argentina.
- Ocupación del suelo, estructuras agrarias, migraciones y empleo
rural en la región semi-ârida de la Provincia de La Rioja.
- Los contratistas; Una modalidad de organización económica del trabajo agrícola en la Pampa Húmeda. Su efecto sobre el empleo rural.
- Estructura ocupacional de la región cerealera maicera argentina
(efectos sociales del cambio tecnológico).
- La mano de obra transitoria en el cultivo de cereales de la región
pampeana.
- Mano de obra rural en la producción de la cuenca lechera en la
Provincia de Buenos Aires.
- Clasificación de las ocupaciones rurales. Requisitos de capacitación y cambios producidos por la incorporación de tecnología.
- Pautas residenciales de los trabajadores industriales en el Gran
Buenos Aires.
- Requerimientos diferenciales de mano de obra en la industria textil.
- Demanda de mano de obra en Capital y en el Gran Buenos Aires por
niveles de calificación desde 1974.
Becas para investigación: Existe en el CONICET, organismos del
cual depende el CEIL, un sistema de becas anuales, ya sea de Iniciación o de Perfeccionamiento para la investigación.
Relaciones de trabajo en la esfera de la investigación con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: Una política mantenida por el CEIL desde su creación
ha sido la de vincularse con las instituciones u organismos nacionales o internacionales que trabajan en cuestiones de política
laboral y social.
Documentación inédita sobre investigaciones no incluida en la Parte VI:
- Participación de los trabajadores en la conducción y gestión de
las empresas productivas de bienes y servicios en la República
Argentina.
- Metodología para la construcción de un índice de Salarios.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Ninguna.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: El CEIL tiene su sede propia en la ciudad
de Buenos Aires. Las instalaciones permiten el desarrollo normal
de las tareas de investigación, como de los Seminarios programados.
Residencia de alojamiento:
Ninguna.
Biblioteca:
Número de
parcial:
Número de
Número de
bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a jornada
1 bibliotecario a jornada completa.
volúmenes: Alrededor de 2.000.
publicaciones periódicas recibidas: Alrededor de 100.
Equipo audiovisual:
Ninguno.
Computadoras : Ninguna.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
Boletín CEIL, primer número, agosto 1978.
Obras recientes:
- "Empleo rural en la República Argentina 1937-1969", por Raúl Bisio
y Floreal Forni. CEIL, Documento de trabajo NQ 1, Bs.As., 1977.
•- "Estructura y Dinámica del empleo en la Argentina desde 1947",
por Juan José Llach. CEIL, Documento de trabajo N2 2, Bs.As., 1977
•>• "Población, Mercado de trabajo y Salarios. Un diagnostico preliminar y prioridades de investigación", por Juan José Llach y
Pablo Gerchunoff, CEIL, Documento de trabajo NS 3, Bs.As., 1978.
2-01-78
ARGENTINA
3SV09
CENTRO DE INVESTIGACIONES EN CIENCIAS
DE LA EDUCACIÓN (CICE)
(INSTITUTO TORCÜATO DI TELLA)
Superi 1761
1426 BUENOS AIRES
I.
Director :
Gilda L. de Romero-Brest
Fecha de fundación :
1966
Ccträcter del Instituto : Centro Asociado al Instituto Torcuato
Di. Telia, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Fines del Instituto : El CICE se propone promover el estudio y
leí investigación en el campo de las Ciencias de la Educación, con
especial referencia a la realidad argentina y latinoamericana.
Administración y organización : El Centro canaliza sus actividades a través de secciones, aún cuando éstas sólo marcan la orientación preponderante de sus investigadores, pues se procura abordar
l¿is problemas transdiciplinariamente. Las secciones actuales son :
- Educación Permanente, Recursos Humanos y Empleo;
- Financiamiento de la Educación;
- Sociología de la Educación,
- Curriculum y evaluación;
- Lingüística y Enseñanza de la lengua (incluye lenguas indígenas).
Personal :
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
Nota :
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
8
4
3
2
La Administración se halla centralizada en el Instituto
Torcuato di Telia.
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Investigadores senior
(3); junior (4). Todo el personal tiene categoría académica universitaria; experiencia de investigación y de docencia superior.
Idiomas de trabajo :
II.
Español.
ACTIVIDADES EDUCATIVAS Y DE FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL
Director de educación o formación profesional :
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : La actividad docente del CICE se vincula
con la tarea de cada una de sus secciones. No se desarrolla en
forma de cursos regulares sino más bien de actividad esporádica.
El nivel es de post-grado y las líneas más frecuentes son la actualización académica y profesional.
2-02-7 8
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Seminarios, cursos, series de
conferencias, grupos de estudio, estudio asistido y tutoría.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Certificado de asistencia
o de tarea cumplida.
Condiciones de admisión :
Calificaciones de los participantes : Graduados universitarios o
de educación superior; alumnos universitarios avanzados. Profesionales de la educación.
Derechos de matrícula : No especificado.
Becas : Ninguna.
III.
Director de investigaciones : La directora del Centro.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las correspondientes a las
secciones del centro.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Algunas de las investigaciones en curso son las siguientes :
- Educación Permanente y Empleo en el Sector Servicios de Buenos
Aires. Survey en dos empresas de la ciudad de Buenos Aires
(Correos y Servicios Eléctricos); corresponde al programa WEP 2-18
de la OIT/ILO;
- Financiamiento de la Enseñanza Privada en la Argentina (Participación del Estado). Elaboración de datos secundarios;
- Escuela y Villa Miseria, Survey a madres y maestras. Pruebas
de aprovechamiento y Tests a los alumnos;
- Estandarización de una prueba de razonamiento verbal (10c año de
escolaridad).;
- Educación técnica para la mujer en jurisdicción del Consejo
Nacional de Educación Técnica;
- Reclutamiento, requerimientos industriales y perfil profesional
de técnico medio;
- Actualización y reciclaje de los profesionales en Buenos Aires.
Becas para investigación : Ninguna.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Muchas de las investigaciones se realizan en relación
con programas de organismos internacionales : OIT, CINTERFOR,
UNESCO, Consejo Latinoamericano de Ciencias Sociales. También en
colaboración con otros Centros de Investigación Latinoamericanos
así como con organismos nacionales.
Documentación inédita sobre investigaciones no incluida en la
Parte VI : Documentos de Trabajo y Documentos Internos; Informes
de Investigación; Libros.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El CICE presta servicios de asistencia técnica a instituciones nacionales y latinoamericanas en temas de su especialidad.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : SÎ (No especificado)..
Residencia de alojamiento : Ninguna.
Biblioteca : Dispone de la biblioteca Central del Instituto Torcuato
Di Telia.
Numero de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a
• jornada parcial : 5 a jornada completa.
Número de volúmenes : Más de 34.534 títulos.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas en 1976 : 539.
Equipo audiovisual : Ninguno.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Ninguna.
Obras recientes :
Documentos de trabajo :
- Héctor Félix Bravo, Las Erogaciones en Educación.
- G.L. de Romero-Brest, A. Pain y S. Brusilovsky, Lifelong Education:
an Alternative Strategy forEducational Planning.
- C.A. de Córeico y M.M. de Rosetti, Interacción Lingüística entre
Maestros y Alumnos.
- Babini, Ana María E. de "La villa miseria y la escuela en Buenos
• Aires. El medio familiar y el éxito escolar".
- Golbert de Goodbar, Perla. "Epu-Peñiwen" Cuento tradicional
araucano.
Libros :
- Gregores, Emma. "El lenguaje del hombre" Centro Editor de América
latina. Buenos Aires.
- Romero Brest, Gilda Lamarque de, en Herrera, A. et al. Capítulo
Educación en "Un monde pour tous" PUF. Paris. "Grenzen des Elends".
S. Fisher Verlag GmCH. Frankfort am Main.
2-02-78
ARGENTINA
G.M$
CENTRO DE INVESTIGACIONES EN
CIENCIAS SOCIALES (CICSO)
Entre Ríos 131-6-B
BUENOS AIRES 107 9
I.
Director :
Juan Carlos Marín, Beba Balvé y Miguel Murmis
1966
Carácter del Instituto :
lucro.
Centro autónomo, privado, sin fines de
Fines del Instituto
CICSO agrupa a un conjunto de científicos
sociales dedicados al estudio de la estructura, relaciones de
clases y grupos socio-económicos, sus formas de acción y organización y sus orientaciones ideológicas. El objetivo fundamental
apunta a promover la investigación - en cuanto implica conceptualización, teoría, descripción, medición y verificación empírica de estos temas.
Administración y organización : CICSO esta compuesto de una Dirección general de 3 miembros, de una Asamblea de socios y de las
siguientes Secretarías : Biblioteca, Cursos y seminarios, Investigaciones, Publicaciones y Relaciones institucionales. De acuerdo a
los estatutos solo pueden ser miembros plenos de CICSO aquellos
profesionales pertenecientes a los siguientes disciplinas : sociología, historia, antropología, ciencia política, ciencia de la
educación, psicología social y filosofía, con no menos de dos investigaciones publicadas.
A jornada
completa
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
A jornada
Darcial
Visitante
16
5
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas
adecuadas, algunos con experiencia internacional. Experiencia en
enseñanza e investigación.
II.
Español.
En casos especiales, el Inglés.
Centro.
2-03-78
Los Directores del
- 2 -
Cursos que se ofrecen : Anualmente se programan entre 12 y 15 cursos, concentrados en su mayoría en el primer cuatrimestre. Los
cursos son generalmente cuatrimestrales, y excepcionalmente anuales. La asistencia promedio es de 4 00 alumnos, de las diferentes
disciplinas mencionadas. Los cursos se destinan por lo general a
estudiantes y graduados en otras disciplinas. Los seminarios se
destinan a graduados y son de especialización.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Cursos, seminarios, jornadas de
discusión de investigaciones; encuentros de discusión de textos
publicados y conferencias.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso :
Certificados.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Seminarios : graduados
e investigadores. Cursos : estudiantes y/o personal del Estado, organizaciones empresariales o sindicatos.
Derecho de matricula :
según los años.
Becas :
Se paga derecho de matricula, variable
Se adjudican becas para cursos.
III.
Directores de investigación :
Los directores del Centro.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las investigaciones desarrolladas por CISCO se organizan en dos áreas y cuatro programas
conectados entre si. Dichas áreas son :
- Estructura de clases en la Argentina.
- Conflicto de clases en la Argentina.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Algunas de las investigaciones que se derivan de los planes :
Area 1 :
- Estructura de clases en el agro argentino.
- Estructura y organización de la clase obrera argentina.
Similitudes y diferencias con otras situaciones latinoamericanas.
Area 2 :
- Crisis y enfrentamientos sociales (1966-1976).
- Los enfrentamientos electorales de 197 3.
Nota :
De estas investigaciones se desprenden estudios de caso.
Becas para investigación : Se dispone cada año de 3 a 4 becas para
investigación, cuya duración suele ser anual. También se proporcionan locales de trabajo para investigadores visitantes, asesoramiento, etc., ámbito para la discusión y la posibilidad de impresión de sus trabajos.
- 3 -
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Muchas de las investigaciones de CICSO se llevan a cabo
en cooperación con instituciones, fundamentalmente nacionales.
CICSO ha establecido una vasta red de relaciones, intercambio, etc.,
con instituciones nacionales e internacionales.
Parte VI : El 100 % de los trabajos de investigación de CICSO son
inéditos. A la vez, tiene una serie de estudios de investigación,
no publicados en forma masiva, pero distribuidos para discusión
interna y con colegas de otras instituciones.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
CICSO brinda asesoramiento a investigadores. A la vez, organiza
Jornadas de Discusión sobre temas investigados, invitando a instituciones, centros de investigación y colegas. No se llega en ellas
a conclusiones, sólo se discuten e intercambian experiencias sobre
problemas teóricos y metodológicos.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación :
y seminarios.
Se dispone de 3 grandes salas para cursos
Residencia de alojamiento :
Ninguna.
Biblioteca :
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y
a jornada parcial : 3.
Número de volúmenes : Alrededor de 4.000.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas :
Equipo audiovisual :
Computadoras :
VI.
100.
Ninguno.
Se alquilan.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : A partir de 1976, una revista-libro titulada :
Cuadernos de investigación social. A la vez, todos los anos se
publican alrededor de 15 Cuadernos de CICSO.
Obras recientes : Se señalan algunos títulos (correspondientes a
diferentes Series) de Cuadernos de CICSO.
- Los asalariados. Composición social y orientaciones organizativas (Materiales para su estudio).
- Estructura agraria, procesos económicos y participación política
de los colonos del norte de Santa Fe.
- La Estructura socio-económica local en una colonia agrícola
tucumana : campesinos y empresarios capitalistas.
2-03-78
ARGENTINA
CENTRO UNIVERSITARIO DE POLÍTICA
SOCIAL (CEÜPS)
Avenida Hipólito Irigoyen, 162
5000 CORDOBA
I.
Director :
Maria Eugenia de Olmos
1971
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto dependiente del Rectorado de
la Universidad Nacional de Córdoba.
Fines del Instituto : El CEUPS tiene como fines : la investigación y docencia en Política Social, a nivel de post-grado así como
la difusión y asesoramiento en el tema. Es preocupación central
de la Política Social la acción destinada a promover el mejor
uso de las posibilidades y recursos disponibles, a los efectos de
crear las condiciones sociales que coadyuven a la realización del
hombre. En tal sentido se pone especial énfasis en el proceso de
toma de decisiones, en la formación de dirigentes, asesores, técnicos, en el tema con vistas a su mejor integración, orientación
y eficacia de gestión en las organizaciones tanto públicas como
privadas.
Administración y organización : El Centro funciona bajo la dependencia del Consejo Superior de la Universidad y el Rector. La
Dirección del Centro es ejercida por un Director, designado por el
Consejo Superior a propuesta del Rectorado. Colaboran con el
Director del Centro tres Coordinadores, para las áreas docencia,
investigación, y servicios técnicos, (biblioteca, centro de documentación, publicaciones, asesoramiento) respectivamente. Son
designados por el Rector de la Universidad a propuesta del Director; cuenta asimismo con un secretario administrativo-habilitado,
designado de la misma manera, que velará por la correcta marcha
administrativa del Centro. El Centro cuenta además con una Comisión Técnica Asesora, designada por el Rector a propuesta del
Director del Centro. Además, el Director puede designar consejeros
especiales para cumplir funciones que se juzguen de particular importancia para el Centro.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
i
^.1
variable
2
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Niveles académicos de
los integrantes del Centro : Profesores Titulares, Profesores
Adjuntos y Auxiliares de Investigación. Su composición es interdisciplinaria : Dr. en Derecho, en Sociología, Psicólogos,
Arquitectos, Planificadores, Licencias en Ciencias Políticas, etc.
Todos, con experiencia internacional y en materia de enseñanza y
de investigación.
2-04-79/80
- 2 -
Idiomas de traba-jo : Español, utilizándose otros idiomas en casos
necesarios tales como, Franees, Inglés, Alemán, etc.
II.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen : El CEUPS desarrolla sus actividades de
educación a través de :
- curso Intensivo Anual de Política Social, para optar al grado
de Especialista en Política Social y posteriormente al Doctorado
en Política Social, para graduados universitarios con experiencia profesional y vinculados a los procesos decisionales a nivel
público y privado. Duración : 2 cuatrimestres por cursos;
- curso de Doctorado en Política Social;
- cursos o seminarios de Extensión : sobre temas específicos de política Social global o sobre áreas sectoriales o especiales,
dirigidas a personas que ejercen responsabilidades en distintas
actividades públicas o privadas y al público en general. Duración:
entre cuatro y ocho semanas.
Algunos cursos de extension recientemente realizados :
- aspectos de Política y Planificación Social;
- participación y Cambio Social;
- minoridad;
- planificación de recursos humanos y empleo, etc.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Seminarios, conferencias, grupos de discusión, grupos de trabajo, elaboración de casos, elaboración y discusión de trabajos individuales y grupales.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Grado de Especialista
y Doctor en Política Social otorgados por la Universidad Nacional
de Córdoba. Certificado de actividades conjuntas con OEA y ONU
y certificados de asistencia y aprobación en cursos y seminarios
cortos.
Calificaciones de los participantes :
- graduados universitarios (excepto cursos de extensión);
- sin límite de edad;
- preferentemente con cargos de responsabilidad, patrocinados
por sus empleadores;
- experiencia en la actividad o sector de origen;
- aptitudes para el trabajo creativo en equipo, etc.
El Director del Instituto y coordinadores de áreas seleccionan
los participantes en función del cumplimiento de los requisitos
arriba enumerados, teniendo en cuenta la mejor integración posible de equipos interdisciplinarios e intersectoriales, para
los grupos de trabajo a través de : evaluación de antecedentes,
entrevistas personales, etc.
Derecho de matricula : Los participantes deben abonar un arancel
por compensación de gastos de $30.000, a mayo de 1979, actualizable
según el índice de precios al consumidor y salarios industriales
del Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Censos-Nivel General.
- 3 -
Becas : El Reglamento del CEUPS, prevée el otogamiento de becas
en número no menor de diez anuales por curso, las que se regirán
de acuerdo con las disposiciones reglamentarias que se dicten a
propuesta del Centro.
III.
Director de investigaciones :
El Director del Instituto.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las principales actividades
de investigación del CEUPS, se refieren a : Problemas de cambio y
desarrollo, procesos de tomas de decisiones y sus implicancias,
aspectos sociales de relaciones laborales, etc. orientadas especialmente a la elaboración de políticas y recomendaciones. Son investigaciones de carácter nacional o local, vinculadas en algunos
casos a trabajos de carácter internacional comparativo, con frecuente apoyo de organismos internacionales.
Actividades de investigación actuales:
- diagnóstico social de zona de influencia del Concejo regional
Dean Funes. Trabajo por encargo de la Secretaría de Estado de
Promoción y Asistencia Social del Gobierno de la Provincia de
Córdoba, con el objeto de dar un cuadro general que posibilite
la orientación de futuras líneas de planificación general y
sectorial en la zona;
- proceso de decisiones relevantes para el desarrollo regional.
Trabajo financiado por la Secretaría de Estado de Ciencia y
Tecnología, centrado en el estudio de procesos de toma de decisiones oficiales y privadas y análisis de los factores sociales
que condicionan tales decisiones;
- evolución histórica del servicio social en el área de salud
pública. Estudio solicitado por la Secretaría de Estado de
Salud Pública, Ministerio de Bienestar Social de la Provincia
de Córdoba. El trabajo contempla diferentes aspectos: diagnóstico
de la situación del Departamento de Servicio Social, que permita
obtener lineamentos de programación; orientación metodológica y
técnica a los asistentes sociales que participan en la ejecución
del trabajo; asesoramiento en tareas de programación posteriores
a la investigación;
- estudio de la participación a través de los concejos regionales
como alternativa de participación local. Este trabajo pretende
realizar un aporte al estudio y conocimiento de la participación
desde la perspectiva del desarrollo social;
- estudio sobre composición de precios de un alimento de origen
agropecuario y las incidencias de costos evitables. Se realiza
por convenio con el Instituto de las Naciones Unidas para la
Investigación del Desarrollo Social (UNRISD).
Becas para investigación: Eventualmente por convenio con organismos
nacionales o internacionales, por ejemplo la OIT.
instituciones organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : El CEUPS tiene establecido convenios para docencia e
investigación con numerosos organismos nacionales e internacionales,
por ejemplo : Gobierno de la Provincia de Córdoba; Consejo Federal
de Inversiones; OEA; PNUD; OIT; CIAT; Instituto de Estudios Sociales
de la Haya, etc.
2-04-79/80
- 4 -
Parte VI : El CEÜPS posee documentos inéditos sobre investigación
y documentos de trabajo, relativo a temas de investigación como los
anteriormente mencionados.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El CEUPS tiene un area específica para la cual desarrolla intensa
actividad, para el asesoramiento a diversos organismos públicos y
privados. Se implementan a través de frecuentes reuniones de trabajo, intercambio de ideas, elaboración de aportes concretos, contri
bucián a programas gubernamentales o privados, en la esfera de su
competencia.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El CEUPS está instalado en
específicamente asignado por la Universidad Nacional
con 2 amplias salas, ambas para seminarios, diversos
trabajo y acceso a la totalidad de las instalaciones
sidad.
un edificio
de Córdoba,
locales de
de la Univer-
Ninguna.
Biblioteca :
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa
y a jornada parcial : 1 responsable.
Número de volúmenes : 700.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : No especificado.
Equipo audio-visual :
Computadoras :
VI.
El de la Universidad de Córdoba.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Se encuentra en preparación la Revista del CEUPS.
Obras recientes:
- CEUPS, Diagnóstico Social del Concejo Regional de Villa Dolores y
Zona de Influencia, 1977.
- CEUPS, Diagnóstico Social del Concejo Regional de San José de la
Dormida y Zona de Influencia, 1978.
- CEUPS, Diagnostico Social de la Zona de Influencia del Concejo
Regional de Cruz del Eje, 1978.
- CEUPS, Diagnóstico Social de la Zona de Influencia del Concejo
Regional de Laboulaye, 1979.
- CEUPS, Diagnóstico Social de la Zona de Influencia del Concejo
Regional de Villa Maria, 1979.
ARGENTINA
„K
IrTíVf Ir
" P DEPARTAMENTO DE CIENCIAS SOCIALES
ngFUNDACION BARILOCHE
/
-«.
/
\é**°
HT*
1É»Casilla de Correo 138
tí SAN CARLOS DE BARI LOCHE ffLUli.
RH
I.
Rl'u Meuiu) '
"»3 ÄVO0
Director :
/??t>
Luis Aznar
SfA
196-7
Carácter del Instituto : El Departamento de Ciencias Sociales
integra la Fundación Bariloche - institución de carácter privado al igual que otros centros de investigación y estudio.
Fines del Instituto : El Departamento de Ciencias Sociales de Fundación Bariloche constituye un centro de altos estudios dedicado
básicamente a la investigación. Ofrece además, un curso de postgrado en Ciencias Sociales. Diferentes ámbitos temáticos han cristalizado en la formación de 4 áreas que integran el Departamento :
Filosofía Política, Ciencias Política, Problemas Socioeconómicos
del Desarrollo y Movimientos Laborales.
Administración y organización : El Departamento tiene a su frente
un Director. El Departamento se maneja con Normas de - y está
integrado a - Fundación Bariloche.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
1
2
Visitante
-
2
5
Calificaciones del personal profesional :
Investigadores.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español.
II.
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : El Departamento ofrece un curso de postgrado en Ciencias Sociales, de dos años de duración. En el primer
semestre se ofrecen cursos introductorios a la problemática de las
diversas áreas, en el segundo, éstos tienen la posibilidad de elegir cursos de especialización dentro de cada área. El segundo año
es dedicado a la investigación integramente a través de la elaboración de un trabajo final de tesis.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Seminarios, sesiones de discusión, grupos de trabajo, conferencias.
2-05-77
- 2Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Certificado de realización del curso de post-grado.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Graduados de Universidades Argentinas o de América Latina.
Derechos de matrícula : Ninguno.
Becas : El número de becas de Fundación Bariloche es limitado.
En 1976, se han adjudicado 10 becas a universitarios argentinos.
CLACSü a su vez, ha becado a algunos estudiantes latinoamericanos.
III.
Director de investigación : No especificado.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las investigaciones corresponden a los ámbitos temáticos de las diferentes áreas mencionadas.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Los principales proyectos
de Movimientos Laborales están centrados en :
- la negociación colectiva;
- sindicalización de sectores de clase media;
- evolución de la estructura sindical argentina;
- problemas regionales del mercado de trabajo.
Becas para investigación : No se dispone de becas para investigación.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Diferentes proyectos de investigación se llevan a
cabo en cooperación con instituciones u organismos nacionales e
internacionales.
Parte VI : No especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Departamento organiza reuniones y seminarios con académicos de
distintas especialidades.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El Departamento está instalado en la
ciudad de Bariloche donde posee espacio apropiado para la realización de sus tareas especificas.
Biblioteca :
a jornada parcial : 1 Bibliotecaria a jornada completa.
Número de volúmenes : 4.000.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : 150.
Ninguno.
Computadoras : Se dispone de los servicios de computadoras de
Fundación Bariloche.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Ninguna.
Obras recientes : En general se publica el resultado de los trabajos en publicaciones dedicadas a las diferentes especialidades.
Con tirajes limitados el Departamento publica informes de avances
de las investigaciones, o que reflejan diferentes etapas de las
mismas.
2-05-77
ARGENTINA
GZ/65
INSTITUTO DE DERECHO DEL TRABAJO
Y DE LA SEGURIDAD SOCIAL
Câdido Pujato No 2751
SANTA FE 3000
Director :
Felix Manuel Woelflin
Fecha de fundación
1938
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto público dependiente de la Facultad de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales de la Universidad Nacional del
Litoral.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto constituye un centro de altos
estudios de problemas laborales y de seguridad social, realizándose investigaciones y estudios intensivos, en especial sobre las
facetas jurídica y social.
Administración y organización : Tiene a su frente un Director, con
el que colaboran un Secretario, un Prosecretario y una Jefa de
Investigaciones. Las decisiones se toman por mayoría de votos de
los miembros titulares presentes en cada sesión. En cuestiones
científicas no se vota, sino se hacen conocer las distintas posiciones habidas y los fundamentos de las mismas.
El Director es designado por el Consejo Directivo de la Facultad
de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales (Universidad Nacional del Litoral)
debiendo ser Profesor titular de la materia; los Secretarios
(ad honorem) son designados por el Director, entre los Profesores
(titulares, adjuntos, contratados, etc.), Universitarios de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social, y de materias afines.
Son miembros adscriptos los profesionales y estudiosos de dichas
materias que lo soliciten y sean aceptados, debiendo colaborar
activamente en sus tareas. Son miembros correspondientes los profesores de otras Universidades del País y de fuera del País, y los
estudiosos y especialistas de la materia argentinos o no. Y son
ayudantes los estudiantes que intervengan en las tareas del Instituto, luego de haber aprobado la materia.
Personal :
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A j ornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
Variable
Calificaciones del personal profesional : El Director : Profesor titular por concurso de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social.
La Jefa de Investigaciones : título de Abogado, y especialización
en la materia. AD HONOREM colaboran todos los miembros titulares :
Profesores Titulares y Adjuntos de la materia o de materias análogas
en la Universidad.
2-06-78
- 2 Idiomas de trabajo : Español. En casos especiales se utilizan también otros idiomas.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : El Director del
Instituto.
Cursos que se ofrecen : El Instituto organiza cada año actividades
educativas de distinta clase; generalmente su dictado es interdisciplinario, colaborando Profesores Universitarios y especialistas de
distintas materias. A veces se interviene en la parte jurídica y
social de cursos dictados por otras instituciones.
Para el corriente año se tiene programado : Curso sobre el nuevo
código de procedimientos laborales de la Provincia de Santa Fe,
para Abogados. Parte jurídica del curso de formación de médicos
del Trabajo (Curso de post-grado) que organiza la Escuela Superior
de Sanidad de la Universidad Nacional del Litoral. Parte jurídica
y social del curso sobre control del ruido, para médicos, ingenieros, y personas con o sin título, que realicen o tengan a su cargo
dichos controles o participe en tareas de seguridad en las empresas.
Los cursos están dirigidos : a los doctores en Ciencias Jurídicas
y Sociales y abogados; a egresados universitarios en otras materias; a estudiantes aventajados; a dirigentes obreros, y empresarios. En las sesiones de estudio, cada participante tiene plena
libertad de expresión, actuando normalmente a simple título personal, sea cual fuese su representatividad.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Seminarios, clases magistrales,
paneles, mesas redondas, etc. En general se adopta el método mas
adecuado al tema, a los asistentes, y a los fines que se persigan
en cada oportunidad.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Certificado de asistencia únicamente.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Es totalmente variable.
Según los cursos pueden ser : Cursos de post-grado para Abogados, Doctores en Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales, o para
Médicos, o Ingenieros, o Técnicos, etc. Hay cursos para dirigentes gremiales y empresariales.
Derechos de matricula : Los cursos, en su mayoría, son gratuitos.
Becas : El Instituto generalmente no otorga becas. En algunos
casos ha recibido becarios de Institutos Internacionales o pertenecientes a otros países.
- 3 -
III.
Esferas principales de investigación : El Derecho del Trabajo
y la Seguridad Social, en todos sus aspectos (laborales, sociales,
económicos, jurídicos, etc.) y en todos sus ámbitos (local, provincial, nacional, internacional, comparado).
Actividades de investigación actuales : Financiación de la seguridad social (estudio comparativo nacional y provincial, con algunas
aportaciones del derecho comparado).
Becas para investigación :
Ninguna.
instituciones,organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Muchas veces intervienen o colaboran en las tareas de
investigación Institutos de la materia de otras Universidades
(principalmente nacionales, a veces también de otros países).
Parte VI : Toda la documentación del Instituto pasa a la Biblioteca de la Facultad de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales (Universidad
Nacional del Litoral).
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Instituto organiza simposios, conferencias y seminarios, en
los que participan Profesores Universitarios, invitándose muchas
veces a concurrir e intervenir a personalidades descollantes
(nacionales y no nationales) / sobre temas de actualidad acerca de
los problemas laborales y de seguridad social. No se llega a conclusiones, ni resoluciones formales, y todos participan con absoluta libertad, y a título personal. Sobre problemas científicos
no hay votación.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El Instituto se encuentra instalado en el
edificio de la Facultad de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales (U.N.L.).
Tiene un aula para el dictado de cursos, conferencias y sesiones.
Tiene acceso además a los distintos ambientes de la Facultad.
Residencias de alojamiento :
Ninguna.
Biblioteca : La biblioteca de la Facultad de Ciencias Jurídicas
y Sociales.
a jornada parcial : No especificado.
Número de volúmenes :
No especificado.
Numero de publicaciones periódicas recibidas :
2-06-78
No especificado.
- 4Equipo audiovisual : No tiene. Se utiliza el equipo personal del
Director.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
- Estudios de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social.
- Cuadernos de Derecho del Trabajo (suspendida).
Obras recientes : Ninguna.
ARGENTINA
INSTITUTO DE DERECHO DEL TRABAJO Y DE LA
SEGURIDAD SOCIAL "DR. JUAN BIALET MASSE"
Trejo 241
5000 CORDOBA
I.
Director:
José Isidro Somare
Fecha de fundación:
1936
Carácter del Instituto: Dependiente de la Facultad de Derecho y
Ciencias Sociales de la Universidad Nacional de Córdoba. Estatuto
y gobierno propio.
Fines del Instituto: Centro de investigación y perfeccionamiento.
Integran el mismo catedráticos, auxiliares, egresados y estudiantes del ciclo superior. Extensión universitaria. Asesoramiento a la Universidad Nacional y organismos públicos, a solicitud de los mismos. Desarrollo del material bibliográfico.
Administración y organización: El gobierno y administración se
encuentran a cargo de un Director, un Vicedirector y un Secretario técnico-académico.
Participa del Gobierno asimismo el
Plenario de Miembros que integran el Instituto.
A jornada
completa
Personal:
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
parcial
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
Visitante
30
-
3
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional: Catedráticos,
de cátedra y especialistas a nivel provincial.
auxiliares
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional:
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen:
- Cursos abiertos de análisis del sistema legislativo nacional o
provincial (para egresados);
- Cursos internos de investigación (miembros del instituto);
- Cursos internos de análisis legislativo e investigación (aspirantes a miembros del instituto). Duración: anual. Intensidad:
una o dos reuniones semanales.
2-07-80/81
- 2 Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Conferencias, sesiones de discusión, mesas redondas, grupos de trabajo y proyectos individuales.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de cursos: En los cursos abiertos,
certificados de asistencia y participación.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Los cursos fundamentalmente
tienen carácter de extensión universitaria para egresados.
Becas:
III.
Generalmente gratuitos.
Sin presupuesto para becas.
Esferas principales de investigación: Sistemática legislativa,
nacional y local en materia de Derecho del Trabajo; Derecho
Procesal del Trabajo y Derecho de la Seguridad Social.
-
Tema anual de investigación: Derecho Colectivo;
Aspectos generales ;
Normativa Constitucional Nacional;
Ley Nacional de Asociaciones Gremiales de Trabajadores No. 22.105;
El tratamiento de los temas es anual y por comisiones, con
reuniones plenarias semanales.
Se realizan estudios sobre el
sindicalismo como fenómeno social y jurídico, las normas
constitucionales pertinentes, la ley citada, sus antecedentes y
problemas conexos.
Relaciones de trabajo en la esfera de la investigaciones con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: Sin relaciones en la tarea anual.
Documentación inédita sobre investigaciones no incluida en la Parte
VI: No especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Participación mediante representantes e informes del Instituto en
todos los eventos provinciales, nacionales e internacionales que
cursan invitación.
Participación en dos reuniones: Primeras Jornadas Argentinas y
Primer Encuentro Interdisciplinario sobre "Trauma Acústico";
V Jornadas Nacionales de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad
Social.
- 3 V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: El Instituto se encuentra instalado en la
Facultad de Derecho y Ciencias Sociales, teniendo acceso a sus
servicios.
Ninguna.
Biblioteca:
Número de
parcial:
Número de
Número de
1.
volúmenes: 3.000 aproximadamente.
publicaciones periódicas: Alrededor de 25.
Equipo audiovisual: Ninguno.
Computadoras : Se dispone por intermedio de la Universidad Nacional
de Córdoba.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
Cuaderno del Instituto (semestral).
Obras recientes : Anales de las Segundas Jornadas de Derecho del
Trabajo y la Seguridad Social, realizadas en Vaquerías, Sierras de
Córdoba, del 18 al 20 de junio de 1977, organizadas por el
Instituto de Derecho del Trabajo y de la Seguridad Social "Dr. Juan
Bialet Massé" (Dirección General de Publicaciones, Córdoba, 1978).
2-07-80/81
ARGENTINA
2\\
i***** ,
INSTITUTO INTERNACIONAL DE ESTUDIOS Y
CAPACITACIÓN SOCIAL DEL SUR glNCASURj
¡Js^^
G Cuenca 32
/- Casilla de Correo 16
J 1406 CAPITAL FEDERAL
I.
iy\0
d¿»^°
Director:
Rodolfo Romero
Fecha de fundación;
1971
Carácter del Instituto: Instituto regional de la UTAL (Universidad
de los Trabajadores de América Latina) para la Cuenca del Plata.
Personería juridíca a través de una Fundación.
Fines del Instituto: Formación de los Trabajadores y realización
de Estudio e Investigación para el sector laboral.
Administración y organización: El INCASUR cuenta con un equipo de
Dirección y una Comunidad de Trabajo. La Comunidad de Trabajo está
formada por los equipos siguientes: Equipo de Animadores, Equipo
de Estudios, Equipo de Administración, Equipo de Secretaría, Equipo
de Documentación, Equipo de Publicaciones y Equipo de Servicios.
A
Personal:
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
3°™ada
completa
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
A
Jornada
parcial
Visitante
No
e s p e c i f i c a d o
No
e s p e c i f i c a d o
Calificaciones del personas profesional: El INCASUR cuenta con
personal fijo y colaboradores.
Idiomas de trabajo: Español, Francés y Guaraní.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional: Guillermo Quesada.
-
Seminarios Internacionales (de 7 a 15 días).
Seminarios Nacionales
(7 días).
Jornada
(de 2 a 4 días).
Cursillos
(varios meses).
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Método activo basado en la participación dinámica de los participantes. Combinación de técnicas de
aprendizaje y creatividad. Sistemas de internado y sin internado.
2-08-77
- 2 Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Certificados de Asistencia.
Calificaciones de los participantes : A determinar con la parte
contratante.
Derechos de matricula : Idem.
Becas : No especificado.
III.
Director de investigación : Juan Ignacio Páez.
Esferas principales de investigación : Economía, laboral, sindical y social.
Actividades de investigación actuales :
- Realidad de la Cuenca del Plata;
- Situación sindical y de otras organizaciones populares en el área.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales :
- a nivel Internacional : Colaboración con la UTAL, OIT, INTAL,
etc. ;
- a nivel Regional : Colaboración con el CEIS (Uruguay), CEPES
(Paraguay), CEDEL (Argentina), etc.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Se realizan Conferencias, Asistencia técnica en materia de Formación y Estudios, Consultas laborales, Diagnósticos políticos y
económieos, etc.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Si
(No especificado).
Residencia de alojamiento : Si
(No especificado).
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : Ninguno..
Numero de volúmenes : Contabilizándose actualmente.
- 3 -
Computadoras :
VI.
Incompleto.
Ninguna.
PUBLICACIONES
Se han editado 51 publicaciones.
Periódicas :
En preparación.
Obras recientes :
-
La Cuenca del Plata.
Los Trabajadores del Azúcar.
Los Trabajadores Migrantes.
Los Trabajadores de la Industria Textil.
2-08-77
Indeterminada.
AUSTRALIA
CLYDE CAMERON
AUSTRALIAN TRADE UNION TRAINING
AUTHORITY (TUTA)
P.O. Box 510,
WODONGA 3690.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
M. E. Heagney.
Date of establishment : 1975.
Nature of the Institute: Established under the Australian Trade
Union Training Authority Act.
The Authority (TUTA) is an independent
statutory body.
Aims of the Institute:
- To plan, develop and undertake programmes of trade union training
in Australia;
- To co-ordinate trade union training in Australia;
- To keep the trade union training that is being provided in
Australia under constant review and to reassess and re-evaluate that
training in the light of experience;
- To promote the provision and undertaking of trade union training;
- To do anything incidental or conducive to the performance of any of
the preceding functions.
Administration and organisation: TUTA's policy is formulated by the
Executive Board with advice on training matters provided by the
Australian Council for Union Training at a national level and State
Councils for Union Training at a local level.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
32
46
3
6
As required
-
Number of professional staff:
Number of clerical staff:
Qualifications for professional staff: Tertiary academic qualifications and/or trade union experience, together with adult educational
experience.
Languages used in activities:
II.
English.
EDUCATIONAL AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES
Director of Education or Training:
P. W. D. Matthews
Courses offered:
- 1, 2 or 3 week advanced skill courses in education, training,
administration, finance and negotiation for union officers;
- 2 week development courses for all levels of unionists aimed at
future leadership;
- 1 or 2 week exploratory seminars on new or special issues;
- special training programmes may also be arranged.
4-01-79/80
- 2 -
Teaching methods used: Lectures; discussion sessions;
and group projects; simulation exercises.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered :
individual
None.
Conditions of admission
Qualifications of participants: Unionists active at the level
appropriate to the course.
Attendance at preliminary local
courses is required in some cases, especially for development
courses.
Fees : No tuition or accommodation fees.
Unions are generally
responsible for other costs (e.g. travel, time off work, etc.).
Fellowships available: Applications for courses from overseas unions
are welcomed, especially from developing countries.
Australian
Development Assistance Agency may assist participants if aid is
applied for through normal government channels.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research:
P. W. D. Matthews
Major research areas: Research is part of normal staff duties,
primarily at this stage for course development and evaluation.
Current research activities
- A national survey of trade union training needs;
- Methods of course evaluation;
- Development of various training materials.
Research fellowships available:
None.
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations,
national and international agencies: With other educational bodies
on new course development material, etc.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI:
materials.
IV.
Course
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Co-ordination and promotion of trade union training and education.
Consultancy work to encourage the development of internal union
programmes.
The College prepares teaching material for other
Authority centres, including the production of films.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: TUTA has a national residential centre at
its headquarters, the Clyde Cameron College and non-residential
centres in each State Capital City.
Courses are conducted at over
50 different locations throughout Australia.
Nominations for
courses are accepted only from trade unions.
- 3 -
Residential accommodation: The Clyde Cameron College has 50 single
rooms and 13 twin rooms, with excellent training facilities, library,
audio visual aids and recreation facilities.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff:
Number of volumes: 20,000.
Number of periodicals received: 200.
Audio-visual equipment: Closed-circuit TV;
projector and various other equipment.
Computer equipment:
VI.
4.
video tape;
overhead
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Newsletters.
Recent titles:
Films:
The Claim - 85 minute film of the formulation and
processing of an industrial claim for wages and
conditions.
Interview
)
Report
) Short, 7-8 minute films of
Facts
) situations facing union representWill you Join?
) atives at the work place
Change in the Office)
A Personal Matter
)
Migrants and Trade Unions - a teaching kit.
Sources of Information - a guide for union practitioners in the
Australian industrial relations system.
4-01-79/80
AUSTRALIA
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES
P.O.Box 1,
KENSINGTON
I.
2033
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
John Niland (Head)
Date of establishment: . 196,0
Nature of the Institute:
Wales.
Unit within the University of New South
Aims of the Institute: Research and education, at the undergraduate
and graduate level, and the provision of training services to trade
unions and management.
Administration and Organisation: Integrated administratively within
the University of New South Wales. A Visiting Committee of outside
practitioner experts provides advisory services.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
10
2
5
1
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic
qualifications; international experience; teaching and research
experience.
II.
English.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Department organises undergraduate and graduate
level courses in industrial relations (25 semester units for undergraduate and 15 semester units for graduate students).
Teaching Methods used:
Lectures and seminars.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Bachelor of Commerce';
Bachelor of Arts; Master of Commerce; Doctor of Philosophy.
Conditions of Admission:
Qualifications of participants:
Fees:
None.
Fellowships available:
4-02-78
None.
Matriculation standard.
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Head of the Department.
Major Research Areas:
-
Public sector industrial relations;
Collective bargaining and compulsory arbitration;
Wages and incomes policy;
Employer organisations;
Manpower policy and planning;
Sporting labour markets;
Shop steward activity;
Industrial conflict;
Arbitration tribunal functioning;
Trade union amalgamation;
Industrial health and occupational safety;
Labour force composition;
Manpower re-training programmes;
Plant level case studies;
Comparative international labour movements;
Minority group labour relations;
Women in the labour force.
Current Research Activities:
Not specified.
Research Fellowships available:
Various scholarships.
national and international agencies: None.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities:
Not specified.
Residential accommodation:
Library:
Not specified.
The Department uses University library facilities.
Number of volumes: Not specified.
Number of periodicals received:
Audio-visual equipment:
Computer equipment:
Not specified.
Not specified.
Available but not specified.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Journal of Industrial Relations (for the Industrial
Relations Society of Australia).
Recent titles
- Kingsley Laffer, "Australian Trade Union Affiliation with the
International Trade Secretariats - A Preliminary Survey" (1977).
- Stephen J. Frenkel, "The Relevance of the Bullock Report to
Industrial Democracy in Australia" (1978) .
- Peter Scherer, "The Subtracted Worker: The Paradoxical
'Additional Worker' Effect in Australia" (1978).
- Stephen J. Frenkel, "Industrial Democracy in America, Britain and
Australia: A Comparative Analysis of Recent Events" (1978).
- Stephen J. Frenkel, "Towards a Theory of Strikes in Australia"
(1978).
- Braham Dabscheck, "Player Associations and Professional Team
Sports" (1978).
- John Niland, "Funding Aspects of University Research in Industrial
Relations: An Australian Perspective" (1978).
- John Niland, "The Feasibility of Manpower Planning in Higher
Education" (1978).
- David Plowman, "Trade Unions in Papua New Guinea: Progress,
Problems, Prospects" (1978).
- David Plowman, "The Victorian Trades Hall Split 1967-1973: A Study
of Inter-Union Conflict" (1978).
4-02-78
AUSTRALIA
THE FLINDERS UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF LABOUR STUDIES
The Flinders University of South Australia,
BEDFORD PARK, 5042
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
K.J. Hancock
Date of establishment:
1972
Nature of the Institute: -Established by a decision of the Council
of the Flinders University of South Australia.
The promotion of research in labour studies.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute has a Management
Committee. Its decisions are subject to the approval of the Council
of the University.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
-
6
1
Visiting
1
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Approval by the University
on the recommendation of the Management Committee.
II.
English.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Institute does not conduct courses of
instruction. However, it provides supervision for students undertaking research for Masters' and Doctoral degrees.
Not applicable.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered:
Master of Arts; Master of Economics.
Committee and the University.
Fees:
Doctor of Philosophy;
Approval by the Management •
$100 (Australian) per year.
Fellowships available: The University awards competitively
scholarships for higher degree students of an annual value of
about $4,000. Persons wishing to undertake degrees in the Institute
may compete.
4-03-78
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
There is no single director.
Major Research Areas: •
-
Australian wage determination;
Labour force participation;
Worker participation;
Work and social adjustment.
areas.
There are six projects in the above
Research fellowships of an annual
value of about $17,000 are awarded by the university and are
tenable in the Institute.
national and international agencies: Not specified.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Full access to all university facilities.
Access to a University hall of residence.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: )The Institute
Number of volumes:
)relies upon the
)University
library.
Computer equipment:
terminal.
VI.
Available as required from the University.
Access to a DEC-10 computer with remote
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Recent titles:
The Australian Bulletin of Labour (quarterly).
- 3 -
Working Paper Series:
No. 22 - G. D. Snooks, Personal Income Distribution and its
Determinants; The Australian Visual Arts Profession,
1977.
No. 23 - C. Bennett, M. Roux and R. Wallace, The Educational
Background of South Australian Student Nurses, 1977.
No. 24 - W. Brown, Social Determinants of Pay, 1978.
No. 25 - C. Bennett and R. Wallace, The Costs of Training
Registered Nurses in Australia, 1978.
No. 26 - W. Brown, Transforming the Miraculous into the Natural,
1978.
No. 27 - W. Brown, Local Labour Markets under Different Wage
Fixing Arrangements: An International Comparison of
Intra-occupational Pay Dispersion, 1978.
4-03-78
AUSTRALIA
ilUCi
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS,
UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY
SYDNEY N.S.W. 2006.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Head of Department.
Date of establishment :
1975.
Sydney.
The Department is part of the University of
Aims of the Institute: To offer academic training in industrial
relations to students preparing a degree in economics or industrial
relations at the University.
Administration and organisation: The Department is under the
immediate control of the Head of Department.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
4
4
-
1
-
-
Qualifications for professional staff:
II.
Visiting
Senior university personnel.
English.
Acting Head of Department:
G. H. Sorrell.
Courses offered: The activities consist of the regular degree
programme in industrial relations.
Most students are regularly
matriculated at the Faculty of Economics, where they major in
industrial relations.
The courses include topics such as
- Industrial relations theory and practice;
- Labour economics;
- Public policy;
- Industrial law;
- Trade unionism;
- Industrial sociology;
- Labour history;
- Comparative labour relations.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: B . E c , Honours and
M . E c , with a major in industrial relations.
admission to university.
Fees :
4-04-78
,
Standard requirements for
Students pay the ordinary university fees.
Fellowships available: The Department does not offer any scholarships
or fellowships.
Some of its undergraduate students may however
qualify for special overseas (Commonwealth) scholarships granted to
the University.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major Research Areas: Individual members of staff, as well as degree
students, carry out both pure and applied research broadly covering
the range of aspects of industrial relations taught in the School.
Current Research Activities: Works committees in Australia, trade
union history; migrants in employment.
Not specified.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Department staff members lecture to management groups, trade
union officials and government personnel.
The staff also participate in the Industrial Relations Society constituted largely of industrial relations practitioners - which
runs discussions, lectures and symposia on topical labour issues.
V.
FACILITIES
Common university facilities.
Residential accommodation : None.
Library:
The Department uses the main University library.
Number of periodicals received: Not specified.
Not specified.
Computer equipment: University Computer Centre.
Audio-visual equipment: Not specified.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodical:
Handbook of I.R.
(for use in the Department).
Recent titles: The Department as such has no publications, but
faculty members, as individuals, contribute articles to leading
Australian and foreign scholarly journals of industrial relations.
AUSTRIA
3^%
INSTITUT FÜR ARBEITSRECHT UND SOZIALRECHT
Weiserstrasse 22,
5020 - SALZBURG
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Hans Floretta
1966.
Nature of the Institute: The Institute is part of the faculty of
law/University of Salzburg. The legal position and the organisational pattern are described in the "Universitäts - Organisationsgesetz" (UOG; University Organisation Act).
Aims of the Institute: Education, training and research in the
fields of labour law, social security, social policy, labour economics
and industrial relations at university level, according to the aims
of Austrian universities.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by a
Director. Some decisions have to be made by faculty commissions
(concerning for example personal and financial decisions). At Institute
level there exists an "Institutsrat" with mostly advising and control
tasks.
Staff
Full-time
3
1
qualifications; law degree.
II.
Part-time
Visiting
2
"
Appropriate academic
German, English, French, Spanish.
Director of the Institute.
Courses offered: Educational activities are intended especially
for students of the faculty of law, but they are open to all students
and interested persons as well. The most important themes of the
courses are:
- Individual labour law;
- Collective labour law;
- Social security law.
and
Within this frame, themes like participation in the enterprise,
health policy, workers protection against dismissals, work organisation and industrial relations are treated among others.
5-01-78
- 2 Teaching Methods used: Lectures;
sessions; team projects.
seminars;
case studies; discussion
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered; Certificates for successful participation in seminar, lectures, etc.
Qualifications of participants: For participation in educational
activities: inscription. The qualifications for inscription
are regulated by a Federal Act.
Fees:
No fees.
Fellowships available: No fellowships are granted by the Institute.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
-
Total labour law, especially labour management relations law;
Collective bargaining law;
Informational relations between workers and management;
Trade unions;
Social security law;
Health system;
Humanisation of work;
Actual problems in social policy.
Current Research Activities: Research on Collective Labour Relations
Act (1974), especially representation of workers in establishments,
participation in social questions, secrecy in establishments; health
system; law of dismissal.
the Institute.
No research fellowships granted by
national and international agencies: Relations with occupational
organisations of workers; scientific organisations in the fields
of labour law; and authorities.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Invitations of experts. The Director of the Institute is President
of the Austrian Society for Labour and Social Security Law, which
organises conferences (300 participants in average) in Zell am See.
V.
FACILITIES
1 seminar room.
- 3 -
Not specified.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
1 part-time.
60.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
- Floretta,Strasser, Arbeitsverfassungsgesetz, Vienna 1974. 532 p.
- Floretta,Strasser, Kommentar zum Arbeitsverfassungsgesetz, Vienna
1975. .1,216 p.
- FlorettafSpielbüchler,Strasser, Arbeitsrecht, Vol. I and II,
Vienna 1976. 253 and 268 p.
- Firlei, Geheimhaltungspflichten und Informationsbedürfnis im
österreichischen Arbeitsrecht, Salzburg 1976. 118p.
Many articles.
5-01-78
AUSTRIA
v
ÖSTERREICHISCHES INSTITUT FÜR ARBEITSMARKTPOLITIK
AN DER UNIVERSITÄT LINZ
'
çh Q ft
1
/
4045 - LINZ-AUHOF
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Herbert Schambeck
Date of establishment;
1968
Nature of the Institute: Official institution, financed by government
subsidies and grants from other institutions and organisations.
Aims of the Institute; Research in labour market problems in
Austria and special problems of labour policy.
Administration and Organisation; The governing board is under the
chairmanship of the Minister of Social Affairs, with the Presidents
of the Chamber of Commerce and the Chamber of Workers and Salaried
Employees as Vice-Chairmen. There is an Advisory Council which
includes representatives of ministries, federal state governments,
organisations of employers and workers. The Institute is managed
by professors from the University of Linz, in charge of different
departments. Professional staff include 3 Directors, 6 professors
and usually about 6 assistants.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
15
-
-
-
-
II.
University degrees.
German.
The Institute has no educational or training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major Research Areas: The Institute is devoted entirely to research,
both basic and applied, carried out in 6 departments:
-
Sociology;
Economics;
Statistics;
Labour law;
Industrial economics;
Agricultural policy.
5-02-77
- 2-
Studies are concerned, for example, with:
-
Labour market forecasts;
Labour law (international comparison);
Problems of women labour market participation;
Human relations at work;
Problems of (hidden) unemployment;
Labour finding problems of handicapped persons;
Problems of labour mobility (regional, occupational); etc.
Current Resear'ch Activities:
Not specified.
Research Fel-lowshlps available: Not specified.
national and international agencies: OECD; ILO; Institut für
Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung der Bundesanstalt für Arbeit
(BRD/Nürnberg).
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: Not
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute holds an annual conference on a topic concerning
labour policy.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Not specified.
Not specified.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: Not specified.
Not specified.
Audio-visual equipment: Not specified.
Computer equipment: Not specified.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: None.
Recent titles: The Institute publishes a series called Arbeitsmarkt^
Politik which deals with labour market problems, especially in
Austria. So far, over twenty issues have appeared; they may be
obtained from the Institute upon request.
AUSTRIA
SOZIALAKADEMIE DER KAMMER FUR
ARBEITER UND ANGESTELLTE FÜR WIEN
Brühlerstrasse 73,
2340 MÖDLING.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Erwin Weissei.
Date of establishment : 1948.
Nature of the Institute: A private institute created by the Kammer
für Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien (Vienna Chamber of Workers and
Salaried Employees).
Aims of the Institute: The Sozialakademie is the instruction
centre for the study, of labour and social problems in co-operation
with the labour union activities in the same field.
Administration and organisation: The Sozialakademie is managed by
a Director, who is responsible to the President of the Kammer für
Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
4
2
-
35-40
-
qualifications and teaching experience.
II.
German.
Erwin Weissei.
Courses offered: The Sozialakademie organises a course each year
lasting 10 months, intended for shop-stewards and trade union
officials.
Teaching methods used: Lectures, discussions, seminars, case
studies, group projects.
Certificate of attendance.
Qualifications of participants: Applicants between 20 and 40 years
old, sponsored by a trade union and holding a position in a labour
organisation work council are considered by a board of examiners
which selects the participants.
Fees:
None.
5-03-7 9/80
Fellowships available; Maintenance costs of participants are paid by
the Kammer für Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien.
Fellowships are
limited to 36 per course and the Kammer für Arbeiter und Angestellte
pays full salary to the fellows.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The Sozialakademie has no research activities.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
2 classrooms, 8 seminar rooms.
Facilities for 36 participants.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff : 1
Number of volumes:
) Figures not available because
Number of periodicals received:) of reorganisation.
In addition, the Sozialakademie has access to the library of the
Kammer für Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien.
Audio-yisual equipment:
recorders.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : None.
Recent titles:
Overhead projectors, diascope, videotape,
None.
AUSTRIA
INSTITUT FDR ARBEITSVERFASSUNG UND
MITBESTIMMUNG DER KAMMER FUR
ARBEITER UND ANGESTELLTE FÜR WIEN
Brühlerstrasse 73,
2340 MÖDLING.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Erwin Weissei,
1977.
Nature of Institute: A private institute created by the Kammer für
Arbeiter and Angestellte für Wien (Vienna Chamber of Workers and
Salaried Employees).
Aims of the Institute: The institute is the instruction centre for
the study of labour and social problems.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
4
2
-
15-20
II.
Erwin Weissei.
Courses offered: The institute organises special seminars lasting
from 1 to 5 weeks, intended for labour representatives in management
boards.
Teaching methods used:
and group projects.
Lectures, discussions, seminars, case studies,
attendance.
Certificate of
Conditions of admission:
Qualifications of participants: Must be labour representative
or candidate, sponsored by á union.
Fees : None.
Fellowships available: Maintenance costs of participants are paid
by the Kammer für Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien.
Other costs
(e.g. salary foregone) are paid in part by the Kammer, in part by
the sponsoring union.
5-04-79/80
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The institute has no research activities.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
2 classrooms and 8 seminar rooms.
Facilities for 35 participants.
Library
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: Not specified.
Number of volumes: Approximately 2,000.
Number of periodicals received: Approximately 40.
In addition, the institute has access to the library of the Kammer
für Arbeiter und Angestellte für Wien.
recorder.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Overhead projector;
none.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles:
Not specified.
diascope;
videotape
BANGLADESH
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS INSTITUTE
Tongi,
DACCA
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
D.A.F. Chowdhury (designated as Principal)
Date of establishment: 1963
Nature of the Institute: A government institute run by the Ministry
of Labour and Social Welfare.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute conducts training courses for
trade union executives, management personnel and government officials
dealing with labour matters, in order to assist in developing healthy
labour-management relations and sound trade unionism in Bangladesh.
Principal. There is a tripartite advisory committee composed of representatives of workers, management and government; the Director of
Labour, Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh, chairs the
committee.
The activities of the Institute are organised within the major areas
of: Dynamics of Industrial Relations Systems; Labour Legislation;
Labour Economics; Workers' Education; Population and Family Planning.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
14
17
-
Visiting
20-25
Qualifications for professional staff: Post-graduate qualifications,
specialisation in relevant subjects, experience in labour-management
relations and university level teaching.
II.
Bengali and English.
Director of Education or Training: Principal of the Institute.
Courses offered: The Institute organises industrial relations courses
(lasting 4-12 weeks) for trade union executives, management personnel
and government officials dealing with labour. Courses on workers'
education (2-4 weeks in length).are offered as well as family planning
and population problems courses (lasting 1-4 weeks). Each course is
planned for about 30 participants. About 10 to 15 courses are held
each year.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures followed by discussions; panel discussions; debates; seminars; discussions with the aid of films and film
strips; role playing; buzz sessions; practical exercises; field
visits; and group discussions.
309-01-78
- 2 -
Qualifications of participants: The courses are intended for
trade unionists, managers and government officials from departments which deal with labour matters.
Participants are
sponsored by their respective organisation.
The Principal of
the Institute makes selections of the participants for all courses
on the basis of personal qualifications of the candidates and
fulfilment of the above conditions for admission.
Fees : None.
Fellowships available :
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Principal of the Institute.
Major Research Areas: The Institute plans to undertake research in
dynamics of industrial relations systems, labour legislation, labour
economics, workers' education and population and family planning.
Current research activities:
- A research study on "Impact of Population Education and Labour
Laws on Fertility Behaviours of Industrial Workers in Bangladesh"
under ILO/UNFPA Project on Population Education.
- A research study on "Knowledge and Attitude of Industrial Workers".
Research fellowships available : None.
Working Research relationships with other institutions, organisations
national and international agencies: Research activities are undertaken in co-operation with universities and national research
institutions.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI : None.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises informal meetings and seminars on
industrial relations, workers' education, population and family
planning; experts and outstanding personalities are invited to
participate.
V.
FACILITIES
Classrooms, seminar rooms, meeting hall.
Rent-free accommodtion for 30 participants.
Library:
Number of volumes: About 4,000.
Number of periodicals received: About 1,500.
2.
- 3 -
Audio-visual equipment: Two 35 mm film projectors; two 16 mm film
projectors; fild strip projector; slide projector; overhead
projector; tape recorder and record player.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles: Educational materials on population problems and family
planning have been published by the Institute in Bengali, the national
language.
- Population Profile of Bangladesh.
- Population Problem of Bangladesh.
- Impact of Population Growth on the Individual Worker, his Family,
and Family Budget.
- Factors Influencing Population Growth.
- Role of Management in Family Planning.
- Role of Trade Union in Family Planning.
- Family Planning Programmes in Labour Sector.
- Mother's Health, Child Care and Family Welfare.
- Conception, Contraception and Contraceptive Methods.
- Motivation of Workers in Family Planning.
- Communication Techniques and Use of Published and Visual
Materials.
- Training Manual on Population Education (English).
309-01-78
BARBADOS
•3*i2oS
THE BARBADOS WORKERS' UNION LABOUR COLLEGE
Mangrove,
ST. PHILIP
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
E. Evelyn Greaves (Head)
Nature of the Institute: A college established by the Barbados
Workers' Union. The College is an integral part of the BWU.
- To promote the education of workers in all areas and aspects of
their working lives;
- to train leaders of the trade union movement in skills of leadership, organisation and administration of trade unions in the
Caribbean context;
- to develop a body of new knowledge in labour education and
related disciplines through research and teaching;
- to train labour educators in the educational methods and technique
of labour education;
- to educate workers in the disciplines relevant to developmental
change and the decolonisation process in the Caribbean;
- to integrate the education of the worker into the wider field of
adult and continuing education by providing to the worker a liberal
education for his general intellectual, cultural and economic
improvement as a citizen;
- to disseminate new and established knowledge in industrial relations and trade union matters among all the leading participants
in the industrial relations system and to the public at large;
- to foster and promote a universal awareness of the trade union
organisation as an institution of growth and an instrument of
change in the developing Caribbean.
Administration and Organisation: The Executive Council of the
Barbados Workers' Union is the chief decision making body of the
College. The Head of the Labour College is responsible for the
administration, programme design and content. The College has
an Advisory Board consisting of nine members; they represent
the Executive Council of the BWU; the Ministry of Education; and
the Extra Mural Department of the University of the West Indies;
and also include the Principal of Codrington College and other
members of the community. The Board meets upon the request of
the College administration. It advises on programmes and on ways
and means of ensuring that the College maintains a continuing
impact on the Caribbean community.
Staff
191-01-78
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
2
2
-
10
-
- 2 -
in the subject area assigned.
Languages used in activities;
II.
A sound and expert knowledge
English.
Head of the College.
Courses offered: The courses are generally 2 weeks in length and
include such topics as:
-
Basic economics;
Collective bargaining;
Inflation;
Society;
Politics;
Conducting meetings;
Labour and the law;
National insurance;
Trade union history;
Caribbean social, economic and political background;
Caribbean culture;
The international labour movement;
Communications;
Trade unionism and collective bargaining;
Shop stewards training;
Trade unions in developing countries;
Family planning and family welfare;
Leadership.
The College also organises seminars covering topics of interest
to workers in specific trades.
audio-visual aids.
Lectures;
role playing;
attendance.
group discussions;
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Participants are required to
demonstrate a basic understanding of English. They must be
financial members of the Barbados Workers' Union or. a union
affiliated to the Caribbean Congress of Labour.
Fees: Nominal registration fees are paid by the participants.
Fellowships available: A number of international agencies offer
scholarships which cover boarding and lodging. Eligibility is
confined to the Caribbean Congress of Labour registered unions.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The College has no research programme.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The assembly hall is used by the Barbados Workers' Union for large
conferences.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 2 seminar rooms; common room;
hall having a capacity of approximately 700 persons.
an assembly
18 rooms having double occupancy.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1 part-time.
Audio-visual equipment: Overhead projector; 16 mm film projector;
filmstrip projector; tape recorder; flip board; daylight screen.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
191-01-78
None.
BELGIUM
CENTRE NATIONAL DE SOCIOLOGIE
DU DROIT SOCIAL
44 avenue Jeanne,
1050 - BRUXELLES
I.
Directeur;
L.-E. Troclet
Date de fondation:
1958
Statuts de l'Institut: Le Centre est une association sans but
lucratif, de droit privé, recevant un subside du Ministère de l'Education Nationale (fonds de la recherche scientifique fondamentale
collective).
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le Centre traite des problêmes de sociologie du droit social et des méthodes d'investigation applicables.
d'admini stration.
Personnel
Le Centre est géré par un Conseil
A plein temps
A temps partiel
2
2
-
En stage
2
.
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir un titre
universitaire en droit, en sociologie ou en psychologie.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Le Centre n'organise aucune activité d'enseignement et de formation.
III.
Directeurs de la recherche:
L.-E. Troclet; E. Vogel-Polsky.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Tout ce qui touche au droit du
travail, à la sociologie du droit du travail et au travail des
femmes.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Est en cours une analyse critique
de la jurisprudence du droit du travail.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche:
7-01-78
Aucune.
- 2 -
Collaboration à la recherche avec d'autres instituts, organismes et
organisations nationales ou internationales; Le Centre collabore
avec le Ministère de l'Education Nationale (fonds de la recherche
scientifique fondamentale).
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI;
femmes seules en Belgique.
IV.
Etude sur les
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Le Centre participe à des colloques et à des séminaires, qu'il organise également, touchant les principaux domaines de recherche
mentionnés sous la rubrique "Activités de recherche".
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
Logement :
Le Centre dispose de quatre bureaux.
pas de logement disponible.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel:
Nombre de volumes: variable.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 30.
Equipement audio-visuel:
1.
Aucun.
Informatique: Aucun service.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: Aucun.
Ouvrages récents; A paru dans le domaine de l'étude sociologique
et juridique, l'ouvrage de N. Weinstock, Les cours par correspondance du secteur privé en Belgique.
BELGIUM
2l2to\
INSTITUT DE DROIT DU TRAVAIL
UNIVERSITE CATHOLIQUE DE LOUVAIN
COLLEGIUM FALCONIS
41 Tiensestraat
3000 LEUVEN
I.
Directeur:
Roger Blanpain
Date de fondation:
1966
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut de Droit du Travail fait partie
de la Faculté de Droit de l'Université Catholique de Louvain.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut vise à la formation d'étudiants
dans le domaine du travail; il organise des cours à l'intention de
dirigeants syndicaux et d'employeurs étrangers sur les différents
aspects du droit du travail et des relations professionnelles en
Belgique et dans les autres pays de la Communauté européenne.
L'Institut mène également un programme de recherche dont le but est
de contribuer à une meilleure compréhension des relations
professionnelles.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut a sa propre administration,
bien qu'étant rattaché à l'Université catholique de Louvain.
Personnel:
A plein temps
A temps partiel
5
2
En stage
-
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Une licence ou
un doctorat en droit ou en sciences sociales est exigé.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le hollandais, l'anglais et le français.
l'Institut.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: Des cours sont organisés pour les dirigeants
syndicaux de la "Landelijke Bediencentrale" (organisation d'employés)
sur les sujets suivants: caractéristiques et développement du droit
du travail belge, contrats d'emploi de durée indéterminée, politique
des revenus, objectifs et réalisations de l'entreprise, sociologie
de l'entreprise, conventions collectives, action syndicale au sein
de l'entreprise, etc. Des séminaires à l'intention de chefs
d'entreprises étrangers traitent de sujets tels que la législation
et les relations professionnelles en Europe de l'ouest, les
compagnies multinationales et l'attitude des syndicats à leur égard,
les possibilités de conventions collectives dans le cadre de la CEE,
l'entreprise multinationale et les relations professionnelles belges,
les caractéristiques et tendances des conventions collectives, les
procédures des revendications et le règlement des conflits au niveau
7-02-78
- 2 -
de l'entreprise. Des cours de droit du travail sont donnés aux
étudiants de la Faculté de Droit, des Sciences Sociales et de
Médecine et des cours de droit du travail européen sont proposés
aux étudiants se spécialisant en droit international.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes d'enseignement se composent
de cours, de séminaires et de travaux individuels.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Les facultés concernées décident
de l'attribution des diplômes universitaires.
Qualifications des participants: Il faut avoir les diplômes
ou équivalence donnant accès aux universités.
Frais d'inscription:
Bourses disponibles:
III.
Aucuns.
Aucune.
Le Directeur de l'Institut.
Principaux domaines de recherche: L'Institut s'intéresse
particulièrement à la recherche comparative dans le domaine du droit
du travail et des relations professionnelles, des conventions
collectives, des conditions de travail.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Des recherches comparatives sont en
cours, dans le champ des intérêts de l'Institut.
Pas précisé.
Collaboration â la recherche avec d'autres instituts, organismes et
organisations nationales ou internationales: Pas précisé.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI:
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
de l'Université.
Logement :
L'Institut occupe six bureaux dans les bâtiments
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
Pas précisé.
Nombre de volumes: 1 300.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 4 5 .
- 3 -
Informatique :
VI.
Pas précisé.
Pas précisé.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: L'Institut publie, une fois par an, le Bulletin, qui
groupe des articles sur tous les aspects des relations de travail.
Ouvrages récents:
7-02-78
Pas précisé.
BELGIUM
Mw
INSTITUT DE FORMATION DE CADRES
POUR LE DEVELOPPEMENT (IFCAD)
111 avenue George Bergmann,
1050 - BRUXELLES
I.
Directeur:
André Braconier
Date de fondation:
1965
Statuts de l'Institut: L'IFCAD est une association sans but lucratif. Il est agréé par les Ministères de l'Education Nationale et de
la Culture.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut entend assurer une coopération,
étendue actuellement à l'ensemble des Etats associés à la Communauté
Européenne, dans les domaines de l'enseignement et de la recherche,
par l'organisation de tâches de formation et de perfectionnement de
moyenne et de courte durée dans les disciplines fondamentales du
développement et par la réalisation dans ces Etats de programmes de
formation et de recherche.
Administration et organisation: Le Conseil d'Administration est
composé de neuf membres appartenant au milieu universitaire et au
mouvement syndical international.
Personnel
A plein temps
4
3
A temps partiel
34
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel:
tion universitaire.
Langues de travail:
II.
En stage
-
Avoir une forma-
Le français.
Directeur de l'enseignement et de la formation: L'enseignement et
la formation sont composés de diverses sections; chacune d'elles est
sous la responsabilité d'un directeur de section.
Cours organisés: L'Institut organise des sessions de formation et de
perfectionnement de moyenne durée (deux années académiques) de niveau
supérieur destinées essentiellement à des personnes déjà insérées dans
la vie active (fonctionnaires, enseignants, agents techniques, etc.).
Les sessions relèvent des orientations suivantes:
- Communications sociales.
- Planification de l'éducation et des ressources humaines.
- Planification économique et aménagement du territoire.
- Animation au développement.
- Gestion des petites et moyennes entreprises.
- Gestion coopérative.
7-03-78
- 2 -
L'Institut a également conçu ses programmes selon un cycle court de
trois à huit mois réservé aux stagiaires voulant acquérir une formation
spécialisée dans un domaine particulier.
L'IFCAD peut en outre assurer sur demande une formation spécialisée
individualisée.
Conscient d'adapter son enseignement aux besoins spécifiques des
Etats associés à la Communauté européenne, l'Institut entend mettre,
davantage que par le passé, l'accent sur la formation pratique afin
de former des "hommes de terrain" aptes à mettre en application la
formation reçue.
^M
^^
L'Institut envisage également d'assurer la préparation psychologique,
sociologique et technique de coopérants européens (experts, conseillers,
techniciens, instructeurs) appelés à servir dans les Etats associés
à la Communauté Européenne.
Sur le terrain, l'Institut entreprend des actions de formation de courte
durée.
Il installera des sections opérationnelles répondant à ses
objectifs.
L'Institut dispose d'une école à plein temps pour l'enseignement du
français.
Elle est agréée par le Ministre de l'Education nationale
au titre de l'Enseignement technique du degré inférieur et du degré
supérieur.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Chacune des orientations de cours susmentionnées fait l'objet d'un enseignement théorique et, en étroite
relation avec celui-ci, d'un ensemble coordonné de travaux pratiques,
de cycles de conférences, de voyages d'études en Belgique et à
l'étranger, et de stages appropriés au sein d'institutions publiques
ou privées, nationales ou internationales.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Au terme de la formation, l'Institut délivre un diplôme aux participants qui passent avec succès les
examens de fin d'études.
Qualifications des participants: Au minimum être titulaire du
baccalauréat ou avoir bénéficié d'une formation jugée équivalente;
justifier éventuellement d'une expérience professionnelle.
Frais d'inscription: Un minerval est perçu dont le montant est
fonction de la durée de la session suivie.
de formation.
III.
L'Institut lui-même n'attribue pas de bourse
Directeur de la recherche: Les activités de recherche sont assumées
par le Centre d'Etudes des Problèmes de Population Active - CEPPAC auquel l'Institut est associé.
Principaux domaines de recherche: L'accent est mis principalement
sur:
- Les recherches d'ordre économique et social directement ou indirectement relatives à la population active.
- Les structures qualitatives et quantitatives de la population
active dans leurs liaisons avec la formation.
- 3 - Le tourisme.
- L'emploi.
- Les migrants.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Expérience-pilote de formation
polyvalente destinée à des travailleurs migrants italiens.
Aucune.
organisations nationales ou internationales: L'Institut est associé
au Centre d'Etudes des Problêmes de Population Active — CEPPAC -.
Celui-ci, composé de praticiens et bénéficiant du conseil de personnalités de l'enseignement supérieur notamment, s'est organisé de
façon à accueillir les étudiants qui y trouvent toute l'assistance
souhaitée et la documentation spécialisée pour leurs travaux de
recherche appliquée.
IV.
Aucun.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Institut compte également:
- des séminaires sur les relations industrielles: des séminaires sont
organisés en collaboration avec les organisations syndicales internationales;
- un Conseil scientifique: la recherche appliquée menée par les participants pendant les sessions de formation peut être considérée
comme une activité à caractère de consultation.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Les bâtiments qui abritent le Centre de formation
et de coopération comprennent des classes, salles de lectures,
salles de séminaires et sont équipés de deux laboratoires de
langues.
Logement : L'Institut intervient en vue de faciliter l'hébergement
des étudiants.
Bibliothèque :
Nombre de bibliothécaires à temps partiel: 1.
Nombre de volumes: environ 8.000.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: Aucun.
toire photos.
Informatique :
7-03-78
Comprend un matériel vidéo et un labora-
Aucun service.
- 4-
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: La publication d'un bulletin de liaison et d'information sur les problèmes du développement des ressources humaines dans
les pays en voie de développement est envisagée.
Ouvrages récents: "Tourisme en Ardenne-Meuse - Profil et
comportement des touristes étrangers".
BELGIUM
'PII 02/
INSTITUT DU TRAVAIL
UNIVERSITE LIBRE DE BRUXELLES
145 avenue Adolphe Buyl,
BRUXELLES 5
I.
Directeur:
Michel Magrez
Date de fondation:
1955
Statuts de l'Institut:
Bruxelles.
L'Institut est intégré à l'Université libre de
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut se consacre à l'enseignement et
à l'étude des problèmes du travail sous tous ses aspects, tant dans
les pays industrialisés que dans les pays en voie de développement.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est dirigé par un Comité
scientifique composé d'un directeur, de représentants de facultés,
de grandes écoles et d'autres instituts universitaires ainsi que du
corps professoral et d'un membre représentant le Conseil de l'Université.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
Appartient au corps professoral universitaire. Pas précisé.
universitaires appropriés.
Langues de travail:
II.
En stage
Avoir les titres
Le français.
l'Institut.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: L'Institut est une institution interdisciplinaire
offrant des cours dans les domaines juridique, sociologique, psychologique, économique et social aux étudiants réguliers, c'est-à-dire
à ceux qui aspirent au grade de candidat, de licencié, de licencié
spécial ou de gradué et aux étudiants libres, c'est-à-dire à ceux
qui s'inscrivent à un ou plusieurs cours en vue de subir un ou
plusieurs examens.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en cours, en exercices pratiques/, en travaux de séminaire et en conférences.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Peuvent être obtenus la licence
en sciences du travail, la licence spéciale en sciences du travail,
la licence spéciale en médecine du travail et le "graduât" en sciences
du travail.
7-04-77
- 2Conditions d'admission:
Qualifications des participants; L'étudiant régulier doit être
en possession d'un diplôme d'accès aux études universitaires
(maturité) ou d'une équivalence. L'étudiant libre doit obtenir
l'autorisation du Bureau de l'Institut.
III.
S'adresser au Secrétariat de l'Institut.
Pas précisé.
L'Institut n'organise aucune activité de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précise.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut est situé dans l'Université libre
de Bruxelles.
Logement:
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
L'Institut utilise la bibliothèque de l'Université.
Equipement audio-visuel : Pas précisé.
Informatique:
VI.
Pas précisé.
PUBLICATIONS
Aucune précision n'a été donnée en ce qui concerne les publications.
BELGIUM
SEMINAIRE DE SOCIOLOGIE DE
L'UNIVERSITE D'ETAT
Universiteitstraat 8,
9000 - GAND
I.
Directeur:
Marthe Versichelen
Date de fondation:
1931
Statuts de l'Institut: Le Séminaire de Sociologie est un centre
universitaire intégré à la Faculté de Droit.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le Centre se consacre à l'enseignement, à
la formation et à la recherche en matière de sociologie et de démographie.
Administration et organisation: Le Centre est dirigé par un Directeur et son Conseil ne comprend aucun représentant du monde extérieur.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
5
1
1
-
universitaire (licence ou doctorat).
Langues de travail:
II.
En stage
-
Avoir un titre
Le néerlandais.
Centre.
Le Directeur du
Cours organisés: Le Centre offre des cours de candidature et de
licence pour les étudiants en sciences sociales et en sociologie
et des cours de sociologie générale pour les étudiants en candidature (droit, économie, psychologie, criminologie).
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en exposés généraux, en exercices pratiques et en discussions par groupe (environ
vingt étudiants).
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés:. Après la licence et après la
soutenance d'une thèse, le doctorat en sciences sociales ou en
sociologie est délivré.
Condi ti ons d'admi s s i on :
moyennes supérieures.
7-05-79/80
Est requis un diplôme d'études
Frais d'inscription: Les frais varient d'une discipline à l'autre
et selon les catégories d'étudiants.
Bourses disponibles;
l'Université.
III.
Il faut s'informer à ce sujet au rectorat de
Directeur de la recherche;
Le Directeur du Centre.
Principaux domaines de recherche; La recherche s'effectue dans les
domaines de la sociologie du travail, de la démographie, de la délinquance et de la sociologie de l'enseignement.
Travaux de recherche en cours ; Sont en cours des travaux portant
sur l'enquête sur le prestige, sur les aspirations et la joie au
travail des instituteurs ainsi que sur la comparaison des programmes électoraux et la politique des partis (analyse sociologique).
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche; Aucune demande de bourse n'a
été faite pour l'année 1976-1977. Le Centre travaille avec le budget
et les collaborateurs mis à sa disposition par l'Université.
i
organisations nationales ou internationales; Aucune collaboration
actuellement.
IV.
Aucun.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Des conférences sont organisées dans le cadre des cours.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail;
Le Centre utilise les bâtiments de l'Université.
Logement: Le Centre dispose de homes pour étudiants(mis à la disposition des congressistes pendant les vacances).
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de volumes: 7.500.
Equipement audio-visuel;
Informatique;
Aucun.
Aucun service.
1.
-' 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques : Revue trimestrielle en néerlandais, Tijdschrift voor
Sociale Wetenschappen, comprenant des résumés des articles en
français, anglais ou allemand.
Ouvrages récents:
- Sociologie. Studie van de maatschappelijke organisatie.
1975, 303 pp.
7-05-7 9/80
Gand,
&S£)
$S¿6Í
BELGIUM
HOGER INSTITUUT VOOR DE ARBEID
*>: mo
E. Van Evenstraat 2E,
3000iLEUVgfi.
St
I.
Directeur:
L. Lagrou
Date de fondation: 26 novembre 1951.
Statuts de l'Institut: Institut universitaire dans le cadre de
l'Université Catholique de Louvain (K.U. Leuven).
Objectifs de l'Institut: Recherche et formation interdisciplinaires
dans le but de mieux comprendre les problèmes des travailleurs et
de sensibiliser tant les dirigeants du mouvement ouvrier que le
monde universitaire.
Administration et organisation: Le conseil d'administration est
paritairement composé de professeurs universitaires et de
dirigeants du mouvement ouvrier chrétien.
La composition est aussi
interdisciplinaire.
Le président du conseil est le président du
M.O.C.
Les recherches sont dirigées par le directeur et une équipe
de chercheurs de cadre qui est aussi de composition interdisciplinaire.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
10-15
2
2
1
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: diplôme
universitaire, expérience de la recherche et des problèmes des
travailleurs.
Langues de travail: Le néerlandais est la langue de travail.
Le
français, l'anglais et l'allemand sont utilisés suivant les besoins.
II.
l'Institut.
Le Directeur de
Cours organises: Pour les militants du mouvement ouvrier des cours de 8
heures pendant 15 jours sont organisés en collaboration avec le
mouvement ouvrier chrétien.
Le but est surtout de leur faire mieux
comprendre les problèmes du monde du travail auxquels ils
sont confrontés dans leur travail journalier.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Conférences, séances de discussion, études
de cas, groupes de travail, etc.
7-06-78
Certificat de présence seulement.
- 2 -
Conditions d'admission
Qualifications des participants
- être militant dans le mouvement ouvrier chrétien;
- avoir une formation de base ou une expérience équivalente.
Les frais de nourriture, etc.
certains frais.
Le mouvement ouvrier chrétien couvre
III.
Directeur de la recherche : Le Directeur de l'Institut et une équipe
de chercheurs et de cadres.
Principaux domaines de recherche:
-
Problèmes
Problèmes
Problèmes
Problèmes
de
de
de
de
politique socio-économique;
conditions de travail;
formation de travailleurs;
santé et d'hygiène.
Travaux de recherche en cours
- Recherche comparative sur l'évolution des prix et des salaires et
sur la politique des prix et des revenus en Belgique, Hollande,
Allemagne (RFA), France et Grande Bretagne.
- Recherche sur les conséquences socio-familiales, psychologiques
et médicales du système du travail par 3 ou 4 équipes;
- Des grèves, des occupations de locaux et des problêmes ouvriers;
une recherche sociologique sur les conflits du travail en
Belgique, 1968-73;
- L'attitude des syndicats européens à l'égard des politiques d'investissements des entreprises multinationales;
- Conflits du travail en Belgique, 1900-1975; une recherche
statistique des tendances générales et sectorielles.
Aucune.
Collaboration à la recherche avec d'autres instituts, organismes
et organisations nationales ou internationales: L'Institut
collabore fréquemment avec divers autres instituts de
l'Université catholique de Louvain et des autres universités, ainsi
qu'avec différentes organisations du mouvement ouvrier.
les recherches terminées.
IV.
Les rapports sur
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Institut organise régulièrement des réunions et colloques où les
responsables du monde du travail sont invités à discuter avec des
professeurs et des chercheurs à propos de certains problèmes
spécifiques intéressant le monde du travail.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Une salle de réunion est prévue dans l'Institut
même.
En outre il y a toute l'infrastructure de l'université.
Logement:
Aucun.
Bibliothèque :
Nombre de volumes: Environ 500.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques:
Equipement audio-visuel : Aucun.
Informatique :
VI.
Services de l'université.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques : Aucun.
Ouvrages récents : Aucun.
7-06-78
Environ 50.
1.
BELGIUM
INSTITUT EUROPEEAN INTERUNIVERSITAIRE
DE L'ACTION SOCIALE "IEIAS"
rue du Débarcadère 179,
B-6001 MARCINELLE
I.
Directeur:
Pierre Rozen (Secrétaire)
Date de fondation:
1970
Statuts de l'Institut: Association internationale à buts
scientifique et pédagogique.
Statut interuniversitaire garanti
actuellement par 17 universités en Europe.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'IEIAS a pour objet de promouvoir,
assurer et diffuser la recherche scientifique dans le domaine de
l'action sociale.
Secteur d'activités: formation, recherche,
publications, documentation.
Administration et organisation: L'IEIAS est administré par un
conseil d'administration de composition large et comprenant
essentiellement des personnalités et des professeurs d'universités
disposant d'une expérience internationale en matière d'action
sociale.
Le Président du Conseil est M. Jacques Hochepied, Député
Permanent de la Province de Hainaut. Un Conseil scientifique groupant
les représentants des universités ayant garanti le statut interuniversitaire de l'Institut ainsi que des experts, préparent le
programme général d'activités et veillent à l'exécution de ce
programme.
Personnel:
A plein temps
A temps partiel
15
8
-
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Titre
universitaire ou diplôme de l'enseignement supérieur non
universitaire.
Langues de travail: Le français et l'anglais.
D'autres langues
sont utilisées suivant les besoins, par exemple: le néerlandais,
l'allemand, l'italien, etc.
II.
Pierre Rozen.
Serge Mayence et
Cours organisés: L'IEIAS organise des post-graduats, des sessions
de formation avancée, des journées d'étude, des voyages d'étude.
Ces cours s'adressent aux travailleurs sociaux (au sens large du
terme).
Chaque cours peut varier selon le cycle (un jour à une
année académique).
7-07-79/80
- 2 -
Méthodes d'enseignement;
rondes, visites.
Conférences, travaux de groupes, tables
Attestation de fréquentation.
Qualifications des participants: Diplôme de l'enseignement
supérieur universitaire ou non universitaire.
Dans ce dernier
cas, une expérience utile est exigée.
Varient suivant le type de cours.
Bourses disponibles: Des bourses sont disponibles en nombre
limité, octroyées par des fondations privées.
III.
Directeurs de la recherche:
Serge Mayence et Pierre Rozen.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Travail social communautaire,
santé mentale, gérontologie sociale, migration, handicapés.
Travaux de recherche en cours :
- La formation qu'il convient de dispenser au personnel des
institutions de santé mentale;
- La formation qu'il convient de dispenser au personnel des
institutions de gérontologie sociale; '
- Le travail social communautaire dans les grands ensembles urbains;
- La préparation à la retraite;
- La prépension.
Pas précisé.
organisations nationales ou internationales: L'IEIAS collabore
avec d'autres instituts de recherche ainsi qu'avec des universités.
IV.
Aucun.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
- Service de documentation;
- Service de consultation.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'IEIAS possède ses propres locaux de travail y
compris les salles de conférences avec traduction simultanée.
Logement:
Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de volumes: environ 7,000
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: environ 500
2
- 3 -
Equipement audio-visuel: Vidéo, ainsi que tous les équipements
traditionnels (projecteur, retro projecteurs, etc.)
Informatique:
VI.
Terminal relié à l'ordinateur d'une université belge.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: Revue trimestrielle européenne en travail
communautaire COMM.
Ouvrages récents
- L'adoption;
- La protection de la jeunesse et le placement familial;
- L'organisation médico-sociale en Belgique;
- Un troisième âge actif;
- Le défi des centres publics d'aide sociale;
- Les apports de l'action sociale à l'économie;
- La protection sociale des mineurs en danger;
- Caring for children with special needs;
- Le travail communautaire à trois dimensions;
- Etude préparatoire à une expérimentation de programme allant de
la préparation à l'organisation de retour d'un groupe d'Italiens
dans leur région d'ori,gine;
- Préretraite et vie devant soi: Répertoire des universités du
troisième âge.
7-07-79/80
BENIN
CENTRE DE FORMATION ADMINISTRATIVE
ET DE PERFECTIONNEMENT (CEFAP)
B.P. 990,
COTONOU
I.
Directeur:
Julien Codjovi
Date de fondation:
1975
Statuts de l'Institut: Le CEFAP est un Institut dépendant directement
de la Faculté des Sciences juridiques, économiques et politiques de
l'Université nationale du Bénin.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le CEFAP se consacre à la formation, au
perfectionnement et au recyclage administratifs des agents de la
Fonction publique et des entreprises publiques et privées et a la
charge de la consultation administrative auprès de ces organismes.
Administration et organisation: Le CEFAP est, pour une période de
cinq ans à partir de la date de sa fondation, financé par le
gouvernement canadien et organisé par l'Institut de coopération
internationale de l'Université d'Ottawa.
Le noyau du Centre,
pendant cette période, est formé de six coopérants canadiens, dont
les spécialités sont diverses.
Le Centre est administré au Bénin
par l'un de ces coopérants.
Personnel
A plein temps
12
6
A temps partiel
En stage
environ 30
-
1
L'Etat béninois met à la disposition du Centre des professeurs de
l'Université nationale du Bénin, des hauts fonctionnaires et des
praticiens de haut niveau.
Il en est de même de l'Institut de
coopération international (I.C.I.) de l'Université d'Ottawa, Canada.
Qualifications requises du personnel professionel: Etre en
possession d'un diplôme de deuxième cycle et d'une expérience
professionnelle appropriée.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés:
- Planification économique et aménagement du territoire;
- Economie et finances;
- Administration générale et territoriale;
- Magistrature;
104-01-79/80
- 2 -
- Diplomatie;
- Gestion des entreprises;
- Sciences sociales du travail.
Des cours sont donnés dans toutes ces spécialités. Ils s'adressent
principalement aux fonctionnaires du gouvernement et couvrent
plusieurs niveaux, allant d'un niveau assez bas (BEPC) jusqu'au niveau le plus élevé (maîtrise universitaire). La durée et la fréquen
ce des cours dépendent de la nature des programmes, qui peut varier
considérablement; en effet, certains programmes s'étendent sur deux
ans tandis que d'autres ne sont que de courte durée (quelques semaines) .
Méthodes d'enseignement; Les méthodes consistent en exposés, études
de cas, exercices de simulation, méthodes audio-visuelles, cours
programmés.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés;
grammes concernés.
Les diplômes dépendent des pro-
Conditions d'admission;
Qualifications des participants: Les qualifications dépendent
également des programmes concernés.
Les frais varient selon les programmes.
Bourses disponibles; Des bourses nationales peuvent parfois être
accordées à des stagiaires de certains programmes (par exemple, le
programme de formation des secrétaires de direction, celui des
agents de la catégorie " A " ) .
III.
La recherche est une recherche fonctionnelle dans le but d'améliorer
les programmes d'enseignement. Elle est conduite en majeure partie
par les utilisateurs du Centre et de ce fait les conseillers ont
pour tâche de 1'approuver, de 1'encourager, de la guider, d'en
évaluer et d'en diffuser les résultats.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Le Centre offre une contribution spéciale aux enseignements à la
FASJEP en matière d'économie, de comptabilité et d'administration.
Il répond de plus aux demandes de consultation dans les divers
domaines de l'administration, de la comptabilité, du marketing, etc.
Cependant, cette activité n'étant pas prioritaire, le Centre ne
l'exerce que dans la mesure où ses autres activités le permettent.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le Centre dispose de deux salles de cours,
deux salles de réunion, deux salles pour bureaux, d'une imprimerie
et d'une salle de conférence.
Logement:
Aucun.
- 3 -
Bibliothèque;
Nombre de volumes: 2.500
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 120
1
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend un système vidéo (télévision en
circuit fermé), des magnétophones à bandes et à cassettes, un rétroprojecteur et des projecteurs à 16 et 35 mm.
Informatique:
VI.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Le CEFAP a publié plusieurs fascicules traitant des questions de:
- droit du travail;
- droit constitutionnel;
- droit administratif;
- organisation judiciaire,
pour ne citer que celles-ci. Le Centre a élaboré une liste de ses
documents.
104-01-79/80
BENIN
CENTRE DE PERFECTIONNEMENT DU
PERSONNEL DES ENTREPRISES
Ministère de la Fonction
Publique et du Travail,
BP 907,
COTONOU
I.
Directrice :
Irène Ako.
Date de fondation:
1975
Statuts de l'Institut: Le Centre est un établissement public à
caractère administratif doté d'autonomie financière.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le Centre a pour but de mettre en place
un système permanent de formation et de perfectionnement professionnels ainsi qu'un système de sélection et orientation professionnelle.
Administration et organisation: Le Centre est dirigé par un Directeur et administré par un Conseil d'administration.
Personnel
A plein temps
1
6
A temps partiel
5
-
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Le personnel
professionnel doit être bien formé. Il s'agit de cadres hautement
qualifiés dans le secteur de formation ou dans la discipline concernée. La plupart d'entre eux sont actuellement professeurs
d'enseignement technique.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Directeur de l'enseignement et de la formation: L & Directrice du Centre.
Cours organisés: Le Centre offre des cours théoriques et pratiques
destinés aux travailleurs du secteur public ou privé. Actuellement
ces cours durent huit mois à raison de douze heures par semaine.
Il organise de plus des stages de recyclage.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement des cours est dispensé
selon des méthodes traditionnelles.
stage est délivrée.
104-02-79/80
Seule une attestation de fin de
- 2Conditions d'admission:
Qualifications des participants: Les participants doivent être
en possession d'un CEPE ou CEFER ainsi que d'un diplôme de formation professionnelle. Le Centre dirige actuellement des
dactylographes auxiliaires.
Frais d'inscription; Aucuns.
Bourses disponibles: Aucune.
III.
Le Centre n'organise pour l'instant aucune activité de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Aucune.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le Centre est logé dans des locaux provisoires
non fonctionnels en ce moment.
Logement: Aucun.
Bibliothèque : La bibliothèque est en construction.
Equipement audio-visuel: Aucun.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Etant donné sa fondation récente,le Centre ne possède aucune publication propre.
Il faut d'ailleurs noter que tous ces renseignements sont absolument
provisoires et ne sont valables qu'en regard de l'ancien Centre de
Perfectionnement du Personnel de Bureau (CPPB) créé depuis novembre
1967 et dont le CPPE, actuellement en construction, prendra la relève
réelle dès que les locaux et salles de cours seront terminés.
BENIN
CENTRE PANAFRICAIN DE FORMATION
COOPERATIVE
BP 1236,
COTONOU
I.
Directeur;
Pierre Dominique Coco
Date de fondation:
1967; début d'activités 1969.
Statuts de l'Institut: Il s'agit d'un centre autonome créé par
onze Etats africains francophones au sud du Sahara.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le Centre s'emploie à former les ressortissants des Etats membres dans un domaine particulier ou dans tous
les domaines de l'action coopérative et à entreprendre, favoriser
et diffuser toutes les recherches sur les problèmes coopératifs
intéressant les Etats.
Administration et organisation: L'instance suprême du Centre Panafricain de Formation Coopérative est la Conférence Panafricaine
Coopérative composée de l'ensemble des représentants des Etats contractants désignés sur une base tripartite (gouvernements, coopératives, syndicats). Pour veiller à l'exécution des décisions pendant
les intersessions, la Conférence désigne un Comité de direction
composé de deux membres gouvernementaux, d'un représentant des coopératives et d'un représentant des syndicats. La gestion du Centre
est confiée à un directeur.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
3
15
14
2
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir les titres
universitaires appropriés ainsi qu'une bonne expérience de l'enseignement et de la recherche.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Centre.
Le Directeur du
Cours organisés: Le Centre Panafricain de Formation Coopérative
organise diverses activités d'enseignement chaque année, à savoir:
- un stage de six mois sur "La gestion des entreprises coopératives
et la commercialisation des produits agricoles par les coopératives
destiné aux gestionnaires d'entreprises coopératives;
- un stage d'un mois sur la formation, l'éducation et l'animation
coopératives destiné aux encadreurs des coopératives;
- un séminaire de trois à quatre semaines de recyclage et de perfectionnement à l'intention des contrôleurs des coopératives.
Les participants à ces stages et séminaires (une trentaine chaque
104-03-79/80
fois) sont envoyés par les gouvernements sur proposition des coopératives et des syndicats.
Méthodes d'enseignement; Les méthodes consistent en conférences,
études de cas, groupes de travail, colloques et travaux pratiques
sur le terrain.
DiplSmes ou certificats délivrés:
délivré.
Un certificat de présence est
Qualifications des participants: Les participants sont choisis
selon les besoins des Etats. Un profil est cependant proposé
pour chaque cours ou séminaire.
Aucuns.
Bourses disponibles: Les frais de voyage et de subsistance des participants sont à la charge du Centre. Il est généralement octroyé
par session, deux bourses à chaque Etat participant.
III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Un programme est en cours d'élaboration avec les directeurs nationaux de l'Action coopérative des
pays participants.
IV.
Aucune
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Le Centre collabore à l'organisation de stages et de séminaires que
l'Ecole Internationale de Bordeaux, institution spécialisée de
l'Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique (ACCT), programme
en Afrique; l'Organisation de l'Unité Syndicale Africaine (OUSA),
l'Organisation de l'Unité Africaine (OUA).
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Des locaux sont mis provisoirement à la disposition du Centre par le Gouvernement de la République Populaire du
Bénin en attendant la construction de l'immeuble définitif du Centre
Bibliothèque:
précisé.
Nombre de volumes: très peu.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
En voie de constitution.
Pas précisé.
Pas
BENIN
INSTITUT DE FORMATION SOCIALE
ECONOMIQUE ET CIVIQUE (INFOSEC)
BP 756,
COTONOU
I.
Directeur:
Benjamin Z. Zinsou
Date de fondation;
1975
Statuts de l'Institut: Il s'agit d'un établissement public, doté
d'autonomie financière. Les programmes sont financés conjointement
par le Gouvernement béninois et la Fondation Friedrich Naumann de
la République fédérale d'Allemagne.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Les deux objectifs principaux de 1'INFOSEC
sont la formation et le perfectionnement dans les domaines socioéconomique et civique.
Administration et organisation: L'INFOSEC est dirigé par un Directeur assisté d'un Conseil d'administration composé de dix-huit
membres ainsi que d'un représentant permanent de la Fondation
Friedrich Naumann. Le Ministère de la Fonction publique et du Travail en assure la tutelle.
Personnel
A plein temps
2
6
A temps partiel
En stage
Un certain nombre
de la Fondation
F. Naumann
9
Langues de travail:
II.
Pas précisé.
Le français et l'allemand.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'INFOSEC organise des cycles de formation et de
perfectionnement pouvant durer d'une semaine à trois mois, destinés
aux dirigeants, aux jeunes, au personnel féminin, aux petites et'
moyennes entreprises, aux organisations ou institutions de travailleurs, aux coopératives, etc.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en colloques, conférences et séminaires; une formation audio-visuelle est réservée
à l'éducation des adultes.
Diplomes ou certificats délivrés:
de participation.
104-04-79/80
L'INFOSEC délivre des certificats
- 2 -
Qualifications des participants; Les conditions de participation
diffèrent selon les types d'activité et font toujours l'objet
d'une communication préalable aux intéressés.
Frais d'inscription;
Bourses disponibles;
III.
IV.
Pas encore déterminés.
Pas précisé.
ACTIVITES DE RECHERCHE;
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'INFOSEC organise des séminaires avec d'autres institutions et
organisations sur des thèmes communs (L'Institut international
d'études sociales à Genève; Le CEDOR en Roumanie; L'Organisation
de l'unité syndicale africaine à Accra; Le Centre panafricain de
formation coopérative à Cotonou; et Le Centre africain et
mauricien de perfectionnement des cadres à Abidjan).
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut dispose d'une salle de conférence et
de deux salles d'études.
Logement;
L'Institut dispose de vingt chambres à deux lits.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de volumes: 1.500
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend un projecteur de films et des
équipements pour traduction simultanée bilingue.
Informatique:
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS.
p a s précisé.
1
BOLIVIA
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE INVESTIGACIONES
SOCIOLABORALES (INIS)
Ministerio de Trabajo y Desarrollo Laboral
Yanacocha esquina Mercado
LA PAZ
I.
Director : Carlos Ayo Zambrana
Fecha de Fundación : 1974;
en funcionamiento desde 1975
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto descentralizado, creado por
Decreto Supremo del Gobierno de Bolivia, dependiente del
Ministerio de Trabajo y Desarrollo Laboral.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones
Sociolaborales tiene como fines la orientación, promoción, coordinación y realización de las actividades de investigación del
Sector Trabajo. Estas investigaciones están encuadradas dentro de,
y sirven de apoyo a, los objetivos del Ministerio del Trabajo y
Desarrollo Laboral en cuanto a regular las relaciones, obreropatronales, promoción social, de empleo y sindicalismo.
Administración y organización : El INIS está gobernado por una
Junta Directiva compuesta de miembros representantes de los ministerios, universidades y Academia de Ciencias. El Presidente de la
Junta es el Ministro de Trabajo. Las actividades del INIS se desarrollan en cuatro líneas de operación:
- publicaciones y banco de datos;
- programación;
- investigación;
- adiestramiento.
Personal :
Numero de
categoría
Numero de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
10
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
10
6
5
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones adecuadas,
experiencia internacional.
Idiomas : El idioma oficial es el español. Ocasionalmente el inglés,
portugués y el francés.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : El Jefe de la Unidad
de Adiestramiento.
8-01-78
- 2 Cursos que se ofrecen ; Se están programando acciones no formales
de educación para el trabajo,
III.
Director de investigaciones : El Jefe de la Unidad de Investigaciones.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las investigaciones que se
llevan a cabo responden a las necesidades inmediatas del Sector
Trabajo y, de acuerdo con los fines del Instituto, se realizan
sobre esferas como las relaciones obrero-patronales, promoción social, empleo, bienestar laboral y sindicalismo,
a) elaboración del Diccionario de Ocupaciones de Bolivia:
b) estudio de los efectos de la implantación del horario continuo
en el Sector Publico de la Ciudad de La Paz;
c) estudio de factibilidad técnica y rentabilidad social para la
creación del Banco del Trabajador;
d) estudio de las implicaciones de la extensión de los servicios
recreativos (especialmente el caso de los complejos deportivos);
e) proyecto de investigación sobre el analfabetismo funcional y la
automación en la industria.
f) migración rural : movimiento de los trabajadores agrícolas hacia
zonas urbanas;
g) transferencia tecnológica y cambio social (industria automotriz);
h) dimensionamiento social del subdesarrollo (inventariación de
indicadores y criterios de selección).
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales ; El INIS coordina las actividades de investigación social
que se desarrollan en el país; en tal virtud mantiene estrechas
relaciones con instituciones y organizaciones nacionales dedicadas
a la investigación social. En el ámbito internacional, organismos,
agencias e instituciones han hecho conocer su deseo de cooperar en
planes y proyectos específicos; más, hasta el momento recibimos
apoyo del Gobierno de Venezuela y de algunas agencias especializadas de la OIT.
IV : Una gran proporción del material producido es inédito. La distribución de ciertos documentos es restringida a los círculos oficiales,
IV,
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Podemos mencionar las relativas a la participación del INIS en dos
subsistemas; el de estadísticas sociales y el de información social.
- 3 -
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Se ha convenido con el Instituto Superior
de Administración Publica el uso de aulas y otros recursos necesarios para llevar a efecto programas de capacitación.
Biblioteca :
Número de bibliotecarios:
Número
Un bibliotecario a jornada completa.
de volúmenes : 500.
Además, dispone de los servicios del Sistema y Fondo Nacional
de Información para el Desarrollo.
Computadoras : Dispone de los servicios del Centro Nacional de
Computación.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Ciencia y trabajo, comentarios bibliográficos (cuatrimestral ) .
Obras recientes :
1. Subprograma de estadística para el estudio de los recursos
humanos, por Benjamín Sámame.
2. Aportes metodológicos para investigaciones sociolaborales, por
Pablo Aznar.
3. Análisis sobre la aplicación práctica del horario continuo de
trabajo en la administración pública, por Rolando Rivero.
4. Población económicamente activa e investigación sociolaboral,
por Hugo Torrez Pinto (en prensa).
5. Cooperativismo, por Fernando Prudencio (en prensa).
6. Informe de Labores y proyecciones del Instituto Nacional de
Investigaciones Sociolaborales.
8-01-78
BOTSWANA (LESOTHO, SWAZILAND)
DC c ? 7
INSTITUTE OF DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT
(BOTSWANA-LESOTHO-SWAZILAND)
Regional Office,
P.O.Box 1357,
GABORONE
Botswana.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
George V. Haythorne
19 74
Nature of the Institute: An independent regional body operating
initially in Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland.
Incorporation
authorised^by the three governments, pending.
- Help equip persons with the managerial knowledge and skills
required for development in all sectors of each country;
- help improve existing and develop new organisational structures,
administrative procedures and development programmes and policies;
- help enlarge the data-base for decision making with respect to
development; and
- help increase public awareness of and encourage full public
involvement in, all aspects of development.
Administration and Organisation: The IDM is managed by a Director.
Its Board is composed of senior representatives of each Government;
of the parastatal and private sectors of each country; of the
University or University Colleges of each country and the Director
of the IDM.
Staff
Number of support staff:
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
17
10
2
2
2
Qualifications for professional staff: Extensive experience in
public and private administration and management, with appropriate
academic, teaching, consultancy and research qualifications.
Sotho and Swazi.
II.
English;
occasionally Tswana,
Courses offered: The Institute conducts courses of varying lengths
for middle and senior
level
personnel in public, parastatal
and private sectors. The courses cover various aspects of administration and management, enterprise development and local government.
224-01-78
Teaching Methods used: Seminar discussions; lectures;
audio-visual presentations; on-the-job involvement.
workshops -
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate in Development
Management; Diploma in Development Management (planned).
Qualifications of participants: CDM - Junior Certificate or
equivalent; DDM - University graduation or equivalent.
Fees:
40 pula, rand or emalangeni per week for residents of
Botswana, Lesotho and Swaziland; 60 P/R/E for participants from
other countries.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
- Wage Policy;
- Education;
- Rural Development;
- Industrial Development;
- Local Government.
Current Research Activities: Development Management Studies (case
studies of parastatals and other enterprises).
national and international agencies:
CIDA; NORAD; ECA; CAFRAD;
UNDP; EEC; IDRC; USAID.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts
Lecture
Series
and numerous seminars
on variety of subjects including topics of special interest to
Permanent Secretaries.
Members of the IDM staff also undertake consulting work on request.
V.
FACILITIES
Five classrooms and one seminar room.
Available for 48 persons.
- 3 -
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
Video-tape;
1.
slide and film projectors.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Eeriodicals:
-Annual Report.
-Prospectus (annual).
Recent titles:
- Botswana Primary Education System:
A Spatial Analysis.
Occasional papers
- O.P. No. 1, January 1978: Survey of Private Sector Management
Training Needs in Botswana.
- O.P. No. 2, April 1978: Public Enterprises in Botswana, Lesotho
and Swaziland - Objectives and Performance.
- Studies in Development Management:
SDM No. 1, December 1977: Mogobane Dam and Irrigation Scheme.
SDM No. 2, December 1977: A Tannery is Proposed for Botswana.
SDM No. 3, February 1978: Progress Through Self Help - Urban
Housing in Botswana.
SDM No. 5, April 1978: Bigger is Better in Power: A Study of
Botswana Power Corporation.
SDM No. 6, May 1978: Ground Nut Farming in Tsetsejwe.
SDM No. 7, June 1978: Nationalizing Export Companies: Lesson
from Zambia's Experience.
Other Publications
- Ideas for Small Enterprises, Brainstorming Session Report,
December 1976.
- Public Lectures 1976-1977: "The Lome Convention and Development",
David A. Anderson; "Trusteeship and Responsibility in the Public
Service of a Developing Country", Colin Baker; "The Role of the
Private Sector in Development", Louis Nchindo; "Balanced Development in Resource Rich Countries", Steven R. Lewis/Torsten Husen;
- Review of Personnel System, Government of Swaziland,. October 1977.
- Directory of Training Activities in Botswana, Lesotho and
Swaziland, 1978.
224-01-78
BRAZIL
CENTRO BRASILEIRO DE ANALISE
E PLANEJAMENTO (CEBRAP)
Rua Morgato Matheus, 615,
04015 - SAO PAULO - SP
I.
Directeur:
Fernando Henrique Cardoso
Date de fondation:
1969
lucratif.
Le CEBRAP est un organisme privé sans but
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le Centre se donne pour but d'entreprendre,
d'appuyer et de favoriser des études et recherches en sciences humaines. Les séminaires, conférences et colloques qu'il organise en
matière scientifique tendent à la formation et au perfectionnement
de personnes désireuses de se spécialiser dans tel ou tel secteur.
Administration et organisation: Le CEBRAP est dirigé par un Comité
de direction composé de douze membres dont le Directeur, par un
Conseil de surveillance composé de trois membres et par l'Assemblée
générale des associés. En ce qui concerne les activités courantes,
l'administration incombe à un Conseil délibératif que composent dix
chercheurs à plein temps. Les tâches administratives, celles de
coordination des recherches et de direction des publications sont
distribuées par roulement entre ces chercheurs.
Personnel
A plein temps
9
20
A temps partiel
En stage
5
-
-
universitaires appropriés et une expérience de la recherche.
Langues de travail: Le portugais est la langue de travail. Cependant l'anglais, le français et l'espagnol sont souvent utilisés dans
les projets et rapports, suivant les besoins de la coopération internationale.
II.
L'enseignement n'est pas un but du CEBRAP et aucune activité d'enseignement et de formation n'est organisée. Cependant des étudiants et
de jeunes chercheurs sont admis en tant que stagiaires dans certains
programmes de recherche et peuvent participer aux séminaires et conférences.
9-01-80/81
- 2 III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Les activités de recherche entreprises couvrent les domaines suivants:
- Démographie et études de la population.
- Economie.
- Sciences politiques.
- Etudes agricoles.
- Etudes urbaines.
- Philosophie de la science.
- Sociologie de la religion.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Les travaux de recherche suivants
seront effectués au cours de l'année 1980;
- Fécondité et institutions.
- Recherche nationale sur la reproduction humaine.
- Pauvreté et marginalité en des systèmes urbains complexes: étude
comparative de différentes structures urbaines.
- Pauvreté et marginalité dans l'Etat de Sao Paulo.
- Force de travail, emploi et revenus dans les régions urbaines de
Sao Paulo.
- Nutrition et agriculture au Brésil.
- Stocks de population, force de travail et accumulation dans
l'agriculture brésilienne.
- Effets du développement en Amazonie.
- Entreprises multinationales et développement de l'agriculture
brésilienne.
- Communautés de base de l'église.
CEBRAP est de dynamiser ce secteur.
Aucune.
L'intention du
organisations nationales ou internationales: Le CEBRAP a entrepris
un certain nombre de recherches en collaboration avec des instituts
universitaires brésiliens (tels que le CEDIP-USP, le PRH-UFBA, parmi d'autres) ou avec des organismes privés (DIEESE, Hidro Brasileira)
Cependant la plupart des travaux réalisés l'ont été sous les auspices d'organisations internationales ou nationales qui soutiennent
la recherche scientifique: Ford Foundation, IDRC, SAREG,
NOVIB,
Population Council, PISPAL, parmi d'autres organisations internationales; et parmi les institutions brésiliennes, la
FAPESP, la FINEP, etc.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: Une collection de documents de recherche ronéotypés (rapports préliminaires,
textes pour la discussion) se trouve â la bibliothèque. En principe tous les résultats des recherches du CEBRAP sont mis à la disposition des personnes intéressées sous la forme de publications
imprimées. Dans les cas exceptionnels où les rapports n^'ont pas
été publiés par le CEBRAP, ou par un autre organisme, ou par une
maison d'édition, les textes peuvent être consultés à la bibliothèque. Tel est le cas des documents suivants:
- CEBRAP; Instituiçoes e fecundidade: relatório final do projeto
de pesquisa financiado pelo PISPAL. Säo Paulo, 1977.
- 3BRANT, Vinicius Caldeira : Pesquisas demográficas e estudos populacionais no Brasil: 1960-1974. Sab Paulo, CEBRAP, 1975. (Relatorio encaminhado ao PISPAL).
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Le CEBRAP organise régulièrement des séminaires et des tables rondes
où sont discutés les résultats des recherches et des questions méthodologiques. Des chercheurs appartenant à d'autres organismes et
institutions sont invités à y présenter leurs propres travaux ou à
donner des conférences sur des thèmes en rapport avec les buts du
CEBRAP. Un service de consultants fonctionne auprès d'organismes
publics ou privés en fonction des objectifs du Centre précisés sous
I (Objectifs de l'Institut).
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le CEBRAP vient d'acquërier une maison, comprenant
23 salles de travail, 2 salles de réunion, en plus de la bibliothèque
et d'une salle de conférences pour 50 personnes.
Logement: Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
1 membre du personnel à plein temps
Nombre de volumes: 4.000 livres environ,
6.400 fascicules,
490 collections de périodiques.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: Environ 100 titres
sont reçus régulièrement.
Equipement audio-visuel: Aucun.
Informatique: Les codes et programmes sont mis au point par une
équipe spécialisée à plein temps qui se charge aussi du calcul et
de l'ordination. L'accès à l'équipement de l'Université de Sao
Paulo (B6700) assure l'exécution des services qui ne peuvent être
accomplis sur place.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: Le Centre publie depuis 1971 la revue trimestrielle
suivante: Estudos CEBRAP.
Ouvrages récents: Le Centre a édité de nombreux ouvrages dont les
plus récents sont:
Série Cadernos CEBRAP:
- Juarez R. B. Lopes,"Do latifundio à empresa: Unidade e diversidade
do capitalismo no campo", 1977.
- G. Bollafi, "A casa das ilusoes perdidas", 1977.
9-01-80/81
- 4 - Mauricio V. de Queiroz, et al, "Multinacionais: Internacionalizaçâo e crise", 1977.
- C. P. F. de Camargo, et al, "A ambigüidade de urna ideologia", 1978.
- A. F. de 0. Pierucci, "Igreja: contradiçoes e acomodaçao", 1978.
- Plinio Sampaio, "Capital Estrangeiro e Agricultura no Brasil", 1980.
Livres:
- E. S. Berquó, M. C. A. F. Oliveira e C. P. F. Camargo, edit,
A Fecundidade em Sao Paulo, 1977.
- F. Oliveira, Elegia para urna re(li)giâb: Sudene, Nordeste:
Planejamento e confuto de classes, Sâo Paulo, Paz e Terra, 1977.
- F. H. Cardoso e G. Müller, Amazonia, expansäo do capitalismo, Sao
Paulo, Brasiliense, 1977.
- P. I. Singer et al, Prevenir e Curar: o controle social através
dos serviços de saúde, Rio de Janeiro, Forense Universitaria, 1978.
2H, BRAZIL
!*£
•*m
FUNDAÇAO GAUCHA DO TRABALHO
F Av. Senador Salgado Filho, 366, 42 andar
G Caixa Postal 2267
c
•<• PORTO ALEGRE
I.
n
9 0 . 0 0 0 - RIO CnAtIDC DOSUL
Director:
Miguel Henrique Schmitz
9¡*
1966
Carácter del Instituto:
Fundación privada vinculada a la Secretaría
de Trabajo y Acción Social - Región Extremo Sul - Brasil.
Institución de carácter cultural, asistencial
Fines del Instituto:
y educacional; dedicada principalmente a la formación de mano de
obra calificada y formación de líderes sindicales.
Administración y Organización:
Dirigida por un Consejo Superior,
compuesto de representantes del Gobierno, Federación de Empleados
y Empleadores y universidades, y por un Directorio compuesto por
un Director-Presidente, un Director Administrativo, un Director de
Formación y un Director de Convenios y Programación.
A jornada
completa
Personal
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
No especi- No especificado
ficado
No especi308
ficado
Calificaciones del personal profesional:
Idiomas de trabajo:
II.
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
No especificado
No especificado
No especificadas.
Portugués.
Joäo Jacob Bettoni.
Cursos que se ofrecen: Se ofrecen cursos de formación y de iniciación profesional para trabajadores; de formación en los sectores
primario, secundario y terciario de la actividad económica, así
como cursos especiales de artesanía, seguridad del trabajo y formación sindical. Los cursos en general están estructurados en el
sistema de módulos de enseñanza, cada módulo de una duración de
100 horas. El alumno podrá elegir aquellos relacionados a su interés
profesional y la conclusión de un módulo permite su inscripción en
el módulo siguiente. A excepción de los cursos sobre medicina y
seguridad del trabajo, formación de líderes sindicales y supervisión
de la seguridad en el trabajo, los restantes son dirigidos a obreros,
campesinos o principiantes tengan o no formación primaria completa.
9-02-77
- 2Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Cursos teórico-prácticos y cursos
por correspondencia. Para los dirigentes sindicales y empresariales,
conferencias, discusiones orientadas, estudio de casos, etc.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso; Certificado que menciona
el titulo del curso, el módulo correspondiente y la síntesis del
contenido programático.
Calificaciones de los participantes:
La mayoría de los cursos,
destinados a obreros y campesinos, exigen de los participantes:
•» tener más de 18 años de edad;
- ocupar un puesto de trabajo o postular a él;
- estar, de preferencia, afiliados a un sindicato
- ser alfabetizados.
Derechos de matricula:
cursos.
Gratuitos para la casi totalidad de los
Becas: El aprendizaje se proporciona gratuitamente utilizando recursos del Ministerio de Trabajo del Gobierno federal y de la
Secretaría de Trabajo y Acción Social del gobierno estadual. En
casos especiales se otorgan becas destinadas a la alimentación y
transporte.
III.
Director de Programación y Convenios.
Esferas principales de investigación:
Encuesta sobre las necesidades
del mercado de trabajo en el estado, proyección de la demanda y estimación de las necesidades anuales por profesión.
Actividades de investigación actuales: Actualización constante
mediante visitas a los puestos de trabajo y a las instituciones
representativas de las comunidades locales.
Becas para investigación:
No se dispone de bacas para investigación.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales
Ninguna.
Existe documentación inédita, de uso interno, la cual es aprovechada
en la programación de las actividades anuales.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
La Fundación promueve reuniones con delegados regionales de formación
a fin de mejorar el resultado de los trabajos en curso.
- 3 -
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación:
Además de las dependencias administrativas,
dispone en su sede de amplias instalaciones para reuniones y posee un
Centro de Formación con 9 500 m 2 de superficie. En las 20 oficinas
de coordinación del estado posee igualmente sedes con instalaciones
para formación.
Residencia de alojamiento;
Alojamientos en el Centro de Formación.
Biblioteca:
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a jornada
parcial: No especificado.
Número de volúmenes: Se utilizan los servicios de la biblioteca
especializada de Porto Alegre. En la sede existen libros documentales.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: No especificado.
Equipo audiovisual: 10 proyectores cinematográficos de 16 mm;
22 proyectores de diapositivas - conjuntos de diapositivas; etc.
Computadoras :
VI.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
No especificado.
Obras recientes:
No especificado.
Los cursos de formación profesional y los desarrollados por correspondencia cuentan con manuales distribuidos gratuitamente a los
alumnos, como material de consulta y de orientación de los estudios.
9-02-77
CAMEROON
CENTRE NATIONAL DE FORMATION
COOPERATIVE (CNFC)
BP 123,
EBOLOWA
I.
Directeur:
Jacques Sangue
Date de fondation:
1965
Le CNFC est un établissement d'Etat.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Les objectifs du CNFC sont la formation,
le perfectionnement et la spécialisation en matière de développement
du monde rural et de la gestion des entreprises coopératives.
Administration et organisation: L'administration du CNFC est assurée
par un Directeur assisté d'un Conseil composé de quatorze membres.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
8
5
En stage
3
-
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Etre titulaire
d'un diplôme d'études supérieures dans l'une des matières enseignées.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés:
Le CNFC offre des cours de:
- technique de communication - droit de travail - droit cor*!r.ercial}
- gestion;
- comptabilité;
- organisation scientifique du travail;
- agriculture;
- coopération;
- mathématique et statistiques;
- législation coopérative à l'intention des cadres et animateurs de
coopératives, des fonctionnaires et agents de services publics ou
privés.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en conférences,
séances de travail en groupes, stages pratiques dans les organismes
coopératifs et les sociétés de développement.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Sont délivrés:
- un diplôme de sortie pour le second cycle (après deux ans d'études)
- un certificat d'initiation pour le premier cycle (après un an
d'études).
107-01-80/81
- 2 Conditions d'admission:
Qualifications des participants: Les participants doivent avoir,
soit un brevet d'études secondaires pour le second cycle, soit un
certificat d'études primaires pour le premier cycle.
Frais d'inscription: Les frais d'entretien (régime internat) sont
à la charge des organismes qui présentent les candidatures. Le
CNFC admet les stagiaires des pays amis qui supportent les frais
de scolarité.
III.
Le CNFC n'organise aucune activité de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Aucune.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le Centre dispose de quatre salles de cours et
de bureaux administratifs.
Logement:
Le Centre dispose d'un réfectoire et d'un dortoir de 36 lits.
Bibliothèque:
précisé.
Nombre de volumes: 1.2 00.
Pas
Informatique:
VI.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Le Centre ne possède jusqu'à maintenant aucune publication propre.
CAMEROON
CENTRE REGIONAL AFRICAIN
D'ADMINISTRATION DU TRAVAIL
(CRAPAT)
BP 1055,
YAOUNDE
I.
Directeur:
Th. Guessogo Nkono
Date de fondation:
1969
Statuts de l'Institut: Le CRADAT est une institution régionale africaine ayant le statut juridique d'un organisme international.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Les objectifs du CRADAT, aux termes de
l'article 2 de la Convention internationale définissant son statut,
sont les suivants:
- Assurer la formation, la spécialisation, le perfectionnement et le
recyclage des cadres des administrations du Travail et de la Sécurité sociale des Etats membres.
- Intensification de la coopération technique mutuelle. A cet effet,
il met ses experts et ses spécialistes à la disposition des gouvernements des Etats intéressés qui en font la demande, réunit la
documentation disponible en matière de Travail et de Sécurité sociale et se charge de sa diffusion auprès des administrations concernées, effectue des études et des recherches dans le domaine du
Travail et de la Sécurité sociale, en liaison avec l'Organisation
Internationale du Travail.
Administration et organisation: Le CRADAT est administré par un
Conseil d'administration représenté en dehors de ses sessions par
un bureau exécutif. Il est dirigé par un Directeur assisté de chefs
de division.
Le Conseil d'administration est composé des Ministres du Travail des
pays membres. Le représentant du Directeur général du Bureau International du Travail prend également part aux réunions du Conseil.
Personnel
A plein temps
4
2 cadres +
23 agents
d'exécution
A temps partiel
En stage
-
Pas précisé.
Langues de travail: Le français est la langue de travail. Le Centre
dispose cependant des installations équipées pour la traduction simultanée.
107-02-79/80
- 2 -
II.
tre.
Le Directeur du Cen-
Cours organisés: Les principaux cours organisés par le CRADAT dans
le cadre de ses activités de formation, de perfectionnement et de recyclage sont:
- Dans le domaine de l'Administration du travail:
- Cours normal de formation des contrôleurs du travail. Ce cours
est annuel et sa durée est de huit mois. Les candidats sont présentés exclusivement par les gouvernements des Etats membres ou
intéressés par les activités du CRADAT.
- Cours de formation complémentaire des inspecteurs du travail.
Il s'adresse aux inspecteurs ou administrateurs du travail licenciês en Droit ou issus des Ecoles Nationales d'Administration.
Ce cours, dont la durée est de quatre mois, a lieu tous les ans et
les participants sont choisis parmi les candidats présentés par
les gouvernements.
- Dans le domaine de la Sécurité sociale:
- Cours de formation des cadres moyens des caisses de Sécurité sociale. Ce cours spécialisé a lieu tous les ans et sa durée est
de six semaines. Les participants sont choisis parmi les candidats présentés par les caisses ou organismes de Sécurité sociale
des pays membres ou intéressés par les activités du CRADAT.
- Dans le domaine de 1'Hygiène et Sécurité du travail:
- Cours de formation des agents de prévention des risques professionnels. Ce cours est organisé tous les deux ans. Sa durée
est de onze semaines. Le plus grand nombre des participants appartient au personnel des caisses de Sécurité sociale.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Cours magistraux, séances de discussion,
études de cas, conférences sont des méthodes utilisées.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Diplômes et certificats (suivant
le niveau de formation) signés par le Président du Conseil d'administration et attestations délivrées par le Directeur du Centre.
Qualifications des participants: Les qualifications varient suivant les cours, le niveau de formation, de perfectionnement et de
recyclage.
Dans tous les cas, le Directeur du Centre reçoit des gouvernements
des Etats membres les dossiers de candidature des stagiaires et
arrête la liste des admissions.
du Centre.
Aucuns pour toutes les activités de formation
Bourses disponibles: Des bourses en nombre limité financées par les
Etats membres ou tout autre organisme de financement (BIT, FED, etc.)
sont mises à la disposition du CRADAT qui en assure la gestion.
Ces bourses couvrent les frais de voyages internationaux et une allocation de stage versée mensuellement aux bénéficiaires.
- 3 -
III.
Principaux domaines de la recherche: Les activités de recherche
intéressent les trois domaines suivants:
- Administration du travail.
- Sécurité sociale.
- Hygiène et sécurité du travail.
Travaux de recherche en cours:
Aucun.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche : Aucune.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Le CRADAT entreprend
"des recherches dans les domaines mentionnés ci-dessus en liaison avec
l'Organisation international du travail et l'Organisation de l'unité
africaine.
IV.
Aucun.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Aucune.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Des bâtiments modernes situés à proximité de
l'Université de Yaounde abritent le CRADAT.
Le Centre dispose dans
ces bâtiments des salles de cours, de réunion, des bureaux de travail
et d'un grand amphithéâtre équipé pour l'interprétation simultanée.
Logement : Le CRADAT dispose de chambres pour les stagiaires et de
quelques studios bien équipés pour les professeurs et conférenciers
en mission au Centre.
Bibliothèque :
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel: 2
membres du personnel à plein temps.
Nombre de volumes: 1,850.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 10 plus toutes les
publications du BIT, les journaux officiels des pays membres,
les périodiques spécialisés en provenance de France et de
Belgique.
- un projecteur sonore de 16 mm;
- un projecteur de diapositives;
- un rëtrospecteur;
- un épiscope;
- une caméra de 8 mm;
- un appareil photo;
- un magnétophone;
- un electrophone.
107-02-79/80
- 4-
Informatique:
VI.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques;
Bulletin du CRADAT.
Ouvrages récents: Aucun.
CAMEROON
INSTITUT D'ADMINISTRATION DES
ENTREPRISES (IAE)
BP 1931,
DOUALA
I.
Directeur;
Alain Coustou.
Date de fondation:
1969
Statuts de l'Institut; L'Institut d'Administration des Entreprises
est rattaché à la Faculté de Droit et Sciences économiques de l'Université de Yaounde. Il a été transféré à Douala en octobre 1976.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'IAE se consacre à la formation, à la spécialisation et au perfectionnement des cadres économiques et commerciaux moyens (1ère section) et supérieurs (2ème section).
Administration et organisation: L'IAE est dirigé par un Directeur,
assisté d'un Directeur des études: un Secrétaire général, placé sous
l'autorité du Directeur, est chargé du service administratif, et un
intendant, du service financier.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
3
28
En stage
35
-
Etre titulaire
de titres universitaires (diplôme d'études supérieures si possible
ou au moins une maîtrise).
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français et l'anglais.
l'Institut.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: L'Institut offre divers types de cours portant
entre autres sur les relations humaines, sur l'environnement économique et juridique et sur la politique générale et marketing.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement comprend :
- des cours magistraux;
- des travaux dirigés ',
- des conférences;
- des études de cas;
- des tests et une initiation professionnelle.
107-03-79/80
- 2 -
Diplomes ou certificats délivrés; Sont délivrés:
- le Brevet d'administration des Entreprises après deux ans en 1ère
section;
- le Diplôme d'administration des Entreprises après un an en 2ëme
section.
Conditions d'admission; Les candidats qui sont étudiants sont
admis sur concours. Les candidats professionnels sont sélectionnés
par un jury.
Qualifications des participants: Les étudiants de la 1ère section doivent être bacheliers; ceux de la 2ème section doivent
être licenciés.
Les frais s'élèvent à 2.940 frs CFA.
Bourses disponibles: Le nombre des bourses disponibles est à fixer
et elles sont payables pendant l'année scolaire. Elles s'élèvent à
20.000 frs CFA pour la 1ère section et à 35.000 frs CFA pour la
2ème section. La répartition géographique n'entre pas en ligne de
compte dans l'attribution des bourses. L'admission au concours
d'entrée donne droit à la bourse correspondante.
III.
Directeur de la recherche;
domaines répondant aux objectifs de l'Institut (voir I - Objectifs
de l'Institut) et aux activités d'enseignement et de formation.
Travaux de recherche en cours; Un travail de recherche sur les
institutions financières au Cameroun par John Dinga Forbang, enseignant à l'lAE, est en cours.
Pas précisé.
organisations nationales ou internationales; L'IAE travaille en
collaboration avec la Faculté de Droit et des Sciences économiques
de l'Université de Yaounde.
des étudiants de l'IAE.
IV.
Les mémoires
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Des cours sont donnés par des professeurs en mission ou invités sur
l'initiation professionnelle.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut dispose de trois salles de cours,
d'une salle de conférences, d'une bibliothèque, d'une salle de
- 3 -
lecture et de dix bureaux administratifs.
Logement;
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de volumes: 500.
Informatique :
VI.
1
Aucun.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
de l'IAE.
L'Institut publie Le Manager, journal des étudiants
Ouvrages récents:
107-03-79/80
Aucun.
CAMEROON
OoZoS
INSTITUT PANAFRICAIN POUR LE
DEVELOPPEMENT (IPD)
B.P. 4078,
DOUALA.
I.
Directeur:
Mathieu Gracia.
Date de fondation : 1965.
Statuts de l'Institut: L'IPD a le statut d'une association
internationale privée sans but lucratif.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'IPD s'emploie à former des cadres
techniques moyens et supérieurs, pour le développement (études
socio-économiques).
Administration et organisation: L'IPD est dirigé par une
Assemblée des Délégués, un Comité de Direction et un Conseil
scientifique et pédagogique.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
-
-
21
6
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir les
titres universitaires appropriés et une expérience du développement
international en général et africain en particulier.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français et l'anglais.
l'IPD/R Douala.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: La formation dispensée s'adresse à des cadres
moyens et supérieurs (agents d'Etat, des organismes privés pour le
développement et parapublics).
Elle se présente sous deux aspects
différents.
Il existe d'une part une formation de courte durée qui
se fait par des séminaires ou sous forme d'Unité de Formation
spéciale dans les pays africains qui en font la demande.
Les
séminaires, d'une durée de deux à six semaines et les unités de
formation spéciales de deux à quatre mois, portent sur les domaines
tels que la gestion, la planification régionale, la formation des
formateurs.
Il existe d'autre part une formation de longue durée, de six à dixhuit mois, découpée en unités de formation.
Chacune d'elles
correspond à un des domaines préoccupant les pays africains en
matière de développement.
Il s'agit notamment des domaines
suivants: étude du milieu, projet de développement, gestion des
entreprises et coopératives, développement régional et planification,
107-04-78
- 2 -
formation des agents formateurs.
Chaque unité de formation
comprend une phase pratique (période d'action ou de travail à mener
par l'étudiant sur un terrain de recherche et de formation) et une
phase théorique destinée à conceptualiser la connaissance pratique
et à acquérir des techniques d'analyse et d'action du développement.
L'IPD forme également des adultes en fonction de leur expérience
pratique.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en cours, études de
cas, exercices de simulation, conférences, groupes de travail et
stages pratiques effectués sur le terrain.
Diplôme ou certificats délivrés: Un certificat est délivré à
l'étudiant qui a atteint les objectifs de l'unité de formation.
Le diplôme IPD peut être obtenu si l'étudiant totalise trois unités
de formation réussies selon les normes fixées.
Qualifications des participants: Les participants doivent au
départ être recommandés par des organismes publics ou privés,
puis être titulaires du baccalauréat ou d'une équivalence et
enfin avoir acquis une expérience professionnelle d'au moins
trois ans dans un domaine du développement.
Ils doivent de
plus avoir réussi le concours de sélection.
L'IPD forme
également des adultes en fonction de leur expérience pratique.
Aucuns.
Bourses disponibles: Les frais de voyage, de subsistance,
d'équipement, de stage des étudiants sont couverts par des bourses
payées soit par la CEE, par les organismes qui envoient les étudiants
en formation, par les pays, soit par 1'IPD ou autre organisme de
financement.
III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Tout ce qui touche en particulier
au développement à la base et au développement rural intégré.
intégré dans la zone d'Edéa.
Développement rural et urbain
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: L'IPD dispose d'un nombre
important de chercheurs intégrés au personnel professionnel.
Ceux-ci bénéficient, en plus des per diem pour les déplacements
sur le terrain, des mêmes avantages que le personnel enseignant.
et organisations nationales ou internationales: L'IPD collabore
avec les organismes suivants: CODESRIA, IDEP, UNICEF, FAO, PNUD,
CEA, ENEA.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: Les documents
suivants peuvent être consultés:
- L'entreprise de développement en Afrique.
- Le rôle de la formation dans le développement rural intégré :
étude de cas et réflexion générale à propos du Cameroun.
- 3 -
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'IPD organise également des colloques, des séminaires, des sessions
pédagogiques en fonction des projets de développement et des demandes
qui lui sont formulées.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'IPD dispose de quatre salles de cours, deux
salles de spectacle et deux salles de réunions pédagogiques, de
dix-huit bureaux et dix magasins.
Logement; Il peut offrir deux grands dortoirs d'une capacité de 130
lits environ.
Bibliothèque:
plein temps + 1 aide.
Nombre de volumes: 8.2 00.
1 à
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend un centre doté d'un matériel moderne et d'un laboratoire pour photographies et diapositives.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques : Bulletin de liaison des anciens étudiants, parution
trimestrielle.
Ouvrages récents: Peuvent être consultés:
- Le rapport d'activité 1973-1976 de l'Institut Panafricain pour le
Développement.
- Les fascicules 1 et 2 sur: La formation IPD de niveau cadres moyens,
et Les modalités de recrutement.
107-04-78
CANADA
Co 53%
CENTRE FOR INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS,
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO
123 St. George Street,
TORONTO M5S 1A1,
Ontario.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Noah M. Meltz.
Paite of establishment:
1965.
university Centre.
Aims of the Institute: Research and teaching in the field of
industrial relations together with a specialised library and
information service.
Administration and organisation: One of several centres under the
School of Graduate Studies, to which it reports.
Has an advisory,
interdepartmental committee, composed of academics, for its teaching
programme.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
3
2
3
3
M.L.S. for librarians.
II.
Visiting
-
Ph.D for professors,
English.
Director of Education or Training: John B. Kervin, Co-ordinator of
Graduate Studies, Master of Industrial Relations programme.
Courses offered: Two programmes are offered in the area of
industrial relations:
- Master of Industrial Relations degree programme (18 graduate
courses, no thesis).
- Certificate in Personnel and Industrial Relations (6 undergraduate
courses offered through Woodsworth College, University of Toronto).
Master of Industrial Relations (M.I.R.) students choose from
approximately 40 courses offered either by the Centre or by other
graduate departments of the university.
Obligatory courses include
labour economics, macroeconomics, microeconomics, organisational
behaviour, unions and collective bargaining, personnel and manpower,
and research methods, plus a theory seminar and a research seminar.
Students in the M.I.R. programme specialise in one of:
- Unions and collective bargaining.
- Labour market.
- Personnel and organisation behaviour.
11-01-78
- 2 -
Courses are either lectures or seminars.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered
- Master of Industrial Relations.
- Certificate in Personnel and Industrial Relations.
Conditions of Admission
Qualifications of participants: Candidates for the Master's
programme must have a three-year bachelor's degree with at least
a "B" standing.
Candidates for the Certificate programme require
high school graduation.
Fees: Full-time (non-visa) fees for M.I.R. students are
$750 plus $90 incidentals or $1,950 plus $90 incidentals (visa).
Fees are subject to change.
Fellowships available: Fellowships ranging in amounts from
$500 to $7,500 are available in connection with the M.I.R. programme.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of the Centre.
Major research areas: Research is both policy-oriented and more
purely theoretical.
At present there are two main areas of interest:
public sector collective bargaining and labour market analysis.
Current research activities: Areas of recent study have included:
- Wage determination in the public sector.
- Changes in relative earnings by occupation in Canada, 1931-75.
- Lessons for Canada from the U.S. experience with guidelines.
- The labour market for inmates in correctional institutions in
Ontario.
- Teacher-board collective bargaining in Ontario's educational
system.
- Wage determination in Canadian manufacturing industries.
- Social, economic and industrial relations factors in the
unionisation of Canadian bank clerks.
- An empirical test of the Zeuthen-Nash bargaining model.
See also Section VI, Working paper series.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Centre periodically holds conferences and seminars on industrial
relations issues and topics.
V.
FACILITIES
University campus.
A three-storey historical old house on the
on campus.
None, although accommodation is available
- 3 -
Library: The Centre contains the Jean and Dorothy Newman Industrial
Relations Library.
5
In addition, there are over 1,100 vertical files dealing with subjects
of current interest in industrial relations, labour economics and
personnel.
The library has one of the largest collections of union
documents in Canada.
Computer equipment:
campus.
VI.
Microfilm/ fiche reader/ printer.
None, however there is access to facilities on
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : None.
Recent titles:
- M. Gunderson, ed., Collective Bargaining in the Essential and
Public Service Sectors, 1975.
- John B. Kervin, The 1975 Metro Toronto Secondary Teacher-Board
Negotiations and Strike, 1977.
Working Paper Series
- Frank Reid, "Control and Decontrol of Wages in the U.S.: An
Empirical Analysis", 1977, Working Paper No. 7701.
- John B. Kervin, "The Effects of Wage Guidelines on Some Aspects
of Collective Bargaining", 1977, Working Paper No. 7702.
- Noah M. Meltz, "The Relationship Between Education and
Unemployment in Israel: An Apparent Paradox", 1977, Working
Paper No. 7703.
- Frank Reid, "A.I.B. Wage Rollbacks: Tests and Implications of the
Linear Rotation Hypothesis", 1977, Working Paper No. 7704.
- Frank Reid, "The Relationship Between the Rate of Wage Change,
Unemployment and Inflation in Canada: An Assessment of the
Evidence", 1978, Working Paper No. 7801.
•*• Frank Reid, "The Effect of Controls on the Rate of Change of
Real and Money Wages in Canada", 1978, Working Paper No. 7802.
- John B. Kervin, "Collective Bargaining Under Declining
Enrolment: Trends in Conditions of Employment Clauses", 1978,
Working Paper No. 7803.
Film: "Grievance Arbitration" - a four-part video-tape presentation of an acutual arbitration case prepared in conjunction with
the University of Toronto's Media Centre, 1974.
11-01-78
CANADA
ECOLE DE RELATIONS INDUSTRIELLES
Faculté des Arts et des Sciences,
Université de Montréal,
B.P. 6128, Suce. "A",
MONTREAL H3C 3 J7 .
I.
Directeur:
Viateur Larouche.
Date de fondation:
1944.
Statuts de l'Ecole: La Section des relations industrielles de la
faculté des sciences sociales économiques et politiques fut fondée
en 1944.
En 1965, elle se voyait conférer le statut de
département de relations industrielles.
En 1972, le département
devenait l'Ecole de relations industrielles attachée à la .
Faculté des Arts et des Sciences de l'Université de Montréal.
Objectifs de
en relations
à travailler
d'organismes
l'Ecole: L'Ecole a pour but de former des spécialistes
industrielles (conseillers) qui pourront être appelés
au sein de syndicats, d'organisations d'employeurs ou
gouvernementaux.
Administration et organisation: L'Ecole est une des constituantes
de la Faculté des Arts et des Sciences.
Elle comprend un
directeur, dix-huit professeurs à plein temps, sept professeurs chargés
de cours et du personnel administratif composé de huit personnes.
Plus de 350 étudiants sont inscrits à ses programmes de jours.
Personnel
- A plein temps
Personnel professionnel
Personnel administratif
A temps partiel
18
8
7
-
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Les
professeurs sont tenus de posséder un doctorat ou un grade
universitaire équivalent en relations industrielles ou dans une
discipline connexe.
Les assistants de recherche doivent
posséder une maîtrise en relations industrielles ou dans une
discipline liée aux relations industrielles.
Langues de travail:
II.
le français.
Directeur de l'enseignement et de formation:
Le Directeur de l'Ecole.
Cours organisés: L'Ecole offre un programme complet de cours
conduisant à l'obtention de diplômes universitaires de différents
cycles
- Baccalauréat en relations industrielles;
- Maîtrise en relations industrielles;
- Doctorat en relations industrielles.
11-02-78
- 2 -
Les cours comprennent :
- l'administration (gestion du personnel, psychologie industrielle);
- les relations industrielles (syndicalisme, conventions collectives,
économie du travail);
- la législation du travail;
- la méthodologie de la recherche et la statistique.
Les candidats à la maîtrise et au doctorat doivent compléter une
scolarité particulière et produire une thèse de maîtrise ou de
doctorat.
L'Ecole offre aussi un programme d'études conduisant à
la maîtrise de type professionnel sans mémoire.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement est donné sous forme de
cours, conférences, séminaires et exercices pratiques.
Dipl6mes ou certificats délivrés: Sont délivrés les baccalauréats,
maîtrises et doctorats en relations industrielles.
Qualifications des participants: Pour s'inscrire:
- au baccalauréat, les candidats doivent détenir le diplôme
d'études collégiales (D.E.C.) ou l'équivalent.
- à la maîtrise, les candidats doivent détenir le B.Sc. spécialisé
(relations industrielles) ou un diplôme préparant adéquatement
aux études en relations industrielles, ou bien attester d'une
formation jugée équivalente.
- au doctorat, les candidats doivent être détenteur d'un grade de
deuxième cycle de l'Université de Montréal ou attester d'une
formation jugée équivalente par le doyen de la Faculté des
études supérieures, sur recommandation du doyen de la faculté
intéressée ou du directeur de département, dans le cas de la
Faculté des arts et des sciences.
III.
Can $270/trimestre pour le 1er cycle
Can $185/trimestre pour le 2e, 3e cycle.
Aucune.
Responsable de la recherche:
Michel Brossard.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Dans le domaine de la recherche,
l'Ecole met l'accent sur les aspects économiques des problèmes du
travail, les aspects institutionnels des relations professionnelles,
la psychologie du travail, etc.
Travaux de recherche en cours : L'Ecole a un programme de recherche
établi, qui repose sur certaines priorités.
Le corps professoral
mène, à titre individuel ou collectif, des travaux de recherche
appliquée dans les domaines précités.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Aucune.
et organisations nationales ou internationales: Aucune.
Pas précisé.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Ecole tient un colloque
chaque année au début de l'automne.
Ce
colloque dure deux jours et s'adresse aux spécialistes en relations
industrielles.
Un rapport du colloque est publié par la suite.
Des cours intensifs (d'été) seront dispensés par "l'Ecole d'été" à
toute personne oeuvrant dans le domaine des relations du travail et
qui veut se perfectionner.
L'Ecole organise aussi des journées
d'études portant sur des problèmes d'actualité dans le domaine des
relations industrielles surtout au Québec.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Ecole dispose de salles de cours, de conférence
et de bureaux pour les professeurs et assistants de recherche.
Logement ; Les étudiants de l'Ecole ont accès aux logements pour
étudiants de l'Université de Montréal.
Centre de documentation : Responsable: Hung Phong Nguyen. Le Centre
de documentation rassemble la documentation propre aux relations
industrielles, mais qui ne se retrouve pas dans la bibliothèque de
l'Université.
Ainsi les conventions collectives, les sentences
arbitrales, les rapports de congrès des centrales syndicales et
autres mémoires, sont en consultation au centre de documentation.
Autres facilités: L'Ecole, étant une partie intégrante de
l'Université de Montréal, utilise les services offerts par cette
dernière, tels les bibliothèques, l'équipement audio-visuel, et
1'informatique.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
L'Ecole publie trois collections: "tirés-à-part", "Colloque" et
"Monographie".
La collection "tirés-à-part" reprend les articles
publiés, par les différents professeurs et chercheurs de l'Ecole,
dans diverses revues savantes.
La collection "Colloque" publie le
rapport du colloque annuel de l'Ecole.
Les études fouillées de
problèmes en relations industrielles sont publiées dans la
collection "monographie".
L'abonnement aux tirés-à-part est
gratuit, il suffit d'en faire la demande au service des
publications de l'Ecole.
11-02-78
CANADA
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS CENTRE
McGILL UNIVERSITY
1001 Sherbrooke Street West,
MONTREAL, H3A 1G5
(Quebec)
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
(Mrs.) Frances Bairstow
1948
Nature of the Institute: About two-thirds of the Centre's budget comes
from affiliations of industrial firms and unions and fees from seminars
and conferences. The remaining third is contributed by McGill University
which also provides for physical facilities and maintenance.
Aims of the Institute: To provide a meeting ground for people
interested in industrial relations from business, labour, government
and the academic world, through seminars, conferences and meetings
to discuss and exchange views with the objective of achieving maximum
development in the context of industrial change. The Centre supports
industrial relations teaching in the University and encourages research.
Administration and Organisation: The Centre has a Director; its
policy and programme are determined by an Advisory Committee made up
of 12 senior industrial relations staff of major industrial corporations, the chief judge of the Provincial Court of Quebec, a judge
of the Superior Court of Quebec, the Assistant Deputy Minister, Personnel, Transport Canada and 6 University teaching staff.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
5
-
-
3
1
-
II.
Visiting
Not specified.
English and French.
Courses offered: Some 10 individual seminars are organised each
year and held one evening a week throughout each term. The seminars
cover personnel management, collective bargaining and organisational
development, for example:
-
The decision-making process in management;
Preparing for senior management;
The effect of wage and price guidelines on collective bargaining;
Practical labour relations techniques;
11-03-79/80
- Job evaluation and wage guidelines;
- Changes in labour law and public policy;
- Supervision.
Teaching Methods used: Combination of seminar, project and
lectures.
None.
Qualifications of participants: Participants in seminars and
conferences are mainly representatives of member organisations,
or university students.
Fees:
Vary according to size of the organisation.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
William A. Westly
Quality of working life.
Current Research Activities: Current research focuses on the
quality of working life; efforts have concentrated on the development of a Quality of Working Life Programme which will permit the
Centre to provide:
- Consultation assistance in the design and implementation of
organisational change;
- Academic and professional training for quality of life practitioners;
- Research into quality of working life programmes.
Not specified.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Evening symposia, to discuss recent industrial relations research.
An annual conference lasting two days attracts some 120 participants
to discuss current issues.
The Centre has already organised two International Conferences on
Trends in Labour and Industrial Relations. About 540 persons from
twelve countries attended the second conference which lasted five
days.
A special workshop is conducted annually for a public service
organisation.
Various other special meetings.
- 3 -
The Centre runs the Labour Agreements Data Bank, a computerised
information retrieval service which provides information to
subscribers on request concerning contents of several thousand
collective agreements in Canada.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Conference halls, office space, etc.
provided by McGill university.
None.
Library: The Centre has its own library collection as well as the
use of the McGill University collections.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
8 mm and 16 mm film projectors available.
University facilities available.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Review, an English-French tri-annual review.
Recent titles:
-F. Bairstow, Proceedings of 2nd International Conference on Labour
Trends, 1976.
-F. Bairstow, Proceedings of the 2 5th Annual Conference: The
Direction of Labour Policy in Canada, 1977 (French and English)
-Proceedings of the Conference: "Expedited Arbitration ^ An
Alternative", 1977.
-Proceedings of the 26th Annual Conference: "Are Health and Safety
Negotiable?", 1978.
-Proceedings of the 27th Annual Conference: "The Problem of
"Essential Services": Inconvenience, Importance or Emergency",
1979.
11-03-79/80
CANADA
QUEEN'S UNIVERSITY
KINGSTON, K7L 3N6
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
W. Donald Wood;
Assistant Director:
Pradeep Kumar.
1937
Part of Queen's University.
To carry out research in the fields of
industrial relations, socio-economic areas and public affairs
related to these interests. The publication of research studies
and operation of a Research Reference Library in this field.
Administration and Organisation: The Centre forms part of the
University and works closely with staff enqaqed in teaching in
various faculties.
Staff
Full-time
7
4
research experience.
II.
Part-time
Visiting
-
Not specified
University degrees and
English.
None
Courses offered: The Centre does not engage in training activities,
but teaching staff from other faculties specialising in industrial
relations and labour economics are associated with its research work.
Not applicable.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: The University awards
degrees with specialisation in labour subjects in various academic
programmes.
Fees:
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Fellowships available: C. J. Hicks Fellowship for post-graduate
work in industrial relations.
11-04-78
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: The scope of the research carried out within
the Centre covers the broad labour field:
- Manpower ;
- Collective bargaining;
- Wages and incomes policy;
- Labour relations law and social security;
- Trade unionism;
- Personnel management.
The emphasis is heavily on Canadian public and private policies and
on the relationship between these.
Current Research Activities: Recent projects include a study of
manpower aspects of the emerging service sector in Canada, union
impact on wages, industrial relations under controls, collective
bargaining in education, public-private sector wage differentials,
determinants of labour force participation rates of married women
and collective bargaining in public service.
Not specified.
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations
national and international agencies: The Centre maintains contacts
with industry, labour, government departments and other research
organisations on a broad scale.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Centre organises annual Spring and Summer one-week conference
programmes for industrial relations policy makers and practitioners,
with speakers from industry, government and trade unions as well as
academics.
Regular sessions are also organised each year for senior
management personnel to discuss industrial relations and personnel
management.
Research-oriented conferences are also held to discuss
current research topics and findings.
The Centre staff serves in an advisory capacity to public bodies.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
Not specified.
Library: A specialised research library is maintained for Centre
staff, faculty, students and visiting scholars.
Not specified.
Computer equipment : Not specified.
3.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles:
Research and Current Issues Series
- D. C. Smith, The Dual Labour Market Theory, A Canadian Perspective, 1976.
- L. A. Kelly, Measuring Strike Activity, 1976.
- D. D. Carter, The Expansion of Labour Board Remedies, A New
Approach to Industrial Conflict, 1976.
- T. G. Ison, The Dimensions of Industrial Disease, 1978.
- B. M. Downie, Collective Bargaining and Conflict Resolution in
Education: The Evolution of Public Policy in Ontario, 1978.
- J. A. Willes, A Study of the Ontario Labour Court, 1978.
Reprint Series
- D. Nightingale, Industrial Democracy, A Strategy for Improving
Productivity and Labour-Management Relations, 1976.
- D. C. Smith, Economic Groups and the Consultation Process in
Economic Policy, 1977.
- J. J. Carson, Is the Personnel Administrator an Endangered
Species?, 1977.
- C. Edwards, Some Reflections on White Collar Collective
Bargaining, 1977.
- K. P. Swan, The Search for Meaningful Criteria in Interest
Arbitration, The Canadian Experience, 1978.
- T. G. Ison, Human Disability and Personal Income, 1978.
- A. M. Stockdale, Administering Wage and Salary Programs, Some
Problems and Issues, 1978.
Other publications
- R. D. Fraser, ed., Proceedings of the First Canadian Health
Economics Symposium, 1976.
- W. D. Wood and P. Kumar, eds., The Current Industrial Relations
Scene in Canada (Annual).
- W. D. Wood and P. Kumar, eds., Canadian Perspectives on WagePrice Guidelines: A Book of Readings, 1976.
- Index of Industrial Relations Literature (Annual).
- Labour Relations Law, Cases, Materials and Commentary.
11-04-78
CANADA
INSTITUTE OF LABOUR AND LABOURMANAGEMENT STUDIES
NIAGARA COLLEGE OF APPLIED ARTS
AND TECHNOLOGY
Woodlawn Road,
WELLAND, ONTARIO
I.
L3B 5S2
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
E.W. Robinson
Nature of the Institute: A Division of the School of Applied Arts,
Niagara College of Applied Arts and Technology (Ontario Community
College).
- To provide labour-management relation services courses to the
full-time college programme;
- to provide post-secondary and related educational opportunities
for trade unionists, in close association with the Locals and
Councils of the Niagara region;
- to provide foremen and supervisory personnel with industrial
relations training;
- to bring labour and management together in conferences, seminars
and programmes of common concern in the field of labour-management
relations.
Administration and Organisation: A Director and 2 co-ordinator/
instructors administer the Institute. The Director- reports to the
Faculty Dean.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
3
6-8
2-3
1
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Not specified.
II.
English, occasionally French.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Institute organises courses for the full-time
college programme in such labour-management relations fields as
industrial psychology, industrial relations and communications.
Trade union-oriented courses covering history, collective bargaining,
labour and the law, municipal government, etc. are offered to unionists
and first line supervisors.
11-05-79/80
- 2 -
Teaching Methods used; Lectures; case studies; simulation;
discussions; audio-visual aids of several types (e.g. VTR).
certificate.
Post-secondary
Qualifications of participants: Mature student, secondary
school level of education or demonstration of ability.
Fees:
$36 per credit course (1979 rate).
Fellowships available: Available in various forms: scholarships,
sponsorship and bursaries by trade, plant and public service
unionist councils.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
None.
Major Research Areas: Course development; seminar planning; preparation of video productions.
(See facilities below.)
Improving methods of labour-management
relations instruction including utilisation of video productions.
Federal & Provincial Government grants.
national and international agencies: The Institute identifies with
the Canadian Labour Congress, other Institutes of labour and the
Universities and Colleges Labor Education Association in the United
States; the Ontario Federation of Labour and City Labour Councils.
Institute maintains a collection of such documentation.
IV.
The
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Five to six labour and management conferences per year; workshops and
seminars; one major, joint labour/management conference in February
1979. Videotape highlight productions of previous conference.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Classrooms and a learning resource centre;
three communities of the Niagara peninsula.
Library:
None.
College-wide service available to the Institute.
filming equipment.
12.
Available, including video-taping and
- 3 -
Computer equipment:
VI.
Available from the Computer Centre.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: The Institute publishes an Annual Report and
contributes to the College Calendar. Articles written by Institute
staff appear in various publications.
Fifteen videotape productions have been produced in 1979 on union
organising, youth in the workplace, case studies of union representatives, negotiations, arbitration events and conference
highlights.
Cassette audio tapes have also been prepared, over
several years, of conferences and interviews on labour history,
special events, etc.
11-05-79/80
CANADA
INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS
DALHOUSIE UNIVERSITY
HALIFAX, NOVA SCOTIA
I.
B3H 3J5
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Kell Antoft
1936
Agency of Dalhousie University.
- To make available to the community the University's resources for
the promotion of the economic and social development and wellbeing of Nova Scotia and the Atlantic region of Canada;
- to improve labour-management relations in Nova Scotia;
- to promote training of trade unionists as a means of strengthening
their organisations;
- to promote enlightened management training; and
- to undertake research into the economic, political, and social
problems of the community, the Atlantic region, and beyond.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is run by a Director;
there is no Board of Directors. An advisory Labour-University
Committee, set up in 1957, composed of 6 University members and 6
members representing labour organisations, assists in the development of labour education programmes. A Joint Labour-Management
Study Committee, set up in 1962, meets under the auspices of the
Institute to discuss industrial relations and labour law issues and
to advise on research related to labour and labour-management relations.
Staff
Administrative support:
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
22
11
4
3
5
-
1
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Academic qualifications
range from the Bachelor's to the Ph.D. degree; special emphasis is
placed on career experience.
II.
English.
Courses offered:
a) "Dalhousie Labour Institute for the Atlantic Provinces", a
biennial seminar of one week duration (full-time) for about 65
11-06-78
- 2 -
trade unionists.
The seminar covers current issues in labourmanagement relations, such as collective bargaining; educational
opportunities ; Union-negotiated pension plans ; pre-retirement
planning; alternatives for the future in labour-management
relations.
b) Executive Development Activities; a comprehensive programme of
seminars, workshops and conferences for management personnel.
Special seminars on current themes are offered to owners of large
enterprises.
About 900 persons participate yearly in these
activities which last from 6 to 180 hours of training.
A
correspondence course for management has recently been developed.
c) Courses for municipal personnel include a one-year course in
accounting; a three-year correspondence course for municipal
assessors; a four-year correspondence course in municipal
administration; and a two-year evening course in municipal
management.
Teaching methods used: Varied techniques: seminars, correspondence
and programmed instruction; student participation is a primary
objective.
Considerable use of audio-visual aids.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificates offered to
successful students in correspondence and evening courses.
Conditions Of admission:
Fees:
Not specified.
III.
Not specified.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major research areas:
-
Regional economic expansion;
Problems of poverty among ethnic groups;
Urban revewal;
Productivity.
The Institute's research activity is designed to explore and solve
limited and immediate problems and, also, to conduct basic research
aimed at developing knowledge in wider fields of interest.
Current research activities: Studies in working world segmentation;
time budget studies; demographic studies.
specified.
Not
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
a) Industrial Relations Forum: The Nova Scotia Joint LabourManagement Study Committee, composed of senior representatives
of labour and of management, has met regularly since 1962, under
the auspices of the Institute.
It has played an active role in
the development of labour legislation, and has contributed to
the conclusion of basic collective agreements governing labour
relations in Nova Scotia;
b) Consultancy services are available to labour, management and
government agencies.
V.
FACILITIES
Lecture rooms;
period.
Library:
offices;
exhibition space.
University residences during summer
The Institute of Public Affairs Library.
2.
VTR 16mm projection equipment.
University equipment also available.
Computer equipment:
VI.
University computer centre available.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: Titles in print: 125. Many publications are multigraphed reports of conferences, courses, or seminars. For instance:
-
Dalhousie Labour Institute for the Atlantic Provinces (biennial).
Environmental Hygiene for the Public Health Inspector (annual).
Nova Scotia Community Planning Conference (annual) .
Nova Scotia Joint Labour-Management Study Conference (annual).
Other special and recent studies include:
- S. Czamanski et al., Study of Spatial Industrial Complexes.
- A.P. Pross, Planning and Development: The Case of Two Nova Scotia
Communities.
- S. Macdonald, Productivity in Nova Scotia: A Review of the
Literature and Annotated Bibliography.
- D.H. Clairmont and D. W. Magill, Africville Relocation Report and
Supplement.
- K.S. Wood, An Approach to Social Reporting in the Canadian North.
- Kell Autoft, A Guide to Local Government in Nova Scotia"!
11-06-78
CHILE
/Z-> °
DEPARTAMENTO DE ADMINISTRACIÓN DE LA
ESCUELA DE ECONOMÍA Y ADMINISTRACIÓN
UNIVERSIDAD DE CONCEPCIÓN
•
f
Casilla 1987
CONCEPCIÓN
I.
Director :
Rolando Zúñiga Corvalán
1957
Carácter del Instituto : El Departamento de Administración junto al
Departamento de Economía constituyen la Escuela de Economía y
Administración de la Universidad de Concepción.
Fines del Instituto :
- formar profesionales universitarios en el campo de la Administración;
- realizar investigaciones en el campo de la Administración Pública,
Privada y Cooperativa;
- realizar extensión universitaria a nivel regional.
Administración y organización : Administrativamente el Departamento
depende del Director de la Escuela de Economía y Administración.
El Departamento de Administración cuenta con un Area de Comercialización, Finanzas, Relaciones Industriales y Administración Aplicada.
Además de ello cuenta con una Unidad de Estudios Empresariales.
Personal
A jornada
completa
Número de
categoría
Numero de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
12
7
Visitante
22
-
-
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : No especificado.
II.
Español; Francés e Inglés, si es necesario.
Departamento.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen :
- cursos de nivel académico para formar Ingenieros Comerciales;
- cursos para Gerentes, Jefes de Areas Empresariales y especialistas en Administración;
- cursos para funcionarios y Jefes de la Administración Pública;
- cursos para dirigentes sindicales y trabajadores.
12-01-77
- 2 -
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados :
- exposiciones tradicionales;
- métodos participativos (casos aplicados, foros, mesas redondas,
etc.).
- nivel estudiante solo al término de sus estudios;
- a nivel trabajadores cuando se estipula en el contrato de extensión indicando el tipo de curso y duración.
Derechos de matrícula :
Becas :
III.
No especificado.
Variables.
Ninguna.
Director de investigaciones : El Director del Departamento.
Esferas principales de investigación :
- administración gerenaial;
- relaciones industriales;
- supervisión empresarial;
- aspectos sindicales.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Actualmente se realizan
las siguientes investigaciones :
- estudio comparativo entre la Motivación y Satisfacción en distin
tos tipos de Empresas (Privadas, Publicas y Cooperativas).
Considera más de 100 organizaciones;
- estudio comparativo entre la Supervisión centrada en el Trabajador y la Supervisión centrada en la Producción (Abarca 50 Empresas) ;
- problemática y adecuación del Sindicato Chileno a la nueva legis
lación laboral (Estatuto Social y de Formación Profesional);
- la regionalización administrativa y sus proyecciones hacia la
empresa privada.
Ninguna.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Con empresas e instituciones públicas, privadas y
cooperativas nacionales, al igual que con el Departamento de Relaciones del Trabajo de la Universidad de Chile, en el intercambio
de experiencias y trabajos de investigación.
Parte VI : Ninguna.
- 3IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
- servicio de consulta, sobre todo por parte de ex-alumnos en
diversos problemas profesionales;
- jornadas, seminarios, mesas redondas, sobre temas empresariales.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Los de la Universidad de Concepción.
Biblioteca : La de la Universidad.
Numero de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa
y a jornada parcial : No especificado.
Numero de volúmenes : No especificado.
Equipo audiovisual : El de la Universidad.
Computadoras : La de la Universidad.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Una revista de la escuela (semestrall.
Obras recientes :
Realidad y Proyecciones de las Relaciones Industriales en las
Empresas de la zona de Concepción (350 pág.).
Este estudio abarca 70 empresas del sector productivo, con una
fuerza de trabajo de 41.000 trabajadores de las principales empresas regionales.
12-01-77
CHILE
DEPARTAMENTO DE DERECHO DEL
TRABAJO Y SEGURIDAD SOCIAL
Diagonal Oriente 3.300
Campus Oriente.
Universidad Católica de Chile
SANTIAGO
I.
Director :
Ramon Luco Larenas
Fecha de fundación : No especificado
Carácter del Instituto : Departamento que depende de la Facultad de
Ciencias Jurídicas Políticas y Sociales de la Universidad Católica
de Chile.
Docencia, investigación y extensión.
Administración y organización : Las actividades del Departamento
están aseguradas por un Director y 8 profesores en las diversas
materias.
Personal :
-Número de personas de la
categoría profesional :
Número de personas de la
categoría administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
1
2
-
1
Visitante
8 profesores
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Abogados.
II.
Departamento.
El Director del
- cursos del Curriculum Básico de Derecho del Trabajo y Seguridad
Social. Tres semestres. Cursos del Curriculum Facultativo y
Optativo (1 semestre);
- cursos de Extensión : destinados a empresarios, funcionarios
de la Dirección del Trabajo, trabajadores, dirigentes sindicales.
Los cursos son de tres tipos : básicos (10 horas), medios (20
horas), superiores (30 horas).
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Clases magistrales, mesas redondas,
clases activas. Investigación de alumnos sobre temas del ramo.
12-02-79/80
- 2 -
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : En los cursos de extensión los alumnos obtienen un Diploma en que se indican los ramos
cursados, la asistencia y la nota final.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Para los cursos del curriculum básico los requisitos generales que exige la Universidad.
En los cursos de extensión se exigen alguna experiencia sindical
o de trabajo.
Derechos de matrícula : Los cursos que se dictan a trabajadores
de escasos recursos son gratuitos. Los demás fluctúan entre
US$ 20 y US$ 50.
Becas : En casos especiales y con autorización de la Universidad
se autorizan matrículas gratuitas para personas de escasos recursos.
III.
Patricio Novoa Fuenzalida.
Seguridad social.
Derecho del trabajo y
Actividades de investigación actuales : Código del trabajo :
jurisprudencia, relación con legislación nacional, opinión de
tratadistas. Trabajo que mantiene al día la legislación laboral y
su interpretación.
Tratado de Seguridad Social : Revisión. Materiales para un texto
de Derecho del Trabajo.
Derecho Sindical : estudio del proyecto de código y el Código
del Trabajo vigente. Empleo y prestaciones por desempleo. Formación profesional. Estudio del estatuto.
Becas para investigación : No especificado.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : OIT. El trabajo sobre Código del Trabajo Tipo para
America Latina se hizo con el auspicio de la OIT.
Universidad de Chile. Instituto de Economía y Administración.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Los profesores del departamento permanentemente están dictando
conferencias y charlas a sindicatos, organizaciones de empleadores,
funcionarios de la administración del trabajo, tanto del poder
judicial cuanto del poder central. Al mismo tiempo los profesores
del Departamento participan en la redacción de Proyectos de ley
sobre materias laborales o de seguridad social.
- 3 -
V.
SERVICIOS
dad.
Se usan las instalaciones de la Universi-
No especificado.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : Se usa la Biblioteca de la Escuela de
Derecho que tiene cuatro bibliotecarios, y un Jefe de Biblioteca.
25.000 aproximadamente.
Universidad.
Computadoras :
Universidad.
VI.
Ninguno;
403.
si es necesario se usa el de la
Si es necesario, se utilizan los servicios de la
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Los artículos y trabajos de los profesores del departamento se publican generalmente en la Revista de la Facultad de
Derecho de la Universidad Católica de Chile o son publicados por
la Editorial Jurídica de Chile. El Departamento no edita publicaciones propias.
Obras recientes : Trabajos y actividades año 1975 y 1976.
- Los profesores Novoa, Illanes, Cisternas, Luco y Thayer participaron en la redacción del Proyecto de Códico del Trabajo.
- Los profesores Thayer y Novoa participaron en la redacción del
Proyecto sobre Asignación Familiar.
- William Thayer, La Universidad como Empresa de Participación,
Editorial Jurídica.
- William Thayer, Construcción del Poder Social y Destrucción del
Poder Económico : dos vías para el cambio revolucionario.
- William Thayer, Notas sobre el Humanismo Cristiano.
- William Thayer, Curso de Derecho del Trabajo, Tomo I. En la
actualidad se está preparando el Tomo II.
- Patricio Novoa, Ramón Luco, Observaciones al Proyecto de Códico
del Trabajo.
- Patricio Novoa, Observaciones al Proyecto de Reforma de la Seguridad Social.
- Patricio Novoa, Síntesis del Derecho de la Seguridad Social
chilena- Lamberto Cisternas, Sistemas de remuneraciones.
- Ramón Luco, Algunas observaciones al Estatuto Social de la Empresa.
12-02-79/80
CHILE
DEPARTAMENTO RELACIONES DEL TRABAJO
Y DESARROLLO ORGANIZACIONAL (DERTO)
Compañía 127 0, 8p.
SANTIAGO
I.
Director :
José Antonio Muga Naredo
Fecha de Fundación :
1959
Carácter del Instituto : Departamento autónomo, perteneciente a
la Facultad de Ciencias Económicas y Administrativas de la Universidad de Chile.
Fines del Instituto : Investigación, Docencia y Extensión en el
campo laboral y organizacional.
Administración y organización : El DERTO es parte de la Facultad
de Ciencias Económicas y Administrativas de la universidad de
Chile. Está encabezado por su Director el que es designado por el
Rector de la Universidad. Su actividad principal la constituye
la supervisión y coordinación general de las tareas de investigación, docencia y extensión en las materias laborales y organizacionales, área en la que el DERTO tiene total independencia y
autonomía académica.
Presupuestariamente el DERTO depende fundamentalmente del aporte
financiero fiscal a la Universidad de Chile.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
A jornada
completa
Entre
30 y 35
A jornada
parcial
Entre
10 y 15
Visitante
21
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Formación universitaria
adecuada : Nivel y experiencia internacional en investigación,
docencia y extension.
II.
Español.
El Inglés y el Francés esporádicamente.
Director de educación y formación profesional :
Departamento.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen : El DERTO tiene la responsabilidad de los
cursos regulares tanto obligatorios como electivos, dentro de la
Facultad de Ciencias Económicas y Administrativas de la Universidad
de Chile, desde el nivel de Bachiller hasta Post-grado.
12-03- 79/80
- 2 -
Los cursos ofrecidos en 1975 fueron :
RT. 100
RT. 200
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
RT.
210
300
301
303
360
361
362
400
506
507
508
509
Comportamiento Organizacional I (Psicología Social);
Comportamiento Organizacional II. (Teoría de la
Organización);
Administración de Personal;
Derecho del Trabajo;
Desarrollo del Personal ;
Administración de Remuneraciones;
Organización del Sistema Cooperativo;
Seminario de Cooperativas de Producción y Trabajo;
Seminario de Cooperativas de Consumos y Servicios;
Desarrollo Organizacional;
Población y Recursos Humanos;
Dinámica de Grupo;
Negociación Colectiva;
Problemas Laborales en el Sector Rural.
etc.
Conferencias, casos, juegos,
No especificado.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Tener aprobadas las
cátedras o cursos que figuran en el Programa como requisito
previo.
Derechos de matrícula : Variables.
Becas :
III.
No se otorgan.
Director de investigaciones : Coordinan las investigaciones los
Jefes de Lineas. Jefe Línea Relaciones del Trabajo : Aurelio
Butelmann. Jefe Línea Desarrollo Organizacional : Luis Santibáfiez.
Humanos y de la Relaciones de Trabajo.
Nivel Macro de los Recursos
Linea de Desarrolló Organizacional :
I.
Estudios en Desarrollo Organizacional :
- 'El cambio organizacional en la empresa chilena : un estudio comparativo de adaptación a la Economía Social de Mercado'.
- 'Efectos de las sanciones en la motivación para cumplir el rol
prescrito por la organización'.
II. Cinco estudios sobre organizaciones cooperativas :
- 'Organizaciones socio-económicas del sector rural en la provincia
de Santiago'.
- 'Catastro analítico de recursos bibliográficos sobre cooperativas,
existentes en Chile'.
- 3- 'La Organización del sistema federativo y auxiliar del movimiento
cooperativo chileno1.
- 'Manual de Cooperativas'.
- 'Las organizaciones del Estado y su relación con el sector cooperativo' .
III. Estudio para la docencia. El sistema tutorial en la Educación Superior.
Linea de Relaciones del Trabajo :
I. Estudios de Recursos Humanos :
- 'Aspectos socio-demográficos de la Educación en Chile'.
- 'Recursos humanos en Chile rural'.
- 'Análisis sociológico de los organismos de capacitación'.
- 'Sistema integral de estadísticas de trabajo'.
- 'Estudios económicos sobre remuneraciones'.
- 'Lecturas en relaciones industriales'.
- 'Estructura ocupacional según niveles de calificación'.
- 'Análisis de remuneraciones por sector económico'.
- 'La formación técnica profesional de la fuerza de trabajo'.
II. Estudios sobre la función - personal en el sector público.
- 'Estudio sobre la Administración de Personal en el sector público (El caso del sector social)'.
- 'La administración del personal en la administración pública
(El caso de los sectores económicos del gobierno)'.
- 'Algunas características psico-sociales del funcionario público'.
- 'La empresa del Estado y el régimen de su personal'.
- 'El sistema disciplinario del personal en la Administración pública' .
III. Estudios sobre el sistema de relaciones del trabajo.
- 'Manual sobre las instituciones de las relaciones del trabajo'.
- 'Las relaciones del trabajo en la agricultura'.
- 'El papel de los intermediarios en la relación laboral'.
- 'Las organizaciones de empleadores'.
- 'La Sociedad de Fomento Fabril'.
- 'Estudio sobre sindicalismo'.
- 'Afiliación Sindical Legal en Chile (1956-1972)'.
- 'Magnitud, características, tendencias y causas de las huelgas
(1961-1973)'.
- 'Bibliografía comentada de relaciones del trabajo'.
IV. Estudios sobre Seguridad Social.
- 'Seguro social y Desempleo en Chile'.
- 'Los servicios de bienestar en el sector público'.
- 'Nociones de derecho de la seguridad social'.
- 'Los servicios sociales en la empresa y su relación con la seguridad social'.
Becas para investigación : La Comisión Científica y Tecnológica de
Universidad de Chile financia algunos de los proyectos, previa
presentación del tema, los objectivos, la metodología que se empleará y el tiempo requerido. Los montos fluctúan entre $ 5.000 y
$ 7.000, según la investigación.
12-03-79/80
- 4 -
instituciones y organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Con la Organización de Estados Americanos (O.E.A.), con
el CIAT (O.I.T.), con la Comisión Nacional de Investigación Científica y Tecnológica de Chile.
Parte VI : Ninguna.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Cursos por Televisión, Asesorías a Instituciones o Industrias, a
pedido de los interesados. Seminarios para trabajadores y dirigentes sindicales, acordes a convenios específicos; organización y
participación en Simposiums y Congresos nacionales y extranjeros.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de Educación : El Departamento cuenta con dos salas con
capacidad para 20 o 30 personas, que se usan para reuniones o
seminarios. Los cursos regulares se efectúan en las diversas escuelas de la Facultad.
Biblioteca : DERTO cuenta con un centro de documentación especializado y tiene acceso a la Biblioteca de la Facultad de Ciencas Económicas y Administrativas.
y a jornada parcial : 1 documentalista, a jornada completa.
Número de volúmenes : 2.000 documentos aproximadamente.
Equipo audiovisual : Máquina de Cine, Proyectora Slides, Retroproyector.
Computadoras : Servicios de la Universidad.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Nuestras publicaciones salen a medida que los investigadores van dando por terminados sus trabajos. No existen publicaciones periódicas propiamente tales.
Obras recientes :
- Eduardo Acuña, El trabajo en el equipo de salud: Un enfoque de
análisis, DERTO, 1978, 26 pág., carta. Serie docente.
- Juana Anguita, y otros, Un modelo motivacional para la ejecución
del rol laboral - Estudio Cuasi experimental, DERTO, 1978, 72 pág.
Medio Oficio.
- 5Juana Anguita, y colaboradores, Psicología social en las-organizaciones, DERTO, 1978, 350 pág., Medio Oficio.
Juana Anguita, El sistema tutorial (Tutoría académica), DERTO, 1978,
27 pág., carta.
Jorge Barria, El sindicalismo: Fuerza laboral Chilena, DERTO, 1978,
125 pág., Medio Oficio.
Aurelio Butelmann, Recursos humanos, inversión y capacitación para
el desarrollo, DERTO, 1978, 21 pág., carta. Serie Adelantos de
Investigación.
José Antonio Muga y Francisco Walker, Las relaciones industriales,
DERTO, 1978, 44 pSg., carta. Serie de extensión.
Luis Oyarce, Remuneraciones en la empresa. Sistema y estructura,
DERTO, 1978, 101 pág., Medio Oficio.
Domingo Sanchez, La autoridad administrativa en el modelo burocrático , DERTO, 1978, 20 pág., carta. Serie docente.
Domingo Sanchez, La autoridad en l'a empresa, DERTO, 1978, 32 pág.,
carta. Serie docente.
Domingo Sanchez, Recursos humanos en America latina: Dinámica
poblacional, estructura de edad y residencia, DERTO, 1978, 47 pág.,
carta. Serie Adelantos de Investigación.
Juana Anguita, y otros. Acerca de las actitudes. Un substituto
para el cambio, DERTO, 1979, 91 pág. Medio Oficio.
Manuel Daniel, Régimen disciplinario de la administración pública
Chilena, DERTO, 1979, 282 pág. Medio Oficio.
Domingo Sanchez, Cambio organizacional y gestión de personal,
DERTO, 1978, 35 pág.,carta. Serie Adelantos de Investigación.
CHILE
SERVICIO NACIONAL DE CAPACITACIÓN
Y EMPLEO (SENCE)
Avenida Vicuña Mackenna NQ 152
Casilla 6197 Correo 22
SANTIAGO
I.
Director;
Guillermo del Campo Campos
1977
Carácter del Instituto: El SENCE es un organismo técnico del Estado,
funcionalmente descentralizado, con personalidad jurídica de derecho
público, que se relaciona con el Ejecutivo a través del Ministerio
del Trabajo y Previsión Social.
Fines del Instituto: Procurar un adecuado nivel de empleo, con el
fin de hacer posible tanto el progreso de los trabajadores como la
mejor organización y productividad de las empresas. En materia de
capacitación, supervigilar los programas de capacitación que desarrollan las empresas y otorgar becas de capacitación a trabajadores
que lo requieran y cumplan con requisitos preestablecidos. En materia de empleo, fomentarlo procurando una adecuada movilidad de la
mano de obra y ofreciendo, facilitando y apoyando servicios de colocación; coordinar con otros países las relaciones laborales, tendientes al mejoramiento de las condiciones de empleo: Entregar
orientación ocupacional a los trabajadores. Realizar estudios que
permitan cumplir las funciones anteriores de acuerdo con el desarrollo económico del país y en base a una permanente investigación de
las condiciones, requerimientos y posibilidades del mercado de trabajo y de las necesidades de los trabajadores.
Administración y organización: La Dirección Superior del SENCE es
responsabilidad del Director Nacional que es funcionario de la exclusiva confianza del Presidente de la República. La Dirección Nacional cuenta además con una Fiscalía, cuyo Fiscal es funcionario
de la exclusiva confianza del Presidente de la República, y con los
siguientes Departamentos: de Orientación y Capacitación, de Empleo,
de Estudios y Administrativo y Secretaria General. Existen 9 Direcciones Regionales, cuyos Directores Regionales dependen administrativamente del Director Nacional.
Personal:
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
A jornada
parcial
60
-
54
-
Visitante
Calificaciones del personal profesional: Calificaciones académicas,
adecuadas, experiencia en materia de capacitación, investigación y
empleo.
Idiomas de trabajo; Español.
12-04-79/80
- 2 -
II.
Director de educación of formación profesional:
mento de Orientación y Capacitación.
Jefe del Departa-
Cursos que se ofrecen: El SENCE no imparte directamente capacitación ocupacional. Autoriza a organismos técnicos de ejecución la
realización de distintos cursos, que superan los 3 300 y corresponden a diferentes áreas, especialidades y niveles.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Son variados y de acuerdo con las
características de las especialidades y de la población atendida.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso:
técnico.
Los otorga cada organismo
Condiciones de admisión: De acuerdo con las especialidades y niveles
Calificaciones de los participantes: De acuerdo con las especialidades y niveles.
Derechos de matricula: Las empresas pueden descontar los gastos
directos en capacitación de sus impuestos, previa autorización
del SENCE.
Becas : El SENCE administra un programa de becas que contrata con
los distintos organismos técnicos autorizados.
III.
Jefe del Departamento de Estudios.
Esferas principales de investigación: Enmarcadas por los fines del
Servicio, están orientadas principalmente a la situación del empleo,
mercado de trabajo, recursos humanos y capacitación en general.
- la primera fase del proyecto sobre localización, planificación y
evaluación de un plan piloto de alfabetización en áreas rurales,
en función de necesidades ocupacionales y prerequisites para la capacitación. La primera fase se refiere al diseño del plan, diagnóstico de agencias y elaboración de instrumentos para la evaluación.
- evaluación de programas de capacitación artesanal y generación de
empleo en la provincia de Chiloé. Esta evaluación tiene como objetivo específico un programa de capacitación en artesanía a la
Cooperativa Campesina de Curaco de Vêlez.
- elaboración y aplicación de un diseño para evaluar programas de
capacitación a personas en situación de extrema pobreza en la Región Metropolitana.
- diseño y evaluación de un programa de capacitación en administración rural a pequeños empresarios agrícolas.
- evaluación de un curso de capacitación, impartido a través de instrucción programada, como parte del objetivo general de evaluar
las innovaciones en materia de tecnologías educativas que pudieran
tener impacto en la mayor cobertura y eficiencia de la capacitación
ocupacional.
- estudio sobre mercado de trabajo, movilidad ocupacional y capacitación, referido a la industria de la confección y, en general, a
la incorporación al mercado de trabajo de personas jóvenes y que
buscan trabajo por primera vez.
- 3 -
No especificado.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: La mayoría de las actividades de investigación del SENCE
se llevan a cabo en cooperación con instituciones u organismos nacionales o internacionales.
Parte VI: No especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El SENCE en algunas oportunidades efectúa reuniones y seminarios en
que se debaten problemas de capacitación, empleo y recursos humanos
y presta asistencia técnica a empresas.
V.
SERVICIOS
No especificado.
No especificado.
Biblioteca: Más que propiamente biblioteca, el SENCE posee un pequeño centro de documentación.
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a jornada parcial: 1 bibliotecario a jornada completa.
Número de volúmenes:
1 000 aproximadamente.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: 180 aproximadamente.
Equipo audiovisual:
Computadoras :
VI.
No especificado.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Revista Capacitación y Empleo
Catálogo de cursos autorizados
No periódicas:
12-04-79/80
Serie de estudios sobre capacitación y empleo
Técnica de capacitación ocupacional
COLOMBIA
UNIVERSIDAD AUTÓNOMA
LATINOAMERICANA (UNAULA)
Carrera 55 No. 49-51
Apartado Aereo 3455
MEDELLIN
I.
Director :
Jesús María Jiménez Suarez
1966
Carácter del Instituto : Corporación educativa sin ánimo de lucro.
Dependiente de la Universidad Autónoma Latinoamericana.
Fines del Instituto : Impartir educación a nivel académico
superior, confiriendo título de doctor en derecho. Adelantar investigaciones en el campo jurídico y socio—económico.
Administración y organización : La facultad tiene al frente un
decano y cuenta con un Consejo de Facultad, integrado por número
igual de profesores y estudiantes, con funciones administrativas
y de organización académica.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
10
31
-
7
3
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Experiencia en materia
académica. Experiencia en ejercicio judicial o profesional.
II.
Español.
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Se dictan cursos semestrales a nivel
universitario y cursos de recapitulación o especialización intermedia en areas diversas : derecho político, derecho laboral,
derecho probatorio, etc.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, mesas redondas,
seminarios, trabajos de grupo, experiencia a nivel de consultorio
jurídico.
14-01-79/80
- 2 -
certificado de asistencia.
usualmente.
Derechos de matricula :
Doctor en derecho,
Personas que trabajan
de $ 600.00 a $ 18.000.00 anuales.
Becas : Becas para cursos ordinarios, otorgadas a hijos de los
profesores ad honorem.
III.
Director de Investigaciones :
No especificado.
Esferas principales de investigación : Se realizan investigaciones
de carácter laboral y penal principalmente. En las diversas
cátedras se efectúan investigaciones de tipo socio-económico.
No especificado.
Ninguna.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : A nivel investigativo se trabaja conjuntamente con el
Centro de Investigaciones de la Facultad de Sociología de la misma
Universidad.
Parte VI : Esta documentación se encuentra en el Centro de
Biblioteca y Centro de Publicaciones de la Universidad y representa trabajos de tesis y de grupo.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Periódicamente se dictan conferencias de tipo jurídico y social,
invitando intelectuales nacionales. El consultorio jurídico
presta servicio a las gentes sin recursos. Se dictan conferencias
especiales para sindicatos y rama judicial.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Se cuenta con edificaciones propias para
las clases, con salas de lectura y estudio y salón de conferencias.
Ninguna.
- 3 -
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 5 a jornada completa y 5 a jornada
parcial.
Más de 9.000.
datos actualizados.
Computadoras :
VI.
No se cuenta con
Filminas y equipos de sonido.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Perifidicas :
- Revista de la universidad;
- Documentos auxiliares de cátedra.
Obras recientes :
- Dr. Jorge Ivan Ledesma, Bienes.
- Dr. Jorge Ivan Ledesma, Obligaciones.
- Javier Henao Hidron, Derecho Constitucional Colombiano.
14-01-79/80
COLOMBIA
2SC/S
INSTITUTO DE CAPACITACIÓN
LABORAL CTC
Apartado Aéreo 19387
BOGOTA D.E.
I.
Director :
Ramón Africano
Fecha de fundación : 1961; entró" en funcionamiento en 1962
Carácter del Instituto : Entidad autónoma auxiliar de la Confederación de Trabajadores de Colombia, C.T.C.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto se propone mejorar los
conocimientos y cultura general de los participantes en cada uno
de sus programas, orientando y formando dirigentes responsables
y expertos, que propicien la organización y defensa de los trabajadores.
Administración y organización : Además de un Director, este
Instituto tiene su Junta Directiva, integrada por Ejecutivos de
la Confederación y asesores técnicos o especialistas expertos en
problemas de tipo laboral.
Personal
A jornada A jornada
completa
parcial
Visitante
2
Variable
Variable
(Director y Se- (Instruc- (Confecretaria Gene- tores)
rencistas)
ral)
categoría administrativa : Entre 2 y 6
2-6
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Experiencia práctica y
académica, según las exigencias, objetivos y modalidades de cada
programa.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español, pero se impone la traducción de
otros idiomas cuando se presentan visitantes que no hablan el
español.
II.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen : El Instituto programa, dirige y desarrolla
varios tipos de cursos, sobre sindicalismo, cooperativismo, desarrollo de la comunidad y participación popular. Cada programa debe
corresponder a necesidades ya identificadas y objetivos previamente definidos.
14-02-7Í
- 2 -
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Se prefiere el método participa
tivo, la mesa redonda y la discusión en grupos.
cia.
Certificados de asisten
Condiciones de admisión : Estas condiciones dependen del tipo de
curso o actividad programada.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Conocimientos mínimos
sobre la materia tratada.
Ninguno .
Becas : Las becas o cupos se otorgan a las organizaciones, según
su interés y el tipo de curso, y tienen una duración entre una y
seis semanas. Hay becas a tiempo completo en una proporción de
uno o dos participantes por cada Departamento o territorio nacional en que se divide el país. El número de becas varia entre 65
a 200 cupos por año.
III.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las relacionadas con la
organización de Sindicatos, Cooperativas, Juntas Comunales o
Cívicas, Comités de Acción y ¡participación popular, derechos de
Contratación y Huelga, etc.
- negativa de los empleadores a reconocer la organización sindical y atender sus peticiones;
- leyes y acción estatal que limita el ejercicio de los Derechos
de Organización y Huelga, especialmente en el sector oficial
o guber n amen ta 1 ;
- productividad, Seguridad Social e Industrial, Desempleo, Relaciones Laborales y participación en el Desarrollo.
Becas para investigación : El número de becas varia de sesenta
y cinco a doscientos cupos por año, de acuerdo con el número de
seminarios y cursos nacionales o regionales prospectados, con
personal procedente de diversas regiones del país. Su duración
también es variable, al igual que los requisitos o condiciones
mínimas exigidas para su obtención. Por lo general se cubren
los gastos de transporte, hospedaje, alimentación y gastos personales.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Parte de estas actividades se realizan con la asistencia y cooperación de organismos internacionales como la CIOSL,
la OIT, la ORIT, el IADSL y organismos nacionales como la Universi
dad de los Andes, la ANIF y el SENA.
Parte VI : La Dirección del Instituto viene elaborando algún
material sobre capacitación e Historia Laboral e Incidencia
Política y Aspectos de la Negociación Colectiva.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
No especificado.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Cuenta con una aula deficientemente
dotada en la sede de la Confederación de Trabajadores de Colombia.
También obtiene en préstamo aulas con el SENA, Organizaciones
Sindicales y establecimientos escolares en varias ciudades.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial :
Ninguno.
Unos pocos.
Unas 36 al año.
Equipo audiovisual : Se utilizan películas sonoras y vistas fijas,
complementadas con afiches, gráficas y material impreso.
Computadoras : Ninguna,
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Se participa en la planeación y preparación de cada
edición del periódico Liberación Obrera, órgano publicitario
oficial de la CTC con circulación nacional e internacional.
Obras recientes : Capacitación Laboral de y para Trabajadores ,
con material y gráficos sobre programación, productividad,
políticas de desarrollo, negociación colectiva y economía laboral.
14-02-78
2¿ÔLOMBIA
If
INSTITUTO DE ESPECIAL^ ACIÓN EN
DERECHO LABORAL SBU COLEGIO MAYOR
DE NUESTRA SEÑORA DEL ROSARIO
V*
Calle 14 ¿ 6-25
BOGOTA
I.
Director :
S0>
Guillermo González Charry
1973
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto que funciona como un Departamento de la Facultad de Jurisprudencia del Colegio Mayor de Nuestra
Señora del Rosario; esta es una Fundación sin ánimo de lucro.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto tiene como fin capacitar al
estudiante con un año de especialización, que le servirá también
como estudio de Post-grado, o con dos años para Magister.
Administración y organización : Posee un Director, un coordinador,
un secretario, y un e/quipo de cinco profesores designados por la
Consiliatura.
Personal
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
20
20
3
10
10
-
promedio mínimo de cuatro en la carrera.
Visitante
Abogados egresados con
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Cursos de especialización y de Magister;
además cursos cortos de asistencia.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, seminarios y
trabajos de investigación y de grupo.
cialización y de Magister.
14-03-77
De asistencia, de espe-
- 2 Condiciones de admisión :
Calificaciones de los participantes : Para especializaciôn y
asistencia : ser abogado titulado con promedio mínimo de calificaciones de 4.00 en la carrera; para magister : ser abogado
titulado; para post-grado : calificaciones mínimas de 4.00,
autentificadas notarialmente.
Derechos de matrícula : Diez Mil Pesos anuales, dividido en dos
semestres.
Becas : Ninguna.
III.
Director de investigaciones : El Director del Instituto.
Esferas principales de investigación : Seguridad social, casos y
jurisprudencia sobre derecho laboral individual y derecho laboral
colectivo.
Actividades de investigación actuales : No especificado.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : No especificado.
Parte VT : No especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
No especificado.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Existen dos aulas, un salón de conferencias y un salón para seminarios. Poseemos salón multilingue para
cinco idiomas.
Residencia de alojamiento : No especificado.
Biblioteca :
Número de volúmenes : No especificado.
- 3 -
Computadoras :
VI.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
No especificado.
Obras recientes :
14-03-77
No especificado.
No especificado.
COLOMBIA
INSTITUTO DE ESPECIALIZACION
LABORAL DE LA PONTIFICIA
UNIVERSIDAD JAVERIANA
Carrera 7 £ 40-62
BOGOTA, D.F.
I.
Director :
Francisco Camacho Amaya
Fecha de Fundación : 1950
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto de la Pontificia Universidad
Javeriana. El Instituto integra e intensifica las funciones de
investigación y de servicio de una o varias facultades o departamentos para perfeccionamiento de la ciencia y para una proyección
más eficaz de la Universidad a la comunidad. Está anexo a la Facultad
de Derecho de la Pontificia Universidad Javeriana.
Fines del Instituto : Dotar a quienes participaran en la solución
de los conflictos obrero-patronales de un espíritu conciliatorio
que garantice los derechos de la persona, la dignidad humana del
trabajador y releve la trascendencia de la justicia social.
Administración y organización : El Instituto posee un Director
propio, pero por estar ubicado administrativamente en la Facultad
de Derecho se encuentra bajo la jurisdicción de su Consejo Académico y sometido a la autoridad de sus Decanos Académicos y del
Medio Universitario.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
3
Aprox. 10
Ninguna
4
1 o 2
Ninguna
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Conocimientos especializados en cada área particular y amplia experiencia docente.
II.
Director de educación o •formación profesional :
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : El curso regular incluye las siguientes
asignaturas :
- jurisprudencia laboral;
- sindicalismo;
- seguridad social;
- prestaciones de los trabajadores oficiales;
- derecho colectivo del trabajo;
- medicina del trabajo;
14-04-79/80
- 2 -
- derecho laboral agrario;
- derecho internacional laboral.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Cátedra magistral, seminarios,
grupos de trabajo, mesas redondas.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Otorga el grado de "Especialista en Derecho Laboral".
- haber cursado 4 años de estudios sociales, por lo menos;
- promedio de notas de 3.50 durante esos estudios.
Becas :
III.
$ 4.000. 00 Colombianos.
Ninguna.
Esferas principales de investigación: Derecho agrario y jurisprudencia del trabajo.
No especificado.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Sus labores suponen íntima colaboración con organismos estatales y obreros, como el Instituto Colombiano de Reforma
Agraria (INCORA) y la Unión de Trabajadores de Colombia (UTC).
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Servicio de consultas populares gratuitas a través del Consultorio
Jurídico de la Facultad de Ciencias Jurídicas y Socioeconómicas de
la Pontificia Universidad Javeriana.
V.
SERVICIOS
Todos los ofrecidos por la Universidad.
No especificado.
- 3 -
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 20.
120.000 aproximadamente.
damente .
500 aproxima-
Todos los de la Universidad.
Computadoras : Tiene a su servicio en actividades de investigación el computador de la Universidad.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Revista Universitas Jurídica-Económica
ción semestral.
-
Publica-
Obras recientes :
- Jaramillo Arango, Raúl Fernando, La huelga en el Siglo XX,
Bogotá 1976.
- Fernández Lafaurie, José Joaquín, Algunos aspectos sobre los
fondos de cesantías, Bogotá, 1976.
- Plazas Herrera, Edgar, El auxilio de cesantía para los trabajadores particulares en Colombia, Bogotá, 1975.
- González Zarmorano, Rafael, El salario familiar en Colombia,
Bogotá, 1975.
- Rodríguez Vesga, Ciro Antonio y Londoño Guzmán, Hubert José,
Naturaleza Jurídica de la cesantía, Bogotá, 1975.
- Lorduy Rodríguez, Douglas, El contrato de Aprendizaje, Bogotá,
1974.
- Pedroza Uribe, Consuelo, ¿ La huelga y/o arbitramento ?, Bogotá,
1974.
- Ramírez Díaz, Luis Jorge, El sindicalismo en el mundo moderno,
Bogotá, 1973.
- Escalante Martínez, Fernando, La pensión de jubilación de los
empleados oficiales, Bogotá, 1973.
- Hoyos Philips, Arturo, Aspectos Generales; contenido e interpretación de las convenciones colectivas de trabajo, Bogotá, 1973.
14-04-79/80
COSTA RICA
XUH
CENTRO DE ESTUDIOS DEMOCRÁTICOS
DE AMERICA LATINA (CEDAL)
Apartado 874
SAN JOSE
I.
Director : Hermann Benzing
1968
Carácter del Instituto : Asociación Cultural Costarricense,
patrocinada por la Fundación Friedrich Ebert de la República
Federal de Alemania.
- ofrecer a los países de América Latina una plataforma para la
información, el diálogo y la discusión acerca de los problemas
del desarrollo y de sus relaciones con el resto del mundo;
- educar en la práctica de la democracia;
- impulsar la cooperación interinstitucional;
- fomentar la justicia social, la libertad y la participación
plena de los sectores sociales en el desarrollo;
- capacitar para las responsabilidades que exige el mejoramiento
económico y social y la democracia integral.
Administración y organización : CEDAL tiene a su frente un
Consejo Ejecutivo compuesto por un presidente, un vice-presidente,
un tesorero, un secretario, un fiscal y dos vocales. La responsabilidad para la labor diaria de la Institución está a cargo de
un Director.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
4
-
-
1
-
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Egresados universitarios,
experiencia en administración y enseñanza.
II.
Coordinadores de programas : Manuel Carballo Quintana,
Gerardo Castillo Hernández.
Cursos que se ofrecen ; Anualmente se ofrece alrededor de 40 cursos o seminarios de una duración de un día hasta 2 semanas, en las
siguientes áreas temáticas :
15-01-78
- democracia económica (economía de interés social, cooperativismo
y bancos de trabajadores);
- sindicalismo;
- socialismo democrático en América Latina;
- desarrollo de la comunidad.
Los participantes son representantes de ministerios e instituciones autónomas, de organizaciones sindicales, de partidos de tenden
cia socialdemöcrata, educadores, científicos sociales, etc. No se
invita a personas a título personal sino debe tratarse de delegados de organizaciones, para asegurar un efecto multiplicador y
la puesta en práctica de las recomendaciones en los programas de
las organizaciones o instituciones respectivas.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, mesas redondas,
discusiones plenarias, grupos de trabajo, talleres.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : En casos excepcionales
certificados de asistencia.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Función de responsabilidad en una organización con actividades en el tema del seminario específico; preparación individual mediante la presentación de un trabajo escrito.
Derecho de matrícula : Ninguno.
Becas : Los gastos de viaje y de alimentación y hospedaje de los
participantes son costeados cerca del 60 % por CEDAL y cerca del
40 % por las organizaciones co-organizadoras del seminario.
III,
No se desarrollan actividades de investigación,
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Ninguna,
V,
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Salón de Conferencias y salas para grupos de trabajo,
Residencia de alojamiento ; 11 cabinas (bungalows1 para un máximo
de 32 participantes.
- 3 -
Biblioteca :
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a
jornada parcial : Un Director de Biblioteca a tiempo completo,
una bibliotecaria a tiempo completo y un asistente de la
biblioteca a medio tiempo.
Número de volúmenes ; 4.500.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : total 180;
publicaciones en cuestiones laborales : 15.
Equipo audiovisual : Proyectores de cine y diapositivas, retroproyectores, pizarrones, rotafolios.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Series ;
- Colección Cuadernos CEDAL.
- Colección Seminarios y Documentos.
- Colección Materiales de Trabajo.
15-01-78
COSTA RICA
INSTITUTO CENTROAMERICANO DE ESTUDIOS
SOCIALES (ICAES)
Apartado 75
SAN ISIDRO DE CORONADO
I.
Director :
Carlos Moris Blanco
1963
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto de formación de los trabajadores para el área de Centroaraérica, México, Panamá y Belice, de la
Central Latinoamericana de Trabajadores (CLAT).
Fines del Instituto : El ICAES es un instituto dedicado a la formación de los trabajadores'de las organizaciones afiliadas a la CLAT
en el área de Centroamérica, México, Panamá y Belice.
Administración y organización : El Instituto tiene a su frente un
Director, apoyado por un equipo de dirección que tiene una amplia
experiencia en cuanto a la formación de los trabajadores. El
máximo organismo lo constituye el Comité Ejecutivo de la CLAT con
un organismo intermedio que es el Consejo del ICAES, integrado por
tres representantes de cada una de las organizaciones afiliadas a
la CLAT en la región.
A jornada A jornada
Personal :
completa
parcial
Visitante
5
Número de personas de la categoría
administrativa y de servicios :
22
—
1
—
—
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas
adecuadas, experiencia profesional, experiencia en materia de
II.
Español e inglés.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen : Los eventos que se desarrollan cada año
son de diferentes clases, divididos de la siguiente manera :
- eventos para sectores profesionales. (Por ejemplo para salud,
alimentación, campesinos, transporte, etc.);
- eventos por funciones : (Por ejemplo para responsables de formación, finanzas, organización, etc.);
- eventos de formación de cuadros por países : (Para Honduras,
Nicaragua y Panamá en una primera etapa);
15-02-78
- 2 -
- eventos circunstanciales : (Tales como sobre Integración Centroamericana. Proceso de Unidad, etc.).
Cada uno de los eventos están planeados para 30 participantes, con
una duración de 2 a 4 semanas, según su contenido y objetivos.
Los animadores son principalmente el equipo de formación del ICAES,
y algunos expertos según los temas.
Se celebran un promedio de 8 a 10 eventos por año.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Se utiliza el método activo de
formación. Esta incluye actividades como conferencias, mesas
redondas, seminarios, grupos de trabajo, ejercicios de dinámica de
grupos, círculos de estudio, etc.
únicamente.
Certificado de asistencia
Calificaciones de los participantes : Que sea designado por una
de las organizaciones de la CLAT a las cuales prestamos nuestros servicios.
rio.
Pago del equivalente a un día de sala-
Becas : Casi la totalidad de los participantes gozan de becas que
cubren los gastos de viaje internacional y los de alojamiento y
manutención.
III.
No tenemos.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las actividades de investigación están principalmente encaminadas hacia las realidades
nacionales y la situación del movimiento de los trabajadores de
la región que cubre el ICAES.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Diagnóstico de la realidad
de cada país. Esta labor se lleva a cabo con la estrecha colaboración de las organizaciones nacionales afiliadas a la CLAT, así
como con algunos expertos (por ejemplo sociólogos).
Relaciones dé trabajo en la esfera de la investigación con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Muchas de las investigaciones se hacen con la colaboración de las organizaciones nacionales afiliadas a la CLAT, con la
Universidad de los Trabajadores de América Latina (UTAL) y con
algunos otros organismos internacionales como la Secretaría de
Integración Económica Centro-americana (SIECA).
Parte VI : Ninguna.
- 3 IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Algunas veces miembros del ICAES imparten conferencias que le son
solicitadas por diversos organismos.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El ICAES cuenta con dos amplios salones
de clases y ocho salones para trabajos de grupos, debidamente
equipados para la celebración de dos eventos simultáneos.
Residencia de alojamiento : Las instalaciones del ICAES tienen una
capacidad de alojamiento para 78 participantes debidamente acomodados
en habitaciones habilitadas para dos personas.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : Una secretaria a jornada completa.
Número de volúmenes : Alrededor de 2,200.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : Alrededor de
50 mensuales.
Equipo audiovisual : El ICAES cuenta con un número suficiente y
variado de equipos audiovisuales para su funcionamiento.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Boletín del Centro de Documentación y Biblioteca
(mensual).
Ademas se publican conferencias y se re-editan textos
según lo exijan sus necesidades de formación.
Obras recientes :
15-02-78
Estadísticas Centroamericanas •
COSTA RICA
INSTITUTO DE ESTUDIOS DEL
TRABAJO
Universidad Nacional
HEREDIA
I.
Director : Farid Ayales Esna
1974
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto de la Facultad de ciencias
Sociales de la Universidad.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto sirve fundamentalmente a los
sectores laborales del país, asumiendo la responsabilidad de
enseñar, investigar y difundir disciplinas científicas y técnicas
relacionadas con el fenómeno social del trabajo. • Es así como se
capacitan técnicamente a representantes de diversos niveles de los
sectores de cooperativas, sindical, público y de la empresa
privada.
Administración y organización: La máxima autoridad es la Asamblea
de profesores, la cual nombra un director que es la máxima autoridad a nivel ejecutivo, que a su vez se asesora: internamente por
un consejo directivo formado por los coordinadores de docencia,
investigación y extensión, un representante administrativo y la
representación estudiantil porcentual; externamente por un consejo
asesor donde están representados todas las confederaciones sindicales, el Estado, la empresa privada y las cooperativas.
Personal
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
10
13
1
4
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas adecuadas, experiencia en materia de enseñanza y de investigación.
II.
Instituto.
15-03-79/80
- 2 -
Cursos que se ofrecen : Carreras Cortas con una duración de 2 años
y una Licenciatura. Dirigidas a sindicalistas, cooperativistas,
funcionarios del sector publico y de la empresa privada.
de trabajo.
Charlas, conferencias, grupos
- técnico (Carrera Corta);
- licenciado (Licenciatura).
- que sean propuestos por uno de los sectores;
- que hayan concluido el primer nivel de enseñanza;
- aprobar entrevista realizada por el Instituto.
. Derechos de matrícula : Cooperativas y Sindicatos : exención.
Becas : Se dispone cada año de unas cuantas becas de estudio que
incluyen exención de matrícula y alguna ayuda económica.
III.
Director de investigaciones : Fernando Trejos Castro
- docencia;
- estadísticas Laborales;
- actividades diversas solicitadas por los movimientos sociales.
Actividades de investigación actuales : El Instituto tiene un
extenso programa de investigación, el cual es desarrollado dentro
de una 'Unidad de Investigaciones' que responde fundamentalmente
a las actividades docentes del Instituto y a las necesidades que
presentan los diferentes movimientos sociales.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : A nivel nacional con las organizaciones sindicales y
de cooperativas, lo mismo que con la Oficina Regional de la OIT.
A nivel internacional con el Instituto de Estudios del Trabajo de
México y con el de Panamá.
Parte VI:
- catálogo sobre el Instituto de Estudios del Trabajo;
- educación obrera y población;
- Curriculum de Técnico Superior de Promoción de Empresas Cooperativas y Asociativas de Producción;
- población-empleo-mujer trabajadora.
- 3 -
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Asesoría Técnica a las Organizaciones Sociales;
Extensión Universitaria.
Director de Exensiön: Mayrand Ríos Barboza.
V.
SERVICIOS
Los de la Universidad.
Biblioteca :
La de la Universidad.
y a jornada parcial : No especificado .
No especificado .
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : no especificado.
Computadoras :
VI.
No especificado.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Revista Estudios Laborales.
Obras recientes : El Instituto está publicando un catálogo
ilustrativo de toda la actividad que en él se desarrolla.
15-03-79/80
COSTA RICA
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE APRENDIZAJE
(INA)
Apartado 5200
SAN JOSE
I.
Director : Bernai Aragón Barquero (Presidente Ejecutivo)
Fecha de fundación : 1965
Carácter del Instituto : Organismo descentralizado, semiautónomo,
con personalidad jurídica y patrimonio propio, coordinado funcionalmente con el sistema nacional de planificación, organismos del
Estado, educación formal, universidades, empresarios y trabajadores.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto Nacional de Aprendizaje tendrá
como finalidad contribuir al desarrollo económico y al mejoramiento
de las condiciones de vida del pueblo costarricense, por medio de
la formación de aprendices y de la capacitación, tanto de los
trabajadores al servicio de la industria, la minería, la agricultura, la ganadería, el comercio y los servicios, como de los empleados y funcionarios del Estado y de sus instituciones autónomas
y semiautónomas.
Administración y organización : El INA está dirigido por una Junta
Directiva designada por el Poder Ejecutivo, la Junta es presidida
por un Presidente Ejecutivo, designado por el Consejo de Ministros;
a su vez el Presidente Ejecutivo ejerce la dirección de la Institución constituida por cuatro subsistemas a saber : Planificación,
ejecución, apoyo y administrativo.
Personal :
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
550
35
Visitante
602
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Profesionales universitarios, técnicos medios, instructores con experiencia profesional
y docente.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : Roberto VÍquez Ramírez
Cursos que se ofrecen : Cursos de :
- formación para jóvenes aprendices (3 años);
- formación de adultos : (hasta 6 meses);
- perfeccionamiento de trabajadores semicalificados y calificados
(50 a 150 horas);
15-04-80/81
- 2 - de personal de mando medio y superior (20 a 300 horas).
Los cursos se ofrecen en todas las actividades económicas.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Activo y analítico.
Aprendices : certificado de aptitud profesional (CAP), aprovechamiento y asistencia (sin valor oficial).
Calificaciones de los participantes : Escolaridad y experiencia
previa según el tipo de curso.
Derechos de matrícula: Ninguno, a excepción de los cursos de
Seguridad Vial que por Ley deben recibir aquellas personas que
desean obtener licencia para conducir vehículo automotor.
Becas: De acuerdo a estudios socioeconómicos se dan becas de alimentación, transporte y alojamiento por montos variables para
aprendices.
Cubre el 100% de los alumnos y es del orden del 20%
para adultos.
III.
Director de Investigaciones: Jorge Ouirós Carvajal (Planificación)
y Jeffry Hutchinson Da Costa (Técnico Docente).
Esferas principales de investigación : Necesidades de mano de obra,
evaluación cualitativa y cuantitativa de los programas de formación
profesional y análisis ocupacional por especialidad.
- encuesta de Hogares; sistema de indicadores permanentes sobre
empleo muestral;
- regionalización; fijación de política por análisis de antecedentes;
- evaluación de proyectos; implementación de los proyectos; estudios directos;
- evaluación Interna : grado de cumplimiento del plan anual;
sistema estadístico y consultas;
- coordinación con el sistema formal de educación; constitución de
un sistema nacional; comisiones de trabajo.
- encuesta sobre necesidades de formación profesional;
- análisis ocupacional económico administrativo;
- análisis ocupacional: Seguridad Vial; Náutico Pesquero;
Reparación Maquinaria Pesada; Mecánica Agrícola; Agropecuario.
Ninguna en 1980.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : A nivel nacional con los servicios de planificación
del empleo del Ministerio de Trabajo y universidades; a nivel
internacional con el Centro Interamericano de Investigación y
Documentación sobre Formación Profesional (CINTERFOR).
- 3Documentación Inédita sobre investigaciones no incluida en la
parte vT~: Revision del Manual de Metodología del Análisis
Ocupacional.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El INA fomenta la coordinación con los organismos e instituciones
interesadas en la Formación Profesional promoviendo reuniones,
visitas a instalaciones, mesas redondas y asistiendo a eventos en
el campo de su competencia.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El INA posee seis centros de Formación
Profesional, unidades móviles y la dotación de equipo suficiente
para el desarrollo de los programas de formación profesional;
además utiliza dependencias de la educación regular y de la comunidad.
Biblioteca :
a jornada parcial : 4, a jornada completa.
Numero de volúmenes : 12,250
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : 23
Equipo audiovisual : Completo.
Computadoras : El INA posee una computadora para el procesamiento
de datos técnicos, administrativos y estadísticos.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
- Información técnico pedagógica para instructores y otros técnicos;
- Memoria de actividades.
Obras recientes:
- El Sistema Modular y su Empleo en el INA;
- Unidades de Medida;
- Manual de Operaciones para Centros Regionales;
- Normas para el Funcionamiento del Taller de Formación Produción;
- Manual de Supervisión;
- Manual Básico de Objetivos Educacionales;
- Manual de Procedimientos para la Selección de Recursos Audiovisuales;
- Experimentación de la Metodología de Autoformación Individualizada;
- Análisis Ocupacional: Mecánica de Mantenimiento; Construcciones
Metálicas; Electrónica; Electricidad; Mecánica General;
Mecánica Automotriz; Hotelería y Turismo; Movimiento de Tierras;
Maderas; Construcción;
- Catálogo de Cursos INA;
- Modelo Sistema de Formación Profesional en el INA.
15-04-80/81
COSTA RICA
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE ESTUDIOS
SINDICALES Y SOCIALES (INESS)
Apartado Postal ? 2167
Calle Central Avenidas 7 y 9
SAN JOSE
I.
Director : Miguel Angel Calderón Sandi
1969
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto Autónomo creado por el XII
Congreso Nacional de la Confederación Costarricense de Trabajadores Democráticos (CCTD).
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto Nacional de Estudios Sindicales y Sociales constituye un centro de estudios relacionados con
la problemática nacional, como aspecto fundamental en la formación de dirigentes sindicales, mediante el análisis y conocimiento
de los problemas nacionales.
Administración y organización : Al frente del INESS está un
Director. La Junta Directiva está integrada por la Secretaría
General, la Secretaría de Educación, Secretaría de Organización
y Secretaría de Finanzas. El Consejo Consultivo integrado por
experimentados dirigentes sindicales en problemas laborales y
sociales. Actividades : investigación sobre seguridad social
y relaciones laborales.
Personal :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
-
categoría administrativa
1
Visitante
Entre 5 y
7 y Dirigentes
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Experiencia en materia
de enseñanza e investigación. Egresados OIT, IADSL, IIES, IESTRA.
II.
Instituto.
El Director del
- el sindicalismo y la comunidad;
- legislación laboral; ideologías sociales contemporáneas;
- ideologías políticas contemporáneas. Problemática nacional :
habitacional, agraria, fiscal;
- economía laboral;
- cursos sobre técnicas de la educación.
15-05-79/80
- 2 -
Los cursos de una semana de duración se canalizan hacia delegados
y componentes de base.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencia, trabajo de grupos,
estudio de casos, mesas redondas y forum.
te.
De asistencia únicamen-
Calificaciones de los participantes : Designación directa por
los sindicatos a criterio de su mayor conveniencia. Edad
abierta, sin limitaciones.
Ninguno.
Becas : Generalmente el salario es mantenido por la empresa por
derecho de convención colectiva de trabajo. Traslado y
hospedaje los cubre la Confederación. 20 participantes como
máximo.
III.
Esferas principales de investigación : Encuestas hogareñas sobre
precios y consumo. Problema habitacional. Crecimiento demográfico.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Necesidad de un plan
integral nacional de acción social, en virtud de que no hay
una racionalización de los recursos de las diferentes instituciones que se ocupan de la solución de la pobreza extrema,
desempleo, marginalidad, etc.
dirigentes de la Confederación.
El trabajo se efectúa por
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Colaboración con el Centro de Estudios de Centro
América y Ministerio del Trabajo.
Parte VI : Ninguna.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Una sala para estudios. El INESS está instalado en la sede de la
Confederación (Casa Sindical).
- 3 -
V.
SERVICIOS
Instalaciones de la Confederación.
Ninguna.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial :
Ninguno.
45 .
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : Todas las
que suministra la OIT,algunas de países socialistas (Yugoeslavia, Hungría) y Alemania Occidental.
Ninguno.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
No especificado.
Obras recientes :
15-05-79/80
No especificado.
COSTA RICA
SECCIÓN DE INVESTIGACIÓN DE LA
ESCUELA DE TRABAJO SOCIAL
FACULTAD DE CIENCIAS SOCIALES
UNIVERSIDAD DE COSTA RICA
Ciudad Universitaria 'Rodrigo Fació'
SAN JOSE
Director
Laura Guzmán S.
1973;
entro en funcionamiento en 1975
Carácter del Instituto : No tiene carácter de instituto,, sino que
es una sección de investigación, adscrita a una Escuela universitaria.
Fines del Instituto : La Sección de Investigación presta servicios
de apoyo en materia de investigación a la docencia de la Escuela,
a instituciones publicas y privadas que asi lo soliciten y a organizaciones de base. Además, lleva a cabo actividades de investigación (investigación empírica e investigación-acción), así como
de capacitación en este campo. Por el carácter del mismo Trabajo
Social y por trabajar, entre otros grupos, con la clase trabajadora, la Sección realiza acciones sobre la temática del trabajo.
Administración y organización : Tiene al frente un Jefe, quien es
trabajador social. Funciona a partir de programas y proyectos
(Investigación, Publicaciones y Documentación, Capacitación, Investigación y capacitación para la organización popular, Trabajos
Finales de Graduación, Servicios de Apoyo); cada programa tiene
al frente a un coordinador.
A jornada
completa
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
4
1 a 3
3
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Todo el personal tiene calificaciones académicas adecuadas, exigiéndose como mínimo, el grado
de bachiller universitario. Actualmente, se dispone de personal con
maestría, licenciatura y bachillerato. Todos tienen experienca en
investigación, docencia y acción social.
el Francés y el Portugués.
II.
Parte del personal conoce el Ingles,
Sección.
15-06-78
El Jefe de la
Cursos que se ofrecen : Organiza por una parte, los cursos de investigación del plan de estudios regular de la Escuela de Trabajo
Social; asimismo, establece todo lo relativo al área de Teoría de
la Organización (en ésta entran los contenidos relativos a la problemática de la clase trabajadora).
Además, organiza cursos cortos de capacitación para personal en
servicio y miembros de organizaciones de base (investigación y
organización popular).
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, seminarios, mesa
redonda, taller, grupos de trabajo, técnicas audiovisuales, proyectos indivuales y de grupo.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Las actividades docentes
regulares (plan de estudios Escuela Trabajo Social) se rigen por
lo establecido en materia de títulos y grados.
Certificados de asistencia y certificados de aprovechamiento.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Varían según el tipo de
actividad y de población a la que vaya dirigida.
Derechos de matricula : En algunos casos no existen;
varían de $ 10 a $ 25 por actividad.
en otros
Becas : Ninguna.
III.
El Jefe de la Sección.
Esferas principales de investigación : Investigación-acción sobre
la problemática de los grupos sociales populares; Realidad del
Trabajo Social; Organización popular; otros temas que tengan
prioridad para el Trabajo Social o para los grupos de base.
Proyectos de investigación:
- Proyecto de investigación-acción sobre las características de los
grupos sociales populares;
- Estudio sobre la realidad del Trabajo Social en Costa Rica' y
características de los programas en que participa el trabajador
social.
Se emplean métodos de investigación empíricos, asi como el modelo
de investigación-acción.
Relacionas de trabajo en la esfera de la investigación con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Las actividades de investigación de esta Sección se
llevan a cabo en coordinación con otros sectores de la Escuela de
Trabajo Social, la Universidad de Costa Rica, instituciones estatales y con las organizaciones de base. En algunos casos, ha establecido relación con organismos internacionales.
- 3 -
Parte VI : Se dispone de 147 investigaciones (tesis de grado)
inéditas, asi como otras producto de estudios efectuados a nivel de
cursos regulares y en instituciones de Bienestar y Promoción Social
con la asesoría de la Sección.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Periódicamente, se organizan conferencias sobre temas de actualidad;
servicios de consulta en materia de investigación; servicios de
capacitación; servicios de apoyo.
V.
SERVICIOS
de reunión.
Se dispone de cinco aulas y de una sala
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : Ninguno.
1.000.
Equipo audiovisual : 1 cámara fumadora, un proyector cine, un
proyector slides, tres rotafolios, 3 pizarras gráficas, 3 flanelógrafos, 1 megáfono, una grabadora.
Computadoras : Se dispone de los servicios de computadoras por
medio del Centro de Informática de la Universidad de Costa Rica.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Boletín de la Escuela de Trabajo Social.
Además se editan publicaciones sobre trabajos de investigación y
ensayos preparados bajo la Sección.
Obras recientes :
- Como preparar trabajos escritos.
- Los trabajos finales de graduación.
- Pasos en la elaboración de una tesis de grado.
- Problemática de la obrera industrial en el Area Metropolitana de
San José.
- Equiparación de los derechos del servicio domestico al de otros
trabajadores.
- Diversos estudios sobre la realidad laboral en Costa Rica serán
publicados en febrero de 1979.
15-06-78
COSTA RICA
FACULTAD LATINOAMERICANA DE
CIENCIAS SOCIALES (FLACSO)
Apartado 5429,
SAN JOSE
I.
Director:
Daniel Camacho (Secretario General)
Fecha de fundación: 1957 - Surgió de la cooperación entre la
UNESCO y los Gobiernos latinoamericanos.
Carácter del Instituto:Organismo intergubernamental, de carácter
regional y autónomo, constituido por los países latinoamericanos y
del Caribe.
Fines del Instituto: Promover la enseñanza, la investigación y la
asistencia técnica en el campo de las ciencias sociales.
Administración y organización: Órganos de gobierno: Asamblea
General compuesta por la totalidad de los Estados miembros; el
Consejo Superior compuesto por un número de Estados miembros y por
científicos sociales per se; el Comité Directivo está compuesto
por los directores de las sedes, el Secretario General, un
representante de los profesores y un representante de los Programas;
y los Consejos Académicos de cada Sede.
Sede Académica de México;
Sede Académica de Quito; Programa Académico de Santiago; Programa
Académico de Buenos Aires.
A jornada
completa
Personal:
Numero de personas de la
Numero de personas de la
categoría administrativa
60
A jornada
Visitante
parcial
Numero variable de
acuerdo a las actividades
de cada Sede
20 a 25
Calificaciones del personal profesional: En general, profesionales
universitarios con txtulo de postgrado y con experiencia en materia
de docencia y de investigación.
II.
Regional: César Verduga.
Coordinador Académico
- Maestría én Estudios del Desarrollo - se imparte en la Sede
Académica de Quito;
- Maestría en Ciencias Sociales con especialización en Estudios
Latinoamericanos, Problemas Laborales, Problemas Rurales, Estado
y Clases Sociales - se imparte en la Sede Académica de México.
15-07-80/81
- 2 - Maestría en Ciencias Sociales y Ciencias Políticas, se imparte
en el Programa de Buenos Aires, Argentina;
- Maestría en Estudios Sociales de la Población, se imparte en el
Programa de Santiago de Chile (Programa conjunto con CELADE).
Nota: Estos cursos tienen una duración de 22 meses y se inician
cada 2 años.
Está dirigido a egresados universitarios y de origen
latinoamericano.
Se pueden considerar casos especiales de
candidatos con formación universitaria incompleta pero que demuestren
amplios trabajos en el campo de la Ciencias Sociales.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Clases magistrales, seminarios,
conferencias, trabajos de investigación y de campo, informes, etc.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso: Maestría en Ciencias
Sociales, con mención en el área específica elegida.
Por ejemplo:
Maestro en Ciencias Sociales con mención en Estudios Laborales.
Calificaciones de los participantes:
y ser egresado universitario.
Ser de origen latinoamericano
US $2,000.-
Becas: Se determinará para cade Maestría.
La Facultad cuenta con
un numero limitado de becas de estudio.
Considera también algunos
casos de exoneración de matrícula.
III.
César Verduga
- Planificación social;
- Relaciones internacionales;
- Migración y empleo;
- Estructura y procesos industriales;
- Asentamientos humanos y medio ambiente;
- Estructura y procesos agrarios;
- Movimientos populares;
- Políticas estatales y proyecto democrático;
- Cultura e ideología;
- Teoría del estado y del proceso político;
- Movimientos sindicales y obrero en América Latina;
- Ciencias sociales y salud.
Actividas de investigación actuales: Se desarrollan diferentes
investigaciones en cada una de las Sedes o Programas en el área de
las temáticas antes mencionadas.
Becas para investigación: La institución no tiene becas propias para
investigación dirigida a profesionales externos a la Facultad.
La
FLACSO establece convenios con otras instituciones para el desarrollo
conjunto de programas de investigación.
- 3 -
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e
internacionales : FLACSO tiene convenios de cooperación con el PNUD,
la UNESCO, la OEA y a nivel regional con diferentes instituciones
y organismos latinoamericanos y de fuera del área.
A nivel nacional
tiene diferentes convenios con instituciones nacionales de los
Estados latinoamericanos.
VI : FLACSO tiene un programa de publicación de documentos de
trabajo en el cual se adelantan informes sobre las diferentes
investigaciones.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
FLACSO desarrolla programas de seminarios y conferencias
internacionales.
FLACSO presta asesoría técnica y servicios de consulta en su
especialidad.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: Cada Sede cuenta con una infraestructura
mínima para estas actividades.
Ninguna.
Biblioteca:
y jornada parcial: 8 a jornada completa.
Numero de volúmenes: Varia de acuerdo a cada Sede pero son muy
completos en el área de las ciencias sociales.
Numero de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: En el campo de las
ciencias sociales recibe gran número de publicaciones.
Equipo audiovisual:
Computadoras :
VI.
Ninguno.
Ninguna
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas: La FLACSO re-editará próximamente La Revista
Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales.
Publica la serie de
Documentos de Trabajo y publicaciones de informes finales de
investigación.
Obras recientes:
- "Cambio en el agro serrano en Ecuador", FLACSO-CAPLAES.
- J. J. Brunner, "El diseño autoritario de la educación en Chile",
Documento de trabajo.
Santiago, Chile.
15-07-80/81
DENMARK
THE DANISH NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL RESEARCH
Borgergade 28,
1300 - COPENHAGEN K
I. ' GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Jacob Vedel-Petersen.
1958
Nature of the Institute: Established by Act of Parliament as an
independent body under the Ministry of Social Affairs.
Aims of the Institute: To undertake, promote and co-ordinate
research on social conditions, including social security and welfare,
labour, family, youth and social aspects of housing and health.
Research concerns future as well as present problems; it is
designed to influence attitudes of the general public, policy makers,
administrators and voluntary associations and to contribute to
policy formation.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is an autonomous
body, operating under the Ministry of Social Affairs but at the
disposal of all branches of the administration; it also carries
out its own research projects and some proposed by voluntary organisations. Programme decisions are made by the Social Research Board,
composed of 5 university representatives (social sciences) and 7
representatives from central and local administrative bodies, 1 from
Danish Employers' Confederation, 1 from National Trade Union Center,
1 from Federation of Civil Servants and Salaried Employees, and the
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
37
7
48
67
II.
-
Academic and professional.
Danish and English.
The Institute offers no educational and training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: The Executive Director of the Institute
together with 7 Programme Directors.
18-01-79/80
- 2 -
-
Social security and welfare;
Labour;
Family;
Youth, and social aspects of housing;
Health.
Not specified.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: The Institute co-operates
with various outside institutions; it has a working relationship
with the Danish National Statistical Office.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI;
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Not applicable.
Not specified.
Library:
3.
310.
Not specified.
Computer equipment:
2 pes. Batch Terminals (Data-100, mod 70 and mod 74);
Ç pes. UNISCOPE - 100 TERMINALS;
4 pes. TTY - Computable Terminals.
The Institute uses the 2 regional EDB-centres:
VI.
RECKY and NEUCC.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles:
- P. Gundelach and K. W. Redder, The Scope of Labour Mobility.
- H. Hillestr?!m, The Mobility Process.
J. Haargaard, The Consequences of Mobility.
D. Bunnage and A. Rosdahl, Technology and the Worker II.
Attitudes of Workers to the Work Situation, Job Change and Training.
H. Olsen and G. Hansen, Retirement from Work.
H. Tetzschner, A Study of Literature on Labour Mobility.
A. Kjaer, Redundancy in the Labour Market.
Literature and
Concepts.
18-01-79/80
DENMARK
LO-SKOLEN
Gl. Hellebaekvej 70,
3000 - HELSING0R
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Flemming Skov Jensen
1969
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institution created by the
LO, supported by the state as a folk high school.
Aims of the Institute: LO-Skolen serves primarily as a centre for
shop steward education.
Administration and Organisation:
all from the labour movement.
LO-Skolen has a Board of 17 members,
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
1°
7
20
-
100
-
tions.
II.
Various academic qualifica-
Danish.
Director of the LO-Skolen.
Courses offered: Approximately 150 courses in shop steward education are offered. The courses have 20 participants and are a week
in length.
A special 20-week course is organised for young people from the
labour movement.
Every type.
elected as shop stewards.
Fees:
None.
Normally, participants are
$250 a week.
unions.
18-02-79/80
The participants' fees are paid by their
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The LO-Skolen does not undertake research.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
45 rooms of various sizes.
180 single rooms.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Recent titles:
None.
None.
Approximately 100.
None.
1 full-time.
ECUADOR
3S3<?8
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE EDUCACIÓN
SINDICAL ECUATORIANO (INESE)
Pedro de Valdivia 128
Casilla 25 A
QUITO
I.
Director :
Rolando Leonard.
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto autónomo creado por el Instituto
Americano para el Desarrollo del Sindicalismo Libre (IADSL).
Fines del Instituto : Colaborar con los sindicatos ecuatorianos en
las tareas de educación obrera y desarrollo social. Mediante sus
programas promueve el mejoramiento socio-económico de los trabajadores y la superación de las relaciones laborales.
Administración y organización : El INESE está regido por un director
nacional representante de la AFL-CIO, un director regional (ecuatoriano) y los instructores.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
10
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Experiencia internacional,
experiencia sindical y en materia de enseñanza y de investigación.
II.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen : Los seminarios dictados por INESE están
dedicados a sindicalistas de base, dirigentes sindicales y a trabajadores cooperativistas. Se dictan seminarios básicos de 20 horas,
seminarios especiales de una y tres semanas a tiempo completo.
Promedio de participantes : 25.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Seminarios de estudios, grupos de
trabajo, ejercicios de dramatización, sesiones de discusión y conferencias.
19-01-78
- 2 -
o diplomas de asistencia.
Únicamente certificados
Calificaciones de los participantes : Los participantes deben
tener entre 18 y 45 años, ser sindicalistas de base o dirigentes
y ser patrocinados por su sindicato.
Derechos de matricula : Ninguno.
Becas : Los participantes de provincias reciben viáticos para gastos
de estadía y transportes terrestres. Si la empresa no reconoce
salarios a los participantes, INESE los restituye. Las becas al
exterior las financia el IADSL.
III.
El Director de Instituto.
Esferas principales de investigación : Salarios por región y costo
de vida, sobre la base de estudios de las universidades del Ecuador.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Realidad económica de la
empresa por parte de los trabajadores de la misma. Estudio de los
factores predominantes de las relaciones laborales y análisis de
las condiciones de trabajo. Reflexiones y criticas sobre el
Código del Trabajo.
Becas para investigación : Becas de 2 hasta 6 semanas a Front Royal,
para dirigentes provinciales y nacionales destacados en el movimiento sindical. El IADSL cubre todos los gastos del becario y generalmente restituye los salarios que pierde en la empresa.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Tiene relaciones con la Confederación Ecuatoriana de
Organizaciones Sindicales Libres, CEOSL, Filial de ORIT y CIOSL.
Parte VI : Análisis sobre los últimos contratos colectivos realizados en la Provincia de Pichincha.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Se realizan hasta unos 4 forums nacionales con participantes de
todas las provincias. Especialistas de reconocida solvencia dictan
conferencias especiales esporádicamente, las que sirven de tema para
discusiones, reflexiones y conclusiones grupales.
- 3 -
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : INESE tiene oficinas en Quito y Guayaqui
con salas adecuadas y una aula en cada lugar.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : Ninguno.
Número de volúmenes : 200.
5.
Equipo audiovisual : Proyectores de cine, de slides y grabadoras.
Computadoras : No dispone.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Obras recientes :
- Manual de educación sindical..
- Folletos sobre :
contratación colectiva, procedimiento parlamentario, organización sindical, historia del
movimiento obrero y cooperativismo.
Dichas publicaciones se actualizan y reimprimen periódicamente.
19-01-78
EGYPT
35399
THE ARAB PETROLEUM INSTITUTE FOR LABOUR STUDIES
1, Jabir Ibn Hàyyan Street,
Dokki,
GIZA
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Amin Noureddin
Date of establishment; 1963
Nature of the Institute : A private institute established by the Arab
Federation for Petroleum, Mining and Chemicals' Workers.
Aims of the Institute: To educate, train and develop Arab trade unionists
in the industries represented by the Federation; to promote understanding of local and regional labour problems and to improve the standard
of union administration.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by a Director
who is responsible to the General Secretary of the Federation. The
Executive Council of the Federation establishes the policies and strategies of the Institute.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
2
-
8-10
3
II.
Arabic and English.
Director of Education or Training: Director of the Institute.
Courses offered: Residential courses 3 weeks in length are organised
for union leaders. Courses cover: union organisation and relations,
industrial relations, workers' education, employment and training,
union administration.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures? discussion sessions; panels; role
playing.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate of attendance.
Qualifications of participants: Active unionists selected by their
respective union.
Fees: None;
travel costs are paid by sponsoring union.
Fellowships available: Not specified.
69-01-78
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Y.M. Sharara
Major Research Areas: Industrial relations.
Current Research Activities: Employment trends in petrochemical
industries.
Research Fellowships available: Not applicable.
national and international agencies : Relationships are being developed
with U.N. agencies, Arab League and Arab universities.
applicable.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute serves as a consultant to all affiliate unions and
carries out studies on request.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Seminar room and 2 committee meeting rooms.
Residential accommodation: Facilities for 23 persons.
Library :
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1.
Number of volumes: 750 (in Arabic, English and French).
Audio-visual equipment: Film projector, tape recorder.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Arab Petroleum (monthly), mainly for affiliates.
Recent titles:-Collective Bargaining in the Arab Oil Industry
(Arabic and English).
-The Oil War (Arabic).
-Open Discussions (English).
-Vocational Training in the Arab Oil Industry
(Arabic and English).
EGYPT
INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL LABOUR RELATIONS
58, Al-Gamhouria Street,
CAIRO
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Saad Abd El-Alim
Association.
An Institute of the Workers' Educational
Aims of the Institute: To strengthen relations between the Arab
Labour Movement and labour organisations throughout the world, as
well as with the ILO and international federations; to prepare a
cadre of trade unionists qualified to represent the workers of the
Arab Republic of Egypt in international labour activity; to provide
a centre for documentary information and advice on international labour
matters.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by a Director.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
4
3
-
Visiting
43 lecturers
Qualifications for professional staff: Lecturers are delegated from
universities and are specialists in international labour relations.
II.
Arabic;
also English and French.
Courses offered: The Institute organises 6 residential courses per
year for trade unionists from Egypt and Arab countries. The emphasis
of the courses is on international labour organisations and specialised
agencies; participants are also trained in the formalities of conferences and committee work. Each activity is planned for about 25-30
participants.
Teaching Methods used : Lectures; discussions; seminars; cultural films
and demonstrations; panels; individual research projects.
Qualifications of participants: Members of trade unions having
appropriate educational background.
Fees : None.
69-02-7 9/80
Fellowships available :
III.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
International labour field in general.
Current Research Activities: Mainly comparative research; to acquire
a fuller understanding of trends and developments in the world
labour movement.
None.
-
"Activities of the ILO".
"International Trade Union Movement".
"Basic Facts of Egyptian Workers".
"The Role of Egyptian Workers in Management and Production".
"Guide to African Continent".
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute provides A.R.E. unions with information on the international labour movement.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
Available, but not specified.
Library: The Institute has no library, but the facilities of the
Workers' Educational Association's central library are available.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
International Labour Society, a monthly in Arabic
distributed to trade unionists, graduated participants
and Arab workers'organisations.
Recent titles: Not specified.
EGYPT
35 </0 o
LABOUR MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE
6, ChampíIlion Street,
CAIRO
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director: Abdel Salam Ayad.
Educational Association.
1965
A specialised institute of the Workers'
Aims of the Institute: Training elected members of boards of directors
and production committees to provide them with the necessary knowledge
and skills for improved participation in management.
Administration and Organisation: The Labour Management Institute is
managed by a Director and a Vice-Director.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
5
-
4
-
Most of the
lecturers
-
tions, teaching and experience.
II.
Appropriate academic qualifica-
Arabic.
Courses offered: The Institute's courses are designed to provide
workers' leaders with knowledge and skill in: general management,
economics, production, finance, labour relations, wages, incentives
and marketing. Courses for elected board members are 3 weeks in length
and courses for production committee members last 2 weeks. The courses
are residential.
Teaching Methods used; Lectures; discussions; case studies; panels;
role playing; conferences.
Qualifications of participants: Programmes are designed for elected
members of boards of directors and elected members of production
committees of companies in the public sector.
Fees:
69-03-78
50 Egyptian Pounds for 3 weeks.
30 Egyptian Pounds for 2 weeks.
- 2 -
Fees are paid by participants' organisations.
Fellowships available;
III.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Director of the Institute.
Major Research Areas: Problems of production, problems of workers'
participation in management.
Not specified.
Not specified.
national or international agencies: Not specified.
Not specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Various conferences, lectures and discussions on the problems facing
production and the positive role of workers.
V.
FACILITIES
Lecture hall and meeting rooms.
Hotel accommodations.
Library: The Institute has no library, but the library facilities
of the Workers' Educational Association are available.
Number of full time and part-time library staff: Not specified.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
None.
None.
C
EL SALVADOR
2i¿
DEPARTAMENTO NACIONAL DE MANO
DE OBRA
-55«»»
9A. Avenida Norte No 425
SAN SALVADOR
I,**"
I.
Director :
Carlos Rivas Tejada
1962
Carácter del Instituto : El Departamento es una dependencia del
Ministerio de Trabajo y Previsión Social. Inicialmente se denomino
'Departamento Nacional de Aprendizaje'.
- desarrollar acciones en materias de formación profesional y
empleo;
- calificar el ingreso de técnicos extranjeros al país.
Administración y organización : El Departamento está asistido por
un Consejo de composición tripartita. Depende administrativamente
de la Dirección General de Previsión Social del Ministerio de
Trabajo. Su organización interna : un Jefe de Departamento, 3
Jefes de Servicio y varias secciones.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Nümero de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
5
8
Visitante
7
-
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Académicas, pedagógicas
y experiencia profesional de carácter técnico.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : El Jefe del Departamento y el Jefe del servicio de Formación Profesional.
- cursos de tecnología sobre oficios (mecánica automotriz, radio,
y T. V. ) ;
- cursos de habilitación de mano de obra (diversos oficios);
- cursos de formación profesional acelerada (varios oficios);
- cursos de extensión o complementación (tractorismo y otros).
54-01-77
- 2 Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Activo-analítico, estudio en
pequeños grupos, conferencias, etc.
- trabajadores diestros en oficios y ocupaciones;
- trabajadores calificados en oficios;
- certificados extendidos a nivel de supervisores de producción;
- certificados de asistencia.
- aprendices y ayudantes contratados por empresas privadas;
- jóvenes desocupados entre 15 y 23 años;
- trabajadores en operación.
Becas :
III.
Ninguna.
Director de investigaciones : No especificado.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las investigaciones se
llevan a cabo a través del Ministerio de Planificación y Coordinación del Desarrollo Económico y Social.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Encuestas generales a nivel nacional y por muestreo y otros.
- con el Ministerio de Educación en programas afines;
- con empresas privadas y algunas de sus organizaciones;
- con organismos internacionales talep como OEA, CINTERFOR, e
instituciones de países amigos.
Parte VI : Obra en poder del Ministerio de Planificación y
Coordinación del Desarrollo Económico y Social, antes CONAPLAN.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Departamento ha participado en seminarios, reuniones técnicas,
Simposiums sobre las exportaciones, congresos sindicales, etc.
- 3 -
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Existen aulas para algunos cursos; otras
son aulas-talleres y el resto son locales proporcionados por alcaldías, clubs de servicios, etc.
Biblioteca :
de Trabajo.
Ninguna.
Existe una biblioteca general para todo el Ministerio
No especificado.
vugraps, etc.
Computadoras :
VI.
Ninguna.
Ninguna.
Obras recientes :
54-01-77
Proyectores de cine, de opacos, slides,
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
No especificado.
Ninguna.
m
FINLAND
FINNISH INSTITUTE OF LEADERSHIP TRAINING (FIL)
P o h j o i o l t a a r i 3<\¡
0 0 2 0 0 HELSINKI 2 0 .
^
Cil 9.0
*••
i
* " •
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Klaus Eloranta, Principal.
/</l£*K
1946.
Nature of the Institute: FIL is a registered association whose
membership consists of 23 employers' associations.
Aims of the Institute: According to its by-laws, the aim of FIL
is to give training
- in management, particular emphasis being on promoting leadership
skills ;
- in industrial engineering;
- in personnel management;
- in other types of instruction aimed at raising productivity
within industry and business.
Administration and organisation: FIL is managed by a principal;
members of the Board of Directors and the Educational Board
represent both industry and employers' associations.
Members
meet twice a year.
The Institute is divided into four teaching
departments.
Staff
Full-time
Number of professional staff;
43
38
II.
Part-time
-
Visiting
Some
f00
occasional
lecturers
Not specified.
Finnish, Swedish.
The Principal.
Courses offered: FIL offers training consisting of general courses,
courses for single enterprises and courses on consulting and research.
Training may be given for a whole organisation or for certain parts
thereof.
Teaching methods used: Lectures, discussion sessions, case studies,
simulation exercises, group, team and individual work, use of
AV-equipment, etc.
21-01-78
- 2 -
"Qualifications of participants: The participants come mostly
from the member enterprises, either private or state-owned.
Concerning some courses it is desirable that participants hold
a certain position and/or have adequate knowledge of the job to
get the greatest benefit from the course.
Fees: The course fees are 40% cheaper for participants of
member enterprises.
Fellowships available: None.
Travel, maintenance costs and
course fees are paid by employers.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Mr. Pekka Korkala.
Major Research Areas: Organisation research, research on
organisation development and on the methodology of education and
training.
- Biological and artificial organisations;
- Cybernetical models of entrepreneurial organisations;
- The development of organisations in a strictly restricted
environment - an application of the mathematical theory of
catastrophes;
- The cultural determinants of organisation development;
- Physiological systems and their treatment effects in human
learning and training situations;
- General system theory of management.
None at present.
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations, national and international agencies
-
The universities of Helsinki, Turku, Tampere and Oulu;
The Technical University of Helsinki;
The Helsinki School of Economics;
Numerous international institutions and agencies.
collection of research and methodological documentation and
working papers.
IV.
A
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: FIL has two of its own training centres
with 8 classrooms and accommodation facilities for 150 students.
In addition the buildings contain several conference rooms, rooms
for group work, etc.
- 3 Residential accommodation:
Facilities for 150 students.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Of high standard.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: Research reports from the Finnish Institute of
Leadership Training.
Recent titles:
21-01-78
Not specified.
FRANCE
ùcc S ¡
AGENCE NATIONALE POUR L'AMELIORATION
DES CONDITIONS DE TRAVAIL
16-20 rue Barbes,
92120 - MONTROUGE
I.
Directeur:
Yves Chaigneau.
Date de fondation:
Début d'activité en 1975.
Statuts de l'Institut: Il s'agit d'un établissement public à
caractère administratif. Le Conseil d'Administration est tripartite
et comprend des représentants des organisations syndicales d'employeurs
et de salariés, ainsi que des représentants des Administrations
intéressées.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Agence tient à promouvoir des actions en
entreprises en vue d'améliorer les conditions de travail, puis à
élaborer et à diffuser toutes informations utiles à cet égard auprès
des employeurs et des représentants des salariés.
Administration et organisation: Le Conseil d'Administration délibère
sur les orientations de l'activité de l'Agence. Il arrête, sur
proposition du directeur, l'organisation intérieure de l'Agence ainsi
que le règlement intérieur. Il donne un avis sur toute question qui
lui est soumise par le président du Conseil d'Administration ou par
le Ministre du Travail et, le cas échéant, par d'autres ministres.
L'Agence, établissement public, est sous la tutelle du Ministère du
Travail qui est représenté au sein du Conseil et qui approuve son
budget annuel. Le Conseil d'Administration élit son président qui
est actuellement M. Paul Gardent, Directeur Général des Charbonnages
de France.
Personnel
A plein temps*
A temps partiel
En stage
-
-
26
10
* Il est prévu que l'effectif total, actuellement de 36 personnes,
passe à 50 dans un proche avenir.
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir une
licence ou une expérience très poussée des problêmes d'entreprise.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
22-01-78
Claude Lefebvre.
- 2-
Cours organisés: L'Agence n'est pas un organisme d'enseignement, mais
elle organise des séminaires et des colloques sur les problêmes
touchant aux conditions de travail. Ces réunions s'adressent à des
dirigeants et cadres d'entreprises, ainsi qu'à des représentants du
personnel (ces dernières en liaison étroite avec les organisations
syndicales intéressées).
Méthodes d'enseignement: Méthodes audio-visuelles - confrontations
d'expériences, examens de cas concrets.
Dipiames ou certificats délivrés:
Aucun.
Qualifications des participants: Réservé aux cadres dirigeants
d'entreprises, ingénieurs, techniciens, agents de maîtrise,
agents des services des méthodes, représentants du personnel.
Sont variables, souvent nuls.
III.
Françoise Piotet.
Il faut noter que l'Agence n'est pas un organisme de recherche au
sens universitaire du terme. Toutefois, sur certains points elle
suscite des études qu'elle confie à des organismes ou à des personnalités extérieurs.
Principaux domaines de recherche: L'Agence s'intéresse principalement
aux questions de recensement et d'analyse des expériences de
restructuration des tâches et de groupes de production, d'élaboration
d'un bilan social conçu dans une optique de concertation avec les
représentants du personnel, d'élaboration d'une comptabilité sociale.
Travaux de recherche en cours: évaluation économique des coûts des
conditions de travail,, évaluation des expériences d'amélioration des
conditions de travail, le travail posté, les localisations industriell
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Aucune.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Entretient des
contacts étroits avec le BIT, l'HES et l'International Organisation
for the Quality of Working Life.
Documents de recherche Inédits non mentionnés en VI:
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Conduit des projets pilotes dans les entreprises: il s'agit de
réalisations exemplaires en matière d'amélioration des conditions
de travail dont l'Agence cherche à transposer l'enseignement dans
un grand nombre d'entreprise.
- 3 -
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail; Dispose d'une bibliothèque, d'une salle de
lecture et d'une salle de réunions.
Logement:
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque!
L'ANACT dispose d'un Centre d'Analyse des Données
et de Documentation (CADD) qui comprend 7 personnes, dont deux
documentalistes.
Nombre de volumes: plus de 2.000.
portatifs.
Informatique:
VI.
Environ 130.
Comprend trois magnétophones, dont deux
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
L'Agence dispose d'une cellule "Publications - Information" qui
comprend 4 personnes.
Périodiques : La Lettre d'Information qui paraît à raison d'une
tous les deux ou trois mois, et quatre ou cinq Notes et Documents
par an.
Ouvrages récents:
- Aide-mémoire sur l'architecture industrielle.
- L'informatique de gestion, contenu et conditions du travail
administratif.
- L'organisation et les conditions de travail en Italie (compte
rendu d'une rencontre syndicale) à l'impression.
22-01-78
FRANCE
CENTRE DE RECHERCHE SUR LE BIEN-ETRE
(CEREBE)
140 rue du Chevaleret
75013 - PARIS
I.
Directeur:
Philippe d'Iribarne
Date de fondation;
1972
Statuts de l'Institut: Le CEREBE a un double Statut, celui d'association privée sans but lucratif (loi de 1901) et celui d'équipe de
recherche du CNRS depuis 1977.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le CEREBE travaille à l'analyse des modes
de vie dans leurs déterminants sociaux et leur influence sur le
bien-être des individus.
Administration et organisation: Le CEREBE est administré en partie
par une association privée sans but lucratif et en partie par le CNRS.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
1
1
variable
-
8
2
du 3ème cycle en économie ou en sociologie.
Langues de travail:
II.
Avoir le niveau
Le français.
Le CEREBE n'organise aucune activité d'enseignement et de formation.
III.
Le Directeur du CEREBE.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Tout ce qui touche aux modes de
vie, à la santé, au travail, à la consommation et à l'urbanisme.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Sont en cours les travaux de recherche sur:
- La genèse de la société de consommation.
- Les approches de la prévention sanitaire dans les villes nouvelles.
- Les déterminants socio-culturels de la durée du travail (avec
comparaison entre les divers pays européens).
- Les politiques de gestion du personnel.
- Les relations entre dépenses et qualité de service en matière de
cadre de vie.
22-02-78
- La pratique médicale en médecine libérale.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Aucune.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: Aucun.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Les conférences sont données en fonction des demandes.
de même pour le service de consultants.
V.
Il en est
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
160 m2.
Les bureaux s'étendent sur une superficie de
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Aucun.
environ 10.
Aucun.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
Aucun.
Ouvrages récents
- G. Bouchard, B. Lesaffre, D. Linhart, J. P. Segal, L'organisation
et le vécu du travail dans les .sociétés coopératives ouvrières de
production à partir de quatre monographies, CEREBE-Ecole Polytechnique, septembre 1975, 155 p, multigr.
- M. Grunbaum, La politique de l'emploi, CEREB-HEC, avril 1975, 32p.
- 0. Laurent, Mesurer, définir et interpréter le chômage, CEREB-HEC,
avril 1975, 29p.
- J. P. Segal, Aspects psychosociologiques du vécu du chômage - Compte
rendu d'enquête, CEREBE, avril 1975, 50p., dactylo.
- S. Karsenty, Etude préalable à une enquête sur la satisfaction des
personnels d'EDF, CEREBE, 1976, 67p, multig. (diffusion restreinte).
- D. Linhart, Contenu et désaffection du travail industriel, CEREBE,
Nov. 1976, 70p.
- D. Linhart, Le contrôle médical patronal de l'absentéisme ouvrier,
CEREBE, mars 1976.
- D. Linhart, L'évolution du travail tertiaire, CEREBE, mars 1978, 60p
- Ph. d'Iribarne, L'insatisfaction des travailleurs du tertiaire,
CEREBE, mai 1978.
FRANCE
Roy k
CENTRE DE RECHERCHES EN SCIENCES
SOCIALES DU TRAVAIL (CRESST)
54 boulevard Desgranges,
92330 - SCEAUX
I.
Directeur:
Guy Caire
Date de fondation: En 1951, le Centre de recherches de l'Institut
des Sciences Sociales du Travail a été créé, puis en 1968 le Centre
de Recherches en Sciences Sociales du Travail. Il s'agit d'un Centre
de Recherches du laboratoire de l'Université Paris-Sud.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le CRESST s'emploie à promouvoir des
recherches dans le domaine de la sociologie du travail.
Administration et organisation: Le CRESST est dirigé par un
directeur. Le Conseil Scientifique du CRESST se réunit deux
fois par an et comprend des représentants de l'Université de ParisSud, du Ministère du Travail, du CRESST et des chercheurs du Centre.
Le CRESST reçoit une subvention du Ministère du Travail qui est
gérée par l'Université Paris-Sud.
Personnel
A plein temps
5
4
A temps partiel
En stage
4
-
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir fait des
études supérieures de sociologie, d'économie, de psychologie.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Le CRESST n'organise aucune activité d'enseignement ou de formation.
III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Tout ce qui touche aux relations
professionnelles, aux conditions de travail, au fonctionnement et à
l'évolution des institutions sociales.
Les thèmes suivants sont à l'étude:
- La distribution du pouvoir dans l'entreprise; démocratie
industrielle en Europe; analyse statistique des conflits du
travail; les jeunes et la société industrielle.
22-03-7 8
- 2 -
- Dimensions économiques des expériences de réorganisation du
travail; différenciation économique de la force de travail
ouvrière et l'action pour la revalorisation du travail manuel/
la technologie et la segmentation de la force de travail.
- Dynamique interne de la sécurité sociale et service public: du
système de pouvoir à la fonction personnel; la fonction personnel
au sein de l'entreprise.
Aucune.
et organisations nationales ou internationales: Groupe de
Sociologie du Travail - Paris VII; Groupe Lyonnais de Sociologie
Industrielle - Lyon; Laboratoire d'ECONOMIE et de Sociologie du
Travail - Aix en Provence.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Les chercheurs font des conférences, donnent des cours, participent
à des DEA, à des séminaires.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le CRESST est logé dans les bâtiments du Centre
Juridique de Sceaux; il dispose de six bureaux et d'une grande
salle qui sert aussi de bibliothèque.
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre
une
Nombre
Nombre
de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel:
secrétaire s'occupe aussi de la bibliothèque.
de volumes: 800.
d'abonnements à des périodiques: 57.
Informatique:
VI.
comprend un magnétophone.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
Aucun.
Ouvrages récents: A consulter, la liste des publications du CRESST,
dont les derniers ouvrages parus sont:
- Science Technique et Capital, 1976.
- Jeux en Enjeux de la Participation, 1977.
- Les Jeunes et la Société Industrielle, 1977.
- La Qualité de la Vie, Mouvement Ecologique, Mouvement Ouvrier, 1977.
- Les Conflits du Travail, 1977.
FRANCE
¿S4oZ
INSTITUT CONFEDERAL D'ETUDES ET DE
FORMATION SYNDICALE DE LA CFDT
5 rue Cadet,
75439 - PARIS CEDEX 09
I.
Directeur:
Hubert Lesire-Ogrel
Date de fondation:
Pas précisé.
Statuts de l'Institut: Il s'agit d'un Institut de formation syndicale agréé (loi du 23 juillet 1957).
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut travaille à la formation des
cadres et militants syndicaux de la Confédération Française Démocratique du Travail (CFDT).
Administration et organisation: Administré sous contrôle du Bureau
National de la CFDT.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
4
4
-
-
syndical, élu par le Bureau National de la CFDT.
Langues de travail:
II.
Etre permanent
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'Institut offre des cours extrêmement nombreux et
de niveaux divers aux membres des syndicats (environ 11.400 stagiaires
en 1977, pour des sessions de trois à cinq jours).
Méthodes d'enseignement: Méthodes pédagogiques élaborées par
l'Institut et adaptées à la formation des adultes de milieu ouvrier.
Aucun.
Qualifications des participants: Les qualifications doivent
répondre aux critères de choix syndical.
Aucuns.
Sont pris en charge les frais de transport et
1'hébergement; s'il y a lieu, une indemnité de perte de salaire est
versée.
22-04-78
- 2 -
III.
M. Deroff.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Portent sur la formation dès responsables
syndicaux et des permanents syndicaux, les problèmes de l'audiovisuel et l'adaptation à la formation syndicale, et sur le contenu
de l'analyse de la CFDT.
Aucune.
organisations nationales ou internationales: L'Institut collabore
avec l'Institut du Travail de Strasbourg et l'Institut du Travail de
Sceaux.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: Publiés à l'usage
interne de la CFDT, sauf accord de l'Institut.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Participation à l'Institut syndical de coopération technique
internationale (ISCTI).
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut dispose d'un Centre de Formation
(Château de Bierville, 91-Saclas).
Logement: Comprend 144 lits.
Un nouveau centre est en cours de
construction (capacité 348 lits).
Bibliothèque:
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: Pas précisé.
1.
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend un studio d'enregistrement
entièrement équipé avec trois caméras.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Aucune précision n'a été donnée en ce qui•concerne les publications.
FRANCE
¡1-05 LJ
INSTITUT D'ETUDES Du TRAVAIL ET DE
LA SECURITE SOCIALE
15 quai Claude Bernarà.
69007 - LYON
I-
Directeur:
Joseph Frossard
Date de fondation:
1951
Statuts de l'Institut: Il s'agit d'une Unité d'Enseignement et de
Recherche, membre de l'Université Jean Moulin Lyon III.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut veut d'une part donner aux
étudiants une formation leur permettant d'accéder aux différentes
carrières sociales et^ d'autre part, aider les personnes déjà dans
la vie active à acquérir un complément de formation dans le domaine
des sciences sociales.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est administré par un
directeur assisté d'un directeur adjoint. Son conseil est composé
d'enseignants élus parmi les personnes assurant un service au sein
de l'Unité, de représentants des étudiants et de personnalités
extérieures particulièrement sensibilisées aux problèmes sociaux et d
travail.
Personnel
A plein temps
7
4
A temps partiel
35 vacataires
2
En stage
-
universitaires et l'expérience professionnelle appropriés.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
l'Institut.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: La durée des cycles d'enseignement est d'une année
universitaire (octobre à fin juin). Les matières fondamentales sont
le droit du travail (français et international), le droit de la
sécurité sociale, la sociologie du travail, l'économie du travail,
l'ergonomie.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement comprend des cours magistraux et des travaux sur dossiers par petits groupes.
Diplomes ou certificats délivrés: Peuvent être obtenus:
- Diplomes 1er et 2ème degré , certificat d'Etudes supérieures de
22-05-78
- 2 -
droit social (diplômes d'université).
- Maîtrise de Sciences sociales du travail, Doctorat de Sciences
sociales du travail, Maîtrise de Droit privé, mention droit social
(demande d'habilitation pour 1978-79)(diplômes nationaux).
Qualifications des participants: Sont requis :
- Diplôme 1er degré: aucun diplôme exigé.
- Diplôme 2ème degré: possession de Diplôme 1er degré.
- CESDS 1ère année: DEUG ou DUEL + Certificat préparatoire à
la Matrise.
- Doctorat: 4 années d'enseignement supérieur.
- Maîtrise en Droit privé, mention droit social = licence en droit.
Frais d'inscription: Les frais correspondent au montant des
droits d'inscription universitaires (en 1977: 111 FF + sécurité
sociale).
Bourses disponibles: Sont disponibles des bourses d'enseignement
supérieur pour la Maîtrise et le Doctorat.
III.
Principaux domaines de recherche;
Tout ce qui touche au travail.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Sont en cours, au niveau du doctorat,
les travaux de recherche sur:
- L'emploi et le chômage.
- La représentation du personnel et des syndicats dans l'entreprise.
- Les conditions de travail et ergonomie.
Pas précisé.
Collaboration à la recherche avec d'autres Instituts, organismes et
Documents de recherché inédits non mentionnés en VI:
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Institut organise des conférences où des personnalités sont invitées
à discuter de questions relatives au droit social. L'Institut organise également des cycles de Formation continue:
- Relations de travail dans l'entreprise.
- Droit et gestion du personnel.
- Ergonomie.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
Logement : Aucun.
L'Institut dispose de bureaux, salles de cours, etc.
- 3 -
Bibliothèque:
Nombre
1 +
Nombre
Nombre
des moniteurs chargés de la surveillance.
de volumes: 3,000.
Informatique:
VI.
Pas précisé.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: L'Institut publie chaque année depuis 1956: Les
Annales de l'Institut d'Etudes du Travail et de la Sécurité sociale.
Ouvrages récents: Ont été publiées en 1974 les Etudes du Travail
offertes à André Brun.
En 1978: La Jurisprudence sociale de la Cour de Justice des
Communautés européennes (colloque avril 1977).
22-05-78
FRANCE
35<Jo3
INSTITUT D'ETUDES SOCIALES (IES)
21 rue d'Assas,
75270 - PARIS CEDEX 06
I.
Directeur:
Olivier de Dinechin.
Date de fondation:
1924
Statuts de l'Institut: L'IES est un organisme autonome intérieur à
l'Institut Catholique de Paris.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'IES se consacre à la formation
d'enseignants de Sciences Sociales et à la formation permanente, ou
au recyclage de Sciences Sociales.
Administration et organisation: L'IES est géré par un Président,
un Directeur des études, le Conseil des professeurs et le Comité de
direction (comprenant autant de professeurs que d'étudiants).
Personnel
A plein temps
-
A temps partiel
En stage
tous
1 à 2
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir d'une
part obtenu les titres universitaires et d'autre part entrepris les
travaux de recherche appropriés.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'IES offre des cours et des séminaires de sociologie générale et spécialisée, de méthode en sociologie et en
économie ainsi que des cours d'économie politique, d'économie rurale
et industrielle, de science politique et de relations internationales.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement comprend des cours donnés
sur place (pas de cours du soir ni de cours par correspondance), des
séminaires de méthode pour la première année, des séminaires spécialisés de recherche et des travaux pratiques effectués sous la direction
de professeurs.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Peuvent être obtenus le diplôme
de science sociale (après deux ans d'étude) et la licence de sciences
sociales (après trois ans d'étude). Le doctorat es sciences sociales
est décerné sur présentation d'une thèse en soutenance publique.
22-06-78
ou une équivalence.
Avoir le baccalauréat français
Frais d'inscription: Les frais correspondent au paiement des
droits (1.500 FF à titre d'example pour l'année 1978-79) et des
frais d'assurance, de surveillance médicale, etc.).
Bourses disponibles: Les bourses ne sont disponibles qu'occasionnellement (deux ou trois par an en moyenne) et proviennent de telle ou
telle institution d'aide au développement du tiers monde.
III.
Les divers enseignants de l'Institut.
Les pays en voie de développement.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Sont continuellement effectués, d'une
part des travaux personnels de recherche en vue de l'obtention du
doctorat es sciences sociales et d'autre part, des travaux de
recherche .par_des_professeurs en liaison avec les hommes d'action:
syndicalistes, industriels, fonctionnaires.
Aucune.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI :
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
Logement :
L'IES est situé à l'Institut Catholique de Paris.
S'adresser au service compétent de l'Institut Catholique.
Bibliothèque: L'IES utilise le service de la bibliothèque de
l'Institut (Université) Catholique de Paris, ainsi que la bibliothèque
du CERAS (Centre de Recherches et d'Action Sociales).
Informatique:
VI.
Aucun.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Les enseignants collaborent à diverses revues (dont Projet).
FRANCE
INSTITUT DE RECHERCHE ECONOMIQUE
ET DE PLANIFICATION (IREP)
B.P. 47 X centre de tri,
38040 GRENOBLE CEDEX.
I.
Directeur:
Jan Dessau.
Date de fondation: Créé en 1969, 1'IREP résulte de la
transformation de l'Institut d'Etudes Sociales, créé en 1958.
Statuts de l'Institut: L'IREP est une unité d'enseignement et de
recherche de l'Université des Sciences Sociales de Grenoble.
Objectifs de l'Institut:
- Organiser la recherche scientifique en matière d'économie et de
planification économique;
- Dispenser un enseignement à des étudiants et stagiaires français
et étrangers;
- Organiser, notamment en liaison avec les organisations syndicales
ouvrières et professionnelles agricoles, la promotion collective
et l'éducation permanente;
- Publier les résultats des travaux, organiser des conférences, etc.
de recherche suivants:
L'IREP est composé des cinq centres
- Centre de recherche sur l'industrialisation et le développement;
- Promotion collective et recherche (économie du travail et de
l'agriculture);
- Institut de prospective et politique de la science;
- Centre de recherche régionale;
- Centre de recherche sur l'informatique en sciences sociales
et d'un Institut du travail et d'un Centre départemental de
documentation du travail.
Personnel
A plain temps
Personnel chercheur et enseignant:
Personal administratif:
A temps partiel
72
16
En
—
5
1
-
Qualifications requieses du personnel chercheur: Avoir les titres
universitaires appropriés et une aptitude à la recherche.
Langues de travail: Le français est la première langue de travail;
l'anglais, l'espagnol, l'italien et le portugais, et occasionnellement
diverses autres langues sont requises pour la lecture de documents
(allemand, russe, etc.).
II.
Freyssinet, Yves Barel, Pierre Judet.
22-07-78
Jan Dessau, Jacques
Cours organisés: Le programme d'enseignement et de perfectionnement
de l'IREP comprend:
1) Enseignement de 3ème cycle (en collaboration avec l'UER de sciences
économiques):
- DEA "Analyse économique des problêmes d'emploi et de formation".
- DEA "Prospective et politique de la science".
- DEA "Analyse et planification du développement".
- DESS "Analyse économique et économétrique du travail et de
1'emploi".
2) 3ème année d'études des assistants sociaux (suite aux 2 années
d'IUT).
3) Recyclage des assistants sociaux entrés dans la vie professionnelle:
cours et discussions sur l'économie du travail et l'économie de
la santé.
4) Foyer régional d'éducation permanente de Crolles (FREP):
- Certificat d'aptitude à la promotion des activités socioéducatives (CAPASE).
- Formation des directeurs d'équipements socio-culturels, des
élus communaux, formation à la vie associative, etc.
5) Stages organisés par l'Institut du Travail:
- Stages de formation pour les responsables des organisations
syndicales ouvrières (CGT, CFDT, CGT-FO).
6) Stages de promotion collective agricole, organisé par le Centre
National d'Etudes Economiques et Juridiques Agricoles (CNEEJA);
s'adressent aux responsables des organisations professionnelles
agricoles.
7) Le Centre de Télépromotion Développement Rural (TPDR) réalise et
diffuse des émissions de télévision à l'adresse des agriculteurs
des régions Rhône-Alpes - Auvergne.
8) Le Centre Départemental de Documentation du Travail (CDDT) créé
à la demande du Comité départemental de défense de l'emploi
(documentation à vocation pédagogique).
9) Stages d'informatique: stages de formation en documentation pour
les entreprises, séminaires de formation des utilisateurs, stages
d'analyse des données, de présentation de bases de données,
stages d'initiation et de perfectionnement à l'informatique.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement comprend des séminaires,
des stages et une initiation à la recherche.
- DEA ou thèse de 3ème cycle;
- DESS, diplôme de 3ême année d'assistants sociaux;
- CAPASE.
différentes selon les filières.
filières.
III.
Les qualifications sont
Les frais sont différents selon les
Aucune.
Directeur de l'Institut.
à l'emploi.
Tout ce qui touche au travail et
Travaux de recherche en cours : Sont en cours des travaux de
recherche sur:
- L'analyse de la division du travail: processus de création suppression d'emploi dans la stratégie des grands groupes;
emploi et division internationale du travail.
- L'analyse des liaisons emploi-formation: analyse du contenu des
emplois (Répertoire français des emplois), analyse des politiques
des employeurs à l'égard de la formation, observation de l'entrée
dans la vie active.
- L'économie de la santé: prévention des risques en matière
d'accidents du travail et de maladies professionnelles.
- Les indicateurs sociaux et justice: analyse du rôle de la
justice dans, les conflits du travail, dans les cessations
d'activité.
- La force du travail, la qualité de la vie et leurs écosystèmes.
- Localisation du tertiaire supérieur, redéploiement et
localisation.
- Synthèse de travaux sur le statut et le travail des femmes.
- Les Algériens quittent-ils la France?
- La dévalorisation du travail manuel dans le Bâtiment Travaux
Publics et la substitution immigrés/nationaux.
- Immigration et crise.
- Formation, adaptation, intégration.
L'appareil de formation
français et les travailleurs immigrés.
est allouée par la DGRST.
Une allocation de recherche
organisations nationales ou internationales: L'IREP collabore
particulièrement avec le BIT, l'OMS, la CEE, la CEIL (La Plata,
Argentine), l'Institut d'Etudes de L'Emploi de Toulouse, l'Institut
de Recherche sur l'Economie de l'Education de Dijon, l'Institut de
Sociologie de Lille, L'Institut de Sociologie de Nice, le
Laboratoire d'Economie et de Sociologie du Travail d'Aix-enProvence, le Centre d'Etudes et de recherche sur les qualifications
(CEREQ), etc.
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'IREP compte en outre un chercheur détaché auprès du BIT dans le
cadre de son programme de travail à Madagascar et un chercheur
détaché auprès de l'ONU dans le cadre de son programme de travail
au Bénin et organise régulièrement des colloques (accidents du
travail, santé, emploi, etc.)
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'IREP est logé dans les locaux de l'Université
des Sciences Sociales de Grenoble (y compris les salles de cours
et de réunion).
Logement:
22-07-78
Aucun.
- 4 -
Bibliothèque:
Nombre
3 à
Nombre
Nombre
plein temps.
de volumes: 15.000.
Informatique: Le service possède un ordinateur MITRA 15, équipé d'un
lecteur de cartes, une imprimante, une perforatrice de cartes, quatre
terminaux: un Synélec, un Anderson-Jacobson, deux Télétypes.
De
plus, l'IREP est relié au réseau Cyclades et a donc accès aux
ordinateurs IRIS 80 et IBM 360/67 du CICG.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques :
- Bulletin trimestriel du CDDT.
- Brochure annuelle répertoriant les publications et travaux de
l'IREP.
Ouvrages récents: Sont à consulter les deux livrets édités par
l'IREP répertoriant ses quelque mille cinq cents travaux et
publications de 1961 à 1977.
FRANCE
Q¿J
IHSTITUT DE SCIENCES SOCIALES APPLIQUEES (ISSA)
29 rue du Plat,
69002 - LYON
I.
Directeur:
Gilbert Blardone
Date de fondation:
1945
Statuts de l'Institut: L'ISSA est un établissement supérieur
d'enseignement privé, créé par l'Université libre de Lyon, avec
statut juridique propre.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Les buts de l'ISSA sont: préparer les
jeunes aux carrières sociales notamment les spécialistes des relations
professionnelles et du travail, spécialistes des problèmes d'adaptation
du travail à l'homme et de l'homme au travail, éducateurs chargés
de la préparation professionnelle des jeunes. Initier à l'analyse
des phénomènes sociaux contemporains et aux méthodes prévisionnelles.
Donner aux jeunes une formation en sciences sociales appliquées.
Apporter aux hommes engagés dans l'action les moyens pratiques en
vue d'analyser les sociétés industrialisées ou en voie d'industrialisation et de participer à la solution des problèmes sociaux qu'elles
posent.
Administration et organisation: L'ISSA est administrée par son
Directeur, un Conseil d'administration et un Conseil de professeurs.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
-
15
-
6
-
Langues de travail:
II.
Pas précisé.
Le français.
l'Institut.
Directeur de
Cours organisés: Deux options sont offertes: option pays industrialisés ou option Tiers-Monde. L'étudiant suit les cours donnés en
vue de sa spécialisation: fonction sociale de l'entreprise, animation
socio-culturelle, documentation, relations publiques, journalisme,
responsables de mouvements et organisations, agents du développement
et de l'animation rurale. Des cours de recyclage de 1 à 2 ans sont
organisés à l'intention des travailleurs sociaux. Des cours du soir
offrent aux auditeurs libres un approfondissement des sujets tels
que: la vie de l'entreprise, la sociologie des sociétés industrielles,
les idéologies contemporaines.
22-08-78
- 2 -
Méthodes d'enseignement: La formation comporte à tous les niveaux
l'enseignement des outils d'analyse, des méthodes d'observation et de
traitement de l'information en sciences sociales, des techniques
d'expression écrite, orale et audio-visuelle. Elle est diffusée à
travers les cours, séminaires, stages de formation, études de cas,
travaux de groupes, cours du soir, mémoires collectifs et individuels,
selon une approche pluridisciplinaire.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Deux types de diplômes sont délivrés,
avec correspondance aux cycles universitaires. Aux titulaires du
baccalauréat ou équivalent: diplôme de sciences sociales appliquées,
diplôme d'études supérieures de sciences sociales appliquées (niveau
maîtrise), doctorat (modalités diverses selon convention avec
l'Université). Aux non-titulaires du baccalauréat ou équivalent:
certificat de sciences sociales appliquées, diplôme libre de sciences
sociales appliquées; la préparation des diplômes supérieurs peut
être envisagée.
Qualifications des participants: Il faut être bachelier ou
posséder un diplôme équivalent. Les non-bacheliers français ou
étrangers peuvent être admis sur dossier. Des cartes d'auditeurs
libres sont délivrées, ne permettant pas la préparation des
diplômes.
préparé.
III.
Pas précisés, mais variables selon le diplôme
Possibilités d'obtenir des bourses.
G. Parisod
Principaux domaines de recherche: Les réalités sociales contemporaines, les problèmes du développement, les problèmes posés par les
relations entre pays industrialisés et Tiers-Monde sont les principales
préoccupations de l'ISSA dans le domaine de la recherche.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Les travaux en cours portent sur:
les relations entre l'évolution démographique, les progrès techniques
et le développement économique ; les relations entre la croissance
économique et l'emploi; la stabilisation des recettes d'exportation
et le développement économique et social (application à divers pays
du Tiers-Monde). Ces travaux sont l'objet de recherches aussi bien
sur le plan méthodologique - approche systématiquement pluridisciplinaire - que dans le domaine des applications pratiques.
Aucune bourse pour la recherche.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Une collaboration existe
avec le Bureau International du Travail à Genève, l'Université de
Lyon II, l'Institut d'Etudes du Développement à Genève, et avec
l'Institut de Sciences Mathématiques et Economiques Appliquées à
Paris.
Pas précisé.
- 3 -
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Depuis 1975, une action en faveur des jeunes sans emploi et des
immigrés a été entreprise, dans l'optique d'une université ouverte
aux travailleurs. C'est ainsi qu'ont été créés: un centre de
préformation et de préparation à la vie professionnelle pour immigr
de 16 à 20 ans; des stages de 6 mois d'adaptation à la vie professionnelle des jeunes français et immigrés sans emploi; des stages
d'animation socio-éducative pour femmes d'immigrés.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
Pas précisé.
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
1 bibliothécaire à plein temps.
Equipement audio-visuel: L'ISSA possède un ensemble d'équipements
audio-visuels et un laboratoire de techniques audio-visuelles.
Informatique:
VI.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: La revue Informations et commentaires paraît 4 fois
par an, consacrée aux questions sociales et économiques françaises
et internationales. Elle attache une attention particulière aux
problèmes des relations entre les pays industrialisés et le TiersMonde. Les derniers numéros parus abordent des sujets tels que:
Entreprises multinationales et Tiers-Monde, Commerce international,
L'an 2000 et les travaux du Club de Rome.
Ouvrages récents: Les travaux de séminaires et les ouvrages de
professeurs peuvent être demandés au secrétariat de l'ISSA.
22-08-78
FRANCE
INSTITUT DES SCIENCES SOCIALES
DU TRAVAIL,
U.E.R., UNIVERSITE DE PARIS I
(PANTHEON-SORBONNE)
33o?/
CENTRE D'EDUCATION OUVRIERE,
37 avenue du Président Franklin Roosevelt,
92330 - SCEAUX.
I.
Directeur:
Marcel DAVID.
Date de fondation: L'Institut a été fondé conjointement par le
Ministère du Travail et l'Université de Paris en 1951.
statut dérogatoire.
Unité d'Enseignement et de Recherche à
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le but de l'Institut est de promouvoir
l'étude des problèmes relatifs au travail sur une base interdisciplinaire (juridique, économique, historique) et d'assurer la
formation de responsables syndicaux.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est représenté au sein
du Conseil de l'Université.
Il possède son propre conseil composé
du Directeur, de représentants des enseignants, des syndicalistes,
des chercheurs et documentalistes et des administratifs.
Personnel:
A plein temps
8
6
A temps partiel
En stage
3
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Agrégation ou un
doctorat ou un diplôme universitaire en droit, économie,
sociologie, etc., est exigé.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Directeur de l'enseignement et de la formation: Le Directeur de
l'Institut (également en charge de la formation au Centre
d'Education Ouvrière).
Cours organisés: Chaque année 24 semaines de cours sont organisées
à l'intention des stagiaires syndicaux.
Le but de ces cours est
de contribuer à la formation au niveau supérieur des militants
syndicaux dotés de responsabilités relativement importantes au sein
de leurs organisations.
Chaque stage prend en charge pendant une
à deux semaines vingt-cinq à trente participants.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes comprennent des conférences,
des groupes d'étude, des temps de recherche individuelle et de
préparation de documents.
22-09-78
- 2 -
syndicaux.
Aucuns frais n'incombent aux stagiaires
Bourses disponibles: Toutes les dépenses des stagiaires syndicaux
sont couvertes par l'Institut, y compris les frais de voyage et le
salaire perdu pendant la période de formation.
III.
Directeur de la Recherche:
Travaux de recherche: La section de recherche a été créée dès la
fin de 1972 avec 2 équipes distinctes.
Deux recherches ont déjà
été réalisées.
La première intitulée "Dimension individuelle et
dimension collective de la formation des travailleurs" a été menée
par une équipe d'historiens, de sociologues et de psychosociologues.
La seconde, menée en liaison avec la Communauté Economique
Européenne avec laquelle une convention de recherche a été conclue,
et regroupant des médecins, des scientifiques et des sociologues,
porte sur une "Etude ergonomique de la fatigue mentale en milieu
industriel automatisé".
Une autre recherche est en cours actuellement: "La part de la
formation générale dans l'éducation ouvrière et syndicale".
Pas précisé.
Documents
garde les
Ouvrière,
accomplis
IV.
de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: L'Institut
archives de chaque cours donné au Centre d'éducation
ainsi que des copies des travaux de recherche individuels
par les participants.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Formation Continue : Le but est de répondre aux demandes des comités
d'entreprise ou des services concernés par la formation, en vue
d'une formation pour le personnel, dans le domaine relevant des
capacités de l'Institut.
Doctorat de 3ëme Cycle - Travail et Formation: Deux enseignements
théoriques d'une heure hebdomadaire et trois séminaires
hebdomadaires durant chacun lh30.
(Conditions d'admission:
diplôme de deuxième cycle: licence en droit ou maîtrise de sciences
sociales du travail, de sciences de l'éducation ou de sociologie ou
bien des titres et travaux d'un niveau comparable sur dérogation
individuelle.)
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Les locaux sont la propriété de l'Université
de Paris.
Le Centre d'éducation ouvrière occupe une villa à Sceaux
comprenant une salle de conférences, quatre bureaux, une salle de
lecture, quatre salles diverses et une salle commune.
Logement: Le logement est assuré à Bourg-la-Reine pour trente
stagiaires.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps: 3.
Equipement audio-visuel: Magnétoscope, appareil de diapositives,
projecteur de film 16 mm.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Ouvrages récentes: L'Individuel et le Collectif dans la formation
des Travailleurs (2 tomes).
Approche historique, sociologique par
Marcel David.
(Editions Económica, 49 rue Héricart, 75015 Paris.)
22-09-78
FRANCE
35>JoS
INSTITUT DU TRAVAIL
/
13 place Carnot,
54000 - NANCY
I.
Directeur:
Catherine MARRAUD
Date de fondation:
1965
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut assume la fonction d'Unité
d'Enseignement et de Recherche rattachée à l'Université de Nancy II.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut organise d'une part, des cours
de perfectionnement destinés aux employés, cadres et futurs cadres
des secteurs public et privé assumant ou se destinant à assumer des
fonctions à but social, d'autre part des sessions syndicales destinées
à former des militants des organisations CGT, CFDT et CGT-FO et traitant des comités d'entreprise, délégués du personnel, formation
professionnelle continue.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est dirigé par un Directeur; son Conseil comprend des représentants des enseignants, des
étudiants et des différents syndicats.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
5
2
-
2
1
-
Langues de travail:
II.
Pas précisé.
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'Institut dispense un enseignement annuel dans
chacune des matières suivantes
- Notions générales de Droit;
- Droitdu Travail;
- Sécurité sociale;
- Médecine du Travail et Hygiène sociale;
- Economie générale;
- Statistiques;
- Comptabilité;
- Les Statuts du Personnel dans le Secteur public;
- Psychosociologie du travail;
- La Perte d'Emploi;
- La Formation Professionnelle Continue;
- Les Conditions de Travail;
- Sensibilisation à l'Informatique.
La durée par matière est de 45 heures.
22-10-78
- 2 -
Méthodes d'enseignement; Cet enseignement entre dans le cadre de
la formation professionnelle continue qui permet aux salariés de
suivre des cours pendant le temps de travail.
Des cours du soir
sont également prévus.
DiplOmes ou certificats délivrés; Tout auditeur ayant suivi avec
assiduité les séances d'une matière et ayant satisfait au contrôle
des connaissances pourra obtenir l'attestation correspondant à cette
matière.
L'obtention des attestations dans les matières enseignées
équivalant à 5 valeurs donne droit au DiplOme d'Etudes Sociales de
l'université de Nancy II.
Parmi ces 5 valeurs, il faut obligatoirement
inclure le Droit du Travail et la Sécurité sociale.
n'est requise.
Aucune condition de diplôme
Frais d'inscription: 26 FF pour une matière équivalant à 1 valeur,
plus 20 FF par matière supplémentaire équivalant à 1 valeur, plus
10 FF par matière supplémentaire équivalant à h valeur.
III.
Aucune.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La recherche s'effectue dans les
trois domaines suivants:
- Le droit du licenciement.
- L'économie régionale.
- La représentation du personnel.
Les deux derniers sont en liaison avec les thèmes des sessions
syndicales.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Sont en course les travaux de
recherche sur :
- L'étude des décisions judiciaires rendues en application de la loi
du 13.7.73 sur le licenciement;
- Le dépouillement et l'analyse des sentences émanant des juridictions de 1ère instance (Conseils de Prud'hommes), Cour d'Appel,
Cour de Cassation et juridictions administratives.
Les décisions sont mises sur fiches, lesquelles sont classées par
centre d'intérêt.
Ce fichier est à la disposition des
universitaires et praticiens intéressés.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Ont été obtenues, pour
l'année 1977-78, une subvention de l'Université s'élevant à
4.500 FF et, pour l'année 1978, une subvention du Conseil général,
s'élevant à 18.000 FF.
organisations nationales ou internationales: L'Institut participe
â un échange de décisions obtenues par les autres instituts du
travail ou par des universitaires.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI : Les décisions
judiciaires concernant le licenciement (plus de 3.000 à ce jour)
sont pour la plupart non publiées.
- 3 -
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
L'Institut dispose de salles de cours.
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Informatique:
VI.
100.
Comprend un appareil de projection.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Aucune précision n'a été donnée en
22-10-78
1.
ce qui concerne les publications.
FRANCE
ooiH3
INSTITUT DU TRAVAIL
39 avenue de la Forêt Noire,
67 000 - STRASBOURG
I.
Directeur;
François Babinet
Date de fondation:
1956
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut constitue une unité d'enseignement
et de recherche rattachée à l'Université de Strasbourg III.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut a pour but d'organiser des
sessions d'études et des stages de formation de niveau supérieur
pour des responsables syndicaux sur des problèmes liés à l'exercice
de leurs activités syndicales.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est dirigé par un Directeur assisté d'un Conseil de perfectionnement comprenant des professeurs d'autres universités, trois représentants de chacune des trois
grandes fédérations syndicales et de fonctionnaires du Service public
(Ministère du Travail et Sécurité Sociale).
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
6 à 7
5
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir une expérience universitaire et/ ou professionnelle et/ou syndicale.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
l'Institut.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: L'Institut organise des stages ouverts aux membres
des organisations syndicales associées et portant sur des sujets
variés déterminés en liaison avec les organisations syndicales
ouvrières associées.
Méthodes d'enseignement:
travaux de groupe.
L'enseignement comprend des cours et des
Aucun.
Qualifications des participants: Les participants doivent être
membres des organisations syndicales associées.
22-11-78
- 2 -
III.
Aucuns.
Sont remboursées les pertes de salaire.
Pas précisé.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La recherche entreprise couvre
les domaines du droit du travail et de l'économie du travail.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Sont en cours des travaux de recherche sur les libertés syndicales en droit français.
Aucune.
avec le Comité d'Organisation des Recherches appliquées sur le
Développement Economique et Social (CORDES).
Documents de recherche Inédits non mentionnés en VI:
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: i'Institut dispose de salles de cours et de réunion.
Logement:
Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Informatique:
VI.
95.
Aucun.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
"L'exercice des libertés syndicales dans les entreprises".
1.
FRANCE
33o lW
INSTITUT DU TRAVAIL (IT)
Faculté de Droit et de Sciences
Economiques,
Université de Bordeaux I,
Avenue Leon-Duguit,
33604 - PESSAC
I.
<*-
Directeur:
Jean-Claude Javiliier
Date de fondation;
1969
Statuts de l'Institut; L'Institut dépend pour son fonctionnement de
l'UER Droit Privé de l'Université de Bordeaux I. Il comprend deux
centres: le Centre d'Education Ouvrière et le Centre de Sciences
Sociales du Travail.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut développe recherches et enseignements portant sur le travail et la Sécurité Sociale et organise
des sessions de formation pour les responsables syndicaux régionaux.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est géré par un directeur;
son conseil comprend des enseignants, des représentants des étudiants
et des stagiaires, et des personnalités extérieures (Directeur Régional du Travail, représentants des Confédérations Ouvrières).
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
4
6
-
En stage
(chercheurs) 2
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir des titres
universitaires et une expérience de l'enseignement et de la recherche.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'Institut organise des stages de formation syndicale (durée: une semaine} thèmes: emploi, politique économique et
sociale, représentants du personnel, etc.), des enseignements universitaires: diplôme d'études approfondies de droit social (niveau
doctorat), et la préparation aux concours administratifs (CESSS;
inspection du travail...).
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en conférences,
groupes de travail et séminaires.
DiplOmes ou certificats délivrés: Peuvent être obtenus un certificat de présence pour les stages syndicaux et le DEA.
22-12-78
- 2 -
Qualifications des participants;
Peuvent participer les responsables syndicaux et les étudiants titulaires de la licence ou d'un
diplome équivalent.
taire pour le DEA.
Ils ne concernent que l'inscription universi-
Bourses disponibles: En ce qui concerne les stages syndicaux, les
frais de déplacement et d'hébergement sont assurés par l'Institut du
Travail qui, en outre, verse une bourse aux stagiaires qui subissent
une perte de salaire.
III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Tout ce qui touche à la justice
en droit du travail et aux relations du droit social et du droit
commercial.
Travaux de recherche en cours : Sont en cours des travaux de recherche sur la théorie de "l'employeur seul juge", et "l'attitude des
syndicats ouvriers face au juge du travail".
Pas précisé.
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut est logé dans la Faculté de Droit et des
Sciences Economiques de l'Université de Bordeaux I et dispose de deux
bureaux, d'une salle de cours et d'une salle de lecture.
Logement:
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
2 à temps partiel.
Nombre de volumes: environ 900.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: environ 100.
- 3 -
la Faculté de Droit.
Informatique:
de Droit.
VI.
Services disponibles par l'intermédiaire de
Services disponibles par l'intermédiaire de la Faculté
PUBLICATIONS
22-12-73
FRANCE
INSTITUT NATIONAL D'ETUDE DU TRAVAIL
ET D'ORIENTATION PROFESSIONNELLE
(INETOP)
41 rue Gay-Lussac,
75005 - PARIS.
I.
Directeur:
Maurice Reuchlin.
Date de fondation:
1928.
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut est rattaché
Conservatoire National des Arts et Métiers.
administrativement au
L'Institut a trois objectifs:
a) la formation des conseillers d'orientation (initiale et
continue);
b)les recherches en orientation;
c) l'information des médecins d'orientation.
Les trois domaines seront toujours représentés dans les rubriques
suivantes par a ) , b) et c ) .
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
29
14
30
-
En stage
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionel: Appartenir au
personnel soit de l'enseignement, soit de la recherche, soit de
l'orientation.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Sous-Directeur.
Le Directeur et le
Cours organisés: Les cours sont destinés à :
a) la formation des élèves conseillers d'orientation (fontionnaires stagiaires) en deux ans à temps plein;
b) la formation continue du personnel d'information et d'orientation en fonction;
c) l'information des médecins d'orientation.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en un enseignement
théorique, un enseignement dirigé et un enseignement pratique.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Aucun diplôme n'est délivré aux
élèves conseillers d'orientation qui préparent un certificat
d'aptitude aux fonctions de conseiller d'orientation. Un certificat
de stage peut être délivré aux médecins après examen.
22-13-78
- 2 -
Qualifications des participants: Sont effectués :
a) un concours parmi les titulaires d'un titre de 1er cycle de
l'enseignement supérieur;
b) un choix parmi le personnel en fonction;
c) une inscription pour les titulaires du titre de docteur en
médecine.
Frais d'inscription: Pas de frais d'inscription pour le point
a) (élèves rémunérés).
Il est demandé 250FF pour le point c ) .
Bourses disponibles: En ce qui concerne la formation au point a ) ,
quelques bourses sont attribuées à des étudiants étrangers par le
gouvernement français.
III.
Recherches.
Le Directeur et le Chef du Service de
Principaux domaines de recherche: Sont entreprises des recherches
de psychologie différentielle appliquées à l'orientation.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Sont en cours des travaux de
recherche sur:
- Les aspects cognitifs de la personnalité;
- Les aspects non cognitifs de la personnalité;
- Des problèmes psycho-pédagogiques;
- La méthodologie des enquêtes;
- La construction et la révision des tests;
- Les facteurs de l'orientation et du choix professionnel.
avec d'autres organismes français et étrangers pour la réalisation
de certaines recherches (Institut national d'études démographiques,
Institut national de la recherche pédagogique, divers laboratoires
de l'Université René Descartes).
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: Le Service de
Recherches de l'Institut a une série de documents ronéotypés
présentant des travaux d'intérêts collectifs ou les résultats
détaillés de certaines, recherches.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Institut comporte un Centre d'application qui constitue le Centre
d'information et d'orientation du 5ème arrondissement de Paris.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut dispose d'un amphithéâtre (maximum
120 places) et de trois salles de cours et de réunion.
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque :
Nombre de volumes: 13.000 environ.
3.
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend une installation TV circuit
fermé, des magnétoscopes, un appareil à projections, des magnétophones,
etc.
Informatique:
VI.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques : L'orientation scolaire et professionnelle
(publication trimestrielle) .
Ouvrages récents:
- M. Reuchlin, Psychologie, Paris, P.U.F., 1977.
- M. Reuchlin, L'Orientation scolaire et professionnelle, Paris,
P.U.F., Coll. que sais-je?, éd. 1978.
22-13-78
FRANCE
INSTITUT NATIONAL DU TRAVAIL
Adresse provisoire:
21/23 rue de la Vanne,
9212 0 MONTROUGE.
I.
A partir de mars 1980
69260 MARCY L'ETOILE.
Directeur:
Georges Bevilacqua.
Date de fondation: En 1956, le Centre de Formation des Inspecteurs
du Travail et de la Main-d'Oeuvre a été créé avant de devenir l'Institut National du Travail en 1975.
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Etablissement fait partie de l'Administration du Ministère du Travail (il n'a pas le statut d'Etablissement
Public).
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut est responsable:
- de la formation initiale du Corps de l'Inspection du Travail et
des Contrôleurs du Travail du Ministère du Travail, du Ministère
de l'Agriculture et du Secrétariat d'Etat aux Transports - Organisation d'un cycle préparatoire;
- de la formation permanente de l'ensemble de ces agents,
- et de l'organisation de sessions ou rencontres entre les cadres
des secteurs parapublics et privés et les organisations professionnelles et syndicales (non encore mis en place).
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est dirigé par un Directeur assisté d'une équipe de direction et d'un Comité des Etudes.
Le directeur, nommé par le Ministre du Travail, assure l'exécution
des décisions dudit Ministre.
Personnel
A plein temps
4
4
A temps partiel
En stage
voir ci-dessous
-
60 à 100
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Le personnel
professionnel appartient au Corps de l'Inspection du Travail. Tout
le personnel enseignant (50 personnes environ) est vacataire. Il
appartient à l'Université, à l'Administration Centrale, à l'Inspection du Travail, etc.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
l'Institut et deux Directeurs des Etudes.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: La formation des inspecteurs s'étend sur 18 mois.
Elle comporte des enseignements d'ordre administratif, juridique et
technologique et de prévention. Elle comporte également, pour les
2/5, des stages divers (dans les services, en entreprise, dans des
22-14-79/80
- 2 -
organismes techniques). Elle comporte enfin un enseignement à
l'Ecole Nationale d'Administration. Les contrôleurs reçoivent une
formation d'une durée de sept semaines.
Méthodes d'enseignement; Les méthodes consistent en:
- Conférences.
- Séances de travail de groupe.
- Etude de cas.
- Visites d'installations.
Peu de cours magistraux mais un enseignement aussi concret que
possible.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: A leur sortie, les InspecteursElèves sont nommés Inspecteurs du Travail.
Qualifications des participants: Les Inspecteurs-Elèves ont été
reçus au concours ouvert chaque année pour le recrutement d'Inspecteurs du Travail. Ils sont titulaires d'une licence. Les
Contrôleurs, titulaires du baccalauréat, sont également recrutés
sur concours.
Aucuns.
Bourses disponibles: Les Elèves sont fonctionnaires stagiaires.
Ils bénéficient en sus de leur traitement d'indemnités de stage.
III.
L'Institut n'organise aucune activité de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Aucune.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
en mars 1980.
Logement:
L'Institut doit s'installer à Marcy L'Etoile
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de volumes: 2.000 environ.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 50 environ.
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend:
- Un appareil à projection.
- Un rétroprojecteur, etc.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Pas précisé.
1
FRANCE
3S4o<*
INSTITUT REGIONAL DU TRAVAIL
12 Traverse St Pierre,
13100 - AIX-EN-PROVENCE
I.
Directeur;
Francis Hordern
Date de fondation;
1960
Statuts de l'Institut; L'Institut est placé sous les auspices du
Département de l'Unité d'enseignement et de recherche, de l'Institut
du Travail et des Recherches Sociales (ITRES), de l'Université
d'Aix-Marseille II.
listes.
L'Institut forme des militants syndica-
Personnel
Pas précisé.
A plein temps
A temps partiel
4
6
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel;
corps enseignant universitaire.
Langues de travail:
II.
En stage
Appartenir au
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'IRT organise uniquement des conférences, des
séminaires, des journées d'études à la demande des syndicats.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en cours, travaux
de groupe et études de cas.
Aucun
Qualifications des participants: Les participants sont recrutés
par les organisations syndicales.
22-15-78
Pas précisé.
Aucune.
- 2 III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Tout ce qui touche à l'économie
régionale, à l'économie industrielle et au droit du travail (pédagogie).
Travaux de recherche en cours: Sont en cours des travaux de recherche sur l'influence des grandes firmes sur le développement d'une
région (Provence,C&te d'Azur), les transports,
les télécommunications et les conditions de travail.
Pas précisé.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI :
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut dispose d'une salle de cours et de
salles de réunions.
Logement:
Sur place pendant les sessions.
Bibliothèque:
Informatique:
VI.
1.
Comprend un magnétoscope.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Ouvrages récents:
Ont paru récemment:
P. Rongere, Le licenciement, 1977;
F. Hordern, Les_travailleurs devant la justice civile, 1977
L'IRT dispose également d'une collection de documents ronéotés traitant des thèmes suivants: droit du travail, formation permanente,
éducation et histoire ainsi que de plusieurs dossiers de recherche
en économie.
FRANCE
O00<-/(i>
LABORATOIRE D'ECONOMIE ET DE
SOCIOLOGIE DU TRAVAIL (LEST)
Chemin du Coton Rouge.
13100 - AIX-EN-PROVENCE
I.
Directeur:
G. Roustang
Date de fondation: Le Centre d'Etudes des Relations Sociales
(CERS) a été fondé en 1960, puis associé au Centre National de la
Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) en 1966; le Laboratoire d'Economie
et Sociologie du Travail (LEST) a été créé en 1969.
Statuts de l'Institut: Le LEST est un laboratoire de recherche
directement rattaché au Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le LEST se consacre à la recherche
fondamentale et appliquée dans le domaine de l'économie du travail,
la sociologie du travail, les relations industrielles, l'économie de
la santé et prépare les étudiants avancés à des doctorats de
spécialité.
Administration et organisation: Le LEST est dirigé par un directeur.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
25
5
En stage
2
2
1
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Titres universitaires et expérience de la recherche sont nécessaires.
Langues de travail:
II.
le français, l'anglais et l'allemand.
J. Brunet-Jailly.
F. Sellier,
Cours organisés: Les cours s'adressent à des étudiants avancés ou à
des personnes ayant une expérience de la recherche ou de la pratique
souhaitant préparer un doctorat de spécialité (3ème cycle): économie
du travail, sociologie du travail, relations industrielles, économie
de la santé.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement théorique approfondit les
principaux modèles d'analyse en économie et en sociologie mais dans
22-16-78
une perspective interdisciplinaire. L'enseignement pratique porte
sur l'étude de dossiers de recherches achevées ou en cours. Les
cours ont lieu une matinée par semaine (3 h.) Lecture de documents
et participation sont demandées aux auditeurs.
La première année l'auditeur prépare un projet de recherche et assiste aux cours. S'il est admis en 2ëme année il n'a plus à assister
aux cours et prépare une thèse.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Peuvent être obtenus:
- Le Diplôme d'Etude approfondie et le Doctorat de 3ème cycle
en économie et sociologie du travail,
en économie de la santé.
Qualifications des participants: Les admissions sont décidées
sur dossier par une commission et le directeur du laboratoire.
Les frais s'élèvent à environ 120 FF.
Bourses disponibles: Sont disponibles:
- Des bourses de première année, 7.000 FF par an, attribuées sur
dossier selon critères scientifique et social.
- Des bourses de deuxième année, 2.0 00 FF par mois, attribuées sur
critères scientifiques (2 bourses annuelles).
- Des bourses accordées par le CNRS aux ingénieurs des grandes
écoles en fin d'étude (3.000 F par mois).
III.
Le Directeur du laboratoire.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Le LEST traite des sujets suivants:
économie du travail, marché du travail, comparaisons internationales
et inter-firmes de structures de salaires et des systèmes de formation,
analyse des conditions de travail, sociologie du travail, sociologie
des organisations, relations professionnelles, normes et groupes
sociaux-stratification sociale, sociologie de la famille, économie et
sociologie de la santé.
- Comparaison des structures hiérarchiques des entreprises en France,
en Allemagne et dans d'autres pays.
Test des théories économiques
et sociologiques sur le rôle du capital humain et de la technologie.
Recherche d'un effet societal.
- Analyse des conditions de travail.
- Amélioration des conditions de travail et évolution des relations
professionnelles.
- Conditions de travail, organisation du marché du travail.
- Relations entre niveau de l'emploi, qualité du travail, type de
croissance économique.
- Analyse comparative internationale de facteurs de conflits et
négociations.
- Négociation et construction de systèmes de classification des
salariés dans les entreprises en France et en Grande Bretagne.
- Analyse des structures productives : leur rôle dans les conflits
sociaux.
- Structure de salaiies et hétérogénéité de l'appareil productif.
- Analyse des rapports entre système éducatif, système productif et
formes de division du travail.
- Etude sur la prévention des accidents du travail.
- 3 -
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Les bourses destinées à
l'enseignement et à la formation (cf. II) le sont également pour la
recherche.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Des contacts
scientifiques sont établis en fonction des sujets avec de nombreux
chercheurs de pays et d'institutions différentes.
A l'étranger, des
échanges ont lieu avec des chercheurs ou institutions en Angleterre,
en Allemagne, en Belgique, en Italie, aux Etats-Unis, au Canada, en
Hongrie.
En France, les relations institutionnelles existent avec
le Centre d'Etude des Mouvements Sociaux de l'Institut des Hautes
Etudes Sociales de Paris, avec le Laboratoire d'Economie et de
Sociologie du Travail et des Relations Professionnelles du CNAM, le
Centre d'Etudes et de Recherche sur les Qualifications, et toutes
formations s'intéressant aux mêmes thèmes de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Le laboratoire organise:
- des tables rondes sur les résultats de ses recherches,
- des sessions de formation à la méthode d'analyse des conditions
de travail.
Il participe à la réalisation des réseaux d'information du CDSH:
- sur les publications en économie de la santé (RESHUS),
- sur les publications concernant l'emploi et la formation.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le LEST dispose d'une salle pour cours et
colloques et de deux salles de réunion.
Logement : Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 350 (y compris les
services gratuits).
Pas précisé.
Informatique: Le service comprend un ingénieur informaticien,
un calculateur, un terminal et accès aux différents centres de
calcul du CNRS et de l'Université.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
La liste des publications du LEST est donnée sur demande au
secrétariat général du laboratoire.
22-16-78
1.
FRANCE
CENTRE DE DROIT COMPARE DU TRAVAIL ET
DE LA SECURITE SOCIALE
Faculté de Droit et de Sciences
Economiques,
Université de Bordeaux-I,
Avenue Léon Duguit,
p * 33600 PESSAC.
I.
Directeur:
Jean-Claude Javillier
Date de fondation:
1978.
Institut de l'Université.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Développement de la recherche et de
l'enseignement du Droit Comparé du Travail et de la Sécurité
Sociale notamment par l'échange de documentation scientifique,
d'étudiants et d'enseignants.
Personnel
Pas précisé.
A plein temps
A temps partiel En stage
6
1
1
précisé.
Langues de travail:
II.
Pas
le-français et l'anglais.
Cours organisés:
Pas précisé.
Méthodes d'enseignement:
Pas précisé.
(Doctorat de Droit Social).
Diplôme d'Etudes Approfondies
Licence.
Pas précisé.
Pas précisé.
22-17-78
Pas précisé.
- 2 -
III.
Jean-Claude Javillier
Principaux domaines de recherche: Droit du licenciement et mode de
règlement des conflits du travail.
Idem.
Pas précisé.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI : Pas précisé.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
Salles de cours, de réunion et bibliothèque.
Logement : Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque
Nombre de volumes: Pas précisé.
Informatique : Pas précisé.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
Aucun.
Ouvrages récents:
Aucun.
Pas précisé.
50.
1.
GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC
ZENTRALES FORSCHUNGSINSTITUT FÜR ARBEIT
(CENTRAL LABOUR RESEARCH INSTITUTE)
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Strasse 1,
8020 - DRESDEN
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Heinz Hanspach
1954
Nature of the Institute: A governmental research institute attached
to the State Secretariat of Labour and Wages of the GDR.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute conducts and co-ordinates
research in the field of labour and wages.
The Institute is headed by a
Director and run on the principle of individual management and
personal responsibility.
Staff
Full-time
Number of p r o f e s s i o n a l s t a f f :
Number of c l e r i c a l s t a f f :
N o t
N o t
graduates.
II.
Part-time
Visiting
s p e c i f i e d
s p e c i f i e d
University and college
German.
Deputy Director of the Institute.
Courses offered: Post-graduate courses in scientific work organisation for managers of industry (of two-or three-month duration).
Lectures;
seminars;
attendance.
instructive talks.
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: University and college graduates;
knowledge in the field of scientific work organisation and
experience as a manager of industry.
Fees:
Depend upon the content and the duration of the course.
266-01-79/80
Not specified.
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director and Deputy Director of the Institute.
work.
Work organisation and economy of labour and
Current Research Activities: Further development of the theoretical basis of economy and organisation of labour and work elaboration of basic methodological materials for practical purposes.
Not specified.
closely with the Confederation of Free German Trade Unions, the
Chamber of Technology and similar organisations as well as with other
scientific institutions.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Conferences on Labour Science, organised in intervals of some years.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
Not specified.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
200.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Sozialistische Arbeitswissenschaft (a learned journal).
Recent titles:
Not specified.
Federal Republic of GERMANY
DEUTSCHES INSTITUT FÜR BETRIEBSWIRTSCHAFT eV (DIB)
Börsenplatz,
(Postfach 3229) ,
6000 FRANKFURT/MAIN
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
(Mrs.) Lieselotte Reissinger
1973
A registered, autonomous institution.
To conduct training on labour and social
problems for managers of member companies and for non-members and
employees; to develop and maintain information services in the
fields of DIB activities.
Administration and Organisation: DIB is managed by a Director; its
Board has a broad composition including university, Chamber of Commerce
and various industry members, persons with international experience
and broad knowledge of labour, employee and social problems, and
of tax and financial affairs.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
3-5
11
3
2
3-5
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Academic qualifications;
international teaching and research experience.
II.
German;
English (sometimes French).
Courses offered: The Institute organises about 450 seminars and
courses on a variety of labour, management and social topics to
inform and train employees and management personnel. Seminars are
mostly of one to three-day duration; courses run for 360 hours
within 6 months. The frequency in offering seminars and courses
depends on the subjects. They are usually conducted twice or
three times a year.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures;
studies; simulation exercises.
discussion sessions;
(for seminars); diplomas (for courses).
24-01-79/80
case
Certificate of attendance
- 2 -
Fees:
For all activities (not specified).
III.
Open to everybody.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Management;
flexible working hours.
Suggestion systems.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Research relationships exist
with various national institutions and organisations as well as with
the School of Management Sciences, Athens; MOC, Amsterdam;
Ideeenbuscentrum, Amsterdam; the Industrial Society, London;
NASS, Chicago; OPWZ, Vienna.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: DIB
maintains a collection of unpublished documentation, working papers
and materials related to the topics of its main interest.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises conferences and workshops to discuss certain
issues in depth and to recommend possible solutions.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: DIB is located in the Chamber of Commerce,
Frankfurt/Main. There are seminar rooms with modern equipment.
The Institute also holds seminars in other cities in hotels providing
necessary facilities.
None.
Library:
None.
In addition, Institute staff and participants have free access to the
library of the Chamber of Commerce.
Computer equipment:
None.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- DIB-Aktuell.
- Zeitschrift für Betriebliches Vorschlagswesen.
Recent titles: The Institute issues books concerning the daily work
of managers and their employees:
Vol. I.
Perspektiven der betrieblichen Altersversorgung nach dem
Betriebsrentengesetz.
Vol. II. Krisen - Die Herausforderung des Management.
Vol. III. Datenschutz im Betrieb.
Vol. IV. Spemrungsfeld Mitbestimmung.
Vol. V.
Unternehmen und Gesellschaft.
Vol. VI. English Accounting for Managers (Summer 1979)
24-01-79/80
INSTITUT FUR ARBEITSRECHT DER
UNIVERSITÄT GÖTTINGEN
Nikolausberger Weg 9 c,
D-3400 GÖTTINGEN.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Franz Gamillscheg.
1958.
Göttingen.
The Institute is part of the University of
Aims of the Institute: Education and research in the fields of
labour law, social security and industrial relations.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is managed by the
Director (in cooperation with the university).
Staff:
Full-time
Part-time
3
3
-
qualifications; law degree.
II.
Visiting
2
-
German, English, French and Italian.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Institute takes part in the teaching programme
of the Faculty of Law, University of Göttingen.
It offers undergraduate courses for students of the Faculty of Law and the Social
Science Department, in labour law and in the law of social security.
Lectures and seminars.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificates for
successful participation in the courses.
The Director accepts
candidates for a doctor's degree, which is conferred by the Faculty
of Law.
Fees : No special fees.
24-02-79/80
None.
University students.
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major research areas: German, international and foreign labour law
(especially labour management relations law).
Current research activities: The German Co-determination Act 1976,
the Works Constitution Act 1972 and the comparative study of worker
participation in Western countries.
None.
national and international agencies: The Institute co-operates with
research institutes and universities in Germany and abroad.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Invitation of experts.
The Director of the Institute takes part in international meetings,
symposia, etc., on labour law.
He is member of the German Section
of the International Society for Labour Law and Social Security and
of the Institut de droit international; he is member of the
Executive Board of the Arbeitsgerichtsverband.
V.
FACILITIES
1 seminar room.
Library
3 full-time.
65.
Audio-visual equipment : None.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles: Books prepared by the Institute staff are issued by
various German publishers.
A list of titles (books and articles)
may be obtained directly from the Institute.
INSTITUT FÜR SOZIALFORSCHUNG
Senckenberganlage 26,
6000 - FRANKFURT AM MAIN 1
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ludwig v. Friedeburg (Acting Director);
Gerhard Brandt} Rudolf Gunzert.
Date of establishment: Originally founded in 1923; transferred its
activities to foreign universities between 1933 and 1951; reconstituted in 1951.
A private foundation.
Aims of the Institute: To combine theoretical conceptions with
empirical research in the social sciences.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by 3
directors, who are members of the Faculty of Frankfurt University,
appointed by the Minister of Education of the Land Hessen and 3
elected members of the staff. The foundation is supervised by a
Board of Trustees, e.g. the President of Frankfurt University;
representatives from the Ministry of Education of the Land Hessen
and the municipality of Frankfurt.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
22
12
-
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Academic degrees in sociology,
economy, psychology or law.
II.
German.
The Institute has no training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
G. Brandt, L.v. Friedeburg, R. Gunzert.
Major Research Areas: The Institute is entirely devoted to research
of both a basic and applied type. Research is carried out by teams.
The main areas of interest are:
(a) Industrial sociology and trade union problems;
(b) The sociology of developing countries;
(c) The problems of authoritarian behaviour.
24-03-79/80
- 2 -
Not specified.
,
None.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 25 study rooms}
reading room and documentation centre.
4 seminar rooms;
a
Not specified.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
1 full-time.
62.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
Forshungsberichte des Instituts für Sozialforschung
- Projectgruppe Gewerkschaftsforschung: Tarifpolitik unter
Krisenbedingungen - Darstellung und Analyse der Tarifbewegungen
1975 und 1976 in der Chemischen Industrie und in der Druckindustrie.
Forschungsbericht Frankfurt 1977.
- Beiträge zur Theorie und Empirie des öffentlichen Dienstes.
Erster Teil: Zum Verhältnis von Staatsform zu Arbeitsprozessen und
Interessen von Beschäftigten im öffentlichen Dienst.
Hektographierter Forschungsbericht 1974; Zweiter Teil:
Arbeitssituation und Interessen der Beschäftigten.
Hektographierter Forschungsbericht 1977.
- R. Schmiede und E. Schudlich: Die Entwicklung der Leistungsentlohnung in Deutschland.
Eine historisch-theoretische
Untersuchung zum Verhältnis von Lohn und Leistung unter
kapitalistischen Produktionsbedingungen.
Forschungsbericht, 2.
Aufl. Frankfurt 1977.
- 3 -
G. Brandt, B. Kündig, Z. Papadimitriou, J. Thomae: Socioökonomische Aspekte des Einsatzes von Computersystemen und ihre
Auswirkungen auf die Organisation der Arbeit und die Arbeitsplatzstruktur (EDV-Systeme und Arbeits-organisation). Publiziert
als Forschungsbericht (Zurzfassung) durch das Ministerium für
Forschung und Technologie, 1979.
G. Brandt, B. Kündig, Z. Papadimitriou, J. Thomae: Computer
und Arbeitsprozess. Eine arbeitssociologische Untersuchung der
Auswirkungen des Computereinsatzes in ausgewählten Betriebsabteilungen der Stahlindustrie und des Bankgewerbes, 1978.
K. Flaake, H. Joannidou, B. Kirchlechner, I. Riemann: Das
Kita-Projekt.
Ergebnisse einer wissenschaftlichen Begleituntersuchung zu einem Reform-modell öffentlicher Vorschulerzeihung, 1978.
Projektgruppe Gewerkschaftsforschung: Tarifpolitik 1977.
Darstellung und Analyse der Tarifbewegung in der Metallverarbeitenden, der Chemischen und der Druckindustrie sowie im
öffentlichen Dienst, 1978.
Rainer Erd: Verrechtlichung industrieller Konflike. Normative
Rahmenbedingungen des dualen Systems der Interessenbertretung,
1978.
4-03-79/80
DVCSO
INSTITUT FÜR SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTLICHE
FORSCHUNG (ISF) e.V.
Jakob Klar Strasse 9,
8000 - MÜNCHEN 40
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Norbert Altmann.
1965
profit organisation.
A registered association}
private non-
Aims of the Institute: To undertake theoretical and applied research
in the areas of education and employment.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by 2
Research Directors. The members of the association are scientists
working in and outside of the Institute.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
20
3
1
-
7
The professional staff is
made up of economists, sociologists and lawyers.
II.
German, English and French.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
N. Altmann;
B. Lutz
Major Research Areas: Worker utilisation; working conditions;
trade unions; education and training; labour market studies.
-
Theoretical work on worker utilisation;
The role of union and state in employment affairs;
The relationship of employment and production;
Labour markets.
Applied research on training, humanisation of work, personnel
planning.
24-04-78
- 2 -
None.
national and international agencies: The Institute is a member of
Special Research Area No. 101 ("Sonderforschungsbereich 101") of
the University of Munich.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
office building.
The Institute is housed on 2 floors of an
None.
Library:
1 part-time.
70.
None.
Computer equipment: None.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles: Numerous books prepared by the Institute staff were
published by various publishers.
A catalogue of thèse publications
as well as project description articles and roneographed research
reports may be obtained from the Institute.
3SioTINTERNATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT
WISSENSCHAFTSZENTRUM BERLIN
Platz der Luftbrücke 1-3,
1000 - BERLIN 42
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Walter Goldberg and Fritz W. Scharpf
1970
Nature of the Institute: An institute of the Wissenschaftszentrum
Berlin which is jointly financed by the Federal Republic of Germany
and by West Berlin.
Aims of the Institute: Research on public and private sector
management; comparative studies of industrial policy problems and
of the interactions between government and private industry in
highly industrialised countries.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute, has 2 Directors and
Advisory Boards. It is administered by the General Secretary of the
Wissenschaftszentrum Berlin.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
34
-
10-20
25
-
II.
Not specified.
English and German.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Directors of the Institute.
- Industrial policy (including labour market and regional policy
and sectoral policies);
- Organisation and management;
- Industrial organisation;
- Government and public administration.
Current Research Activities: The Institute conducts empirical,
multidisciplinary and international research. Project descriptions
are included in the annual Research Directory.
24-05-78
- 2 -
Summer fellowships.
Research Fellow, up to 5 years.
national and international agencies: The Institute has numerous
research relationships throughout the world.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute sponsors various international conferences and workshops, in addition to conferences with practitioners.
V.
FACILITIES
None.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
5.
364.
None.
2 terminals;
disc driver.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: The Institute issues an annual Research Directory
which includes descriptions of Institute's research projects. List
of publications may also be obtained upon request.
DHIH5
SOZIALAKADEMIE DORTMUND
Hohe Strasse 141,
4600 - DORTMUND 1
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ludwig Büssmann.
1949
Nature of the Institute: A scientific academy as an institution
of free research under the auspices of the Ministry of Science and
Research of the Land Nordrhein-Westfalen.
Aims of the Institute: Social science education of workers, salaried
employees and civil servants to promote independent judgement and
activities in the world of work, economy arid society. Co-operation
with institutions of adult education in the social field.
Administration and Organisation: The Kuratorium (advisory board)
represents the Land, the City and the Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund
and advises the Minister and the Director of the Sozialakademie.
The Dozentenkollegium (lecturers' conference) co-ordinates teaching
and research.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
8
6
-
Visiting
approximately
30.
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Qualifications for Professors are same as for university chairholders; other professional
staff have academic degrees.
II.
German.
the lecturers' conference.
Activities are co-ordinated by
Courses offered: Hauptstudiengang, a 10-month general course
covering general and specialised topics of economics, social
sciences, law and related subjects.
Ergänzungsstudiengang Mitbestimmung (co-determination), 4-month
complementary course on special workers' representative and
management functions under relevant legislation (in preparation).
Both courses are intended for trade unionists and persons interested
in personnel and related functions.
24-06-78
- 2 -
Teaching Methods used: Various adult education teaching techniques}
largely group-oriented.
examination in 6 subjects.
Certificate of final
Qualifications of participants: Participants have completed
vocational training and practical work and are normally 20-35
years of age. Admission is by application or nomination by the
Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund after an entrance examination.
Fees:
None}
maintained by the Land and City of Dortmund.
Fellowships available: -Subsistance allowances under the Labour
Promotion Act (Arbeitsförderungsgesetz);
-Scholarships of Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund;
-Paid release by trade union organisations, companies and City of
Dortmund.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
conference.
None, co-ordinated by the lecturers'
Major Research Areas: Depends on staff professional orientation
(for example: regional and vocational training policy; labour
relations and ergonomics).
- Didactic developments for workers' education;
- Regional structure research of labour market;
- Development of curriculum and media on humanisation of work for
workers' representatives (including accompanying research).
funding opportunities.
Ad hoc arrangements under different
national and international agencies: Professors undertake research
work on an individual basis for OECD, Land and other institutions.
H. Pornschlegel, Alternation Between Work and Education - Three
German Case Studies (Federal Republic); Constitution to OECD/CERIProject, May 1976.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Academy organises international conferences, seminar weeks,
courses for external participants and study excursions to various
countries (for example, the USSR; Colojnbia).
Professors have consultancy functions and lecture activities in
several institutions.
- 3 V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Lecture hall; 2 seminar rooms;
rooms; technical and administrative rooms.
conference
Facilities for 50-60 students.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Mitteilungen der Freunde und Förderer der Sozialakademie Dortmund.
Recent titles:
24-06-78
2.
Information on publications is available on request.
331W
SOZIOLOGISCHES FORSCHUNGSINSTITUT e.V. (SOFI)
Friedländer Weg 31,
3400 - GOTTINGEN
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
H.P. Bahrdt and M. Schumann (Presidents).
Martin Baethge and Otfried Mickler (geschäftsfürend).
1968
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute having a close
relationship with the University of Göttingen and partially sponsored
by the state of Niedersachsen.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute serves as a research institute
in the fields of industrial development, education systems, change
of workers' working and living conditions, Carried out on-an
interdisciplinary scale, the projects are mainly commissioned by
public institutions.
Administration and Organisation: The organisation of the Institute
is based upon a participation model. All decisions concerning the
direction of the Institute are made by the Institute assembly} they
also choose the Directors and the Presidents. All the staff, 3 to
4 project advisers having temporary contracts and the Presidents
are members of the assembly.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
2
-
18-22
6
University degree.
occasionally English.
II.
German;
Not specified.
Courses offered:
The Institute takes part in the teaching
programme of the Social Science Department, University of Göttingen.
Each semester 2-4 classes are held mainly in connection with research
projects.
Lectures;
seminars.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate of attendance.
24-07-78
University students.
- 2 -
Fees:
None.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Industrial developments education systems;
change of working and living conditions of workers. Research
projects are mainly commissioned by public institutions.
-
Relation of industrial workers' work and leisure;
Women's work;
Restrictive working conditions;
Results of the trade union contract in Baden-Württemberg on
better working conditions;
- Production and qualification;
- Relations of economic and educational systems;
- Worker's experience of economic crisis.
None.
with research institutes and universities in Germany and abroad.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Staff members take part in professional, political and trade union
meetings and symposia.
V.
FACILITIES
None.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1 part-time.
Computer equipment:
Göttingen.
None.
Services available through the University of
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles:
Series:
Forschungsberichte des Soziologischen Forschungsinstituts
G'óttingen (Research Reports; list of titles available
from the Institute.
Books prepared by Institute staff are issued by various German
publishers. List of titles may be obtained directly from the
Institute.
24-07-78
WIRTSCHAFTS- UND SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTLICHES
INSTITUT DES DEUTSCHEN GEWERKSCHAFTSBUNDES GmbH
Hans-Boeckler-Str. 39,
4000 - DUSSELDORF
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Heinz Markmann and Wolfgang Spieker
1946
Nature of the Institute: An institution with limited liability,
under the sponsorship of the Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund, Düsseldorf.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute undertakes and participates
in research in the fields of economics and social sciences, and is
concerned with the promotion of young researchers. The results of
the research are published in the Institute's publications.
Not specified.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
32
-
-
30
-
-
II.
University degree.
German.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Heinz Markmann
-
Economics?
Social science;
Law;
Pedagogics;
Political science.
-
Short and medium-term economic forecasts;
Regional and sectoral development;
Income distribution;
Social security;
Humanisation of work;
24-08-78
- 2 -
-
Labour conditions-,
Co-determination;
Labour market research;
Vocational education;
Labour law.
None.
national and international agencies: Numerous relationships with
national and international institutions.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute offers consulting services to the Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund and its federated unions.
Public conferences are normally held once a year by the Institute.
V.
FACILITIES
None.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
3.
Approximately 300.
None.
IBM 5 100.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
WSI-Mitteilungen (monthly).
Recent titles:
Series:
WSI-Studien zur Wirtschafts- und Sozialforschung
(WSI Research Studies in Economics and Social Sciences).
In addition to its journal and research series, the Institute
publishes numerous books in German. A catalogue of recent publications may be obtained directly from the Institute.
INSTITUT FUR ARBEITSMARKT- UND
BERUFSFORSCHUNG (IAB) DER
BUNDESANSTALT FÜR ARBEIT (BA)
Regensburger Str. 104,
8500 NÜRNBERG.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Dieter Mertens.
Nuremberg).
May 1967
(in Erlangen;
since 1973 in
Nature of the Institute: The IAB is the scientific department of
the headquarters of the BA (Federal Employment Institute).
Research is carried out in agreement with the Federal Ministry of
Labour.
Aims of the Institute: In accordance with the Federal Employment
Promotion Act, the IAB maintains a research programme concerning the
scale and nature of employment and trends of the employment market.
Administration and organisation: The IAB is divided into eight
sections: medium- and long-term projections; short-term labour
market research; sociology; occupational and qualification
research; technology and business economics; analytical statistics,
econometrics and international labour market research; documentation and information; administration, regional research,
utilisation of research findings.
Staff
Intermediate category
(college degree):
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
37
-
-
26
19
1
-
French.
II.
German;
37 with university degree.
knowledge of English and
Director of education or training:
Not specified.
Courses offered: In general no training courses are given for
personnel other than that of the Institute.
But assistance in
activities concerning transformation of research findings for
purposes of vocational guidance and placement of personnel is given.
Teaching methods used: Adult education methods in the framework of
BA-own personnel training activities in BA-own administrative schools.
24-09-78
None.
- 2 -
III.
See above.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
- Global and sectoral analysis of the relationship between economic
growth and development of employment;
- Investigation into the changes of sectoral, occupational and
regional employment structures;
- Cyclical research with particular regard to the labour market;
- Observation and analysis of technological developments and their
effects on the labour market;
- Research into job contents and job qualifications into the affinity
between occupations and into their changes;
- Studies on the flexibility of employment structures;
- Studies on the problem of classifications and nomenclatures;
- Investigation into the methods and the reliability of research
material relating to labour statistics; econometrics;
- Development of labour market models including the use of forecasting
methods and methods of substitutional research;
- Qualification research;
- Research relating to problems of the international labour market.
Current research activities: See 8 sectors listed under
"Administration and organisation".
(Examples: relationship
between demographic development, economic growth and employment
trends; business cycles and employment; working time and labour
volume; mobility questions; employment and educational systems;
labour migration.)
None.
national and international agencies: Member of Arbeitsgemeinschaft
Deutscher Sozialwissenschaftlicher Institute.
As most of the
employment related research is concentrated in this Institute there
are permanent and ad hoc contacts of various levels with all relevant
economic institutes and organisations.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Co-operation with other research institutes and research staff;
organising of and participation in symposia, conferences and
refresher seminars; lecturing in university institutes.
Contributions to transformation of research findings in close
co-operation with federal governmental institutions and to the
employers' and trade unions' organisations represented in the
tripartite autonomous administrative organs of the BA.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
None.
Residential accommodation - Located in a separate wing of BA headquarters building in Nuremberg.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 2 in IAB
(full-time) ;' 9 in total (7 full-time, 2 part-time) ;
Number of volumes: 17,000 in IAB; 46,480 in total;
Number of periodicals received; 620 in IAB; 1,195 in total.
None.
Computer equipment: IAB participates in using the BA computers
(Zentralamt der Bundesanstalt für Arbeit, Nürnberg).
Data pools
concerning employment, unemployment, vocational training, retraining, foreign workers, vocational rehabilitation effects of
technological changes in industries, literature and research
documentation data. Several programmes for research purposes.
Several mini-computers.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
(quarterly);
Mitteilungen aus der Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung
Quintessenzen (irregular).
Recent titles: Beiträge zur Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung
BeitrAB (monographs on employment research); Forschungsdokumentation sur Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung FoDokAB (Register of
Current Activities in Employment Research); Literaturdokumentation zur Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung LitDokAB (bibliographic
documentation on employment research); Glossaries of Employment
Research GlossAB.
24-09-78
GHANA
GHANA LABOUR COLLEGE TUC - ACCRA
Seventh Avenue,
P.O.Box 701
ACCRA
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Justice Frederick Nortey
1967
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute approved by the
Ministry of Education as an institute of learning.
- To give an opportunity to rank and file members of the labour
movement to acquire sound knowledge and understanding of the
fundamentals of trade union principles and related subjects}
- to inculcate into the skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers
the principle of dignity of labour;
- to raise the status of workers in industry or workplace.
Administration and Organisation: The Labour College is managed by
a Director of Education, who is assisted by an Education Committee
composed of 2 General Secretaries and 2 National Chairmen selected
by the Executive Board from the 17 National Unions.
Staff
Full-time
Number of clerical staff
Number of auxiliary staff
Part-time
Visiting
5
8
Languages used in activities: Mostly English; occasionally
vernacular.
II.
Not specified.
Courses offered:
The College offers to trade unionists 3 types of
courses: basic, intermediate and advanced.
- The basic level is intended for local or branch union officers
and covers basic trade union knowledge.
- The intermediate stage is designed for newly elected national
officers, full-time officers of the National Secretariats, officers
of Congress and regional secretaries on their first appointment
including some members of the Executive Board.
- The advanced level is available to persons who have successfully
completed the basic and intermediate courses.
196-01-79/80
- 2 -
Correspondence courses are available to rank and file union members.
The College also has a Literacy Programme to educate illiterate
workers to read and write fluently within 2 years of studies at
their own pace.
Teaching Methods used;
mock practices.
Verbal instructions;
for seminars and courses.
blackboard;
workshops;
Certificate of Attendance
Certificate of Proficiency for the correspondence course and Literacy
Education Programme.
Qualifications of participants: Participants are workers who
have basic educational background, hold positions of responsibility concerning labour and have been selected by their
national unions.
Fees: No fees are paid except cost of mailing in the case of
the correspondence course.
Fellowships available: National trade unions pay board, lodging
and transportation expenses.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The College conducts research in conjunction with the parent
Research Department of Ghana Trades Union Congress.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The College carries its activities to the Regions and Districts for
the benefit of the urban and rural workers.
V.
FACILITIES
3 classrooms.
Residential accommodation: Available for at least 40 students;
complete catering facilities.
Library:
Computer equipment:
1.
Film projector, videotape recorder.
None
- 3
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
News Bulletin (monthly)
T.U.C. Newsletter
196-01-79/80
GHANA
MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTIVITY INSTITUTE
P.O.Box 297,
ACCRA
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
G.CK. Harlley
1967
Nature of the Institute: Incorporated under the Statutory Corporations Act of 1965, the Institute is academically, financially and
administratively autonomous.
- To improve and develop the standard of management in all aspects
and at all levels of management;
- to introduce suitable practices and techniques and to promote
increased efficiency and productivity.
Board of Governors made up of representatives of industry, commerce,
organised labour and government. The Director is the chief
administrator of the Institute.
Staff
Snr. Non-Professional:
Full-time
Part-time
55
5
10
-
Visiting
20
-
Qualifications for professional staff: A university degree in
appropriate field, or its equivalent qualification; business,
industrial and research experience is essential.
II.
English.
G.Y.G. Adabunu (Training
Services Manager)
Courses offered: The Institute organises a variety of courses for
managers (from supervisory level to top management) drawn from
both industry and commerce (public and private), and from government. Participants are sponsored by their employers but must
satisfy the admission requirements of the Institute. Courses
vary in duration from one week to twelve weeks.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; discussions;
group and individual projects; business games;
simulation exercises; and field trips.
196-02-78
case studies;
seminars; panels;
- 2 Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered:
attendance.
Certificate of
c
Qualifications of participants: Vary with management level and
course. Range from elementary school leaving certificate to
post-university qualification. In all cases basic industrial,
commercial or institutional management experience is relevant.
Fees:
Range from (240.00 to 0350.00 per course.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
E.S. Amoa-Boateng (Research Manager)
Major Research Areas: Major research activities are directed to
assist consultancy and training programmes. Research is geared
to improving techniques of management} management-labour relations;
and training techniques. The research division also conducts
industrial feasibility studies.
-
Study of Women in Top Jobs in Ghana;
Compilation of Current Research Activities in Ghana;
Management-Labour Relations;
Management Requirements: Survey and Forecast.
None.
national and international agencies: GIMPA; CBS; ISSER; School
of Administration; Ghana Institute of Management.
- Management Attitudes in Ghana.
- Productivity Measurement in the Shoe Manufacturing Industry.
- Productivity Measurement in the Textile Marketing Industry.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute provides advisory and consultancy services in general
management, management accounting, industrial engineering, and
management training to a number of industrial organisations and
enterprises (foreign, private and state). It also organises
seminars, conferences and public lectures, as a forum for exchanging
ideas on productivity in government priority areas.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
- 3 -
Not specified.
Library:
3.
Audio-visual equipment: Film projectors; overhead projectors;
tape recorders (under the responsibility of a full-time audiovisual officer).
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- Ghana Productivity Review (bi-annual).
- M.D.P.I. News (quarterly).
Recent titles:
196-02-78
Not specified.
GUATEMALA
INSTITUTO TÉCNICO DE CAPACITACIÓN
Y PRODUCTIVIDAD (INTECAP)
Apartado Postal No. 709,
12 Calle 4-17
Zona 1
GUATEMALA
I.
Director :
Ing. Luis Angel Bolaños Z. (Gerente)
Carácter del Instituto
Entidad descentralizada, con fondos
privativos y patrimonio propio.
Fines del Instituto
Los fines de INTECAP son
- constituir el organismo técnico especializado del Estado, al
servicio de la nación y con la colaboración del sector privado,
para el desarrollo de los recursos humanos y el incremento de
la productividad;
- constituir un vehículo de armonía entre el sector privado y el
público, propiciando una relación de trabajo y una cooperación
más estrecha entre ambos sectores, en las materias que le compe te ;
- promover y fomentar el incremento de la productividad en todos
sus aspectos y niveles, y atender al desarrollo de los recursos
humanos.
Administración y organización : Los organismos de dirección, consulta, administración, coordinación y operación del Instituto son:
- la Junta Directiva;
- el Consejo Consultivo;
- la Gerencia;
- Dirección de Operaciones, División Técnica y de Desarrollo, de
Industria, Agropecuaria y de Comercio y Servicios, Oficina de
Planificación, de Evaluación, de Coordinación y de Organización
y Métodos.
La Junta Directiva se integra así :
- Ministro y Viceministro de Trabajo y Previsión Social;
- Ministro y Viceministro de Economía;
- Secretario General del Consejo Nacional de Planificación Económica;
- Miembros del sector privado;
- Miembros del sector laboral;
- La Secretaría que la componen el Gerente y el Subgerente de
INTECAP.
A jornada
completa
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
27-01-80/81
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
70
489
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
Entre
18 y 25
- 2 Calificaciones del Personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas adecuadas, experiencia en asistencia técnica y capacitación.
Idiomas de trabajo : Los idiomas de trabajo son el Español y el
Inglés. Se utilizan otros idiomas en casos especiales.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : El Director de
Operaciones.
- formación y perfeccionamiento de trabajadores (a nivel operativo):
se realizan cursos de 1 a 6 meses de duración, comprendiendo la
formación de mano de obra calificada en 44 oficios distintos,
que cubren los sectores Agropecuario, Industria, Comercio y
Servicios;
- carreras técnicas cortas :. tienen un año de duración. Se imparten las siguientes :
. técnico en relaciones industriales;
. técnico en operación y control de almacenes o bodegas;
. técnico en mantenimiento industrial;
. metodoanalista industrial;
. vendedor profesional;
. laboratorista industrial;
. administrador agrícola;
. guía de turismo;
. escuela bancaria;
. mecanización agrícola;
. técnico en agricultura;
- capacitación de ejecutivos y mandos medios de empresas :
incluye cursos de capacitación y perfeccionamiento en los campos
de producción, ventas, técnicas de administración y relaciones
laborales; simplificación del trabajo; cursos especiales para
el sector agropecuario; administración general; finanzas y
costos; cursos para el sector de los servicios y técnicas auxiliares de oficina;
- aprendizaje de menores : los programas de 1 a 3 años de duración,
destinados a personas de 14 a 18 años de edad, para formarlos
en un oficio calificado. Actualmente se tienen las siguientes
especialidades : mecánica de estructuras metálicas y electricista instalador; mecánica general; mecánica automotriz gasolina
- formación en la empresa : comprende cursos que se imparten a
solicitud de las empresas, a la medida de las necesidades de
capacitación de las mismas.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, cursos, seminarios,
mesas redondas, grupos de trabajo; métodos autoformativos.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Se otorgan certificados
de aptitud profesional, de aprovechamiento y de participación.
En
las Carreras Técnicas Cortas se extienden diplomas que acreditan el
nivel técnico correspondiente.
Calificaciones de los participantes : La mayor parte de las
actividades están destinadas a :
- 3 - personas que sean mayores de edad (18 años);
- que estén trabajando en actividades afines a los cursos
que se imparten;
- que estén trabajando en empresas contribuyentes a INTECAP;
- personas que tengan antecedentes educacionales adecuados o
una experiencia equivalente.
Derechos de matrícula : Las empresas contribuyentes de INTECAP
y su personal tienen derecho a recibir sin pago alguno extra,
los cursos que la institución imparta.
Becas : Se puede otorgar becas en los cursos ordinarios de INTECAP, a solicitud escrita de parte interesada, en casos meritorios
y por causa suficiente.
III.
Director de investigación : El Jefe de la Oficina de Planificación.
Apoyados por la División Técnica.
de investigación corresponden al estudio de la problemática sectorial, en especial a las siguientes ramas prioritarias : granos
básicos, ganadería, metal-mecánica, alimentos, cueros, construcción, hotelería, transporte, servicios públicos y textiles. En
estas investigaciones se establecen las necesidades nacionales
y las demandas de servicio.
- elaboración de planes de acción a corto, mediano y largo plazo
de acuerdo a diagnósticos y políticas de desarrollo económico
social;
- coordinación con las instituciones nacionales que trabajan en
el campo de desarrollo de los recursos humanos y del incremento de la productividad;
- determinación de necesidades cualitativas y cuantitativas de
formación profesional; e identificación y jerarquización de
programas de asistencia técnica para el incremento de la productividad;
- concentrar, procesar y promocionar la información estadística
generada por las acciones de INTECAP.
investigación.
No se dispone actualmente de becas para
instituciones, organismos u organizaciones nacionales e internacionales : Dentro de las relaciones de trabajo con otros organismos se cuenta con el Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo, con la
República Federal de Alemania, la Organización Internacional del
Trabajo, y con otras.
Además una cooperación con organizaciones
nacionales que tengan campos afines.
Parte VI : INTECAP cuenta con una serie de documentos inéditos
sobre investigaciones y de documentos de trabajo.
27-01-80/81
- 4 IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El INTECAP organiza reuniones y seminarios en los que participan
diferentes personalidades con conocimiento de áreas de interés
para el Instituto.
El INTECAP estableció un
Centro
de
Información Industrial
para proporcionar el servicio de consulta.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El INTECAP tiene en su sede central varios
salones para la celebración de cursos y seminarios. Además, cuenta
con Centros Fijos de Aprendizaje y con 6 Delegaciones Regionales.
Residencia de Alojamiento : Ninguna.
Biblioteca :
Número de bibliotecarios a jornada completa
y a jornada parcial : 2 bibliotecarios a jornada completa.
Numero de volúmenes : 5,268
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : Aproximadamente
350 al mes. Además, el INTECAP tiene acceso fácil a otras
bibliotecas.
- proyectores de cine, de slides y de opacos;
- grabadoras de cassettes y de cintas;
- tocadiscos;
- amplificadores, micrófonos, audífonos;
- rotafolios ;
- retroproyectores.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
Ninguna.
Obras recientes:
- Instrucción programada:
. Relaciones Humanas en el Trabajo;
. El Papel del Mando en la Empresa Tomos No. 1-2-3;
. La Formación del Personal en la Empresa Tomos No. 1-2 y 3;
- Construcción:
. Administración en Obra;
. Cimentación Aislada Zapatas;
. Gráficos de Gantt y Programación por Velocidades Rítmicas;
- Industria:
. Teoría y Calculo de Hilaturas
- Pequeña empresa:
. Comercialización y el Pequeño Empresario;
. Capacitación para Pequeños Empresarios Agro-Industriales
Cooperativos.
HONDURAS
INSTITUTO DE LA FESITRANH PARA
ESTUDIOS SINDICALES (IFES)
Carretera a Pto.Cortés, Frente Corsa
SAN PEDRO SULA
I.
Director :
Diana María Castillo de Oulahan
Fecha de fundación
:
1973
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto autónomo creado por la Federación Sindical de Trabajadores Nacionales de Honduras (FESITRANH).
Fines del Instituto : El IFES es un centro de estudios laborales
y sociales de carácter nacional, latinoamericano y mundial. Con
el estudio de estos problemas se da especial importancia a la
formación de dirigentes.
Administración y organización : El IFES tiene a su frente un Director. La directiva o Comité del IFES, está integrada por 5
miembros, los cuales pertenecen también al Comité Ejecutivo de la
FESITRANH.
Las actividades del Instituto pueden clasificarse en tres grupos
de programas :
- programas de educación sindical en general;
- programas especializados : cooperativismo, contratación colectiva, administración de empresas, análisis a la problemática socioeconómica nacional;
- otros programas dedicados a la integración y mejor participación
de la mujer en el campo sindical y comunal.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
1
-
Visitante
Entre
5 y 8
2
-
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas adecuadas, experiencia nacional, experiencia en materia de enseñanza, investigación, organización, promoción y administración.
II.
Español.
Director de educación o formación profesional: Economista.
Cursos que se ofrecen : El IFES organiza cada año actividades de
educación de diferentes clases, para sindicalistas, especialmente
dirigentes.
Los títulos de los cursos recientes, que indican el carácter de
los temas tratados son los siguientes : curso de educación sindical, curso de contratación colectiva, curso de seguridad e higiene
en el trabajo, curso de cooperativismo, estudio de aspectos socioeconómicos nacionales.
30-01-79/80
- 2 -
Métodos de enseiianza utilizados : Conferencias, grupos de discusión,
foros, seminarios, mesas redondas, ejercicios de simulación, trabajos de equipo o de grupo y proyectos individuales.
cia únicamente.
Certificado de asisten-
- que sean afiliados a una organización sindical afiliada a la
FESITRANH;
- que ocupen un puesto de responsabilidad en el sindicato;
- que estén patrocinados por una organización sindical de
FESITRANH.
Derechos de matrícula : Ninguno, para ninguna actividad.
Becas : Los gastos de viaje están pagados por las organizaciones
sindicales, el hospedaje, alimentación y salarios están pagados en
parte por instituciones patrocinadoras de los cursos (como por
ejemplo : el IADSL, el INFOP, Planificación de la Familia). En
algunos casos las empresas pagan el salario y en otros casos el
sindicato.
III.
El IFES no realiza investigaciones.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El IFES organiza de vez en cuando reuniones de discusión a las
cuales se invita a personalidades en las materias de política
laboral, económica y social. Dichas reuniones están destinadas
especialmente a dirigentes sindicales.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El IFES tiene su propio edificio.
2 aulas para la celebración de seminarios.
Tiene
Residencia de alojamiento: Tiene un dormitorio general con capacidad
para 30 camas, 8 baños, l 2 servicios sanitarios, un dormitorio doble
con capacidad para 4 camas con su servicio sanitario y baño privado,
un comedor, una cocina, dos bodegas y un garage con capacidad para 2
carros. Ademas, el edificio cuenta con suficiente terreno y árboles
que contribuyen a dar un ambiente propio para.el estudio.
Biblioteca:
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a jornada
parcial: No hay bibliotecario; el Director hace las veces de és
Alrededor de 300.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: Alrededor de 20.
Además el IFES tiene aceso a las colecciones de la FESITRANH.
Equipo audiovisual: 1 proyector de cine, 1 grabadora.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas;
No especificado.
Obras recientes:
No especificado.
HONDURAS
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE FORMACION
PROFESIONAL (INFOP)
2 Calle
2 Ave. Edificio Navarro
Apartado Postal No 12 8-C
COMAYAGUELA, D.C.
I.
Director :
Manuel Acosta Medida
1972, entró en funcionamiento en 1973
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto autónomo, con personalidad
jurídica y patrimonios propios. La Secretaría de Trabajo y
Previsión Social es el Órgano de comunicación entre el poder
Ejecutivo y el Instituto.
Fines del Instituto : El Instituto tiene por objeto contribuir al
aumento de la productividad nacional y al desarrollo económico y
social del país, mediante el establecimiento de un sistema racional
de Formación Profesional para todos los sectores de la economía y
para todos los niveles de empleo, de acuerdo con los planes nacionales de desarrollo y social y las necesidades reales del país.
En consecuencia, al INFOP corresponde dirigir, controlar, supervisar y evaluar las actividades a la formación profesional a nivel
nacional.
Administración y organización : La Dirección Superior del Instituto
está integrado en la forma siguiente : cuatro representantes del
Estado, dos representantes de la Empresa Privada y dos representantes de los Trabajadores. Cada uno de los integrantes del Consejo
tiene un suplente. Los representantes propietarios por parte del
Estado son el Secretario de Estado en los Despachos de Trabajo y
Previsión Social, el Secretario de Estado en el Despacho de Educación Pública, el Secretario de Estado en el Despacho de Economía
y el Secretario Ejecutivo del Consejo Superior de Planificación
Económica. Los representantes de la Empresa Privada serán nombrados por el Consejo Hondureno de la Empresa Privada y los de los
Trabajadores por la Confederación de Trabajadores de Honduras,
procurando dar una adecuada representación a todos los sectores
productivos del país.
La presidencia del Consejo Directivo es ejercida por el Secretario
de Trabajo y Previsión Social. La Dirección del Instituto está a
cargo de un Director Ejecutivo nombrado por el Consejo Directivo
del Instituto.
30-02-79/80
- 2 -
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
201
215
Calificación del personal profesional : Calificación académica
adecuada, experiencia en materia de enseñanza y de investigación.
II.
Español.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen : El INFOP todos los años prepara una planificación específica de cursos para ser desarrollada durante todo
el año, la que se hace por modos de formación, tales como :
complementación con una duración de 20 a 80 horas; habilitación
con una duración de 400 a 500 horas y aprendizaje con una duración de 3000 a 5000 horas.
A continuación los títulos de algunos de los Cursos que actualmente
está impartiendo el Instituto :
- curso de Veterinaria Preventiva;
- curso de Granos Básicos;
- curso de Encofrado en Albañilería;
- curso de Cultivo de café;
- curso de Horticultura, Apicultura;
- curso de Metodología de la Programación;
- curso de Metodología Activa;
- curso de Administración y Organización de Talleres;
- curso de Motores Diesel;
- curso de Dasonomía, Curtiembre, Zapatería;
- curso de Mandos Medios, Técnicas de la Administración Moderna,
Administración por objetivos, etc.
Estos cursos van dirigidos a Obreros con alguna calificación, a
Supervisores y Personal Ejecutivo, en cada curso se admiten cupos de
15 participantes cuando se trabaja con máquinas y de 15 a 18, cuando
es tipo conferencia.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, Seminarios, grupos
de trabajo, ejercicios de simulación, metodología activa para la
formación de adultos y adolescentes.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso
cia y aprovechamiento.
Certificados de asisten-
- 3 -
Calificaciones de los participantes : La mayor parte de las
actividades están destinadas a personas :
- que tengan'entre 15 a 50 años de edad;
- que estén trabajando cuando el curso sea de complementación;
- pasar el proceso de selección cuando se trate de aprendizaje;
- tener conocimientos adecuados o una experiencia equivalente.
La selección de participantes a cursos está a cargo del Departamento de Selección y Orientación, creado para cumplir con esta
función entre otras.
de capacitación.
Ninguno, para todas las actividades
Becas : Becas completas cuando se trate de Cursos de Aprendizaje,
gastos de alimentación y transporte cuando se trate de Cursos de
Habilitación, gastos de transporte cuando los cursos sean de Complementación.
III.
Humanos.
El Jefe del Departamento de Recursos
No especificado.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Investiga la demanda nacional de Formación Profesional en todos los sectores de la
Economía y niveles de empleo, y propone las políticas de Formación
Profesional a objeto de contribuir a lograr el cumplimiento de los
objetivos del INFOP.
Encuestas para tipificar las Empresas del Sector Agropecuario.
Evaluación cualitativa y cuantitativa de las acciones realizadas.
Investigaciones especiales según los requerimientos del Instituto.
Ninguna.
- Ministerio de Educación para establecimiento de carreras cortas
a nivel centroamericano;
- Ministerio de Trabajo y Previsión Social;
- Consejo Superior de Planificación Económica;
- Ministerio de Recursos Naturales;
- Corporación Hondurena de Desarrollo Forestal.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Instituto de cuando en cuando realiza reuniones, seminarios,
Simposiums, en los cuales participan personas altamente calificadas
para discutir los problemas de Política Laboral, así como semina-
30-02-79/80
- 4 -
rios de Alta Gerencia, los que también son desarrollados por profesionales altamente calificados; la mayoría de las veces, éstos son
contratados en otros países.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Tallares, salas de reuniones, aulas para
realizar las sesiones teóricas, laboratorios, etc. El Instituto
contará con sus propias instalaciones en 1978. Edificios para las
Oficinas Administrativas, y los Tallares para el desarrollo de Curso
de Aprendizaje, Habilitación y Complementación.
Ninguna.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 2 bibliotecarias a jornada completa.
Alrededor de 3 000.
El Instituto recibe de CINTERFOR todas las colecciones básicas.
- 4 proyectores de 16 mm;
- 3 retroproyectores;
- 2 proyectores.
Computadoras :
VI.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Manuales de Instrucción (200).
Obras recientes :
- Encuesta de necesidades de Formación Profesional, 1974 (Sector
Industrial, Comercio y Servicios, Agropecuario).
- Encuesta de necesidades de Formación Profesional,1975 , (Sector
Agropecuario) .
- Encuesta de necesidades Directorio Nacional de Empresas.
- Seis años de formación profesional.
HUNGARY
COMPUTING INSTITUTE OF MINISTRY OF LABOUR
VIII, Reguly Antal U. 57-59,
1089 - BUDAPEST
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
J. Gyula Obádovics
1975
Part of the Ministry of Labour.
Aims of the Institute: To develop and operate an information
system of employment, wages administration, etc.} to offer
courses, lectures, etc. for managers of enterprises and government
officials.
Administration and Organisation: Supervised by the Deputy Minister
of Labour, the Institute is managed by a Director and 2 Deputy
Directors. It is divided into 5 divisions.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
150
30
Qualifications for professional staff: Various academic qualifications; experience in teaching and research.
II.
Hungarian;
English and Russian.
Peter Ada-Winter
Courses offered: The Institute organises courses for government
officials arid managers of enterprises in the subject areas of
management of industry and politics, management of local government
and management of computer centres. Course lengths vary from 1-3
days to 1-2 weeks.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; demonstrations on computerised
models; games; closed circuit televison; video tape recording;
discussion sessions; case studies; group projects.
Certificate.
Qualifications of participants: Participants hold positions of
responsibility concerned with computerised information systems.
Fees:
Not specified.
31-01-79/80
- 2 -
Fellowships available: Travel and maintenance costs of participants
are paid by the sponsoring organisation.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Árpád Olajos
Major Research Areas: Information systems of labour; computerised
simulation models} games; methods of teaching computing.
- Development of 2 simulation models of strategical decision;
- Development of statistical methods for analysing correlations
between employees and qualifications or skills;
- Developments in hardware and software.
Research Fellowships available: Fellowships are available through
the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, MTA and UNDP.
national and international agencies: Relationships with National
Management Development Centre of Hungary, other management training
centres of socialist countries and universities.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute occasionally organises seminars on computerised
simulation models.
V.
FACILITIES
Classrooms.
Not specified.
Library:
Audio-visual equipment: Closed circuit television; overhead
projector; film projector; slide projector.; video camera;
tape recorder, etc.
Computer equipment: The Institute owns an ICL 1905/E; RIAD 20;
and Redifon Seecheck; it has access to an HB 66/60; 66/25
(Batch and RJE and TS).
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals;
Yearly information material.
Recent titles:
The Institute issues internal publications for
statistical reports of labour and publishes articles on mathematical
advances.
31-01-79/80
HUNGARY
INSTITUT DE RECHERCHES SCIENTIFIQUES DE LA PREVENTION
DU TRAVAIL AU CCS
ötvös János u. 1-3,
P.O. Box 7,
1021 BUDAPEST II.
I.
Directeur:
Gyula Nagy
Date de fondation:
1954
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut, créé par arrêté gouvernemental,
est placé sous la tutelle du Conseil Central des Syndicats.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut travaille au niveau national,
à l'élaboration et à la mise au point de procédés techniques en
vue de la protection des travailleurs, de leur bien-être et de leur
santé (recherche, développement, réglementation, homologation, au
besoin aussi exécution).
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est dirigé par un
Directeur et un Directeur adjoint scientifique. Il se compose de
plusieurs services autonomes: Technique d'aération, Technique de
sécurité, Organisation du travail, Protection individuelle,
Information, Laboratoire électronique, Laboratoire de bruit, Relations
internationales, Atelier des instruments de recherche.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
Ing. techn. 110
OS
60
-
En stage
-
60
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Les ingénieurs
et les techniciens doivent avoir reçu un enseignement professionnel
sur la protection du travail. Les OS doivent faire preuve d'aptitude
professionnelle.
Langues de travail: Le hongrois est la langue de travail mais le
russe, l'anglais, le français, l'allemand, l'italien, l'espagnol,
le finnois et le roumain sont des langues utilisées pour la
correspondance.
II.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'Institut de Recherches scientifiques de la
Prévention du Travail n'organise pas directement les activités
d'enseignement et de formation. L'Ecole Centrale du CCS.(SZOT K.I.)
est responsable du perfectionnement des cadres de la prévention. Les
cours durent six mois, à raison de deux cours par semaine.
Par contre, les ingénieurs et techniciens reçoivent leur spécialisation
en matière de protection du travail de 1'Institut du Perfectionnement
de la Prévention (MTI), institut extérieur au CCS. Les cours
s'étendent sur une période de deux ans (quatre semestres).
31-02-79/80
- 2 -
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement comprend les méthodes
suivantes: conférences, communications, séminaires, visites d'usines,
travaux pratiques.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Le MTI délivre un diplôme
d'ingénieur ou de technicien spécialiste.
Qualifications des participants: Pour entrer au MTI, il faut
avoir un diplôme d'ingénieur ou de technicien.
Frais d'inscription: En général, les frais sont pris en charge
par l'institution qui présente ses candidats.
Bourses disponibles: Les bourses au MTI sont octroyées en partie
(50%) aux ingénieurs et techniciens et en partie (50%) aux ruraux.
III.
Dezso Török, directeur adjoint scientifique.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La recherche est menée en fonction
des problèmes techniques et d'organisation que soulèvent la
prévention et l'hygiène du travail; elle couvre également les
secteurs de la protection de l'environnement et de l'ergonomie.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Divers travaux de recherche sont en
cours, à savoir:
- Développement de nouveaux appareils et instruments de la prévention
basés sur l'effet d'ionisation;
- Mesurage continuel et enregistrement de la pression du gaz
circulant;
- Mise au point de la protection individuelle du travail fait sous
fils de haute tension;
- Elimination des contaminations combustibles de l'air par oxydation
catalytique;
- Contrôle et remaniement du système de réglementation de la
protection du travail.
Pas précisé.
avec d'autres instituts de recherche sur la prévention et avec les
institutions internationales pour la protection du travail.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: L'Institut a
également publié:
- "L'électrostatique en problème industriel".
- "Catalyseur et procédé de l'élimination des hydrocarbures par
oxydation catalytique".
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
D'autres activités sont entreprises par l'Institut, tels que le
classement des instruments de la protection individuelle avec
l'autorisation de leur mise en vente; l'homologation des machines
dangereuses et la coordination de l'activité d'homologation de
24 instituts du pays.
- 3 -
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le MTI possède ses salles de cours et si
nécessaire les salles des syndicats peuvent être utilisées.
Logement:
Le SZOT Kl est un internat.
Bibliothëque:
1 bibliothécaire.
Informatique:
VI.
Possède un équipement audio-visuel.
Comprend un EMG 666 avec des périphéries.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: L'institut dirige:
"Munkavédelem", Protection du travail, revue mensuelle dont troi
numéros sont publiés, assemblés par trimestre;
"Idosakos Munkavédelmi Kozlemények", Notes périodiques sur la
protection du travail, à intervalles indéterminés.
Ouvrages récents:
31-02-79/80
Pas précisé.
HUNGARY
RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
OF THE HUNGARIAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Budaörsi ut 45,
1112 - BUDAPEST
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Román Zoltán
1960
of Sciences.
An institute of the Hungarian Academy
Not specified.
Administration and Organisation: The R U E is managed by a Director,
supervised by the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. The Institute has
not a rigid organisational structure; the research teams are
organised according to the changing tasks and requirements of the
on-going projects.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
20
10
10
-
-
qualifications with industrial and research experience.
II.
Hungarian.
The Institute does not undertake training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: Industrial and enterprise economics;
industrial development, planning, productivity.
- Industrial strategies and policies;
- Management of technical progress;
- Pattern of industry, industrial organisation.
31-03-80/81
None.
- 2Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations,
national and international agencies: Member of the European Association of National Productivity Centres. Working relationships with
UNIDO and many institutes abroad.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI; Not
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The R U E organises meetings and conferences from time to time both
for domestic participants and on an international set up.
Consultancy activities on an ad hoc basis, mostly free of charge.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: None.
None.
Library:
Number of volumes: 3,500
Computer equipment:
VI.
1
150
None
None
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
^Review of Industrial Economics (quarterly journal)
-Studies in Industrial Economics.
Recent titles:
- Industrial Development and Industrial Policy, Proceedings of the
Second International Conference on Industrial Economics,
Z. Roman (Ed.), Budapest, 1979.
HÜNGARY
RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF LABOUR
(MINISTRY OF LABOUR)
Könyves Kaiman krt. 4 8-52,
1087 BUDAPEST.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Tibor Balohg (Deputy and Acting Director)
Ministry of Labour.
1973;
began research in 1975.
A research institute attached to the
Aims of the Institute: Scientific elaboration and development of
systems and methods to help in carrying out the tasks of employment
policy, those of labour force administration, promotion of wages and
incomes policy, living standards and social policies, work and
plant organisation,
labour legislation, improvement of working
conditions and increase of work efficiency.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is attached to
the Ministry of Labour.
It is headed by the director appointed by
the Ministry in consultation with the Institute Scientific Board and
Board of Directors.
Research is carried out by four scientific
departments and a research group.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
44
26
Qualifications for professional staff: Graduates with academic
qualifications, teaching and research experience.
II.
Hungarian, Russian, German and English.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Institute performs training and organisational
functions.
It supplies other educational institutes engaged in
training experts, and the Ministry of Labour, with educational
materials.
It also develops programmes for them, helps to organise
materials and to prepare for examinations by making educational and
examination films.
Within the framework of Comecon, the Institute
takes part in training foreign experts on study trips, engages in
extension training and preparations for examinations.
31-04-79/80
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: The scientific research departments of the
Institute are directed by two deputy directors.
-
Basic and applied research is carried out on:
Employment policy and labour force administration;
Income and social policy;
Work and plant organisation;
Work-psychology;
Labour law.
- Main labour force questions in selective-intensive development
policy;
- Long-range manpower demands; manpower demand and the choice of
profession;
- Modernisation of worker classification systems;
- Subjects of the five year research plan:
- development of effective manpower and manpower
resources (qualitative composition);
- perfecting factory and work organisation;
- population income levels;
- psychological model in connection with the efficient and
humanised use of manpower;
- basic problems of labour law codification.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: universities and research
institutes in the country; research in common with the Ministry of
Labour (representativesof research institutes and universities etc.
are also invited).
Research cooperation within Comecon on labour
and ergonomical subjects; and with the ILO.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute arranged an ergonomics conference entitled, "Man-machine
production environment" in Budapest in 1979, attended by foreign
participants.
The Institute takes an active part in labour research conferences and
consultations within the framework of the Comecon.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
Not specified.
Library:
1.
- 3 -
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
- L. Iványi, Labour management at the companies.
Munkaugyi
Kutatási Kozlemények, 1978.
- F. Jordán, The application of the Markov chains for long range
prognosis of the development of the structure of labour force.
Munkaügyi Tanulmányok, 1978.
- L. Iványi, A. Kirilly, Working time management, multishift work,
shift-bonus.
Practical experiences of a survey covering forty
companies.
- L. Iványi, A. Kirilly, A few timely questions of the working-time
management__at the companies.
Munkaügyi Szemle, 1978.
- Ö. Józsa, A. Olajos, J. Venyige, Scientific-technical development
and the changing management conditions.
Vezetéstudomány, 1977.
- J. Venyige, Labour mobility and changes in economic structure of
Hungary.
Gazdaság, 1977.
- J. Venyige, The utilisation of the professional knowledge of the
young technicians.
Vezetésudomány, 1977.
- A. Kirilly, A survey of the utilisation of the workers' working
time at seven companies.
Vezetéstudomány, 1977/78.
- L. Gyetvai, F. Jordán, L. Karsai, A. Olajos: The long-range
prognosis up to 1990 of the demand in graduated professionals in
light industry.
Kutatási Tajékoztató, 1978.
- I. Vetró, About a few questions of the professional convertibility
of skilled workers within the company.
1977.
A full list of publications may be obtained from the Institute.
31-04-79/80
HUNGARY
TRADE UNION THEORETICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Tarogató u. 2-4,
BUDAPEST II
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Márton Buza
1968
trade union movement.
A scientific institute of the Hungarian
Aims of the Institute: To undertake original and independent socialscientific research. The Institute takes part in national socialscientific research work conducted by the Hungarian Academy of
Sciences through the examination and analysis of such research from
the trade union point of view.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is under the direction of the Central Council of Hungarian Trade Unions. It is divided
into 6 research Departments:
-
Economics;
Organisation and Management Theory;
Cultural and Ideological;
Social Policy;
International Research;
Trade Union History.
There is also a data-processing and multipliers section.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
22
11
13
2
60-80
-
A university degree.
Languages used in activities: Hungarian; English, French, German
and Russian used on an ad hoc basis.
II.
The Institute offers no training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
31-05-79/80
- 2 -
-
Wages, salaries, incomes and wage proportions;
Social policy and social benefits;
Labour force economy and labour laws;
Research in connection with the activities of the unions in
assisting production and the economy;
Research in connection with the education of the workers;
Factory democracy and the development of its movement;
International research;
Historical research.
following methods:
Conducted in areas listed above using
- Analyses; among others secondary analyses of government data.
- Sociological field surveys, investigations by means of questionnaires and case studies.
- Analysis and summarising of the trade union viewpoints.
- Public opinion research.
- Experiments for the establishment of organisational models.
Research Fellowships available: Institute research workers may
apply for grants from National Fellowship Council and for various
government fellowships.
national and international agencies: The Institute has relationships
with World Federation of Trade Unions; International Labour Office;
and various trade union research institutes of the socialist countries
as well as most trade union research institutes of Western Europe.
At home: with research institutes of the academy and with other
scientific institutes for social research.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
Not applicable.
Available.
Library:
Computer equipment:
computer.
7.
None.
Hollerit data processing and EMG 71.666 mini
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Trade Union Review
and Institute News Bulletin.
Recent titles: Research results are mimeographed by the Institute;
titles issued in 1976, 1977 and 1978 include:
- M. Buza: Workshop Democracy, Workers' Participation and Control,
and the Trade Union Movement in Europe.
- S. Kovács: The Activity of Trade Unions in Industrial Plants to
Defend the Interests of Young Workers.
- M. Palitz:
Aspects.
The Background of Labour Disputes and their Social
- P. Ritook: Some Problems of the Professional and Social Integration
of Young Workers.
- Gy. Takács and M. Takács: The Influence of the.New Work Methods on
Workers, Particularly on the Movement of Socialist Brigades at the
Clothing Factory of Zalaegerszeg.
- T. Hetés:
The First Ten Years of the Trade Union of Iron Workers.
- I. Horváth: The Mass Education and the Education of Cadres in the
Trade Unions.
- J. Domokos:
Products.
Shop-floor Democracy in Cooperatives for the Sale of
- Zs. Fono: Hungarian Women Workers and their Unionization between
the Two World Wars.
- J. Pohl:
Labour Safety and the Humanization of Work.
A full list of publications may be obtained from the Institute.
31-05-79/80
INDIA
AMBEKAR INSTITUTE FOR LABOUR STUDIES
Mazdoor Manzil,
GD Ambekar Marg,
Parel,
BOMBAY-400 012
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Bhagwant N. Datar
1976
Nature of the Institute: Registered under the Registration of
Societies Act. The Institute is sponsored by the Indian National
Trade Union Congress.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute has two main long-term objectives:
a) improving industrial harmony and equipping persons within appropriate
trade union ranks with techniques and skills for maintaining such
harmony; b) the understanding of how labour can contribute effectively
to smoothen the process of India's social and economic development and
hasten its pace.
Its immediate goals are: a) to organise, for trade unionists, courses
and seminars in the collection and collation of information and its
use for trade union purposes; b) to undertake research on problems
entrusted to it by the Indian National Trade Union Congress and to
prepare research material and publish it in popular form.
As an avenue in developing and understanding its research priorities
the Institute will maintain contacts with trade unions on a continuing
basis. An information cum documentation service for use by trade
unions will be established. The Institute also plans to accept responsibility for preparation of monographs for national and international
agencies on a mutually agreed basis.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute has a Governing Council
composed of three nominees from the Indian National Trade Union
Congress and from the Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh, and one nominee
each from the Ministry of Labour, Government of India and the Labour
Department, Government of Maharashtra. The Director of the Tata
Institute of Social Sciences, the Director of the ILO Area Office in
New Delhi and the Director of the Institute also serve on the Governing
Council. When fully developed, the Institute will be organised into
five divisions: Analytical; Surveys; Industrial Relations; Dissemination; and Service.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
9
4
-
Visiting
not yet
arranged
Qualifications for professional staff: Postgraduates in economics,
sociology, social work, statistics and similar disciplines.
33-01-79/80
- 2-
Languages used in activities; English, Hindi and Marathi.
II.
Director of Education or Training: Director of the Institute and
some staff members are oriented towards training activities.
Courses offered: Ad hoc, e.g. Seminar on Wages, Prices, Income
Policy in India, held in December 1977; National Textile Seminar
organised in January 1979; and Training Programme for Junior Levels
of Trade Union Leadership, organised in March-April 1979.
Seminars/structured training programmes.
Institute.
Certificates of the
Qualifications of participants: Trade union background with
working knowledge of English/Hindi.
Fees:
Not yet proposed.
Fellowships available: The Institute endeavours to contribute
towards travelling, lodging, board and incidental expenses during
the course or seminar.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Director of the Institute and some staff
members oriented to undertake research activities.
Major research areas: Surveys/analytical studies of interest to
workers in India, e.g. A sample survey of indebtedness among Bombay
textile workers; A sample survey of absenteeism among Bomby textile
workers; A study - problems of textile industry in India; and
A study - industrial relations in India.
Current research activities: A study of demographic factors and
work behaviour; a study of education of workers' children; a study
on economics of automation; and preparing trade union views on
matters of public interest.
Research fellowships available: Not specified.
national and international agencies: The Tata Institute of Social
Science, Bombay; the Maharashtra Institute of Labour Studies, Bombay;
International Council of Social Walfare (Regional Office for Asia and
Western Pacific), Bombay; International Labour Organisation; and
International Confederation of Free Trade Unions.
Mimeographs on the following subjects: Indebtedness among textile
workers in Bombay - Report; Absenteeism among textile workers in
Bombay - Report; Problems of textile industry in India - Report;
Seminar on income, Wages and Prices - Report.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Furnished seminar rooms.
Available for 15 trainees.
Library :
Computer equipment : None.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
33-01-79/80
None.
112.
1
INDIA
CENTRAL INSTITUTE FOR RESEARCH AND
TRAINING IN EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
Pusa,
NEW DELHI - 110012
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
R. Omakant Rao
1964
Nature of the Institute: A Central Government Institute under
Directorate General of Employment and Training, Ministry of Labour,
New Delhi.
- Conducting professional training for the Employment Service
personnel at all levels, with the ultimate objective of rendering
quick and effective service to employers and employment seekers;
- providing training in various aspects of Employment Service to
officers deputed under various international fellowship programmes;
- undertaking research on continuing basis on organisational and
procedural problems of Employment Exchanges;
- preparation and publication of various kinds of career literature.
Not specified.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
26
24
-
-
qualifications and work experience.
II.
English.
Courses offered:
(a)
Specialised Courses and Seminars of two to eight weeks' duration are offered on a variety of subjects such as:
- Vocational Guidance and Employment Counselling;
- Occupational Research and Analysis;
- Employment Market Information;
- Vocational Rehabilitation;
- Inspection and Evaluation;
- Staff Training and Vocational'Selection;
- Aptitude Testing and Vocational Selection.
33-02-80/81
- 2 The Institute also organises all-India and zonal seminars for
officers at different levels operating specific programmes.
(b)
(c)
Other Courses: The Institute has recently extended its
training activities to offer short-term courses to personnel
officers of industries in aptitude testing and to college
teachers in career advising and student service.
An important feature of the Institute's training programme is
to provide professional training in various aspects of Employment Service activity to officers deputed from foreign
countries under the International Labour Organisation Fellowships, Colombo Plan, Special Commonwealth and African Assistance Programme, Indian Technical and Economic Co-operation
Programme and other schemes.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; group discussions; panel
discussions; individual projects and assignments; syndicate work;
field trips; industrial visits.
attendance.
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Employment officers serving
in employment exchanges in the country; officers deputed by
foreign countries.
Fees:
None.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: Research in organisational, functional
and procedural problems of employment exchanges.
The studies completed during the past year include:
-
Types of vacancies outstanding: Reasons and remedies;
Instructions issued by State Headquarters to Employment Exchanges;
Staffing Pattern at State Employment Market Information Units;
Interview Aid - X-Ray Technician.
None.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: Copies
of reports of the studies conducted by the Institute are forwarded
to the State Directors of Employment Exchanges for their use.
- 3IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute maintains a Career Study Centre which prepares,
publishes and distributes career literature on important occupational fields covering information about the nature of job, educational and other requirements, training facilities, employment and
self-employment opportunities earnings, employment outlook, etc.
V.
FACILITIES
aids).
An auditorium (equipped with audio-visual
rooms available.
Nominal Hostel facilities with seven
Library:
Number of periodicals received: 28
Audio-visual equipment: Overhead projector;
speaker; slide projector.
2.
tape recorder;
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- CIRTES Newsletter (quarterly).
- Bulletin on Job Opportunities (quarterly).
Recent titles:
-
(published between
January-December 1980)
Career Information Series:
Careers through competitive examinations
Careers in professional management
Earn while you learn
Careers in commercial and secretarial practices
Creating your job
Careers in road transport
Careers in banking occupations
Guides to Careers:
The physical education teacher
The mechanic (diesel)
The surveyor
The machinist grinder
The vaccinator
33-02-80/81
loud
INDIA
CENTRAL LABOUR INSTITUTE
Eastern Express Highway,
Sion,
BOMBAY - 400 022
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
A. K. Chakrabarty, Director-General
S. S. Ramaswamy, Deputy Director-General
1953
Nature of the Institute: A Central Government Institute under the
administrative control of the Directorate General Factory Advice
Service and Labour Institutes (DGFASLI), Bombay, under the Ministry
of Labour, Government of India.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute was established to function
as a socio-economic laboratory and a national institute dealing
with the scientific study of all aspects of industrial development
relating to human factor.
The Institute's objective is to promote safe and healthy working
conditions in factories and on docks and thereby assist in the
achievement of improved work environment, better motivation and
higher productivity. The humanisation of work and improvement of
the quality of working life are the concerns of the Institute.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is headed by a
Director-General who is a government official.
The Institute has 4
wings grouping 10 divisions as follows:
Safety wing: Industrial
Safety, Health and Welfare Centre; Training and Audio-visual Centre;
Library-cum-Information Service; Research wing: Industrial Hygiene
Division, Industrial Medicine Division, Industrial Physiological
Division; Training wing: Productivity Division; Staff Training
Centre; Industrial Psychology Division; Ergonomics: Ergonomics
Library.
For administration of safety in dock work, eight
inspectorates are located at eight different ports.
There are also three Regional Labour Institutes (RLIs) at Calcutta,
Madras and Kanpur.
Each of these institutes consists of four
divisions: Industrial Safety, Industrial Hygiene, Training and
Information Centre» cum Library.
Training, research and consultancy activities of the 4 wings of the
Institute, as well as the three RLIs and Dock Safety Inspectorates,
are co-ordinated by the following officials:
-
Director (Factory Advice Service);
Directors (Training);
Director Research (Technical);
Director (Dock Safety).
33-03-80/81
- 2 Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
125
130
qualifications and teaching, research or industrial experience.
Languages used in activities: English primarily; some training
programmes are also conducted in Hindi and other regional languages.
II.
Organisation".
See above, "Administration and
Courses offered:
- The Industrial Safety and Dock Safety Wings organise some 50-60
individual courses per year (some are repeated) on specialised
aspects of in-plant safety programmes for middle and senior
management, workers, union officials, factory inspectors, etc.
- The Research Wing conducts 16 courses per year (some are repeated)
on subjects concerning industrial hygiene and on occupational
health for factory inspectors, industrial hygienists and chemists,
safety officers, supervisory and management personnel, industrial
engineers, industrial medical officers and plant physicians.
- The Training Wing offers approximately 80 courses per year (some
are repeated) covering specific areas of productivity, industrial
psychology, staff training, management, human relations and
leadership.
The programmes are intended for all levels of
management, supervisory personnel, union leaders, personnel officers
and training officers.
Most of the programmes are of a duration of 1-2 weeks.
A Comprehensive Trainer's Development Programme lasts 6 weeks (spread over 6
months with training project work).
A course in Industrial Safety
for Safety Officers (leading to a diploma) is of one year's duration.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; discussions; case studies;
simulated exercises; laboratory experiments; team and individual
projects; role playing; management games; field trips.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate of participation for short courses.
Diploma in Industrial Safety is awarded
by the Government of Maharashtra.
Qualifications of participants: A science or technology degree
and two years' experience are required for the Diploma course.
For the other programmes, the participants are expected to have
basic educational qualifications and relevant experiences.
Trade union candidates must be active trade union officials from
industry.
Fees: Rp. 500 for the Diploma course.
Fees for other programmes
vary from Rp. 50-500.
For some courses no fees are charged.
- 3Fellowships available: The Institute does not offer any fellowships.
Fellowships are granted by the Government of India under international programmes of technical co-operation and assistance, such
as ILO, Colombo Plan, UNDP, etc., to candidates nominated by foreign
governments.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
See above, "Administration and Organisation".
- Accidents in factories and docks, their causes and prevention;
- Industrial hygiene and occupational health problems in different
industries;
- Physical and chemical hazards in industry;
- Factors impeding productivity in industry;
- Environmental respiratory and work physiology;
- Ergonomics;
- Quality of working life;
- Organisation development and change;
- Management styles and productivity.
-
Multidisciplinary national project in forging industry;
Project on safety aspects in sheet metal industry;
Safety study on fertilizer units;
Project on safety stewardship scheme in docks;
'
National project on land hazards in the storage battery industry;
Project on benzene hazards in various industries;
Project on health hazards in viscose rayon industries;
Project work on development of disposable masks and fire-retardant
fabrics;
Project on effects of exposure to mercury in chlor-alkali plants;
Project work on supervisory practices and problems in textile
industry;
Project work on quality of working life;
Classification of artisan jobs, and administrative and technical
staff.
See above, "Fellowships available".
national and international agencies: A close liaison is maintained
with other institutions and national and international agencies.
Unpublished and research documentation not included in Part VI:
Unpublished reports of various research studies and consultancy
projects are maintained by the different sections.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The different sections of the Institute offer specialised consultancy services and undertake studies and projects at the request of
industries and organisations.
33-03-80/81
- 4Technical seminars, conferences and colloquia on topics related to
industrial safety and occupational health are occasionally organised.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 3 air-conditioned conference rooms, 1 classroom and an air-conditioned auditorium with 300 person capacity.
30-room hostel.
Library:
Number of volumes: approximately 17,000.
Number of periodicals received: approximately 250.
There is also a training films library with slides and film strips
on various subjects.
Audio-visual equipment: Slide projectors; filmstrip projectors;
overhead projectors; 16mm projectors; public address system; tape
recorders and photographic equipment.
Training films on safety,
occupational health, productivity, etc, are produced.
Computer equipment: Computer services are available on hire from
other organisations if required.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- Industrial Safety and Health Bulletin (quarterly)
- Annual Reports on the Working of the Indian Dock Labourers
Regulation 1948 and the Dock Workers (Safety, Health and Welfare)
Scheme.
Recent titles:
- S. Chakravorti, S. Bhar, Chronic Occupational Exposure to Lead:
An Evaluation of Environmental Lead Levels, Lead Absorption and
Intoxication of Storage Battery Workers, 1978.
- J . S. Joseph, K. Suryanarayan, Development of Psychological Tests
for a Specific Selection Problem - A Case Study, 1978.
- O. N. Ganguly, Evaluation of Occupational Training at Century
Spinning & Manufacturing Co. Ltd., Bombay, 1978.
- M. K. Chakrabarti, R. K. Gupta, Fire Hazards Potential of Static
Charge and other Fire Hazards in Cotton Ginning Process, 1979.
- M.K. Chakrabarti, V.S. Sasikumar, Safety Study of Power Presses
and Shears in a Factory Manufacturing Electrical Parts, 1979.
Divisions of the Institute publish technical booklets, pamphlets,
handbooks and seminar proceedings in their respective fields.
In
addition, 36 reports and 48 papers and articles prepared by Institute
staff were issued between 1977-79.
Lists of publications are
available directly from the Institute.
INDIA
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR AND SOCIAL WELFARE
PATNA UNIVERSITY
PATNA - 800 005
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
G.P. Sinha
1948
Nature of the Institute: A post-graduate department within the
Patna University.
Aims of the Institute: The primary objective of the Department is
to train practitioners for the fields of industrial relations,
personnel management, labour welfare and also social welfare in
industrial undertakings and private and public organisations. With
this end in view the Department imparts teaching, conducts research
and supervises and guides doctoral research work.
Director.
Staff
The Department is headed by a
Full-time
12
1
II.
Part-time
-
Visiting
varies
M.A., Ph.D. and appropriate
English and Hindi.
Director of the Department.
Courses offered: The Department conducts both M.A. and Ph.D. courses.
The main courses of study cover labour economics, labour law,
industrial psychology, personnel management, industrial relations,
industrial management, production and marketing management, finance
management and commercial laws, collective bargaining, social
security and Indian social institutions.
Six months of field work
experience leading to a dissertation is requisite for the award of
the M.A. degree.
The M.A. programme normally lasts for two years.
Ph.D. courses extend to at least two years of the registration.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; tutorials; group discussions;
seminars; visits to industrial establishments and social institutions.
33-04-80/81
M.A. degree, Ph.D. degree.
- 2 Conditions of admission
Qualifications of participants: Admission to the M.A. course is
confined to graduates in Arts, Science and Commerce, preferably
those with honours in social sciences.
The Ph.D. course is open
to M.A. holders in Labour and Social Welfare or allied subjects.
Fees:
Rs. 150 per academic year.
Fellowships available: No regular fellowships are available. A
few scholarships are offered to M.A. students by the Patna University and the Government of Bihar, loan scholarships and stipends
for students belonging to scheduled castes and scheduled tribes
are awarded by the Government of India and the State Government.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of the Department.
-
Labour economics;
Industrial relations;
Trade unionism;
Personnel management;
Labour legislation;
Social security;
Social problems;
Social work.
- Industrial relations in the air transport industry in India
(sponsored by the Indian Council of Social Science Research);
- A research project on trade union leadership (sponsored by the
Government of Bihar);
- Employment and conditions of work and life of non-teaching
employees of the universities and colleges of Bihar (sponsored by
ICSSR);
- Insight into the issues of merger of coal mines Provident Fund
Organisation with the Coal India Ltd. and its subsidiary units
(sponsored by CMPT Organisation, Government of India).
There are also various doctoral research projects.
Research Fellowships available: Occasional fellowships to research
scholars for their doctoral work are awarded by the University
Grants Commission.
national and international agencies: There are working research
relationships with the Indian Council of Social Science Research, the
Indian Council of Child Welfare, the University Grants Commission,
the Labour Department of the Government of Bihar and other institutions.
- 3unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI:
- R.K. Akhauri, "Labour in Coal Industry".
- M. Badhwar, "Workmen's Compensation Act as Applied in Coal Mining
Industry".
- S. Chandra, "Trade Unions in Developing Economy".
- R.B. Mishra, "A Study in the Problem of Co-operative Agricultural'
Marketing with special reference to Bihar".
- S. Sharma, "Administration of Relief as a Measure of Social
Assistance in the State of Bihar".
- B.N. Shukla, "A Study of Industrial Relations in Ports and Docks
in India with particular reference to Calcutta Port".
- N.N. Sinha, "The History and Working of Trade Union Movement in
the Coal Mining Industry of Bihar".
- C.P. Thakur, Role of State in Industrial Relations in India".
- S.N. Thakur, "Micro Economic Study of Rural Sector".
- K.C. Singh, "Strikes in Indian Railways".
- M.L. Banerjee, "University Teachers' Movement in Bihar".
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Conference are frequently held by the Department.
V.
FACILITIES
rooms.
8 classrooms and 4 meeting and seminar
Hostel facilities for about 25 students.
Library:
recorder.
1 full-time.
1 tape recorder with amplifier;
1 tape
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: None.
Recent titles: The Department does not publish research results of
its members.
The following were published elsewhere:
- G.P. Sinha and P.R.N. Sinha, Industrial Relations and Labour
Legislation.
- P.R.N. Sinha, Wage Determination.
- R.C. Singh, Indian P & T Employees' Movement.
33-04-80/81
INDIA
í/00
ECUMENICAL SOCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTE
f?3
Collin's Path, Bidhan Nagar,
DURGAPUR - 713 212
West Bengal
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Sudhakar S. Ramteke
1964
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute sponsored by
the churches of India and people interested in industrial development.
Aims of the Institute: To provide a place where various groups in
industry can meet together in discussion and where communication can
take place. To organise seminars, training courses, consultations,
discussion groups and symposia which equip participants in the fields
of human relations, leadership, positive motivation and other aspects
of the industrial community.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is administered by
the Board of Directors, composed of representatives from industry,
commerce, church and community. A full-time Director has the administrative and organisational responsibilities.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
4
3
2
-
several
-
Qualifications for professional staff: All professional staff members
are qualified in the field of labour welfare, industrial relations
and personnel management.
Languages used in activities: English, Hindi and Bengali.
II.
Courses offered: Short-term courses are offered to managers, supervisors, trade union executives and workers. The courses cover
leadership, motivation and communication, human relations, productivity
and related topics.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; case studies; role playing; group
and panel discussions; films, etc.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: A certificate is awarded.
Conditions of Admission: Depend on the nature of the programme.
33-05-77
- 2 Qualifications of participants; Participants are sponsored by
their respective industries. Basic qualifications, practical and
technical experience and languages are criteria for selection.
Fees; Nominal.
III.
Few.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research; Director'of the Institute.
Major Research Areas; Labour and industrial issues.
Current Research Activities; Growth and Development of Industries
in Durgapur - Hopes and Aspirations.
Research Fellowships available; None,
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations, national and International agencies; Co-operátion with the
Productivity Council, Workers Education Centre and Indian Institute
of Personnel Management.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI; None.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Short-term conferences for people in industry.
consultancy services have been offered.
V.
In certain cases
FACILITIES
Educational facilities; Classrooms, auditorium.
Residential accommodation;
(with food arrangements).
Accommodations for 30 participants
Library;
recorder.
16 mm projector, slide projector, tape
Computer equipment; None.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals; There are plans to start a monthly Newsletter for the
industrial community.
Recent titles;
Industrial Topics; -Productivity - Why...and How? by B.K. Basu.
-Education and Training of Technicians; A
Seminar Report.
-Responsibilities and Problems of Management, by
Sri S.P. Appasamy.
-The Role of Foreign Technicians, by K.J. Holt.
•r-The Role of Domestic Enquiry in Industry, by
Rajan S. Robert.
-Crisis in Management, by Kenyon E. Wright.
- Style and methods,of organising practical projects (Seminars),
by Sudhakar S. Ramteke.
- Style and method of organising practical projects (Discussion
Groups)/,by Sudhakar S. Ramteke.
- Style and method of organising practical projects (Training
Projects), by Sudhakar S. Ramteke.
33-05-77
INDIA
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT
33, Langford Road,
BANGALORE - 560 027
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
K. R. Ramachandran
Government of India.
1973 (registered in 1972).
An autonomous institute established by the
Aims of the Institute: To augment India's management resources through
programmes of study, research, training, seminars, etc. Special
emphasis is placed on the management needs of the public sector and
those socially relevant sectors of the economy which have not as yet
had systematic exposure to modern management inputs.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by a Board
of Governors consisting of representatives from central and state
government, industry, commerce, labour, professions and academia.
The activities of the Institute are organised under the following
programmes: 2-year post-graduate programme; 3-year fellowship programme; inter-company management development programmes; in-company
organisation-based programmes; applied research; consultancy;
information service.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
94
200
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic qualifications, in addition to industrial, business, research or teaching
experience.
II.
English.
Director of Education or Training: Director of the Institute (assisted
by 3 deans, 6 programme co-ordinators, 6 sector co-ordinators and 5
area co-ordinators.
Courses offered:
- Two-year Post-Graduate Programme (equivalent to a Master's degree)
has main emphasis on organisational behaviour and environments;
personnel management; and industrial relations.
- Three-year Fellowship programme (equivalent to a doctorate)
concentrates mainly on personnel management; industrial relations;
and manpower planning.
33-06-80/81
- 2- Inter-Company Management Development Programmes: are 3 days to
2 weeks in duration and cover such topics as: management of human
resources} productivity approach to industrial relations; participative management; productivity bargaining; managerial
unionism; trade union leadership; and trade union workshops
on meaningful participation.
- In-Company Organisation-Based Programmes: held 20-30 times per
year are designed and structured to suit the specific needs of
organisations in personnel management and industrial relations
organisational behaviour areas.
Teaching Methods used: Optimum blend of lecture-cum-discussion
sessions with panel discussions, case studies, role playing,
management games, simulation exercises, laboratory sessions and
project work.
Certificates (for short-term courses).
Fellowship, Diploma and
Qualifications of participants: Post-graduate programme:
intended for students between 22-28 years old; Fellowship
programme: candidates are required to have a graduate degree
and appropriate experience; they should be within the 25 to 35
age group.
Participants in the other programmes are nominated by companies,
government, trade unions, and hold positions of responsibility
within their organisations. They usually have 10-15 years of
experience (no age limit).
Fees: Post-graduate and Fellowship Programmes: Rs.500/- per year.
Inter-Company Management Development Programmes: Rs.200-300 per
day. In-Company Organisation-Based Programmes: Rs.100 per day.
Fellowships available: A few scholarships of value ranging from
Rs.400 to 500 per month are offered by the Government of India;
and various companies provide scholarships to 40-50% of the students.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Director of the Institute (assisted by 3
Deans and a research co-ordinator).
- Socio-economic status of artisans;
- Agricultural land use policy;
- Socio-economic survey of the bullock cart;
- Modernisation of the bullock cart;
- Documentation study of the bullock cart in India;
- Absorption of iron and steel in rural sector;
- Study of health manpower in specialities and super specialities.
- Management in small business;
- Interfaces: Government and small-scale industry in India; rural
labour markets; material requirement planning; financing for
medical education; planning policy for railways; demand for
housing value system - Indian systems; Janata housing schemes;
energy plantations.
Research Fellowships available: 19 students are receiving research
fellowships.
national and international agencies: Ford Foundation; International
Development Research Centre, Ottawa, Canada; London School of
Business Management; Agricultural Ministry of the Government of
India; National Institute of Bank Management, India; Bureau of
Public Enterprises, Government of India.
Unpublished research papers by the faculty and staff are available
from the Institute.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute undertakes consultancy with State Electricity Boards,
public sector undertakings and private companies.
Conferences and seminars are organised from time to time.
V.
FACILITIES
seminar rooms.
7 classrooms;
200 students.
a conference room;
3
4 hostels which accommodate approximately
Library:
35
Audio-visual equipment: Film projector; slide projectors; overhead
projectors; tape recorders; public address system.
Computer equipment: The Institute utilises the facilities of the
Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore (IBM 360) and Indian Institute
of Technology (IBM 360).
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Institute will start a journal during 1981.
Recent titles: During 19 77, an occasional paper series and an article
reprint series
was
initiated.
33-06-80/81
INDIA
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT, CALCUTTA
Joka, Diamond Harbour Road,
Post Box No. 16757
Alipore Post Office,
CALCUTTA - 700 027
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
H. Bhaya.
1961
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute established by
the Government of India. Co-operating in this effort were the
Alfred P. Sloan School of Management of the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, the Government of West Bengal, the Ford Foundation
and the business community of India.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute aims to assist in meeting the
rapidly growing needs of both private and public sector enterprises
for managerial manpower through provisions of well designed and well
directed programmes of professional education. In addition, it
endeavours to assist in the solution of management problems and
to contribute to the development of indigenous literature on business
management through an organised programme of research, consultancy
and publication.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by a Board
of Governors comprised of representatives from government, educators
and employers. The Institute's programmes are managed by an Executive Director through the respective Committees consisting of Institute
faculty members and administrative officers.
Staff
Full-time
Number of clerical staff
90
200
Part-time
Visiting
5
5
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic qualifications with teaching, research, consultancy and industrial experience.
II.
English.
committee.
Courses offered:
activities:
Chairman of the respective
The Institute conducts following educational
a) Two-year Post-Graduate Programme (PGP): This residential course
aims at acquainting the students with the principles and techniques
of analysis and decision making. A wide range of subjects allows
33-07-80/81
- 2 -
each student to develop a programme of learning particularly
suitable to his career interests.
b) Three-year Fellowship Programme (FP): This programme has been
primarily designed to prepare students for teaching, research,
consultancy or industrial careers. Successful completion of
requirements includes an original research contribution in a
chosen field.
c) Executive Development Programme (EDP): The Institute offers a
series of Executive Development Programmes in major functional
areas of management. These courses are intended for practising
managers and trade union leaders. All EDPs are full time residential courses. They are designed for about 30 participants
and vary from 5 to 15 days.
d) Extension Programmes (EP): Non-residential, part-time, evening
courses offered in various management areas. They are designed
for about 50 participants and last usually 12 weeks.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; seminars;
role playing; simulation and project work.
case discussion;
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Post-Graduate Diploma
in Management (recognised as equivalent to a Master's degree in
Business Administration); the Fellow in Management (comparable
to a Ph.D. in Management); The Executive Development Programme
and Extension Programme award certificates of attendance.
Qualifications of participants: Participants in the degree
programmes must fulfil various academic requirements. Final
selection, entirely on the basis of merit, is made by an
Admissions Committee. Participants in the Executive Development
Programme must be sponsored by their organisations. The Extension Programme courses require experience and academic qualifications as determined by the Director.
Fees: Vary. A nominal fee for Post-Graduate and Fellowship
Programmes. The EDP participants have to pay for cost of course
material, books, their board and lodging.
Fellowships available: A limited number of scholarships are
available for students in the Post-Graduate and Fellowship Programmes.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Chairman of the Centre for Management and
Developmental Studies.
Major Research Areas: The Institute's research activities are in
all functional areas of management.
include:
Major research projects at the Institute
- Diagnostic Study of Managerial Issues in the Centres of Higher
Education in India;
- Students Participation in the Management of Education System;
- Role of Voluntary and other Agencies in Rural Development in the
Eastern Region;
- 3- Area Development Programmes in selected Districts of West Bengal
and other States in Eastern Region with UNICEF collaboration.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Some research activities are
being undertaken in collaboration with various Indian and international institutions.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: The
Institute maintains a collection of unpublished research documentation, students' theses and project reports, technical pamphlets,
annual reports of companies, etc. (about 8,000 items).
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts a wide range of consultancy services sponsored
by public and private sector industries and by the Government.
Consultancy is offered in all functional areas of management including various management and organisation development and training
programmes. The Institute periodically organises seminars and
conferences on socio-economic and managerial issues.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Two large seminar halls and assorted seminar
rooms and classrooms. The Institute's Extension Programmes are
conducted at an annex in the city of Calcutta.
Residential accommodation: The IIMC is located on its own campus.
It has hostel facilities for full-time students and accommodations
for faculty members.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 26 full-time.
Audio-visual equipment: Public address systems, 16 mm projectors,
slide projectors, overhead projectors, tape recorders and cameras.
Computer equipment: The Institute's computer centre has card punch
machines, verifiers, CAM and a sorting machine. In addition, the
Institute has access to Calcutta University's IBM 1130 computer.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
33-07-80/81
Decision (quarterly).
Newsletter: IIMC NEWS (quarterly).
- 4 Recent titles :
Working Paper Series:
- M. C. Bhattacharjee, "Insensitivity of the Optimal Policy to
Survival Criteria in Finite Dams".
- Indukuri J. Raju, "Mathematical Models of Inter-Town Road and Rail
Distances in India".
- A. Bagchi and J. K. Roy, "On Generating Optimal Digital Search
Trees".
- Surendra Munshi, "Commitment of the Labour Commitment Theory".
- J. K. Sengupta and S. K. Gupta, "Optimal Bus Scheduling and Fleet
Selection Models".
- Gouranga P. Chattopadhyay, "The Identity of the East African
Manager: Some Implications for Management Education".
- Dilip Roy, "Multivariate Process Control - A Different Approach".
- J. Rajaretnam, "Husban Wife Differences in Risk Perception and
Risk Taking".
- Ashoknath Mukhopadhyay, "Dall's Calcutta Mission - A Dialogue on
Change and Continuity, 1955-58".
INDIA
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL WELFARE AND
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
College Square West,
CALCUTTA - 700 073
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
D.K. Dutt
1954
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous organisation registered
under Societies Registration Act XXXI, 1860.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute serves as a post-graduate
institution for advanced teaching and research in management, labour
welfare and allied subjects.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute has a 24-member
governing body composed of representatives from the State and Central
Governments, various chambers of commerce and founder and collective
members. The Director of the Institute serves as Secretary to the
body and a Trustee from the 5-member Board of Trustees is also a
member of the Governing Body.
Staff
Full-time
26
18
work and research publications.
II.
Part-time
Visiting
100
Master's degree with doctoral
English.
Courses offered:
a)
b)
c)
d)
- Master's Degree in Business Management. Affiliated to
Calcutta University. (Two-year day-time course for graduates).
- Post-Graduate Mgmt. Course in Business/Industrial Management
for Business Executives. Affiliated to Calcutta University
and recognised by the Government of India. (Three-year
evening course).
- Post-Graduate Diploma Course in Social Work (Labour Welfare)
for Labour Welfare Officers. Affiliated to Calcutta University and recognised by the Ministry of Labour. (One-year
day course).
- Post-Graduate Diploma Course in Advanced General Social
Welfare for Social Workers. (Two-year day course), recognised
by the Central and State Government.
3 3-08-79/80
- 2 -
e)
- Post-Graduate Diploma Course in Urban (Municipal) Administration. Recognised by the State Government and Government of
India.
(Six-month evening course).
trips; placement.
Lectures;
case studies;
Post-graduate diplomas.
seminars;
field
Master's degrees and
Qualifications of participants: Participants must be graduates
sponsored by the government or their employer. Dependinq on the
programme, they must have at least 2 years of experience.
Usually, they must also draw a basic salary of Rs.500/- per
month.
Fees :
Vary for each course (Rs.300 - Rs.1,500).
III.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
basis.
Research is undertaken on a -departmental
In the field of social science.
Research Fellowships available: On a project basis.
national and international agencies: Central and State Governments.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Seminars.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 15 classrooms, 5 seminar rooms, 8 faculty
offices , with four sectional libraries.
Labour Welfare.
Hostel for 25 government nominees in
Library:
5.
t
- 3 -
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Survey, a quarterly with a multidisciplinary approach
to management, labour welfare, social welfare, urban
problems, etc.
Recent titles:
- Monograph of the garbage disposal in big cities with special
reference to Calcutta (Presided by the Minister-in-Charge of the
Local Government and Urban Development, Government of West Bengal).
- Municipal Gazetter - Volume I, consisting of details about the
municipalities in Calcutta Metropolitan District.
- A treaty on the urban complexities of the present times.
- Working report - reconstruction of consolidated rate of property
tax of the Corporation of Calcutta (Presided over by the Ministerin-Charge of the Local Government and Urban Development Department,
Government of West Bengal).
- Report on civic service and tax collection in some selected wards
of municipal corporation - a pilot survey.
- Report on the degree of under-assessment of property for the levy
of property tax by local authorities.
A sample survey in
Calcutta.
33-08-79/80
INDIA
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF WORKERS' EDUCATION (IIWE)
Shramik Shikshan Bhavan,
L.B. Shastri Marg,
Kurla,
BOMBAÏ - 400 070
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
M. Sagir Khan (Principal)
1970
Nature of the Institute: The Indian Institute of Workers' Education is one of 4 2 institutions in various parts of India, which
function under the control of the Central Board for Workers' Education, a semi-autonomous body sponsored by the Ministry of Labour,
Government of India. The Central Board is registered under the
Societies Registration Act, 1860. The Institute forms an integral
part of the Central Board.
Aims of the Institute: The IIWE serves as an apex level demonstration and training institute of the Central Board for Workers'
Education through the presentation of training and refresher courses
to the Board's own officers. The Institute is the nucleus where
specialised schemes for training and education of labour are evolved.
Administration and Organisation: The Indian Institute of Workers'
Education functions under the over all administrative control and
guidance of the Director of the Central Board for Workers' Education.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
5
5
-
Visiting
as required
Qualifications for professional staff: Master's Degree in social
sciences, teaching experience and educational background in labour
matters.
II.
English and Hindi.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Institute is the training centre for officers
of the Central Board for Workers' Education.
The IIWE conducts a four-month residential training programme for
future Education Officers as well as various refresher courses
lasting one week (for Regional Directors) and two weeks (for
Education Officers). In addition, the Institute offers a one-week
training programme for officials of unions in the National Federation
of Trade Unions.
33-09-80/81
- 2 The Institute offers a correspondence course for trade union
officials sponsored by their unions in English on "Trade union
organisation and administration".
It is organised on a continuous
basis with admission open to candidates all year round.
Teaching Methods used: Lecture-cum-discussion;
role play; seminars; assignments.
case studies;
Certificates awarded
to Education Officers on completion of the training programme.
Qualifications of participants: The Central Board for Workers'
Education prescribes the qualifications for Education Officers.
Participation in the training programme for union officials
requires substantial experience in the trade union field and
knowledge of English and Hindi.
Fees:
No fees charged.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
None.
Major Research Areas: At this time there are no research activities.
The Institute plans to develop a research programme oriented to trade
union needs.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts zonal and national level seminars and symposia
on various topics.
V.
FACILITIES
hall; etc.
Classroom;
discussion rooms;
meeting
Attached hostel with 32 single rooms.
Library:
Number of volumes: Approximately 10,000
2 full-time.
Audio-visual equipment: 16 mm film projector; filmstrip projector;
epidiascope; overhead projector; tape recorder; radio.
INDIA
INSTITUTE OF APPLIED MANPOWER RESEARCH
Indraprastha Estate,.
Mahatma Gandhi Marq,
NEW DELHI - 110 00 2
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
(Miss) Malathi Bolar
Government of India.
1962
An autonomous institute established by the
Aims of the Institute: To advance knowledge about the nature,
characteristics and utilisation of human resources in India; to
provide a broad perspective of requirements of trained manpower;
to develop improved methods and techniques for the training and
development of the existing work force; to identify and develop
high-level manpower and to forecast the supply and demand of manpower; to provide manpower research services to government, public
enterprises and private establishments; and to organise and
facilitate training courses, conferences and seminars in the field
of manpower planning.
Director. The Union Minister is President of the Institute. The
General Council of the Institute includes representatives from
various union and state government ministries, research institutions
and employers' and workers' organisations. Activities of the Institute
are organised within three major areas: Research, training and
consultancy.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
70-75
50-55
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic qualifications, teaching and research experience.
II.
English.
Courses offered: The Institute organises training courses covering
manpower planning at national and state levels and at enterprise
levels. The national and state level manpower planning programmes
are designed to give understanding of manpower planning in the
respective areas, to illustrate the linkage of manpower planning
to educational and economic planning and to show various techniques
of manpower planning currently in use. The course covering manpower
33-10-79/80
- 2 -
planning at the enterprise level equips officers responsible for
manpower planning with techniques of solving manpower problems
in enterprise level operations. Both courses are two weeks in
length and held once a year for approximately 30 participants.
The Institute also organises ad hoc programmes to suit specific
requirements of an industry, organisation, enterprise or state.
studies.
Lectures;
discussion sessions;
attendance.
case
A certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Participants must hold a position of responsibility concerning manpower planning and administration, be sponsored by an appropriate organisation and have
appropriate formal education or equivalent experience.
Fees: Rs.1,200 for Manpower Planning and Administration at
National and State Level; Rs.1,500 for Manpower Planning at
Enterprise Level.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: Manpower group surveys; sectoral studies;
area manpower studies; problem-oriented studies; methodological
studies; and data bank.
included:
The major research projects in 1978
- Third-All-India Survey;
- Study of replacement and attrition requirement for teaching
personnel ;
- Student wastage in industrial training institutes;
- Pattern of expenditure and per student cost in engineering
educational institutions;
- Stock and supply of engineering graduates and diploma holders;
- Scientific and technical manpower studies;
- Medical manpower studies : stock and supply of allopathetic doctors;
survey of women doctors; rural health care and health management;
- Agricultural manpower studies;
- Supervisory manpower studies;
- Rural manpower studies: employment planning in rural areas through
integrated rural development; ILO pilot survey of the key
informants system rural areas;
- Manpower planning of petroleum sector: exploration and
production of crude oil;
- Manpower planning for sugar, khandsari and gur industries;
- Employment study of the sugar industry;
- Study of engineering industry in Calcutta metropolitan region;
- Manpower study of the power section;
- Manpower study of the fertilizer industry;
- 3 -
-
Employment
Tabulation
Employment
Employment
study of the ceramic industry;
of establishments employing 10 and above workers;
study of the light metal fabrication industry;
study of the tyre and tube industry;
None.
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations, national and international agencies: The Institute undertakes research in collaboration with national and international
agencies and institutions.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI; The
Institute maintains a collection of unpublished research documentation, working papers, etc.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute occasionally organises seminars, workshops, etc. to
discuss current manpower issues, research methodologies and other
relevant subjects. The Institute has a number of consultancy
projects in the private and public sectors.
V.
FACILITIES
Meeting rooms and seminar rooms.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
Delhi.
VI.
7 full-time.
None.
Services available through the University of
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- Manpower Journal (quarterly)
- Current Awareness Service (monthly)
- Manpower Documentation (quarterly)
Recent titles:
for an up-to-date list of publications, please
contact the Institute of Applied Manpower Research.
33-10-79/80
INDIA
MADRAS SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
23/24 Casa Major Road,
Egmore,
MADRAS - 600 008
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director: K.N. George
1952
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institution under the auspices
of the Society for Education and Research. It is affiliated with the
University of Madras for the Master's Degree programme in Social Work.
- To impart professional education in social work including labour
welfare, industrial relations and personnel management?
- to organise short-term training programmes in social work}
- to undertake direct social service projects}
- to arrange conferences on problems of social interest}
- to provide consultancy services}
- to publish books, monographs and periodicals}
- to conduct research studies on social problems and social welfare.
Administration and Organisation: The Board of Management of the
Madras School of Social Work is headed by the Chairman, who is a
prominent industrialist. Businessmen, industrialists, educators,
social workers and government officials comprise the Board. The
Chief Executive of the Madras School of Social Work is the Director.
The activities of the School are within four major areas: (1) professional education in social work, (2) short-term training in social
welfare, (3) research, (4) community services.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
9
4
3
-
few
Qualifications for professional staff: Full-time: a post-graduate
diploma or degree in social work and teaching, research and field
experience. Part-time: prescribed academic qualifications and
have teaching, research and field experience.
Languages used in activities . English.
II.
EDUCATIONAL AND TRAINING. ACTIVITIES
33-11-79/80
Director of the School.
- 2-
Courses offered:
a) A two-year full-time post-graduate programme in social work with
specialisation in labour welfare, industrial relations and personnel management. The course admits 50 students per year.
b) Short-term courses are organised for government and non-government officials and staff engaged in different fields of social
welfare. The number of participants varies from course to course,
but never exceeds 50.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; discussions; seminars; case
studies; audio-visual aids; individual and group projects;
concurrent practical training; internship and research project
dissertations.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Diploma in Social Service
Administration or Master's Degree in Social Work. A certificate of
attendance is awarded for completion of the short-term training
programmes.
Qualifications of participants: Participants in the post-graduate
. programme are required to have a Bachelor's degree in arts,
science, commerce, law or any other faculty of a recognised
university and be between the ages of 20 and 35 years.
Eligibility for short-term courses varies depending on the course.
Fees:
Not specified.
Fellowships available: Few scholarships are available to Indian
students in the post-graduate programme.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
T. Krishnan Nair
Major Research Areas: Social work including labour welfare; social
problems including labour questions.
-
Drug addiction among students of Madras university;
Evaluation of N.S.S. concurrent programme;
Evaluation of N.S.S. Special Camping programme;
In-depth studies of selected universities, namely MaduraiKamaraj University, Kerala university and Andhra Pradesh
Agricultural University, 1977-78.
- In-depth studies of selected universities, namely Utkal, Karnataka
and Tamil Nadu Agricultural universities.
Research Fellowships available: None.
national and international agencies: Research studies are undertaken with financial assistance from government and other agencies.
specified.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The School runs community service programmes in foster care and
rural development. It organises conferences on various social
issues and offers consultancy to industries, government and welfare agencies.
V.
FACILITIES
conference facilities.
The School has classrooms and access to
Residential accommodation: Hostels with facilities for board are
available for men and women.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1 librarian.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Recent titles:
33-11-79/80
16 mm slide projector.
None.
None.
INDIA
N.C. CORPORATION PVT. LTD.
Stadium House, Third Floor,
Veer Nariman Road,
BOMBAY - 400 020
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Governing Director and Chairman:
Director: (Miss) S.P. Vaswani
Dinshah K. Mehta
1957
Nature of the Institute: Private Limited Company.
tion of the Society of Servants of God.
A filial organisa-
Aims of the Institute: To introduce and propagate a system of
economics based upon spiritual.values, called "The God-Guided
Economics".
by a Board of Directors.
Staff
The Corporation is administered
Full-time
Number of p r o f e s s i o n a l s t a f f :
Not
Not
Part-time
Visiting
s p e c i f i e d
s p e c i f i e d
Qualifications for professional staff: University and postgraduate
degrees.
II.
English.
Director of Education or Training: (Miss) S. P. Vaswani
Courses offered:
- Short-term training courses for management, technical and supervisory personnel;
- 3-year training courses for scholars to be trained as industrial
statisticians ;
- Training for agricultural labour and supervisors.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; illustrations; factory visits;
case studies; in-factory training and on-the-field training.
Certificates are given.
Short-term courses: School Leaving Certificate.
Assistant Industrial Statistician: Bachelor's Degree.
Industrial Statistician: Post-graduate degree.
33-12-79/80
- 2 -
Fees : For short-term courses, fees vary between Rs. 300 and
Rs. 1,000 per course.
for 3-year periods.
III.
Scholarships to graduates and post-graduates
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of the Corporation.
- Incentives;
- Industrial relations;
- Job evaluation;
- Training for workers and supervisors in industry and
agriculture;
- Life and work attitudes.
Current research activities Research based upon statistical
techniques, agro-industrial techniques, including training of
workers and supervisors in industry and agriculture.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Projects conducted by the
N.C. Corporation have been financed by the Indian Ministry of Labour,
the Indian Planning Commission, the Government of Maharashtra, the
Government of Gujarat, industrial undertakings in the private and
public sectors and agriculturists.
(a) "Report on Industrial Relations in the Bombay Dock Labour
Board (BDLB)".
(b) "Report on Three Case Studies of Industrial Relations in Bombay
Port Trust: Dock Shore Mazdoors, Wharf Crane Drivers, Flotilla
and Shore Crews".
(c) "Survey of the Undertakings in which Works Committees Have
Ceased to Function and the Undertakings which Have not
Constituted Works Committees (Greater B o m b a y ) " ,
(d) "Causes of Delays in Payment to Insured Persons".
(e) "Frequency Patterns of Benefits and Problem of Wrong Declarations by Insured Persons".
(f) "Report of Job Valuation in Government Printing Presses
Maharashtra State".
A summary of studies ( a ) , (b) and (c) was published in the Second
Digest of Indian Labour Research, 1974.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Consultancy services include various aspects of labour research,
such as training of operatives and supervisors, and cultivation of
right attitudes to work. Consultation in statistical techniques'
has been given to more than 70 undertakings in India.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
Classroom and meeting room.
Library:
Available, but not specified.
Presently being organised.
Number of volumes:
-
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: - Incentive Schemes in Different Industries
- A Survey of the Functioning of the Works Committees
in Bombay City.
* A summary was published in the Third Digest of Indian
Labour Research (1968-72) issued in 1978.
33-12-79/80
INDIA
THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
(After merger of Indian Institute of Personnel
Management with National Institute of Labour
Management)
Apeejay House,
Block - B (5th floor) ,
15 Park Street,
CALCUTTA - 7 00016
I.
Director:
GENERAL INFORMATION
P. V. Kurian (President)
A. K. Rao (Hon. General Secretary)
1980
Nature of the Institute: A voluntary association of persons engaged
in the personnel function of management.
It is registered under
the Societies Registration Act, 1961.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute aims to encourage and assist
the development of personnel management through: (a) dissemination
of knowledge and information; (b) promotion of investigation and
research; (c) establishment and maintenance of high standards of
qualification and performance through training.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is administered by
a Central Executive Council consisting of 10 office bearers (a
President, Vice-President, 5 Regional Vice-Presidents, 1 Hon. General
Secretary plus his deputy, Hon. Treasurer) and 10 ordinary members.
Staff:
Full-time
Number of professional staff*:
Part-time
Visiting
-
Office
bearers
1 executive
officer
6 (inc. 1
trainee)
-
* Senior members of the Instifute volunteer to conduct training
programmes.
Qualifications for professional staff: Members with appropriate
academic qualifications and experience in personnel and industrial
relations.
II.
English.
Not specified.
Courses offered: A Diploma Examination in Personnel Management. The
Institute collaborates with other international and national
institutes to organise national seminars and conferences and nominates
its senior members to attend international seminars and conference.
33-13-80/81
- 2 The branches conduct coaching classes for the Diploma Examination.
They also organise a variety of training activities for persons
working in labour welfare, personnel management, industrial relations
and related fields.
Recent training programmes include:
- Workers' participation in management;
- Personnel growth and managerial effectiveness;
- Personnel management - new challenges;
- Industrial relations in the present context;
- Personnel management - practices and innovations;
- Recent labour laws.
Training courses are planned for about 25 to 50 participants;
duration 3-4 days, depending on the content and coverage of the
course.
Seminars are generally of 1-2 days' duration.
Teaching methods used: Workshops; lectures;
courses; case studies; discussion seminars.
Management.
refresher study
Diploma in Personnel
Qualifications for participants: No specific qualifications are
insisted upon as participants are sponsored by their employing
organisations.
Most activities are intended for personnel,
industrial relations and welfare officers and other management
staff dealing with personnel and human relations problems.
Fees:
Vary (to cover incidentals), depending on the venue.
Yes, as and when decided by the Council,
based on the individual's contribution to the profession and service
to the Institute, its activities and objectives.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major research areas: The Institute has published two research papers
which are included in the publication list.
The Institute is
currently unable to conduct research activities due to paucity of
funds, but this situation may change.
Research fellowships available: None.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: None.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts monthly meetings and occasional seminars and
symposia at which experts in personnel management and industrial
relations are invited to speak.
The Institute also organises Brains
Trust Meetings, at which a panel of experts answers questions raised
by the members.
The annual conference is attended by over 600
members, including some foreign delegates.
- 3 V.
FACILITIES
Meeting rooms.
Residential accommodation: None.
Library:
bearers on a voluntary basis.
Number of volumes: Approximately 600.
All office-
Audio-visual equipment: None.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Personnel Today (quarterly journal)
Recent titles:
- M.
of
- N.
- B.
- N.
M. Rudrabasavaraj, Executive Development: A Model and a Point
View.
K. Singh, Manpower Planning at Enterprise Level.
Tulpule, Spectrum of Industrial Relations.
K. Singh, Personnel Management in some Asian Countries.
Research Papers:
No. 1 - NIPM, "Diagnosis of an Aberrant Employee".
No. 2 - P. C. Agarwal, "A Study of Communication System in Steel
Plant".
33-13-80/81
INDIA
NATIONAL LABOUR INSTITUTE
AB-6 Safdarjang Enclave,
NEW DELHI - 110 016
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Prayag Menta (Dean)
1974
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute under the Ministry
of Labour, Government of India.
Alms of the Institute: To serve as a centre for education, training,
study and research in labour and related subjects.
Dean; an Executive Council consisting of 10 members provides guidance,
direction and control. There is a 53-member General Council with the
Union Labour Minister as the ex-officio President. The General
Council meets once a year to give broad guidelines to the Executive
Council and the Dean.
The activities of the Institute are organised within the following
areas:
- Economic Change and Social Policy;
- Dynamics of Participative System;
- Quality of Working Life in relation to Quality of Life in Family
and in Community;
- Organisation of Rural Labour.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
11
27
2
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic qualifications, national and international experience, teaching and research
(including action-research experience).
Languages used in activities: Mainly English and Hindi;
languages are used on an ad hoc basis.
II.
other working
Director of Education or Training: None.
responsible for specific programmes.
Programme Coordinators are
Courses offered: The Institute organises a variety of educational
activities each year for public and private sector managers, government
officials, grassroots trade union leaders and rural labour organisers.
33-14-80/81
- 2 Titles of recent non-rural courses indicative of the general themes
are:
- Effective team working in organisations;
- Dynamics of shop-floor/unit level employee-management participation;
- Development programme for personnel and industrial relations
officers;
- Leadership effectiveness and organisation development;
- Effective employee counselling;
- Dynamics of labour relations;
- Management of labour welfare programmes;
- Trade union leaders training for working with the rural poor.
A special course is offered to enterprise-level trade union leaders,
particularly presidents and general secretaries, with emphasis on
their role in raising or enhancing the quality of life of workers
at work, in family and in the community.
A training activity for motivating the organisers of rural poor, in
the form of rural labour camps, is conducted every two months for
the organisers of rural-landless labour in villages.
Selected
participants join from the selected districts for this purpose.
Each activity is planned for about 30 participants and may last from
3-10 days depending on course content. The programmes for grassroots trade union leaders and rural-landless labour organisers are
planned for about 100 participants. Whereas the rural labour camps
are held in villages, the non-rural programmes are usually held in
New Delhi.
Teaching Methods used: Emphasis on active involvement of participants
in small task groups for identification of problems and in seeking
alternatives. Exercises, case studies and group discussions are
utilised with a minimum of lecture inputs.
attendance.
Certificate of
Qualifications of Participants: The programmes are designed for
persons who:
- hold a position of decision-making responsibility concerning
social and labour policy or who have specific interest and
sufficient experience in the particular field in which the
programme is offered;
- are sponsored by an appropriate organisation;
- have adequate experience to participate actively in the
discussions, lead group work and serve as coordinators of
working groups.
Fees:
Vary.
Fellowships available: The sponsoring organisations pay course fees
for their nominees except in the case of rural labour camps for which
expenses are paid by the National Labour Institute and the respective
state government where the camps are held.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
There is no formal Research Director. Each
project is being directed by the researcher himself or in a group.
Major research areas: The Institute undertakes diagnostic and
analytical studies on relevant topics, and action-research to improve
the existing environment in industrial and agrarian sectors, particularly in the areas of work motivation, work commitment, work ethics,
work culture vis-à-vis industrial democracy, and quality of working
life in relation to quality of life in family and community, specially
designed projects for self-initiated action for generating employment
via education and organisations for the rural poor.
The Institute
also undertakes diagno stic-cum-action research studies for implementation of minimum wages acts and other labour laws.
-
Humanisation of work and quality of working life;
Industrial democracy and participation;
Alternative forms of work organisation;
Work motivation and work commitment;
Agrarian structure, tension, movement and peasant organisations
in India;
- Self-initiated employment generation and organisation of rural
poor;
- Evaluation of the functioning of labour welfare activities;
- Implementation of labour laws and functioning of the programme of
worker participation.
Research Fellowships available: Few short fellowships are offered
on an exchange basis for international researchers (no coverage of
international travel).
Working research relationships with other Institutions, organisations,
national and international agencies: Some research projects are
undertaken in cooperation with national and international institutions and agencies.
The
Institute maintains a collection of unpublished research documentation.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute occasionally organises seminars, discussion meetings
and workshops to which outstanding personalities from India and
abroad are invited to discuss contemporary issues.
Consultancy services are rendered to public and private sector enterprises, educational institutions, including university and other
agencies. The Institute is also engaged in assisting government
ministries, departments and agencies in developing effective training methods and skills for managerial and white-collar personnel.
In 1976, the Institute inaugurated a memorial lecture series in
memory of late Shri Rafi Ahmed Kidwai.
33-14-80/81
- 4 V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Air-conditioned seminar room which accommodates 4 0 persons.
Not specified.
Library:
Number of periodicals received: Approximately 17 0.
Audio-visual equipment: Film projector, portable colour video
cassette recorder, colour television receiver and monitor, video
camera.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
National Labour Institute Bulletin (monthly)
Awards Digest (monthly)
Recent titles:
Occasional Paper Series:
1/79 - Prayag Menta, "Participative Decision Making and Démocratisation of Management".
2/79 - Prayag Mehta, "Participation of Rural Poor in Rural
Development".
3/79 - Manju Kala, R. N. Maharaj and Kalyan Mukherjee, "Peasant
Unrest in Bhojpur: A Survey".
4/79 - Prayag Mehta, "Conditions of Work and Problems of Work
Organisation in Textile Industry".
- National Survey on the Incidence of Bonded Labour - Preliminary
Report.
- Education for Participatory Organizations of Rural Poor: Tribal
Youth Camps in Rajasthan.
Lists of educational materials may be requested directly from the
Institute.
Single copies of such materials are available to
interested educators or institutions.
INDIA
NATIONAL PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL
Productivity House,
Lodi Road,
NEW DELHI - 110 003
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Executive Director:
M. Krishnamoorthy.
1958
Nature of the Institute: The National Productivity Council is an
autonomous body registered under the Societies Registration Act.
Aims of the Institute: The purpose of the National Productivity
Council is: a) to stimulate productivity consciousness in the country
and to provide services with a view to maximising the utilisation
of available resources of men, machines, materials and power; b)
to wage war against waste; c) to help secure for the people of
India a higher standard of living. To this end the NPC collects
and disseminates information about techniques and procedures of
productivity. The NPC is tripartite in its constitution and representatives of government, employers, workers and various other
interests participate in its working.
Administration and Organisation: The National Productivity Council
consists of 75 members. The President of the Council is the Minister
of Industry, Government of India.
The Council members elect a
Governing Body which is headed by a Chairman nominated by the government. The Governing Body formulates policy, budgets, etc., for the
Council.
The Executive Director is the principal officer of the
Council and is nominated by the Government of India. He is assisted
by 4 Divisional Heads at NPC Headquarters and 9 Regional Directors
and 2 Officers-in-Charge of Sub-Regional Offices of the Council.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
200
208
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic qualifications, international teaching and research experience.
on an ad hoc basis.
II.
English;
regional languages used
Director (Management Services).
Courses offered: (a) Productivity Training Programme: Appreciation
and application programmes are organised for senior, middle and
junior level management in addition to appreciation and application
33-15-79/80
- 2 -
programmes for supervisory personnel. Special appreciation programmes
are offered to union leaders and workers. In-country programmes
to meet specific needs of enterprises are organised. The Council
offers other courses in subjects such as fuel efficiency, production
engineering, plant engineering, etc. (b) Two-year Industrial
Engineering Course. (c) Supervisory Development through Self-Study
and Special Coaching. (d) Overseas Programmes: Overseas training
of Indian experts, Industrial Engineering programmes under the
auspices of foreign 'organisations (foreign fellowships, Bilateral
assistance in Productivity Services in Afro-Asian countries, Expert
Services from abroad for development of NPC services).
Not specified.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: National Certificate in
Supervision. Post-Graduate Diploma in Industrial Engineering.
Fees:
Vary.
III.
Not specified.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director (Research).
Major Research Areas: Measurement of productivity in industrial
and agricultural sectors at macro, sub-macro and micro levels;
inter-firm comparisons; survey-based research on wage bonuses,
labour conditions, organisation, etc.; ad hoc research projects
on'techno-economic, techno-managerial and socio-economic problems
in industrial and agricultural sectors.
Current Research Activities: Development of suitable methodology
for measurement of productivity in industrial and agricultural
sectors; productivity trends in cement and fertiliser industries;
study on occupational wage disparities in mining and plantation
sectors; development of methodologies of inter-firm comparison;
development of methods for linking bonuses with productivity;
study on sources of output growth in Indian agriculture.
None.
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations, national and international agencies: Besides research relationships with international agencies such as the Asian Productivity
Organisation and the International Labour Organisation, the NPC has
working relationships in India with all research and professional
organisations, industrial associations in general and data collecting agencies such as Central Statistical Organisation, National
Sample Survey, Labour Bureau, etc.
Unpublished documentation not included in Part VI:
-
Linking Bonus to Productivity.
Productivity Growth in Indian Agriculture.
Productivity Growth in Manufacturing Sector in India.
Linking Bonus to Productivity.
- Approach Paper for the National Seminar on Measurement of Productivity.
- Series of Papers on various aspects of prices and income policy
and Proceedings of the National Seminar on Prices and Income
Policy.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The NPC holds conferences and national and regional seminars on
productivity subjects. Its consultancy activities include the
Productivity Survey and Implementation Service in management and
in techno-managerial subjects. Consultancy is also offered in
technological areas.
The NPC organises productivity study teams, in-country and overseas,
which are sponsored by international agencies and foreign governments .
Promotional Work: Audio-visual and Productivity Films Service,
organisation of Intensive Productivity Campaigns, organisation
of seminars, symposia and conferences at the national level:
Guidance and assistance to the Local Productivity Councils in the
development of their training programmes, seminars, symposia and
conferences.
While continuing its efforts to maintain the existing services and to
improve their effectiveness, the NPC has prepared plans to develop a
number of specialised services during the coming years in order to
relate its activities to the new Industrial Policy of the Government.
These include services for the small and cottage sectors for the public
sector, public utilities, public administration and post-harvest
operations in agriculture, plant maintenance, anti-corrosion and
tribology services, in-depth studies of prices and incomes, and development of consultants in the fields of behavioural sciences, financial
management, marketing and agricultural productivity.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Council implements its policies and
programmes through 8 Regional Directorates, 2 Sub-Regional Offices
and a Training Institute for Productivity and Industrial Engineering.
At each of these centres, adequate educational facilities such as
conference rooms, classrooms, audio-visual aids and library are
available.
Library:
Head Office, New Delhi:
Each regional office has a collection of approximately 3,000 volumes.
Audio-visual equipment: Film projectors, slide projectors, overhead projectors, epidiascope, tape recorders, etc. Also available
at Regional Directorates.
33-15-79/80
- 4 -
Computer equipment: Computer time is available through computer
service centres.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: - Productivity
(a professional, research-based
quarterly journal providing techno-managerial
expertise for a productive expansion of the Indian
economy).
- Productivity News (a monthly news magazine).
- Energy Management (quarterly).
- Utpadakta (a Hindi monthly for workers and
supervisors.
Recent titles: The Council publishes numerous series such as
research studies, training manuals, management guides, monographs,
general titles and "This May Help You" series.
INDIA
SHRI RAM CENTRE FOR INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
AND HUMAN RESOURCES
5 Sadhu Vaswani Marg,
NEW DELHI - 110 005
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Arun Joshi (Executive Director)
Founded in 1963, started activities in 1964.
The Centre is a registered society.
- To identify research needs in industrial relations and rural labour
and to carry out basic and applied research in those areas}
- to improve the skills of researchers and practitioners}
- to disseminate research results through training programmes,
seminars and conferences.
Administration and Organisation: The Centre is run by an Executive
Director. A Board of Governors consisting of 9 persons with international experience and broad knowledge of labour and social problems,
management associations and trade unions is the policy making body.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
19
12
Qualifications for professional staff: Master's Degree/Ph.D. is
required for both the teaching and research staff.
are conducted in Hindi.
II.
English;
some trade union courses
B.M. Kapur (Co-ordinator)
Courses offered: The Centre conducts courses for trade union officials
(from national and local unions) in various industrial towns. The
courses for 20 to 30 participants last from 1 to 4 days or 8 to 12
evening sessions spreading over 2 months. Course titles include:
Trade Union History and Management; Wage Determination; Bonus System
and Wage Claims; Disciplinary Action: Response to Management;
Labour Administration, Management of Trade Union Cooperatives; Human
Resources Development; Development of Union Cadres; Collective
Bargaining and Productivity Incentives; Unionism in the Public Sector;
Unions and Economic Development Recommendation of the National Commission on Labour.
33-16-79/80
- 2The Centre also conducts courses for management level personnel in
various parts of the country. They last a day to a week and are
attended by 15-25 participants. Courses include following topics:
Management of Labour Relations; Collective Bargaining Procedures;
Role of Supervisors; Trade Union Organisation and Administration;
Communications Technique; Corporate Policy on Incentives; Productivity and Industrial Relations; Personnel Management; Motivation,
Morale and Communication; Industrial Relations in the 19 70s.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; case studies;
shops.
seminars and work-
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Diploma in Personnel Mgmt.
Qualifications of participants: Most activities are designed
for persons who: are between the ages of 25 and 50; are
sponsored by an appropriate government, worker, employer or
academic organisation; have appropriate formal qualification
and experience; hold a senior managerial position.
Fees: Vary from Rs.25 to Rs.300 for trade union courses and
from Rs.150 to Rs.3,000 for management level courses (fees above
Rs.1,000 are for 6-day residential seminars covering boarding,
lodging, registration, tuition, reading and case material and
work files).
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: None.
Major Research Areas: Basic and applied research is undertaken by
the Centre in the areas of industrial relations and rural labour.
Current Research Activities: Studies on: trade unions; incentives,
morale, productivity and rationalisation; industrial relations in
particular industries; surveys of certain categories of workers;
industrial conflict; "joint or participative management; industrial
psychology; personnel management, labour policy and labour administra
tion; problems of small marginal farmers and landless rural labourers, including problems in their organisation.
Research Fellowships available: The Centre offers fellowships from
Rs.250 to Rs.900 per month to encourage research in industrial relations in Indian universities. Fellowships of Rs.1,000 to Rs.1,500
per month are available to corporate executives and university
professors to spend a year at the Centre and carry out research.
Union officials with academic background are offered Rs.250 to
Rs.1,500 per month to undertake research at the Centre. Visiting
fellowships, including travel (both international and in the country)
and living expenses are available to foreign scholars.
national and international agencies: The Centre has working links
with various branches of the Indian Institute of Management, Indian
Institute of Public Administration, local productivity councils,
- 3 -
Xavier Labour Relations Institute, Xavier Institute of Social
Services, Indian Council of Social Science Research and various
ministries of the Government of India.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Centre organises national seminars on various topics from time
to time.
V.
FACILITIES
Conference room.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
2 full-time.
380.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Indian Journal of Industrial Relations (quarterly).
Recent titles:
-
P.C. Aggarwal and M.S. Ashraf, Equality through Privilege, 1976.
I. Dayal and B.R. Sharma, Management of Trade unions, 1976.
V. Gupta, Handling Disciplinary Problems, 1975.
A.S. Menon, Leadership and Effective Performance, 1975.
S.M. Pandey, Rural Labour in India: Problems and Policy Perspectives, 1976.
G.K. Suri and K. Bhargava, eds., Problems in Industrial Relations:
Collection of Cases, 1976.
G. K. Suri, Wage Incentives: Theory & Practice, 1978.
C. P. Thakur, Skill Development & Labour Market in an
Industrializing Economy, 1978.
Martin M. Broadwell and B. M. Kapur, The New Manager as an
Instructor, 1978.
Martin M. Broadwell and B. M. Kapur, The New Manager, 1977.
S. M. Pandey and J. S. Sodhi, Developing the Rural Poor, 1977.
33-16-79/80
INDIA
SOCIO-ECONOMIC RESEARCH INSTITUTE
C-19 College Street Market,
CALCUTTA - 700 007
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Not specified.
1959
Nature of the Institute: A non-government, non-profit society
registered under West Bengal.
Encourage and conduct studies on the:
- Historical trends in the national economy;
- social and economic conditions of India and her people, past and
present;
- problems related to national development.
Administration and Organisation: The Secretary is the principal
executive officer; he is assisted by three joint secretaries, all
of whom are elected at the Annual General Meetings.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
8
1
10
2
Visiting
-
Generally, Master's degree
in one of the social science disciplines.
II.
English and Bengali.
The Institute conducts no educational activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
- Historical studies on social and economic conditions of India;
- Agrarian relations and rural poor;
- Distributive share.
- Poverty and unemployment;
- Relations of production in Indian agriculture;
33-17-79/80
- 2 -
- Study of the nature of land, labour, credit contracts, and rural
poor}
- Economic writings in Bengali;
- Agrarian relations in Bengal village.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: The Institute maintains relations with the Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR);
research projects conducted by the Institute are often sponsored or
financially supported by the Council. The Institute also keeps in
touch with other research organisations.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts seminars and discussion meetings from time
to time.
V.
FACILITIES
None.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
10.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Bulletin of the Socio-Economic Research Institute.
Recent titles:
- Bangla Bhasay Arthaniti Charcha (Economic Writings in Bengali)
by Durgaprasad Durgaprasad Bhattacharya & Archana Bhattacharya.
- Paschim Banger Arthaniti by Ashok Mitra.
- Bangla Bhasay Arthanitir bair Sata Barshiki (Centenary of Bengali
text books on economics) by Bhabatosh Datta.
- On the Interlinkage of Land, Labour, Credit Relations in
Agriculture - Analysis of Village Survey Data in East India by
Ashok Rudra & Pranab Bardhan.
INDIA
THE SOUTH INDIA TEXTILE RESEARCH
ASSOCIATION
COIMBATORE - 641 014
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
K. Sreenivasan
1956
Nature of the Institute: Autonomous, co-operative, non-profit
research organisation sponsored by the textile industry of South
India and the Ministry of Industry of the Government of India.
- To undertake fundamental, applied and operational research on
problems of particular interest to the textile industry;
- to implement results of research in all member mills in order
to improve quality, reduce cost and develop new products;
- to undertake consultation on various aspects of running textile
mills.
Administration and Organisation: The South India Textile Research
Association (SITRA) is managed by a full-time Director who reports
to a Council of Administration comprised of members from the textile
industry, government and scientific community.
Staff
Full-time
Scientific and Technical
Assistants:
Part-time
Visiting
30-35
50-55
70
Qualifications for professional staff: Master's or Doctoral degree
in textile technology, engineering, textile physics, statistics or
psychology.
II.
English.
Director.
P.V. Veeraraghavan, Assistant
Courses offered: The Association offers courses to technical and
managerial personnel in the textile industry. The courses cover
all facets of the textile industry and its technology. Courses
(covering) labour matters (within the textile industry) include:
- Supervisory Development Programme;
- Training of Trainers;
33-18-79/80
- 2 -
- Appreciation Programme for Trade Union Leaders;
- Employee Counselling;
- Personnel Management.
Each programme is restricted to about 25 participants and lasts from
one week to three months.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; discussions; seminars; case
studies; demonstrations; field visits; role playing; management
games, project assignments, etc. Audio-visual aids used as necessary.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate for completion of programmes lasting one week or longer.
Qualifications of participants: Sponsorship from member mills or
government; appropriate education or experience.
Fees: Vary with course and duration,
average of Rs600 per week.
Fellowships available: Fellowships for Doctoral programme are
available from the CSIR of the Government of India.
Fellowships
under the UNIDO Colombo Plan Special Commonwealth African Assistance
Programme are granted by the Government of India; they cover
international travel and living expenses.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of the Association.
Major Research Areas: Technical textile research and the application of mathematics, statistics, accounts, psychology and sociology
to the textile industry.
- Manpower Planning in Textile Industry;
- Human Factors in Industrial Productivity;
- Labour and Machine Productivity in Spinning;
- Economies in Handloom and Powerloom Industries, and various
textile technology research projects.
Research Fellowships available: Two research fellowships for
doctoral work in textile technology, textile physics, or industrial
and social psychology are available to Indian citizens fulfilling
university requirements.
national or international agencies: Research proposals have been
undertaken in collaboration with member mills of the Association,
the Government of India, UNIDO and UNESCO.
specified.
Not
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Association holds two annual conferences: Technological Conference
for scientists and technicians from the industry and the Human Relations Conference for management and trade union representatives.
Consultancy is offered to member mills on a no profit-no loss basis;
being a regular activity it accounts for one third of the professional
staff's time.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Air-conditioned conference auditorium with
a capacity of 500; 2 seminar rooms; meeting room, etc.
None.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 3 (full-time).
Audio-visual equipment: Epidiascope; slide projector; 16 mm
projector; public address system; tape recorder; overhead
projector;, flip charts.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Newsletter
(bi-monthly).
Recent titles: Proceedings of South India Textile Research
Association's 16th Conference on Human Relations
in Industry.
About 10 research reports per year are published for restricted
circulation among member mills.
33-18-79/80
INDIA
TATA INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Sion-Trombay Road,
Deonar,
BOMBAY - 400 088
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
M.S. Gore
university status.
1936
Research and education institution with
Aims of the Institute: The objectives of the Institute are:
a) to organise teaching in social sciences with a view to providing
professional personnel in social work, social services, personnel
management and allied fields}
b) to organise social research and to train students in social
research methods with a view to promoting the growth of knowledge
in the Institute's fields of competence and contributing to the
formulation of social policies;
c) to publish books, monographs, periodicals and papers in the
subjects studied at the Institute;
d) to organise lectures, seminars, symposia, etc. for those interested
in the subjects studied at the Institute;
e) to contribute to better understanding and professional practice
in the areas of social work, personnel management and allied fields.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is run by a Director.
It has moreover, a Governing Board, Holding Trustees, an Academic
Council and a Finance Committee. The Governing Board is the highest
authority consisting of 16 members including 2 members of the Faculty
of the Institute, 5 nominees from sponsoring industry, 3 government
nominees, 3 persons co-opted from Bombay Municipal Corporation, the
Director of the Institute, one nominee of the University Grants
Commission and one nominee of the Vice-Chancellor of the University
of Bombay.
The Institute's programmes of study are organised in two broad areas:
a) Social Work (criminology and correctional administration; family
and child welfare; medical and psychiatric social work; social
welfare administration; urban and rural community development);
b) Personnel Management and Industrial Relations.
Staff
Full-time
36
33
Part-time
Visiting
4
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Ph.D. or Master's degree
with appropriate experience in teaching and research.
33-19-79/80
English.
- 2 -
II.
Not specified.
Courses offered: In the field of Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations the Institute offers a Master of Arts degree programme
which includes the following subjects: Industrial Sociology; General
and Industrial Economics; Social Research and Statistics; Personnel
Management; Industrial Welfare and Personnel Services; General
Management; Labour Legislation; Psychology; Labour Economics;
Labour Administration and Industrial Relations; Labour Research and
Statistics; Organisational Behaviour; Labour Case Law; Trade
Unions; Managerial Economics; and Advanced Personnel Management.
The Doctoral Programme requires also training in Research Methodology
and concentrates on studies in three areas of specialisation chosen
by the candidate and approved by the Board of Research Studies.
Class instruction and field work.
-
Post Graduate certificate in Research Methodology;
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Social Work;
M.A. degree in Personnel Management and Industrial Relations;
Ph.D. degree in Social Sciences (including specialisation in
Personnel Management and Industrial Relations).
Qualifications of participants: Minimum qualification is a
Bachelor's degree from a recognised university.
Fees:
Tuition Rs.360 per year plus special fees.
available.
III.
Various scholarships, prizes and awards are
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major Research Areas: The Institute engages in applied research.
In addition to faculty members, research is also done by M.A. and
Ph.D. students as a requirement for the degree. In the fields of
Personnel Management and Industrial Relations the Institute
concentrates on studies in Labour Market; Labour Mobility; Labour
Welfare; Trade Unions; Wages; Peasant and Labour Organisations;
and surveys of Working Conditions in various industries.
Seamen's Survey, Women's Survey.
Research Fellowships available: 4 post-doctoral fellowships of
Rs.600 per month with contingency grants of Rs.2,000 per year for
research workers; 2 research scholarships of Rs.400 per month are
available for doctoral candidates.
- 3 -
national and international agencies: Numerous research projects
have been sponsored and supported by various agencies including the
Government of India, the Indian Council of Social Sciences Research,
the University Grants Commission and international organisations.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Seminars and conferences are occasionally held in collaboration with
various organisations, councils, central and state government departments.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Institute has its own classrooms and
seminar rooms on the campus.
Available for both men and women.
Library:
Full-time and part-time library staff:
Computer equipment:
VI.
9
full-time
509.
16 mm film projector.
Data Processing Unit.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Indian Journal of Social Work (quarterly).
Recent titles: As of 1976, the Institute has issued 36 books, 16
case studies, 92 research reports and 18 research studies. List
of publications is available directly from the Institute.
33-19-79/80
INDIA
XAVIER INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL SERVICE
Box 9, Purulia Road,
RANCHI - 834 001 (Bihar)
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Michael Van Den Bogaert, S.J.
Date of Establishment;
1955
Nature of the Institute: Privately sponsored institute, registered
under the Societies Registration Act of 1860.
- To train postgraduate students in personnel management, integral
rural development and business management;
- to run extension courses for small-scale entrepreneurs, villagers,
trade union leaders, workers, volunteers, etc.
- to engage in research on regional problems.
- to function as training centre for the National Adult Education
Programme.
Administration and Organisation: The Governing Body consists of
Jesuits belonging to the Ranchi Province of the Society of Jesus;
its Chairman is the Provincial Superior. The Director and the
Assistant Director of the Institute are also Jesuits.
Staff
Full-time
14
40
diploma.
Hindi (in extension courses).
II.
Part-time
10
-
Visiting
2
Master's degree or equivalent
English (in postgraduate courses) and
Not specified.
Courses offered:
- Postgraduate course, for recent graduates, in Social Service with
specialisation in integral rural development (a two-year programme).
- Postgraduate course in Social Service with specialisation in personnel management and industrial relations.
- Postgraduate course in Business Management for young executives
having two years of executive experience.
- The Entrepreneur Development Programme (tribal and general) lasts
four months and is offered twice a year.
- Ad hoc courses for practitioners from both trade union and
management.
33-20-79/80
- 2 -
Teaching Methods used: Lectures, case studies, practical fieldwork,
camps, field placement, institutional visits.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered; Postgraduate Diploma in
Social Service with specialisation in Integral Rural Development or
Personnel Management and Industrial Relations} Postgraduate Diploma
in Business Management; certificates.
Conditions of Admission;
Qualifications of participants: Participants in postgraduate
courses must be graduates in Arts, Sciences or Commerce. For
extension courses no academic qualifications are required.
Fees: Vary for postgraduate courses.
Fellowships available; None; the Indian Government awards scholarships to Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe students.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research; Director of the Institute, Prof. N. G. Basu,
Dr. (Mrs.) T. Bhaduri and Dr. R. N. Prasad.
Major research areas: Rural problems, peasant organisations, village
surveys, entrepreneurship and community forestry.
Current research activities: Socio-economic Benchmark surveys and
project reports for industries engaging in rural development.
None at present.
national and international agencies: The Institute has undertaken
research in co-operation with FAO, the Indian Social Institute and
Indian Society for Training and Development.
Unpublished research documentation riot included in Part VI:
research reports are available in mimeographed form.
IV.
Twelve
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute co-operates closely with professional organisations
such as Ranchi Management Association, Indian Society for Training
and Development and Indian Institute of Personnel Management, Vikas
Maitri.
Consultancy services are offered to organisations catering to workers
and trade unionists, church organisations, etc.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 6 classrooms; 4 seminar rooms;
conference room; a hall and a research laboratory.
regular hostel facilities;
a
8 rooms for occasional visitors;
canteen facilities.
no
- 3 -
Library:
3 tape recorders;
4 full-time.
16mm projector, etc.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Axis, a newsletter (also annual).
Chota Nagpur Adult Education Newsletter (monthly in
English and Hindi).
Recent titles: Approximately 12 articles per year are contributed
to scientific journals in India and abroad.
33-20-79/80
INDIA
XAVIER LABOUR RELATIONS INSTITUTE
Post Box 47,
Circuit House Area (East),
JAMSHEDPUR - 831 001
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Rev. T. A. Mathias, S.J.
1949
Nature of the Institute: A privately-sponsored institution registered
under the Societies Registration Act, 1860. The Institute and its
diplomas are recognised by the Government of India and all state
governments in the Union.
- To provide training in industrial relations, management and related
subjects;
- to disseminate labour and industrial relations information and the
Institute's research results to Indian industry and commerce;
- to assist, institute and carry out research in the use of management
and allied fields, and methods conducive to the improvement of
productivity.
12-member Board of Governors. The Board is composed of the Director
of the Institute, an Institute faculty member, 2 industrialists
associated with management in industry, 2 administrators with personnel
and industrial experience, 1 person versed in education and socioeconomic problems and connected with an industrial union, an alumnus
of the Institute and 4 nominees of the president of the founding
society.
Staff
Full-time
34
37
Part-time
Visiting
8-10
-
5
Qualifications for professional staff: Appropriate academic qualifications, teaching and research experience.
II.
English.
Sudas Roy (Dean).
Courses offered: The Institute offers the following post-graduate
programmes: Two-year day programme in industrial relations; two-year
day programme in business management; and a three-year evening
programme in business management.
3 3-21-79/80
- 2 -
Non-degree management development programmes are offered to executives
in government, industry and business. The Institute also provides
in-plant training.
Lectures and case studies.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered:. Post-graduate diploma.
Qualifications of participants: A university degree with at
least 50% marks is the minimum academic requirement. The evening
programme is open only to graduate executives, employed in local
industries, having not less than 2 years of experience.
Fees:
Rs.1,050 tuition fee, plus various other fees.
Fellowships available: Various scholarships are awarded depending
on academic performance, need and geographical origin.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: 0. A. Mascarenhas, S.J.
Major Research Areas: Major research areas of the post-graduate
programmes are industrial relations, personnel management and business
management.
Current Research Activities: Inter-divisional Relations; Rates of
Return on Industrial Equity Shares in India; Demand Forecast and
Sales Promotion Measures for Moped in Jamshedpur Industrial Complex;
Job Satisfaction of Workers in Auto Division II in TELCO, Jamshedpur;
Managerial Styles in Selected Industrial Undertakings in India.
None.
national and international agencies: The Institute is actively
associated with the Indian Council of Social Science, New Delhi,
Indian Institute of Personnel Management and industrial undertakings
in India.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises seminars and workshops in collaboration with
other professional bodies. Consultancy services are offered to
small industries in and around Jamshedpur and to large industrial
undertakings outside Jamshedpur. Institute students also organise
national seminars having management themes.
The Institute's
Public Systems Management Centre undertakes research, training and
consultancy services in different functional areas of management
(e.g. macroeconomics: public policy and social welfare; finance
and accounting; marketing as social systems; personnel management
and industrial relations; production and quantitative techniques;
and organisational behaviour.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Classrooms, seminar rooms, air-conditioned
library, air-conditioned research centre and air-conditioned
auditorium with 1,500 person capacity.
The Institute's auditorium and lounges are available to professional
groups for meetings and conferences.
Residential accommodation: Five storey hostel for male students.
Visiting professional staff is accommodated in the Institute's
guest house.
Library:
13.
Audio-visual equipment: 16 mm projector; slide projector; tape
recorders; equipment for communication classes.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Management and Labour Studies (bi-annual).
Recent titles:
33-21-7 9/80
Not specified.
INDIA
INSTITUTE OF LABOUR STUDIES
Metal Workers' College Building,
Kadma,
JAMSHEDPUR.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Tripti Bhattacherya,
the Societies Act.
1976;
operation began on 1 May 1977.
An autonomous Institute registered under
Aims of the Institute: The Institute of Labour Studies serves as
a centre for the advanced study of labour and social welfare
relating to workers exclusively.
The aspect of training of labour
and social welfare for workers means acculturation towards a new
scientific and sophisticated pattern of working and living standards
which foster proper understanding ofintra-group, inter-institutional
and inter-societal relationships.
This training will be an asset
to the workers for coping with the exigencies of socio-cultural
and socio-economic complexities of the industrial environment.
Administration and organisation: The ILS is managed by a
Director.
Its Governing Body has a broad composition including
government, employer and employees' representatives.
The
Chairman of the Governing Body is the General Secretary of the
Metalworkers' Federation.
Activities of the ILS are organised
within major areas of programme emphasis: (a) Economic changes and
social policy; (b) The dynamics of industrial relations systems.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
4
2
8
Visiting
2
12
-
qualifications; Ph.D. degree; teaching experience; research
experience.
II.
English.
Courses offered: Post-graduate courses in labour and social
welfare; workshops on labour legislation, labour and population,
industrial relations; seminars on various topics related to labour.
Courses are for workers exclusively.
Teaching methods used: Lectures, discussions, seminars, panel
discussions, case studies, individual projects, field work.
33-22-79/80
- 2Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate of attendance
for short-term courses; diploma for academic group of courses.
Qualifications of participants: For 2 years Diploma in Labour and
Social Welfare: Bachelor's degree in arts or commerce with
minimum grades of 45 percent.
For other courses, organisational
sponsorship and bachelor degree.
Fees:
Rs. 40 per month for academic course.
Fellowships available: Nomination fees for the participants are
paid by the sponsoring organiation.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: The major research activities are prospective
rather than historical so as to emphasise emerging labour and social
problems and policy issues.
Research undertaken by the Institute
is need-based and industry-oriented.
- A comparative study of workers' participation in management in
steel industry in India;
- Mental illness in engineering industry - special reference to
Indian Tube Co. Ltd., Jamshedpur;
- Industrial indebtedness in engineering industry - special
reference to Telco Co. Ltd., Jamshedpur;
- Skill development and its effect on industrial relations;
- Occupational structure and employment patterns of working
women ; and
- Impact of family welfare planning amongst tribes.
These research activities are for the period 1977-79.
national and international agencies: For many of the research
activities of the ILS, ILO Asia Office and the local industries are
approached for co-operation and assistance.
unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI : The
Institute maintains a collection of unpublished documentation,
working papers and similar material related to research topics.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises seminars, forums, workshops, symposia from
time to time to which experienced personalities are invited to
discuss current labour and social policy issues.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
Classroom, discussion room, library, offices.
Residential accommodation: Accommodation provided by the Indian
National Metal Workers' Federation in Metal Workers' College Building.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: One full-time
library assistant.
Number of volumes: Approximately 750.
None.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : None.
Recent titles:
33-22-79/80
None.
INDIA
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF COST AND
MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND RESEARCH
1195/4B Fergusson College Road,
PUNE - 411 005,
Maharashtra State.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
M. D. Apte
1973.
Nature of the Institute: As a registered society and public trust,
membership of the Institute is open to individuals subscribing to
the aims of the Institute.
The executive organ of the Institute
consists of the Board of Trustees and Governing Council.
Aims of the Institute: The basic aims of the Institute are to
advance and promote knowledge of techniques and practices in the areas
of cost accounting, management and employment promotion, and through
it to accelerate the pace of economic development.
Administration and organisation: The Board of Trustees lays down
broad guidelines in regard to selection of topics, personnel and
allocation of finances for the programmes of the Institute.
The
Secretary, who is a Trustee, is responsible for negotiating and
executing the projects within the broad framework of those guidelines.
The planning and designing of research and training programmes is
done in consultation with a panel of experts.
Staff:
•
Full-time
Part-time
4
6
-
Visiting
4
-
- Doctoral degree or Masters degree in the discipline or subject
concerned;
- Minimum of 10 years' experience in research, field work or training
as the case may be;
- Publications in the field of specialisation desirable.
Languages used in activities: Reports and studies are prepared in
English; for field surveys, local or regional languages are used.
II.
•
Courses offered:
Ashok Joshi
Costing and Management Technique.
Teaching methods used: Classroom training;
discussions; seminars; tutorials.
33-23-79/80
case studies;
panel
- 2 -
Certificates.
- Minimum: graduate;
- Sponsored candidates of industrial and commercial establishments
in public and private sectors.
Fees:
Rs. 750/- per seminar.
Fellowships available : None.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
P. Y. Chinchankar
- Costing;
- Employment and manpower development and utilisation;
- Wages and industrial relations;
- Industrialisation and productivity;
- Markets: scope and obstacles;
- Rural industrialisation.
Current research activities: The Institute is engaged in a major
research project pertaining to rural industrialisation and markets
which is sponsored by the Planning Commission, Government of India.
The project, which covers rural industries in the three southern
states of India, is directed to assess whether progress in the
development of rural industries and consequently in the growth of
employment opportunities in rural areas has been hamstrung by the
inadequacy of demand or by deficiencies in marketing organisation.
None.
national and international agencies: Institute of Management
Development and Research, Pune University.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Convening conferences, seminars and discussions, e.g. Seminar on
Rural Industrialisation and Employment; discussion meeting on the
preliminary findings of study on rural industrialisation and
markets.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Library facility with accommodation for 25
scholars at a time; well-furnished seminar-meeting hall with a
facility both for round-table meetings and conferences.
- 3 -
Library:
Audio-visual equipment: 16mm film projector;
slide projector; tape recorder.
Computer equipment:
necessary.
VI.
3.
overhead projector;
The Institute hires computer time if and when
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- A quarterly bulletin highlighting Institute activities;
- Under consideration: a research journal devoted to publication
of papers, articles, etc., on the subjects of cost-benefit
analysis, management, employment, etc.
Recent titles: For want of adequate finances, it has not yet been
possible to undertake the programme of publications.
Some of the
titles of volumes which the Institute proposes to publish are:
- Wage fixation and its relationship with job evaluation and merit
rating, by M. D. Apte.
- En empirical study of small-scall industries in Pune - A study in
structural analysis of costs, by A. R. Joshi.
- Development of a firm, by K. M. Gavaskar.
33-23-79/80
INDIA
SBOA INSTITUTE FOR TRADE UNION
EDUCATION AND RESEARCH
"Mercantile Plaza", Second floor,
373/375 N.S.C. Bose Road,
Post Box No. 1279,
MADRAS - 600 001
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
E. A. George Moses (Secretary)
October 1979
Nature of the Institute: Sponsored by State Bank of India Officers'
Association (Madras Circle).
Aims of the Institute : To provide basic training for various
categories of trade union personnel.
The need for planned development of trade unions leaders is keenly felt by trade union organisations in India, especially officers' trade unions.
The Institute
takes care of the growing needs of the various officer trade unions
in training and disseminating job knowledge and developing skills,
new concepts and techniques which enable the trade unions and its
members to play an effective role in national development.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is managed by an
Administrative Board of 12 directors.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
1
20
1
6
-
qualifications, teaching and research experience.
Languages used in activities: English.
II.
Secretary of the Institute.
Courses offered: Training programmes are mainly intended for trade
unionists who are managerial personnel.
Trainees are mostly
graduates and post-graduates.
Courses are offered on role effectiveness, trade union dynamics, effective union management, training
for trainers, etc.
Duration of the courses varies from one day to
ten days.
Outside the purview of trade unionists, one Role
Effectiveness Programme was conducted for teachers working in the
schools managed by SBI Officers' Association Educational Trust.
Teaching methods used: Oral and audio-visual; lectures, discussions,
seminars, syndicates, panels, case studies, exercises, workshops,
individual and group projects.
33-24-80/81
- 2Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered:
participation only.
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Depending upon the programme
objects, the participants are selected by the Board in consultation with sponsoring unions/institutions.
Fees:
Borne by the sponsoring organisation.
Fellowships available: Travel and subsistence costs of participants
are borne by the sponsoring organisations.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Secretary of the Institute.
Trade unionism and allied areas.
-
Officers' movement in State Bank of India;
Officers' unions in public sector undertakings;
Inter-union relationships;
Trade union movement in India and abroad.
Research fellowships available: Living space for short duration,
working space, travel and minimum living allowance are provided.
national and international agencies : Many of the research projects
are in co-operation and co-ordination with Madras School of Social
Work, Tamilnadu Institute of Labour Studies and Indian Institute of
Technology.
Unpublished research documentation not Included in Part VI: "Origin,
Growth and Development of Officers Movement in State Bank of India
(Madras Circle) and Industrial Relations".
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises meetings, conferences, etc., on emerging
labour and labour-oriented subjects.
Consultancy services extended
to trade union organisations.
V.
FACILITIES
air-conditioned.
One classroom-cum-conference hall, fully
capacity for six persons.
One guest house (air-conditioned) with a
- 3 Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1
Number of volumes: 800
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : News Letter of the Institute.
Services of Officers' Forum, a monthly magazine of SBI
Officers' Association (Madras Circle) are freely
utilised.
Recent titles : "Analysis of Financial Statement - A Programmed Text".
33-24-80/81
INDONESIA
391
> TM
INDONESIAN LABOUR SCIENCE ACADEMY (ILSA)
•I^JAKADEMI ILMU PERBURUHAN INDONESIA - ÀÎPlf
Ir Jalan New Delhi,
Senayan,
1 6 jP.O.Box 243/ ,
•^JAKARTA
I.
TO- ¿Ifoo
^. iSo
l¥t°
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director; Darius Marpaung
Date of establishment; 1975
Nature of the Institute; Private institution established by the
Indonesian Manpower Development Foundation.
Aims of the Institute; Serving as a centre for the study of labour
science on academic and non-academic levels, the Academy aims to
provide academically trained persons to become union leaders and
industrial relations officers in industry and government.
Administration and Organisation;
The Academy is managed by a
Director assisted by 2 Deputy Directors. There is a Board of
Advisers with representatives from government, management and
labour.
Staff
Full-time
10
5
Part-time
Visiting
few
-
3
-
Languages used in activities;
II.
Indonesian;
Director of Education or Training;
Deputy Director.
John Djelahut Tagung, ILSA
Courses offered;
-
General and labour law;
General and industrial psychology;
General and labour economics;
Administrative science and management;
Industrial sociology;
Sociography;
.Personnel management;
Labour relations;
Political science;
Government and English.
74-01-77
some English.
- 2Teaching Methods used; Lectures; discussions;
tours; case studies; panels; and symposia.
seminars; study
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: B.S.
Certificate of attendance for workshop and seminar participants.
Qualifications of participants; Students for the degree programme
are required to be senior high school graduates. Participants
in workshops, seminars and symposia hold positions of responsibility in labour and social policy areas.
Fees:
Degree programme:
of students.
III.
Rp. 75,000 per year.
Fellowships available for a limited number
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research; W. Siagian, ILSA Deputy Director.
Major Research Areas;
-
Rural unemployment;
The social security system;
Minimum wage;
Multinational corporations.
Current Research Activities; Not specified.
Research Fellowships available; None.
national and International agencies; Presently seeking relationships and co-operation with a number of national institutions,
organisations and national and international foundations.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The ILSA continues labour relations workshops previously organised
by the Institute of Labour Science. Other activities include
seminars on productivity, minimum wage, social security and improvement of working conditions in Indonesia. Consultancy services are
also available.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities; Leased classrooms.
Residential accommodation; None.
Library;
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: None.
Number of volumes: 200.
- 3-
Audio-visual equipment; None.
IV.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: None.
Recent titles: Publications are presently limited to lectures.
The Academy plans to undertake the publication of monographs on
labour and social questions.
74-01-77
INDONESIA
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF ECONOMIC
AND SOCIAL RESEARCH (LERNAS)
39, Gondangdia Lama,
(P.O.Box 310),
JAKARTA PUSAT
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Dr. Suharso
Not specified.
A government research institute.
Aims of the Institute: Research in the field of economics and
social problems} the collection of data and their analysis for
public purposes.
- Political Affairs;
- Economic Development;
- Social Development; and
- Population Study.
The Institute has 4 divisions:
The LEKNAS is one of eleven institutes within the Indonesian
Institute of Sciences which is a non-departmental organisation with
administrative responsibilities under the State Secretariat and under
the technical supervision of the Minister of State for Research.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
5
2
1
36
-
-
II.
Not specified.
Indonesian and English.
The Institute offers no educational or training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major Research Areas: Economic development, social development
and population studies. Population studies include internal
migration; urbanisation; labour force and manpower.
74-02-80/81
- 2 Current Research Activities:
- Internal Migration in Nine Provinces of Indonesia;
- A pilot survey on manpower using the labour utilisation approach.
The Institute co-operates
with local universities, bilateral agencies, and international
organisations such as UNESCO, ILO and AID.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
Not applicable.
Library:
1 part-time.
Number of volumes: Over 8,000.
Computer equipment:
VI.
1 full-time;
Not specified.
Punching and verifyer.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: Numerous titles in Indonesian;
tions are mainly in the field of economics.
English publica-
IRAN
LABOUR AND SOCIAL SECURITY INSTITUTE
4 58 Azadi Avenue
(Postal code 13),
TEHRAN
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Abolghassem Darki
1969
Nature of the Institute: A government organisation affiliated to
the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs.
Aims of the Institute: To expand and up-date the information and
the knowledge of the workers, employers' representatives and the
personnel of the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs in labour and
social security areas.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is supervised by a
board of trustees headed by the Minister of Labour.
The head of
the Institute is appointed by the Minister, with the approval of the
board of trustees, for a period of three years.
Organisation:
Board of trustees, Head of the Institute, Deputy Head, Educational
Director and staff, Research Director and staff, Administrative and
Financial Director and staff.
Staff
Full-time
21
23
necessary with advanced degrees.
Part-time
-
Visiting
100
University graduates, where
Languages used in activities : Persian
II.
Manoochehr Tyyari
Courses offered: Courses for trade unionists, workers and their
representatives, employers' representatives, government officials
and especially the personnel of the Ministry of Labour and Social
Affairs, according to the needs and requests of the organisations
concerned.
The duration of courses can be from 20 to 160 hours.
Training courses are not held for academic groups other than those
attached to workers and official circles.
Teaching methods used: Classic, audio-visual aids, excursions,
seminars, lectures, etc.
48-01-80/81
- 2 Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificates are granted
to the participants who have participated in the courses and/or have
passed the exams concerned.
Qualifications of participants: Minimum of 6 years elementary
school education for workers.
Minimum of 6 years secondary
education for workers' and employers' representatives.
University degrees for ministry of labour personnel and other
government officials.
Fees:
Free of charge
Allowances are only paid to the
government officials who have to travel to participate in a course.
The institute usually holds its courses for workers in their own
towns in order not to cause them any kind of expenditures; they are,
however, paid their wages and some extras accordingly.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Ebrahlm Zandi
- Labour and social security;
- trade unionism;
- co-operatives;
- workers profit sharing;
- participation of workers in management;
- unemployment insurance;
- social services in workshops.
- Use of national and international sources;
- Comparative studies, laws, traditions and criteria of the new
islamic society;
- Consideration of the experiments of other nations and countries
who are in a similar situation as Iran in the economic, social
and political areas.
Research fellowships available : No kind of fellowship is available
at present in the Institute, but should the Institute expand its
activities, it would hope to be able to award some fellowships to
national and foreign applicants.
national and international agencies: Co-operation with the research
bureau of the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs; educational
institutes such as the Tehran University, the Tehran Polytechnic,
etc.
Involvement of university masters as teachers and
participation in research activities!
Unpublished research documentation not Included in Part VI : None.
.- 3 IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Seminars, conferences and co-operation with the other research departments of the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Ten class/lecture rooms.
The Institute can
also use the building and premises of the local labour offices
throughout the country.
Not specified.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1
Number of volumes: 1000 books in Persian; 500 books in
foreign languages.
Number of periodicals received: From the ILO, ISSA, and some
other publications since the establishment of the office.
Audio-visual equipment: Film projector, tape recorders, overhead
projectors and other facilities concerned.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Labour and Social Security Review, of which 26 issues
have been published since before the revolution.
This Review will again be published in a new form with
new points of view.
Recent titles:
48-01-8Q/81
Not specified.
IRAN
TEHERAN SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK
m^
•MM*
P.O.Box 2851,
TEHERAN
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
(Miss) Sattareh Farman-Farmaian
1958
Nature of the Institute; The School is an independent institution
which received its charter from the Ministry of Science and Higher
Education.
Aims of the Institute; The Teheran School of Social Work was created
to train qualified social workers to man Iran'à social welfare
institutions. Secondary aims include development and testing of
new services on a pilot basis; research on social problems; and
interpretation to community leaders of the social problems facing
Iran.
Administration and Organisation; The School is managed by a
Director appointed by the Board of Trustees. The Board includes
cabinet ministers, directors of public and semi-private welfare
institutions, educators, and the Mayor of Teheran.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
17
11
31
-
Qualifications for professional staff;
qualifications.
II.
Visiting
Appropriate educational
Persian and English.
Director of Education or Training: Director of Undergraduate
Studies: (Mrs.) Irene Tajalli. Director of Graduate Studies:
Parviz Noorafshan.
Courses offered; Courses are offered on an undergraduate level in
social work methods; social sciences; social research and
statistics; population; and family planning.
Graduate level courses are offered in social work methods; social
policy and planning; social welfare and administration; and
social research.
Teaching Methods used; Lectures; seminars; discussions; group
and individual research projects; and field assignments which
comprise half the academic schedule.
48-02-77
programme); B.A. degree; M.A. degree.
Diploma (2-year
Qualifications of participants: High school diploma and
appropriate scholastic ability as demonstrated by high school
record and university entrance examination? applicants should
be between 19 and 35 years of age.
Fees:
None for Iranian students.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Danesh Foroughi
- Demographic surveys of socio-economic conditions;
- Surveys of family planning knowledge, attitudes, and practices;
- Quantitative studies of specific social problems such as abortion, suicide, addiction, prostitution, delinquency.
Current Research Activities: Quantitative studies of social
problems of labourers and their families and welfare needs.
Research Fellowships available: Not specified.
national and international agencies: Government agencies may
request specific research studies such as a study on Prostitution
requested by the Ministry of the Interior or a study on the welfare
needs of migrant workers requested by the oil company. Demographic
surveys are carried out for the community welfare centres and KAP
studies for the Family Planning Association.
library of the School maintains copies of all undergraduate and
graduate students research projects. Those pertaining to labour
studies include:
Master's Degree Projects:
- Z. Ali-Nejad, Survey of the Social, Economic and Welfare Situation
of Small Factory Workers.
- F. Faiz, Survey of Oil Industry Labourers and their Needs for
Welfare Services.
- M.H. Hamed, Survey of Social, Economic and Family Problems of
Injured Labourers.
- F. Mehran, Study of Women Labourers' Problems and the Need for
Welfare Services in the Factories and Workshops.
- M. Navabi, Survey About Non-Continuous Employment Among unskilled
Construction Labourers.
- H. Rafii, Study of the Problems of Illiteracy Campaign for Workers.
- H. Sarkeshik, Evaluation of the Law of Profit Sharing in Industrial
and Productive Workshops.
- 3 -
Bachelor's Degree Projects:
- M. Afshari, Survey of Workers' Problems at Ala-Edidin Factory.
- A. Ariana, Survey of the Economic and Health Conditions of the
Siman Labourers.
- L. Arshad, Survey of the Job Problems of General Tire Factory
Labourers.
- F. Binesh-poor, Survey of Part-Electric Labourers' Problems.
- F. .Ebrahimi, Survey of Construction Workers' Problems.
- S. Ehtesham, Study of Deaths at Age Four Among Zagros Factory's
Workers' Children.
- N. Hadji-Esmaili, Survey of the Welfare Centres Workers'
Problems.
- P. Karim-Khani, Survey of the Economic and Social Status of
Workers at Bisim Najat-Abad's Weaving Workshop.
- M. Kashani, Workers' Satisfaction with Labour Conditions.
- H. Nazempoor Vaziri, Survey of the Problems of Workers in T . V .
Decorating Workshops.
- H. Rafii, Survey of the Problems of the Illiteracy Campaign.
- M.A. Salehi, Survey of Citroen Factory Workers' Job Satisfaction.
- M. Shokrolah-zadeh, Survey of the Economic and Social Problems
of Workers in the Private Sector.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Teheran School of Social Work has established special services
where they are required to meet the needs of the people, i.e. the
community welfare centres of Iran, and the Family Planning Association.
The School is a correspondent of the International Social Service,
based in Geneva.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The School maintains its own campus with
an auditorium as well as lecture and seminar rooms.
None.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 4 full-time;
2 part-time.
Number of periodicals received: Persian language: 26
English language: 30.
projectors.
Computer equipment:
48-02-77
Tape recorder}
None.
slide projectors;
movie
- 4-
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals; -Bulletin.
-Graduation brochure.
Recent titles;
- Study of Prostitution in Teheran (in Persian).
- Social Pathology (in Persian)
- Human Concepts in Persian Literature (in Persian)
IRAQ
WORKERS' EDUCATION INSTITUTION
P.O.Box 14035,
Waziriyah,
BAGHDAD
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ali Abddalha Al-Farras (Director-General)
1965
Nature of the Institute: The Institution was established (according
to law no. 162 of 1964) as an affiliate organ of the Ministry of
Labour and Social Affairs.
The Institution aims at:
- Spreading nationalist and socialist concepts among workers;
- making them aware of their duties towards a nationalist and
socialist transformation and preparing them to actively contribute
to the Arab revolution;
- training efficient trade unionists to practise their leading roles
amongst workers;
- acquainting Arab workers with Arab world trade union movements
as well as with trends in international trade union movements;
- endeavouring to eradicate workers' illiteracy.
Administration and organisation: The Institution is directed by a
Board of Directors which consists of five representatives from the
General Federation of Trade Unions, one
representative from the
Ministry of Industry and two professional staff of the Institution
The Board is chaired by the Institution Director-General.
It undertakes the task of planning and drawing up the institution's
objectives.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
28
60
-
100
Qualifications for professional staff: Preference is given to
graduates of universities of specialisations in political sciences,
economics and law; an appropriate experience and practice in the
field of workers' education is also required.
and French.
II.
Arabic;
in certain cases English
85-01-80/81
Not specified.
- 2 -
Courses offered:
The Directorate of Educational Centres supervises
33 educational centres at general trade union and local federation
levels throughout the country. The centres organise general and
primary educational courses, hold symposia and meetings and practise
various educational activities.
The Directorate of Institutes includes 4 specialised institutes:
a) Institute of Trade Union Studies conducts special courses on
trade union work, trade union organisation and trade union
movements ;
b) Institute of Labour Education organises training courses for
worker educators (selected from amongst qualified workers) and
teachers for literacy classes;
c) Institute of Labour Legislation trains government officials from
both the socialist and private sectors and trade union leaders
dealing with application of labour legislation}
d) Institute of Labour Economics organises courses on labour economics
for workers, officials, technicians and administrators directly
concerned with planning, control of production and the implementation of production plans and programmes; it also conducts
courses dealing with industrial safety and health.
The Directorate of Life-Long Education opens literacy centres at
factories, enterprises, government departments, and establishments.
Recently the task of the Directorate has been confined to opening
follow-up centres for those who have completed the literacy classes.
The Institution organises also courses for persons from the International Confederation of Arab Trade Unions (ICATU), Arab professional
federations and regional Arab organisations.
Teaching Methods used: Discussion groups;
projects; audio-visual aids.
tion.
the course.
Fees:
Vary;
group works;
research
Certificate of participa-
depend on the nature of
No fees are required.
Workers attending the courses are given
paid educational leave by their enterprises in addition to allowances
granted to non-local participants.
All costs (including travel and accommodation) of participants in
regional activities are paid by the Institution.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major Research Areas: Research is carried out in direct relation
with the aims and programmes of educational activities.
- 3Current Research Activities:
Not specified.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: The Public Relations Department
maintains such relationships through exchange of publications,
periodicals, research documents and studies issued by the Institute.
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institution extends its services to all Arab countries; it
provides professional advice and know-how regarding the establishment of educational centres, organisation of courses and workers'
education programmes.
Conferences organised by the Institution cover topics such as Arab
workers' education, Arab women workers, and literacy in the Arab
world.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 10 lecture halls ; ;, 1 big hall.
are equipped with adio-visual aids.
The halls
Residential accommodation: A modern, residential unit with a capacity
of 7 2 persons is annexed to the premises of the institution.
Library:
• Number of volumes: 3,000.
2 full-time.
Audio-visual equipment: Slide projectors; overhead projectors;
tape recorders. The Institution owns also a printing unit.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
In connection with its educational activities, the Institution issues
various books, manuals and journals.
85-01-80/81
IRELAND
COLLEGE OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Sandford Road,
Ranelagh,
DUBLIN - 6
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
John Brady, S.J.
1951f
operation began in 1951.
Nature of the Institute: A private institute established by the
Irish Province of the Society of Jesus.
- To provide courses in industrial relations and related subjects
for workers, supervisors and managers;
- to carry out research into questions of economic and social
concern;
- to contribute to the progress of thought in the human sciences,
especially aspects closely linked with industrial relations.
Administration and Organisation: The College of Industrial Relations
is managed by a Director and Registrar.
The faculty, which is
composed of full-time professional staff members, is the policy
formulating body. The Director is Chairman of the Faculty. Trade
Union and Employer Boards of Sponsors act in an advisory capacity.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
10
15-20
2
10
Number of. clerical staff:
preferably a post-graduate degree.
II.
At least a primary degree,
English.
Director of the College.
Courses offered: Courses in industrial relations are offered at
four levels. There are two academic level courses, the National
Diploma in Industrial Relations Studies and the Institute of Personnel Management Membership course. Non-academic courses are conducted
for workers, supervisors and managers. A course for entry to
Chartered Accountancy is also conducted.
67-01-79/80
Lectures;
film presentations;
role playing.
- 2 -
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: National Diploma in
Industrial Relations Studies. Diplomas or certificates of attendance.
Qualifications of participants: For academic level courses an
appropriate educational standard? for non-academic courses basic
education and working experience.
Fees: Fees are proportional to duration and intensity of each
course.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Michael MacGreil, S.J.
-
Sociology;
Psychology}
Organisational behaviour.
Current Research Activities: Action research in worker participation in small firms; aptitude testing and selection procedure for
entrants to Chartered Accountancy.
None.
national and international agencies: The research activities of the
College have relationships with the Catholic Communications Institute
of Ireland and several national agencies.
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Occasional seminars and meetings are held.
consultancy capacity when invited.
V.
Not
Staff members act in a
FACILITIES
6 lecture halls; a seminar room.
None.
Library:
1 (part-time).
- 3 -
head projectors.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Film projector with projection room}
over-
Large-size electronic calculator.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
67-01-79/80
M. MacGreil, Prejudice and Tolerance in Ireland.
IRELAND
THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
4 Burlington Road,
DUBLIN - 4
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
K.A. Kennedy
Date of establishment: 1960, as Economic Research Institute^
renamed Economic and Social Research Institute in 1966.
Nature of the Institute: Independent company formed in compliance
with the Companies Act 1963. Receives annual government grant-inaid.
Aims of the Institute: The carrying out of research and the advancement of the knowledge of economics and other social sciences with
particular reference to economic and social conditions in Ireland.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is governed by a
30-member Council which includes Secretaries of Government Departments (Finance, Economic Planning and Development and
Labour), employers' organisations, workers' organisations, all
Irish universities, including Northern Ireland. It has some 350
contributing members, Both individuals and organisations.
Staff
Full-time
3
II.
5
30
Part-time
Visiting
4
2
-
Ph.D. or equivalent.
English.
R. O'Connor
Courses offered: Seminars covering on-going research in economics,
sociology and social psychology are held fortnightly throughout the
academic year for academics and research personnel.
Seminars.
Fees:
Not applicable.
67-02-79/80
None.
Not applicable.
- 2Fellowships available: About 10 fellowships are offered or renewed
annually for study abroad in economics, sociology and social psychology
fields.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research;
-
Demand management;
Economic development;
External trade and capital .flows;
Regional development;
Public finance;
Prices and incomes;
Population and labour force;
Living conditions;
Values and attitudes.
-
Economic forecasting;
National economy and taxation;
Manpower and industrial relations;
Family and local community;
Values and attitudes.
'
Research Fellowships available: 6 post-graduate research fellowships
are offered annually in disciplines of economics, sociology and social
psychology. These are usually intended for study in the United
Kingdom or USA and may be renewed for a second year if funds are
available and the candidate's progress is satisfactory.
national and international agencie"!": Agricultural Research Institute;
Confederation of Irish Industry; Commission of the European
Communities; European Foundation for the Improvement of Living and
Working Conditions; Institute of Public Administration; all universities in Ireland, North and South.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: Institute
Memorandum Series.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Commissioned work is undertaken under certain conditions.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: A lecture hall, committee room and common
room.
- 3 -
Library:
Number of periodicals received: 200 per annum.
2.
Overhead projector.
Computer equipment: Computer terminals (2); 2 punchers, a
verifier and a sorter.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Quarterly Economic Commentary.
Recent titles:
- A. Dale Tussing, Irish Educational Expenditures - Past, Present
and Future.
- Noirin O'Broin and Gillian Farren - The Working and Living
Conditions of Civil Service Typists.
- Richard Bruton - Irish Public Debt.
- A. D. O'Rourke and T. P. McStay - Output and Employment in the
Irish Food Industry to 1990.
- Damián F. Hannan - Displacement and Development: Class,
Kinship and Social Change in Irish Rural Communities.
- R. C. Geary and M. Dempsey - A Study of Schemes for the Relief of
Unemployment in Ireland.
E. Costa - with Appendix.
- I. Hart - Dublin Simon Community 1971-1976: An Exploration.
- R. O'Connor, A. Foley and E. O'Malley - Aspects of the Swedish
Economy and their Relevance to Ireland.
- T. J. Baker and L. M. O'Brien - The Irish Housing System: A
Critical Overview.
- M. Dempsey and R. C. Geary - The Irish Itinerants: Some
Demographic, Economic and Educational Aspects.
- M. Ross and B. Walsh - Regional Policy and the FullEmployment Target.
- B. R. Dowling and J. Durkan (Editors) - A Review of Major Issues.
(Dublin: The Economic and Social Research Institute, 1978)
67-02-79/80
IRELAND
IRISH MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE
Sandyford Road,
DUBLIN - 14
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ivor Kenny (Director General)
1952
Nature of the Institute: A non-profit-making organisation limited
by guarantee. The Institute is a membership organisation consisting
of corporate and personal members. The corporate members are public
and private enterprises in Ireland and the personal members are
managers.
Aims of the Institute: To raise the standard of managers in Ireland
through research, training and development programmes, degree
programmes, publications and in-company consulting assignments.
Not specified.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
41
41
2
1
27
-
qualifications; practical management experience at a senior level}
international experience; teaching and research experience.
II.
English.
P. J. Rock (Faculty Chairman)
Courses offered: The Institute conducts for practising managers
about 200 different programmes in:
-
Finance;
Management accounting;
Personal skills development;
Marketing; and
Production/operations.
The duration of these programmes varies from 3 days to 24-day modular
programmes structured around projects lasting 8 or 9 months.
The Institute also has two 2-year Master of Science Programmes,
one in Management Practice and one in Organisational Behaviour,
which are conducted in co-operation with Trinity College, Dublin.
67-03-79/80
- 2Training of consultants, training of researchers, training of trainers,
training of managers: these programmes are organised for appropriate
participants in developing countries. Five or six programmes are
run each year.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; discussions; case studies;
role play; simulation exercises; projects; research; business
games; and experience exchange.
- Attendance certificates for shorter programmes;
- two M.Sc. degrees, one in Management and the other in Organisational Behaviour, following 2-year programmes conferred by the
Trinity College, Dublin;
- Diploma in Applied Finance;
- Diploma in Co-operative Management;
- Diploma in Management Information Systems.
Qualifications of participants: Most activities are designed
for persons between 25 and 50 years of age who hold a management
or supervisor's post in public or private enterprise or are
self-employed owner/managers of small-scale industries. All
participants are sponsored by their companies. For the degree
programmes the students should have appropriate formal educational background and equivalent experience. Overseas participants as above and, in addition, a good working knowledge of
English.
Fees: Vary from programme to programme. Per diem on shorter
programmes is approximately £60 for members.
M.Sc. programmes - £2,000 per annum.
Diploma in Applied Finance - £995.
Diploma in Management Information Systems - £1,200.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Awards Programmes).
Liam Gorman (Coordinator of Research and
-
Practice of Management;
Motivation of People;
Climate for Entrepreneurship;
Training Methodology.
- Action learning;
- Participation management;
- Management technology transfer;
- Corporation strategy practice; and
- Small business growth.
- 3 -
None.
None.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute holds a national management conference annually and
conducts also sectoral conferences.
Consultancy assignments in the past have covered assessment of
training needs of managers, corporate planning, organisation development and appraising company performance.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 11 conference rooms;
language laboratory; TV studio.
with local hotels.
None;
14 syndicate rooms;
arrangements are usually made
Library:
1 part-time.
4 full-time;
Audio-visual equipment: Portable and fixed TV equipment; film
projectors; overhead projectors; epidiascope; slide projectors;
tape recorders.
Computer equipment: P.D.P. 11/40 RSTS/E; 2 video terminals;
3 hard copy terminals. Conference rooms and some staff locations
are fully hardwired and capable of telephone communications to
the Institute's own machine and external machines. There is a
private 3-line switchboard for communication links.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: -Management
(monthly magazine);
-Annual Salary Survey.
Recent titles:
-
People, Jobs and Organisations.
Managers in Ireland.
Boards of Directors in Ireland.
Irish Industry - How it's Managed.
If you can't sell it don't make it.
The Economy of Ireland - Policy and Performance.
Managing Finance in the Small Industry.
Company Performance Ireland.
Irish Transport and Distribution Handbook 1979.
67-03-79/80
ISRAEL
CENTRO DE ESTUDIOS COOPERATIVOS Y
LABORALES PARA AMERICA LATINA
(CECL)
Arlozorov 93
TEL-AVIV
I.
Director:
Mordehai Hatzor
1962
Carácter del Instituto: El Centro de Estudios Cooperativos y Laborales para America Latina es una institución cuya función es poner
en práctica, en nombre del Departamento Internacional de la Histadrut
y de la División de Cooperación Internacional del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, los acuerdos de becas en el terreno cooperativo
y sindical.
Fines del Instituto: Su campo de acción comprende: intercambio de
conocimientos y experiencia en asuntos cooperativos y sindicales,
por medio de cursos realizados para delegaciones de estudios latinoamericanas.
Administración y organización: El Centro tiene a su frente un director que es al mismo tiempo el director de la División Latinoamericana de la Histadrut (Confederación General de Trabajadores de
Israel) . El Centro posee una Junta Directiva integrada por diputados
funcionarios del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, miembros de la
Histadrut y personas con amplia experiencia en los temas y campo de
acción del Centro.
Personal:
No especificado.
adecuadas (un licenciado en estudios laborales, un licenciado en
economía, un licenciado en sociología, un licenciado en ciencias
políticas); experiencia internacional y experiencia en materia de
Idiomas de trabajo:
II.
Español y portugués.
maciones.
Encargado de progra-
Corsos que se ofrecen:
- cursos de un mes para dirigentes sindicales con preparación básica
práctica y experiencia en el campo de relaciones de trabajo y actividad sindical;
- cursos de 2 a 3 meses para dirigentes campesinos con preparación
y experiencia organizativa en los marcos de su comunidad;
- cursos de un mes para activistas cooperativos y administración
cooperativa;
- cursos para activistas en cooperativismo agrario destinados a
egresados universitarios, dirigentes del ámbito cooperativo y
72-01-79/80
- 2 -
-
-
-
-
para quienes ocupan puestos de importancia en el desarrollo cooperativo, en la reforma agraria y en proyectos de colonización regional;
cursos de 2 meses de vivienda de interés social destinados a profesionales y a quienes ocupan puestos relacionados directamente a
proyectos de vivienda pública, ingenieros, arquitectos y trabajadores comunitarios;
cursos de 2 meses de mercadeo agrícola y cooperativo;
cursos de 3 meses de transporte cooperativo destinados a quienes
trabajan en transporte cooperativo;
cursos de 2 a 3 meses de auditoría destinados a quienes trabajan
en este ramo;
cursos de 2 meses de servicios de salud en zonas rurales destinados a médicos, enfermeras y trabajadores sociales que ejercen en
zonas agrarias;
cursos para dirigentes juveniles destinados a aquellos que trabajan en las diferentes instituciones nacionales y locales cuya finalidad directa es la promoción de la juventud, su concientización
e integración al desarrollo nacional;
cursos para dirigentes de juventud agrícola cooperativa destinados
a todas aquellas personas ligadas a la problemática del cooperativismo agrícola de América Latina ocupando algún cargo dirigente en
instituciones del movimiento cooperativo o en organismos estatales
para el desarrollo cooperativo;
curso de industrialización agrícola cooperativa destinado a gerentes
o funcionarios técnicos de una cooperativa agrícola que tenga actividades en todos o en algunos de estos campos;
cursos móviles de 3 a 5 semanas en América Latina cuya finalidad
es instruir activistas locales en los diferentes ramos de cooperativismo, así como desarrollar la colaboración entre Israel y los
países latinoamericanos.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Conferencias, sesiones de discusión, seminarios, estudios de casos, mesas redondas, grupos de trabajo, ejercicios de simulación, trabajos de grupo o de equipo, proyectos individuales y observación de campo.
Diploma.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Los cursos están destinados
fundamentalmente a funcionarios de instituciones oficiales, autónomas, públicas, cooperativas y sindicales de habla española
o portuguesa.
Ninguno.
Becas: Las becas cubren la manutención completa de los becarios.
Los pasajes de los becarios a Israel son solventados por instituciones de su propio país, en algunos casos, y por organizaciones
internacionales, como la OEA, en otros.
III.
Director de investigación: El Director del curso correspondiente
(designado por el director del Centro) en colaboración con el asesor
profesional del curso, especialmente designado para cumplir dicha
función.
- 3 -
y contenido de cada curso.
De acuerdo a la naturaleza
No especificado.
Becas para investigación: Las investigaciones se desarrollan en el
marco de cada curso, cursos para los cuales existen las becas ya
mencionadas.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
- becarios individuales, casos especiales y por periodos muy cortos;
- visitantes;
- asesoría técnica.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: Una amplia gama de publicaciones referente
a cada curso. Dispone de una sala de clases, una biblioteca y una
oficina de secretaría. El Centro cuenta con un equipo de traducción
simultánea.
Residencia de alojamiento: En el Colegio Obrero de la Histadrut
hay 160 camas, 2 por pieza, y el Centro utiliza los cuartos necesarios para el alojamiento de los becarios. Además hay una sala de
juegos, un comedor y un pequeño campo de deportes.
Biblioteca:
y a jornada parcial: 1 a jornada parcial.
No especificado.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas:
No especificado.
Equipo audiovisual: El Centro cuenta con epidiascopio, tocadiscos,
proyector de cine, proyector de diapositivas y proyector de transparencias, televisión en circuito cerrado.
Computadoras :
VI.
No especificado.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
Continuidad (Boletín bimensual de carácter profesional).
Obras recientes: El Centro editó una serie de libros ligados a la
temática central de los cursos dictados.
- Dr. Walter Preuss, El cooperativismo en Israel y en el mundo,
320 pág.
72-01-79/80
- 4- Samuel Pecar, bajo la supervisión de Naftall Glazer, Manual del
cooperativismo agrícola, 494 pág.
- Samuel Pecar, Manual de contaduría en cooperativas agrícolas,
371 pág.
- Prof. Shlomo Ekstein y Dr. Moshë Sirkin, Introducción al análisis
económico, 316 pág.
- Samuel Pecar, Manual de auditoría en zonas rurales, 159 pág.
- Moshé Orion, Manual de cooperativismo de transporte, 479 pág.
- Prof. Jaim Halperin, Agrindus, 267 pág.
- Ing. David Hurovitz, La relación entre la educación vocacional
y el desarrollo económico en America Latina, 112 pág.
- Naftalí Gal, La organización cooperativa y el desarrollo rural,
103 pág.
ISRAEL
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR STUDIES
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
TEL-AVIV UNIVERSITY
Ramat-Aviv,
TEL-AVIV
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Aryé Globerson (Chairman of Department)
1964
University.
A graduate department, part of a recognised
- To prepare students for an M.A. in social sciences with specialisation in labour studies; and a B.A. minor in labour studies;
- to carry out research on various aspects of labour-management
relations, organisational behaviour, manpower administration,
employment, labour and co-operative movements;
- to provide extension seryices for trade union leaders, worker
directors, and so forth.
Administration and Organisation: The Department of Labour Studies
is one of six departments of the Faculty of Social Sciences at
Tel-Aviv University. The Department is administered by a Chairman
who is a member of the Faculty's teaching staff.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
15
2
15
-
Visiting
3
-
Qualifications for professional staff: As required by the existing
standards and regulations of the University.
Languages used in activities: Hebrew, but some classes are given
in English and sometimes in French.
II.
Department Chairman.
Courses offered: The Department's principal programme prepares
students for the M.A. in Social Sciences with specialisation in
labour relations and personnel management; welfare policies and
welfare administration; labour movements and co-operation (M.A & B.A.)
The degree dyllabi include about 4 0 annual and semesterial courses
and seminars such as:
- Labour in Israeli Society;
- Organisational Behaviour;
72-02-80/81
- 2 -
Industrial relations systems;
Human resources;
Industrial psychology;
Industrial democracy and workers' participation in management;
O.D. and M.D.;
Welfare economics;
Women in the labour market;
Flextime;
Methods and tools in PM: job enlargement/enrichment; job analysis
and evaluation; selection and evaluation methods, etc.
- Labour market.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; seminars; individual exercises;
seminar papers and oral presentations; study tours; panels with
participants from the public; role playing; case studies; critical
incidents; films, simulations, etc.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: M.A. in labour studies;
B.A. minor in labour studies; certificates per ad hoc extension
programme.
Qualifications of participants: For the M.A. programme a B grade
average in a B.A. degree and the Admission Committee's evaluation
are required; for the B.A. minor in L.S., students participating
in a B.A. programme, in social sciences or humanities faculties.
Fees: M.A. and B.A. programmes according to general university
standards; special programmes according to cost.
Fellowships available: University regulations, the criteria being:
previous achievements and economic need.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Elkana Margalit, Director of Institute for
Social and Labour Research.
Major research areas: Research centres on labour-management relations; industrial conflicts; personnel management; and employee
participation in enterprises.
Research is carried out according to
the individual interests of faculty members and the availability of
funds.
of faculty members.
About 15 individual research programmes
national and international agencies: The Department has close
relations with the General Federation of Labour, the Manufacturers'
Association of Israel and the Ministry of Labour.
specified.
Not
- 3IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Ad hoc activities: (a) individual and team consultancy and applied
research to government, municipal, public and private enterprises in
industrial relations, OD and personnel, social policies and
administration; (b) open-public conferences and seminars.
V.
FACILITIES
University facilities are available.
Available for students only.
Library (University Library):
Computer equipment:
VI.
Approximately 250.
Full equipment available.
Available.
PUBLICATIONS
The publications consist principally of articles contributed by
faculty members to professional and scholarly journals in Israel and
abroad as well as papers and brochures used as teaching text-books
on labour-management relations, industrial conflict, personnel
management, teaching of industrial relations and participation of
the employees at the level of the enterprise.
72-02-80/81
ISRAEL
*j> INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS SECTION•
_
FACULTY OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Z) ¿
AND MANAGEMENT
—
^¿•ISRAEL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (TECHNION) »
_
l O Y
Kiryat Hatechnion,
HAIFA
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
/
$ '. &Í&
/
^TUll
Not specified.
1955
Nature of the. Institute; The Section is part of a governmentsponsored institution with a university status. It offers undergraduate and graduate programmes and extension programmes, and
carries out research.
Aims of the Institute;
- To provide academically trained professionals in the fields of
personnel management, labour relations and research;
- to broaden the theoretical understanding of management and trade
union practitioners;
- to investigate problems facing management and labour in those
areas which are of interest to practitioners and/or the academic
community.
Administration and Organisation; The Industrial Relations Section
is part of the Faculty of Industrial Engineering and Management of
the Israel Institute of Technology. Its activities are governed by
the Faculty Council and a sub-committee of 5 council members.
Staff
Full-time
24
Not
Part-time
Visiting
s p e c i f i e d
Qualifications for professional staff: For training and research
a Bachelor's degree; for assistantship a Master's degree; for
a lecturer a doctorate.
Languages used in activities; Hebrew.
II.
Director of Education or Training;
Not specified.
Courses offered; Matriculated students are offered undergraduatelevel courses in industrial relations, personnel management, industrial
sociology and industrial psychology, and graduate-level courses in
industrial relations and personnel management.
Based on information published in the Directory of Labour Relations
Institutes. Geneva, ILO, 1973.
72-03-77
- 2-
Faculty members offer courses at the Technion's Extension Division
to practitioners from labour, management and government. Courses
vary from 1 semester to 1 year, 2 years or 3 years in length. The
1 semester courses are on labour relations, personnel management,
industrial psychology, industrial sociology, etc. The longer courses
offer a rounded study in industrial relations and personnel management, including industrial psychology, industrial sociology, labour
economics and labour law.
Teaching Methods used; Not specified.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered; Bachelor's, Master's
and Ph.D. degrees in industrial relations and personnel administration. Participants in the 3-year extension programme receive a
certificate in industrial relations and manpower administration,
specifying the courses successfully completed.
Qualifications of participants; A secondary school diploma
(Matriculation) is required from students working towards a
Bachelor's degree; a B.A. from students studying for a Master's
degree; and an M.A. from those preparing for a Ph.D.
Extension courses are generally open to all, without specific
requirements, but for some of these courses a high school diploma
and/or a position held in industry or an organisation may be
demanded.
Fees;
Tuition fees are charged to all students.
Fellowships available; The Institute offers approximately 12
scholarships per year to outstanding graduates who continue their
studies for a second or third degree. A number of participants are
financed by their organisations.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Major Research Areas; Faculty members undertake research according
to their fields of specialisation and interest, in the various
areas of labour policy and labour relations. Past studies have dealt
with:
- Morale surveys;
- Pressure groups in organisations;
- Instrumental status of supervisor as related to workers' perceptions and expectations;
- Attitudes of older workers towards work and retirement;
- Social and demographic characteristics of the Israeli seaman;
- Attitudes and characteristics related to occupational behaviour
and demands of the Israeli seaman;
- Psychology of work;
- Occupational prestige as a factor of economic growth;
- Conference leadership;
- Industrial relations in the era of automation;
- Israel's economic planning and the role of interest groups;
- Workers' participation in management.
- 3-
Not specified.
Research Fellowships available: Individual researchers receive
grants from time to time from various foundations like the Ford
Foundation and others.
national and international agencies: Some faculty members collaborate
with other institutions such as: government ministries, the Israel
Productivity Centre, the General Federation of Labour (Histadrut).
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Technion's Extension Division organises from time to time special
seminars and workshops on specific problems of industrial relations
(about 6 seminars and workshops per year).
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Lecture rooms; staff offices and laboratories equipped with statistical machines.
Not specified.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
2 full-time.
348.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: The Institute publishes a number of textbooks in
Hebrew.
72-03-77
ISRAEL
THE INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL AND LABOUR RESEARCH
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
TEL-AVIV UNIVERSITY
Ramat-Aviv,
TEL-AVIV
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Elkana Margalit
19 70
Nature of the Institute: Established jointly by the Histadrut
General Federation of Labour and Tel-Aviv University, the Institute
operates as an autonomous body within the framework of the Faculty
of Social Sciences.
Aims of the Institute: To promote multidisciplinary theoretical and
applied (policy-oriented) research in various social sciences as
they relate to the field of labour studies and the world of work;
to encourage the study of the history of the labour movement and of
selected problem areas it faces in contemporary Israeli society.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is funded by the
Histadrut and supported through research grants for specific projects
by government agencies, local and foreign foundations, etc. It is
headed by an Executive Committee appointed by the Histadrut in
consultation with the University. The Presidents of Tel-Aviv
University and the Secretary-General of Histadrut serve as Honorary
Presidents and the Head of the Department of Higher Education at
the Histadrut acts as Chairman of the Executive Committee. The
Institute's Director is appointed from within the academic staff
by the Rector of the University. A Scientific Committee having 8
members, 4 nominated by the Histadrut and 4 by the University,
reviews research proposals and decides on matters pertaining to
publication policy, programme development, etc. The Scientific
Committee is chaired by the Director of the Institute who reports
to the Institute Executive Committee.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
-
1
2
Visiting
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Research staff usually have
appropriate appointments in various departments of the University;
they are contracted on an ad hoc project-basis and are not employed
by the Institute.
II.
The Institute does not undertake educational or training activities.
72-04-79/80
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: The researchers are all qualified people and
they work generally on their own, upon the advice of the Scientific
Committee of the Institute.
Not specified.
Not specified.
Research Fellowships available: Research grants are usually
available, according to approval by the Scientific Committee, and
provided the proposal falls within the Institute's terms of
reference.
Research funded by the Institute has to be carried out
in Israel.
Duration of specific projects is between one and three
years, depending on subject area.
national and international agencies: On an ad hoc basis.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Regular open conferences are held which focus on projects completed
in the Institute.
V.
FACILITIES
University facilities available.
Library:
The Institute has access to the University libraries.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
University computer facilities are available.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Institute's Monograph Series (in Hebrew).
Recent titles:
- Asher Arian - Political and Administrative Aspects of Welfare
Policy in Israel.
- R. Shapiro, Ch. Adler, M. Lerner and R. Peleg - Blue Shirt and
White Collar - on the Social World of the Israeli Youth Movement.
- E. Posner and D. Schmeidler - Enforceable Optional Taxation.
- E. Margalit - Commune and Politics (in print).
- Joseph Schwarzwald - Compliance, Identification and Internationalization: a Tri-Level Approach to Retraining
Motivators.
ISRAEL
THE INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR DEVELOPMENT,
CO-OPERATION AND LABOUR STUDIES
7 Neharde'a Street,
P.O. Box 16201,
TEL-AVIV 69235
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director (and Principal):
Yehudah Paz
1958 (formerly the Afro-Asian Institute)
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute affiliated with
the Israel Federation of Labour (Histadrut).
Aims of the Institute: To train leadership for labour and co-operative
movements in Africa, Asia and the Caribbean, with a view to enhancing
their participation in the process of national economic and social
development; to undertake research relevant to the above-mentioned
objectives.
Administration and organisation: The governing bodies of the
Institute are: (a) Board of Directors of 39 members appointed by the
Secretariat of the Histadrut; (b) Executive Committee of 8 members;
(c) The Director and Principal, responsible for the programme of
studies and for the over-all administration of the Institute;
administrative assistant to the Director and Principal; financial
administrator.
Staff:
Full-time
Part-time
6
3
5
Visiting
2
1-5 per year
-
(The list does not include lecturers, teachers, field staff for overseas courses and maintenance staff.)
Qualifications for professional staff: Experience in the fields of
labour, co-operation, development problems and international
teaching; full knowledge of English, French and Hebrew; education in
social/political sciences, co-operation and/or labour studies, and
development problems.
Research staff: Academic training in relevant fields (as above),
experience in research work in the above-mentioned fields.
Languages used in activities: English and French in regular international courses; Turkish, Japanese and other languages in special
courses.
II.
72-05-80/81
- 2 Courses offered:
- 3 annual courses (2 in English, 1 in French) of 3% months' duration
on the theme "Labour and co-operation in the service of
development".
- Special courses of varying duration.
The programme for 1980-81
includes: "Initiative coopérative dans le développement
communautaire rural" (French, 2 months);
special course for leaders
of the co-operative movement of Quebec (French); special course for
district and headquarters managers of the Bank for Agriculture and
Agricultural Co-operation of Thailand (English); "Co-operative
transport, goods and passengers" (English); "Co-operative
initiatives in rural health" (English); and "The two development
decades - the labour view" (English).
- Courses organised in conjunction with and on the institution of
labour movements and other institutions in the developing countries
of Asia, Africa and the Caribbean.
In 1980-81 this programme
included seminars in Korea, Thailand, Jamaica, Japan, Kenya, Zaire,
Ivory Coast, Burma, Nepal, Thailand, etc.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; study groups; seminars; panels;
group and individual projects; field studies; audio-visual
techniques; visits and personal participation in co-operative forms
of work and life.
Degrees, diplomas and certificates offered:
of attendance.
Diploma and certificate
Qualification of participants: Candidates must be sponsored by
national trade unions, co-operative or development frameworks,
government departments dealing with development co-operation and
labour, or institutions of higher learning.
Substantial
practical experience is required, with minimally secondary and
preferably higher educational attainment.
Fees : None.
Fellowships available: 220 yearly for the regular international
courses; appropriate numbers for special courses.
Fellowships
cover the participants' expenses in Israel (including tuition, board,
insurance and pocket money).
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The Director (+ part-time research associate)
Major research areas: Applied research on the problems of education
for labour movement and co-operative leadership in developing
countries, follow-up studies of graduates, their activities and needs.
Current research activities: Preparation of educational materials
and follow-up study of graduates' activities.
national and international agencies: The Institute collaborates with
other bodies engaged in research in the field of labour relations,
- 3co-operatives and development problems, such as universities, labour
and co-operative institutes in Israel and abroad, and international
organisations.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: Study
materials, programmes, curricula, etc; reports of activities;
follow-up studies of graduates.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 6 lecture rooms;
recreational facilities.
5 offices;
a club room;
37 double rooms.
Library:
Number of periodicals received: Over 150
1
Audio-visual equipment: Overhead projectors; 8mm x 16mm film
projectors; slide projectors (with sound); film strip projectors;
hi-fi radio, phonograph, tape and cassette decks; television
receivers; episcopes, viewgraphs, maps and charts, etc.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Bulletin of the Afro-Asian Institute (issued twice
yearly in English and French; serves mainly as a
follow-up for alumni).
Recent titles:
- A. Eger, Towards a Population Policy, 1979.
- B. Gabovitch, Economics of Development, 1980.
- D. Groman (ed.), Glossary-Concise Vocabulary of Technical Terms
used in Trade Union and Labour Studies Literature, 1978.
- H. Wagner, Agricultural Development through Regional Co-operative
Organizations, 1978.
- A. Eger, Vers une Politique des Populations, 1978.
- G. Weigert, The Arab Co-operative Movement in Israel, 1979.
- A. Eger, Quelques Leçons des Deux Décennies du Développement, 1978.
- A. Daniel, The Israeli Co-operative Movement, 1980.
72-05-80/81
ISRAEL
THE ISRAEL INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL AND
LABOUR RELATIONS
30 Sderot Jehudit,
TEL-AVIV
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ozer Carmi.
1970
Nature of the Institute: A government-sponsored tripartite institute
serving as an industrial relations forum and carrying out education
and research activities. The Institute has three co-founders: the
Ministry of Labour, the General Federation of Labour (Histadrut) and
the Co-ordinating Bureau of the Economic Organisations (the Employers'
Association).
- To improve labour and industrial relations in Israel by increasing
knowledge and education among the organisations and individuals
concerned;
- to collect and disseminate information on labour and industrial
relations in Israel to improve the Israeli industrial relations
system;
- to carry out research on the afore-mentioned aspects.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute operates within
the Israel Institute of Productivity. The Governing Board consists
of 6 members: 1 representative of the Labour Relations Division,
Ministry of Labour; 1 representative of the Israel Institute of
Productivity; 2 representatives of Histadrut; 2 representatives
of the Employers' Association. The Minister of Labour appoints a
Chairman from the members of the Governing Board. The Institute
has a Director, reporting to the Director of the Israel Institute
of Productivity.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
4
1
-
Visiting
-
Qualifications for professional staff: At least a degree in labour
and industrial relations or a related field.
II.
Hebrew (some activities in English).
Director of Education or Training: Arnon Fuchs.
72-06-79/80
- 2 -
Courses offered: Courses cover all subjects that are included in
labour and industrial relations in the broad sense:
-
Labour legislation;
Labour-management relations?
Industrial sociology;
Labour economics; and
Personnel management.
The courses are offered to: personnel managers of various organisations; various functional managers; foremen and supervisors;
works committee members and other union representatives; trade
unions; youth groups; the general public; mass media representatives; and future instructors to be employed by the Institute.
The duration of educational activities varies from 2-hour lectures
to 200-hour courses. Courses and seminars are also given in various
parts of the country.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; group discussions; case studies;
role playing; mock mediation and arbitration; simulations; films;
visits to plants and organisations. Plans are under way to construct
a set of simulations ("management games") to cover collective
bargaining, conflict resolution, third party dispute settlement, etc.
Fees:
Not specified.
Not specified.
participants.
III.
Not specified.
In most cases organisations pay for their
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Moshe Saar
Major Research Areas: The Institute undertakes research projects
and surveys in all areas of labour and industrial relations, with
a particular emphasis on the study of those areas where the lack
of knowledge has produced tension.
Not specified.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Research is also undertaken
in collaboration with universities and other research organisations.
specified.
Not
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Industrial Relations Forum: The Institute organises study groups
and conferences on industrial relations issues to which Israeli
and international experts are invited. It moreover convenes
meetings to discuss topical labour relations issues with practitioners and academics, which constitute a kind of workshop for
joint consultations among the parties to industrial relations. The
meetings also serve to inform the general public of developments
in labour relations.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Institute uses the facilities of the
Israel Institute of Productivity (working space for the staff,
lecture rooms, audio-visual and computer equipment, library and
other training facilities).
Not specified.
Library:
Number of volumes: 500.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
The publications
of
the
Institute include:
- Popularisation of labour laws by the use of works committees and
supervisors;
- a collection of academic lectures on labour laws and collective
agreement system - for the use of universities, labour lawyers,
personnel directors, etc.;
- about 10 training manuals on such topics as dispute settlement;
bargaining techniques; workers' participation in management,
etc. ;
- a comparative collection of collective agreements in various
industries;
- a manual for trade union leaders and personnel managers.
- Strikes in Israel, 1977;
- Labour Relations in Israel: 1970-1977 - bibliography and
abstracts of research;
- Labour Courts in Israel: Attitudes Survey, 1978.
- International Meeting on Workers' Participation, 1978.
72-06-79/80
ITALY
FONDAZIONE GIULIO PASTURE
Via della Fontaneila di Borghese 35,
1-00186 ROMA
I.
Directeur:
Giovanni Marongiu
Date de fondation:
1971
lucratif.
Il s'agit d'une fondation privée sans but
Objectifs de l'Institut: La Fondation a pour but de promouvoir les
recherches et les études portant sur les problèmes du travail et de
l'expérience syndicale des travailleurs, d'en diffuser les résultats
et d'en favoriser leur application. Pour atteindre ses objectifs
la Fondation stipule des contrats de recherche avec des organismes
publics ou privés, nationaux ou internationaux, organise des
séminaires et des colloques, donne des bourses, etc.
Administration et organisation: Le Président, le Conseil
d'administration (dont font partie entre autres le Secrétaire général
de la CISL, le Secrétaire national de la Démocratie chrétienne, les
Présidents des ACLI, de la Cassa per il Mezzogiorno et du FORMEZ) et
le Comité exécutif sont responsables de l'administration de la
Fondation. Il y a aussi un Comité consultatif scientifique composé
de 7 universitaires.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
-
5
-
2
3
-
Langues de travail:
II.
Pas précisé.
L'italien.
La Fondation n'organise aucune activité d'enseignement et de formation.
III.
Directeur de la recherche: Il est chaque fois choisi en fonction
des matières qui font l'objet des recherches.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La Fondation réalise des
programmes de recherche sur les divers problèmes que posent l'activité
de travail et l'action syndicale, conformément à ses Statuts.
34-01-79/80
- 2 -
- Dans le cadre du projet "Développement des relations de travail et
création de nouvelles activités", la Fondation a commencé une
recherche/formation dans 2 régions du sud de l'Italie (Avellino et
Benevento).
Cette recherche, qui se déroule avec le concours
technique et financier du Centre de formation et d'études pour le
midi (FORMEZ) est menée par une équipe centrale et par 2 équipes
locales.
- A la demande de la Fondation européenne pour l'amélioration des
conditions de vie et de travail, la Fondation Giulio Pastore a
entamé une recherche sur le travail par équipes dans l'industrie
chimique.
- Une recherche sur le sujet: "Formation en rapport avec la création
de nouvelles activités", confiée à la Fondation du centre
européen pour le développement de la formation professionnelle
(CEDEFOP) touche à sa fin.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Chaque année la Fondation
attribue un certain nombre de bourses de recherche à des jeunes
diplômés qui désirent acquérir une spécialisation dans les matières
sur lesquelles la Fondation porte son intérêt (économie de l'emploi,
législation du travail, sociologie et psychologie industrielles,
chômage, histoire des mouvements syndicaux, etc.).
organisations nationales ou internationales: La Fondation réalise
ses activités de recherche en collaboration avec des instituts et
organismes nationaux ou internationaux, selon les cas (universités,
ministères, organisations syndicales, Commission des Communautés
européennes, UNESCO, BIT, etc.).
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
La Fondation organise chaque année un colloque sur un thème
d'actualité, â caractère économique ou juridique (janvier 1977:
"Politique du travail et reconversion industrielle") et toutes les
deux années un séminaire d'études historiques. Des colloques sont
également organisés pour l'évaluation des résultats des recherches
les plus importantes.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: La Fondation dispose d'une salle de réunion,
d'une bibliothèque, et d'un centre de documentation.
Logement:
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
2 bibliothécaires à temps partiel.
Nombre de volumes: 4 000 environ.
Comprend un lecteur de microfilms.
- 3 -
Informatique :
VI.
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques : Depuis 1975 la Fondation publie un périodique Lavoro
e Sindacato dans lequel sont signalés tous les mois les articles
parus dans la presse spécialisée du monde entier (périodiques
scientifiques, syndicaux, patronaux, etc.) et concernant toutes les
matières qui ont trait au travail et à l'action syndicale.
Depuis
août 1978, Lavoro e Sindacato paraît tous les deux mois et comporte,
en plus de la section des affaires courantes, une section
bibliographique et une section de documentation.
Ouvrages récents; Chaque année paraît un volume Annali délia
Fondazione Giulio Pastore contenant les résultats les plus
significatifs de l'activité de l'Institut.
Jusqu'à présent ont
été publiés les volumes I (1972), II (1973), III (1974), IV (1975),
V (1976), VI (1977).
Le volume VII (1978) a paru en octobre 1979.
Un ouvrage en 2 volumes intitulé II sindacato in Italia: dalla
irrilevanza alla partecipazione (1861-1973) (Le syndicat en Italie:
de l'insignifiance à la participation (1861-1973).
Les 2 volumes
sont disponibles depuis septembre 197 9.
Au terme de la recherche sur l'histoire italienne des années
1944-1955 sous l'angle des problèmes économiques et sociaux, un
volume sera publié au printemps 1980 pour commémorer le lOème
anniversaire de la mort de Giulio Pastore.
34-01-79/80
ITALY
ECOLE DE PERFECTIONNEMENT EN DROIT
DU TRAVAIL ET DE LA SECURITE SOCIALE,
FACULTE DE DROIT ET DES SCIENCES POLITIQUES,
UNIVERSITE DE BARI
Place Cesare Battisti,
70121 BARI
I.
Directeur:
Gaetano Véneto
Date de fondation:
1969
Statuts de l'Ecole: L'Ecole de perfectionnement en droit du travail
et de la sécurité sociale est une des structures de la Faculté de
droit et des sciences politiques de l'Université de Bari.
Objectifs de l'Ecole: L'Ecole organise des cours pour la
qualification du personnel déjà engagé dans des activités professionnelles relevant du domaine du travail (syndicalistes, employés des
bureaux du personnel, fonctionnaires des institutions publiques).
Administration et organisation: L'Ecole est gérée par un directeur
et par un conseil d'administration composé de 3 membres.
Ceux-ci
sont nommés pour trois ans par la Faculté.
Personnel
A plein temps
-
A temps partiel
En stage
18
1
-
universitaires appropriés, ainsi qu'une expérience de l'enseignement
et de la recherche.
Langues de travail: L'italien est la langue de travail.
Cependant
le français et l'anglais sont les langues étrangères utilisées en
cas de besoin.
II.
l'Ecole.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: Le perfectionnement du personnel déjà engagé dans
des activités professionnelles est assuré par l'Ecole au moyen de
cours portant sur une période de deux ans.
Les participants aux
cours sont fréquemment des syndicalistes, des employés (ou
dirigeants) des bureaux du personnel, des fonctionnaires des
institutions publiques.
pratiques, conférences, séances de discussion, tables rondes et
séminaires.
34-02-79/80
- 2 -
fin des cours.
L'Ecole délivre son diplôme à la
Qualifications des participants: Les titres universitaires sont
exigés.
Frais d'inscription: 45,000 lires environ.
III.
Aucune.
professeurs officiels.
Le Directeur de l'Ecole et les autres
Principaux domaines de recherche: Les grandes activités de
recherche de l'Ecole correspondent aux objectifs indiqués sous I
(objectifs de l'Ecole).
Aucun.
Aucune.
IV.
Aucun.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Ecole organise des réunions ou des tables rondes où des
personnalités eminentes sont invitées à discuter des problèmes de
politique sociale et politique du travail et de tout ce qui touche
au domaine des relations professionnelles en général.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Ecole est logée dans les bâtiments de la
Faculté des sciences politiques de l'Université de Bari.
Des
salles de cours, de réunions, de colloques sont disponibles.
Logement:
Aucun.
Bibliothèque: C'est la même que celle de l'Institut de droit du
travail et des sciences sociales.
Informatique:
du CSATA.
Les services sont disponibles par l'intermédiaire
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
Aucun.
Ouvrages récents:
- Illuminati F., Dali'assicurazione di malattia al Servizio Sanitario
nazionale, Studio comparativo attraverso le esperienze di 4 paesi
europei: Danimarca, Italia, Portogallo, Regno Unito.
•
34-02-79/80
ITALÏ
INSTITUT EUROPEEN POUR L'UNIFICATION DU DROIT DU TRAVAIL
Foro Traiano LA,
0013 7 ROME
I.
Directeur:
Renato Balzarini
Date de fondation:
1961
Association de fait, non reconnue.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut se donne pour but de promouvoir
l'étude, le développement et l'unification de la législation du
travail et de la sécurité sociale des pays membres de la Communauté
européenne, de concert avec les organisations nationales et
internationales intéressées à l'intégration européenne et aux problèmes
sociaux qui en découlent.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est dirigé par un
Directeur assisté d'un secrétariat.
Personnel:
A temps partiel (6 à 10 professionnels, 3 à 4 administratifs).
d'une licence universitaire.
Langues de travail:
II.
Etre en possession
L'italien.
Pas précisé..
Cours organisés: L'Institut organise des cours de droit comparé en
collaboration avec l'Ecole internationale de droit du travail comparé
(Strasbourg), à l'Université de Trieste. L'Institut prévoit aussi
l'organisation de cours de droit du travail, d'organisation
syndicale, et d'économie et d'organisation de l'entreprise. Un
premier cours de droit européen du travail est en préparation, avec
le concours de la City University of London. Tous les cours
s'adressent aux diplômés universitaires et aux dirigeants d'entreprise.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement est dispensé selon des
méthodes fixées d'année en année.
délivré.
Le diplôme de l'Institut est
un diplôme équivalent.
d'année en année.
année.
34-03-79/80
Il faut avoir une licence ou
Les frais d'inscription sont déterminés
L'octroi des bourses est décidé d'année en
- 2 -
III.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La recherche est menée dans le
domaine du droit du travail comparé et les sujets apparentés
(sécurité sociale, droit syndical, etc.).
Travaux de recherche en cours: Un programme triennal est exécuté
à la demande du Conseil national de la recherche (Rome) afin de
formuler un projet d'unification ou de rapprochement des législations
européennes du travail.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Les bourses disponibles sont
offertes par le Conseil national de la recherche qui en fixe les
conditions d'octroi (montant: 150 000 lires par mois).
avec le Conseil national de la recherche (Rome) et avec le Ministère
du travail et de la sécurité sociale (Rome).
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI :"Sanctions
disciplinaires et protection de la santé sur les lieux de travail
en Europe".
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Institut organise de nombreuses tables rondes sur des questions
de législation et de droit du travail. Il prévoit de plus des
conférences par des juristes européens sur des questions de droit
syndical et de droit du travail.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
bibliothèque.
Logement:
*
L'Institut dispose de bureaux et d'une
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque:
1
100.
Aucun.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
L'Institut dirige la Rivista di diritto internazionale
e comparato del lavoro (Revue de droit international
et comparé du travail).
Ouvrages récents: Peut être consulté.
- G. Sperduti, Diritto di circolazione e di stabilamento nei paesi
délia Comunita europea (le droit de circulation et d'établissement
dans les pays de la Communauté européenne).
ITALY
INSTITUT DE DROIT DU TRAVAIL ET DES SCIENCES
SOCIALES, FACULTE DE DROIT ET DES SCIENCES
POLITIQUES, UNIVERSITE DE BARI
Place Cesare Battisti,
70121 BARI
I.
Directeur:
Bruno Veneziani
Date de fondation:
1978
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut est intégré à la Faculté de droit
et des sciences politiques.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut se donne pour but d'organiser
la recherche scientifique dans le domaine des relations
professionnelles, l'accent étant mis sur les aspects juridiques
(droit du travail; relations professionnelles; négociation
collective; sociologie du travail; conflits du travail).
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est géré par un directeur
nommé pour trois ans par la Faculté et désigné par les membres de
l'Institut; le directeur est aidé par un conseil d'administration
composé de 6 membres (le directeur de l'Ecole de perfectionnement en
droit du travail et de la sécurité sociale, et 5 membres nommés par
tous les membres de l'Institut).
Personnel
A plein temps
20
3
A temps partiel
1
En stage
-
universitaires appropriés, ainsi qu'une expérience de l'enseignement
et de la recherche.
Langues de travail: L'italien est la langue de travail.
Cependant,
le français et l'anglais sont les langues étrangères utilisées en
cas de besoin.
II.
Directeur de l'enseignement et de la formation: Les Directeurs de
.l'Institut et les autres professeurs officiels de l'Institut.
Cours organisés: L'organisation de l'Institut permet aux étudiants
de combiner activités d'enseignement et de formation et activités
de recherche.
Les cours organisés par l'Institut couvrent entre
autres les domaines du droit du travail, des conflits du travail, des
relations professionnelles, du droit syndical en Italie, de la
législation sociale et de la sociologie du travail.
34-04-79/80
- 2 -
pratiques pour les étudiants, conférences, séances de discussion,
tables rondes, séminaires.
Aucun.
Aucune.
Bourses disponibles : Aucune.
III.
professeurs officiels.
Le directeur de l'Institut et les autres
Principaux domaines de recherche: Les grandes activités de recherche
de l'Institut correspondent aux objectifs indiqués sous I (Objectifs
de l'Institut).
- Une recherche financée par le Conseil national des recherches sur
les institutions juridiques du marché du travail, spécifiquement
sur le placement des travailleurs et sur la "Casse Integrazione
Guadagni";
- Une revue de la doctrine et de la jurisprudence en matière de droit
du travail;
- Une recherche de droit comparé sur les fondements du droit du
travail en Europe.
Aucune.
IV.
Aucun.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'Institut organise des réunions ou des tables rondes où des
personnalités eminentes sont invitées à discuter des problèmes de
politique sociale'et politique du travail, et de tout ce qui touche
au domaine des relations professionnelles en général.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'Institut est logé dans les bâtiments de la
Faculté de droit et sciences politiques de l'Université de Bari.
Des salles de cours, de réunions, de colloques sont disponibles.
Logemen t:
Aucun.
- 3 -
Bibliothèque
1 biblithécaire à plein temps.
Nombre de volumes: 15,000 environ.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 100 environ.
Informatique:
CSATA.
VI.
Aucun.
Les services sont disponibles par l'intermédiaire du
PUBLICATIONS
Ouvrages récents:
entre autres :
De nombreux ouvrages ont été publiés récemment,
- Giugni, Diritto sindacale, Cacucci, Bari, 1979.
- Ghera, Diritto del lavoro, Cacucci, Bari, 1979.
- A A . W . , Lo statuto dei lavoratori, Commentario diretto da Gino
Giugni, Giuffrè, Milano, 1979.
- A A . W . , (a cura di B. Veneziani) La contrattazione collettiva
in Italia 1945-1977.
- Véneto, "L'autonomia collettiva nelle sentenze délia Corte Costistituzionale" in A A . W . , Il laboro nella giurisprudenza costituzionale, éd. F. Angeli, Milano, 1978.
- A A . W . , (a cura di S. Sciarra) Democrazia politica e democrazia
industríale, De Donato, Bari, 1978.
- Giannini, Giustizia e Mezzogiorno, Marsilio editore, Venezia, 1978.
34-04-79/80
ITALY
ISTITUTO PER LP SVILUPPO PELLA FORMAZIONE
PROFESSIONALE DEI LAVORATORI (ISFOL)
Via Bartolomeo Eustachio 8,
ROMA
I.
Directeur:
Cesare Vaciago
Date de fondation:
1973
Statuts de l'Institut: Il s'agit d'un organisme public, constitué
par décret présidentiel, et émanant du Ministère du Travail.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'ISFOL se présente à la fois comme un
institut de recherche sur le marché du travail et de l'emploi, comme
un institut apportant une aide technique aux régions, en matière de
formation professionnelle, et comme un institut s'occupant d'expériences
et de software didactiques.
Administration et organisation: Les organes de gestion de l'ISFOL
sont constitués par le Président, par le Directeur général, par le
Conseil d'administration, par le Comité exécutif, par un magistrat
de la Cour des Comptes et par le Collège des Réviseurs. Le Conseil
d'administration comprend des représentants du Ministère du Travail,
du Ministère du Trésor, des Régions, des Syndicats, du Patronat et
d'experts de FP.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
30
8
En stage
-
-
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Avoir obtenu
les diplômes de l'école secondaire supérieure et de l'université
et avoir acquis une expérience dans la recherche (secteur public ou
privé).
Langues de travail:
français.
II.
L'italien et si nécessaire l'anglais et le
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'Institut organise des activités de perfectionnement
technique et scientifique au moyen de cours par correspondance. Ces
activités s'adressent aux enseignants et opérateurs en formation
professionnelle. L'Institut aide en outre les travailleurs
d'entreprise qui sont amenés à se requalifier lorsque leur entreprise
doit modifier son domaine de production. Des stages sont organisés
à cet effet avec la contribution du Fonds social européen.
34-06-79/80
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en séminaires,
cours par correspondance, tables rondes, journées d'études (avec un
grand usage de moyens audio-visuels produits par l'ISFOL même).
Aucun.
Qualifications des participants: Aucune condition particulière
n'est exigée, les stages étant destinés aux personnes directement
intéressées, c'est-à-dire, les directeurs, les enseignants et le
personnel administratif des centres de formation professionnelle
et le personnel des Régions.
III.
Aucuns.
Aucune.
Pas précisé.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La recherche est menée dans les
domaines propres aux dynamiques du marché du travail et des
professions, au système de FP (formation professionnelle) en Italie
et à l'étranger et aux secteurs productifs spécifiques.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Sont en cours des travaux de recherche
sur la destination professionnelle des jeunes qualifiés des Centres
de FP, l'apprentissage et l'alternance école/travail, avec une
confrontation entre les pays de la Communauté, un projet de formation
du personnel infirmier et technico-sanitaire, l'immigration en
Suisse et les problèmes de la FP des émigrés, les motivations, les
attentes et la réalisation professionnelle des adultes occupés dans
l'industrie et dans l'ensemble de la formation professionnelle.
Aucune.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Selon les cas, une
collaboration est demandée à des instituts et des organismes nationaux
(ARPES, CENSIS, OPPI, CIRSS, Université Catholique de Milan, etc.)
et internationaux (BIT, ORT, Fondation de Dublin, CEDEFOP de Berlin,
CEREQ de Paris, etc.) qui ont des compétences spécifiques.
IV.
Pas précisé.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Projets et réalisation de software didactique dans le laboratoire
de production d'audio-visuels.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
à Rome.
Logement:
Aucun.
Des locaux sont disponibles au siège de l'Institut
- 3 -
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps: 2
Nombre de volumes: plus de 2,000
Numbre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 200 environ.
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend un laboratoire spécialisé situé
à Albano, aux environs de Rome.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
- L'Observateur du marché du travail et des professions (dont:
Formation professionnelle et placement (No. 7 ) ; Exigences de
formation dans le secteur infirmier et technico-sanitaire (No. 23);
Qualification professionnelle et regroupement horizontal de
qualification (No. 24)).
- Cahiers de formations (dont: France/congé de formation (No. 32) ;
Occupation féminine et développement économique (No. 33);
Exigences de mise à jour technico-scientifique des enseignants
de formation professionnelle (No. 57); Occupation féminine et
développement économique (No. 33)) .
Ouvrages récents:
34-06-79/80
Voir ci-dessus.
ITALY
FONDAZIONE REGIONALE PIETRO SEVESO
Via Mirabelllno 3,
20052 PARCO DI MONZA
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Tiziano Treu (President)
1976
Nature of the Institute: Private foundation, created by a group of
union leaders (mainly CISL) and intellectuals connected with unions
and/or interested in labour problems.
Aims of the Institute: Research, education and documentation in the
field of labour studies.
These aims correspond to the three main
areas of programme.
Administration and organisation: The Fondazione is managed by a
President; its Board of Administration is composed of 14 members
elected by the General Assembly (partly union leaders, partly
intellectuals) and one member designated by the local government.
Staff
Full-time
2
2
teaching experience.
basis.
II.
Italian;
Part-time
Visiting
(plus occasional and
voluntary contributors)
2
Academic or research and
other languages on an ad hoc
Not specified.
Courses offered: Most courses are directed at trade unionists, some
at academic groups.
Basically they are connected with research
activities and subject matters, hence they are planned for a small
number of participants (10-30).
They are usually of short duration
(1-2 weeks maximum).
Occasionally the Foundation contributes to the
organisation of vocational training courses or general courses
(economics, history for trade unionists, etc.).
Teaching methods used: Lectures; seminars; case studies;
discussion sessions; panels; team and individual projects.
attendance.
34-07-80/81
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Most courses are directed at
persons holding a position of responsibility or interested in
labour affairs.
Sometimes union sponsorship is required.
Fees:
Usually none.
Fellowships available: Travel and maintenance costs of participants
are usually paid by their organisations.
Contributions towards
expenses are sometimes provided for by the Foundation.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
G. Delia Rocca, G. P. Celia (Co-ordinators)
Major research areas: Labour unions history, collective bargaining,
labour economics, industrial relations in general (comparative and
national approaches).
Current research activities: Major research projects include:
- Collective bargaining in the public service (case studies);
- Youth unemployment provisions (case studies);
- Professional training and labour mobility (case studies);
- Union intervention in industrial reorganisation and restructuring
(case studies);
- Child labour -(case studies);
- Female labour mobility (in Milan area);
- Collective bargaining and organisation of work: a comparative
analysis ;
- Role and attitude of union officers.
Research fellowships available: A few fellowships are available
(yearly) for young scholars and trade unionists interested in
labour matters relevant to the Foundation projects.
national and international agencies: Much research is undertaken in
co-operation with national institutions working in the labour and
industrial relations field.
Foundation maintains a collection of unpublished research documentation and materials related to research topics.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Foundation organises meetings and symposia to discuss research
topics and emerging labour and social policy issues; the audience
is varied from limited groups of experts to large unions and
employers groups.
Public lectures are given by labour and social
policy specialists.
- 3V.
FACILITIES
meeting rooms.
Several small classrooms and three large
None.
A cafeteria service operates.
Library
Two full-time.
Approximately 700.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Service available through universities.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Formazione e Ricerca (6 issues yearly)
II Lavoro Dell'Informazione (quarterly)
Recent titles:
- "I diritti del lavoratori", a cura di P. A. Varesi, Mazzotta ed.,
1976;
- "Le origini délia Classe operaia alia FIAT", di D. La Valle, Coinés
Ed., 1976;
- "Sindicalismo cattolico 1906-1946", scritti di A. Grandi, a cura
di S. Antoniazzi e D. La Valle, Ed. Fondazione Seveso;
- "Sindacato e industria cultúrale", scritti di P. Bontadini,
M. Colombo, C. Frigerio, et al, a cura di F. Iseppi, Ed.
Fondazione Seveso;
- "La mediazione della Regione nei conflitti di lavoro", M. FidanzaM. Gamba, A. Matrinelli, T. Treu, Ediz. II Mulino, 1977;
- "Lo statuto dei lavoratori; un bilancio politivo.
Nuove
prospettive del diritto del lavoro e della democrazia industríale",
AA.W., De Donato Ed., 1977;
- "Sindicato e Autogestione", Fondazione P. Seveso, ED. Lavoro, 1978;
- "Achille Grandi: sindacalismo cattolico e democrazia sindacale",
a cura di W. Tobagi, 1978, 11 Mulino;
- "Potere e democrazia nel sindacato", a cura di Beppe della Rocca,
Ed. Lavoro, 1980;
- "Sindacalisti nelle istituzioni", T. Treu, M. Rocella, G. Ferrari,
Ed. Lavoro, 1980.
34-07-80/81
IVORY COAST
mm
CENTRE DE FORMATION CONTINUE
PES CADRES (CFCC)
ENA BP V20,
ABIDJAN
I.
Directeur:
A. Hamza, Directeur de l'Ecole Nationale d'Administratioi
(ENA)
Date de fondation: 1970
Statuts de l'Institut: Le CFCC est rattaché à l'Ecole Nationale
d'Administration et constitue l'un de ses services.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le CFCC est chargé d'organiser et de
mettre en oeuvre les activités de formation permanente destinées
aux fonctionnaires des catégories A et B de la Fonction publique
ivoirienne.
Administration et organisation: Le CFCC est contrôlé par le Directeur de l'ENA et géré par un Directeur des études sous l'autorité
duquel fonctionne une petite équipe de responsables de formation.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
4 + direcvariable
teur des études
2 secrétaires+ infrastructure
de l'ENA.
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Sont exigés un
diplôme d'enseignement supérieur à dominance juridique ou économique
ainsi qu'une expérience de l'administration (deux à trois ans minimum) .
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Directeur des Etudes:
J. M. Roussignol.
Cours organisés: Le CFCC organise:
- un cycle de formation administrative des cadres techniques;
- un cycle de comptabilité et gestion financière;
- des cycles de langues vivantes (anglais)
- des cycles préparatoires à certains concours professionnels spéciaux;
- des séminaires ou sessions d'initiation ou de perfectionnement à
l'informatique à la méthode PERT, à la DPO, à la conduite de
réunions, à la rédaction administrative, à la planification économique, à la gestion du personnel, aux techniques d'organisation
et méthodes, à la formation des formateurs, des fonctionnaires du
gouvernement, au personnel de direction des entreprises, aux
cadres supérieurs; ce sont en général des sessions de courte durée
(cinq jours).
103-01-78
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes demeurent traditionnelles en
matière de connaissances de base mais la pédagogie active (tables
rondes, études de cas par petits groupes) est chaque fois que possible
privilégiée. A cet effet, conférenciers et animateurs vacataires
choisis parmi les spécialistes de la matière sont assistés par un
animateur-formateur du centre.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés; Une simple attestation est délivrée dont il peut être tenu compte lors de la notation annuelle des
fonctionnaires.
Qualifications des participants: Il s'agit d'une formation destinée aux fonctionnaires des catégories A et B (ou agents temporaires des 1ère et 2ème catégories) en service dans l'administration ou détachés dans le secteur parapublic.
Frais d'inscription: Aucuns.
III.
Aucune.
Le CFCC n'effectue aucune activité de recherche en dehors de la
conception et de l'élaboration des méthodes et des documents pédagogiques liés à ses propres activités de formation.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Le CFCC donne fréquemment des conférences sur des thèmes divers en
rapport avec l'administration du développement.
Il entretient des
relations avec diverses institutions étrangères ayant les mêmes activités.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Le CFCC est logé dans les bâtiments de l'ENA.
Il a ses propres locaux: trois salles de vingt places, une salle
de quarante à cinquante places,mais il peut également utiliser en
cas de besoin les autres locaux de l'ENA (en particulier les amphithéâtres de deux cents et cent places).
Logement:
Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel: Utilisation de la bibliothèque de l'ENA =1 bibliothécaire et 2
aides-bibliothécaires + 4 agents à plein temps.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: environ 80.
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend un équipement cinématographique
complet (16 mm et super 8), un magnétoscope et télévision en circuit fermé, des rétroprojecteurs, des projecteurs diapo, etc.
Informatique:
Aucun service.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
J
uvrages récents:
Ont été publiés: un fascicule de droit adminisratif, un manuel d'initiation à la méthode PERT, un manuel de rédaction administrative et divers aide-mémoire ou fascicules en
complément des séminaires et sessions organisés par le Centre.
De nombreux cours polycopiés ont également été édités dans le cadre
de la préparation aux concours professionnels spéciaux de promotion
interne: finances publiques, fonction publique, élaboration du
budget, régimes douaniers, statistique, institutions politiques,
droit international et relations internationales, relations
économiques internationales, pratique diplomatique et consulaire,
aménagement du territoire, etc.
103-01-7Í
IVORY COAST
INSTITUT AFRICAIN POUR LE DEVELOPPEMENT ECONOMIQUE
• ET 50CIALÂ<5RI-SERVICË-CENTRE AFRICAIN DE FORMATION
(INADES-FC-RMATIÖN)
swyT-/
15 Avenue Jean Mermoz,
B.P. 8008,
ABIDJAN
I.
Directeur:
Philippe Dubin
Date de fondation: Depuis 1971 est fondé "INADES-formation" pour
prendre en charge, poursuivre et développer les activités de formation
assurés jusque-là par l'Institut Africain pour le Développement
Economique et Social (INADES) dans son département Formation.
Statuts de l'Institut: INADES-formation est une association
internationale sans but lucratif et à caractère non confessionnel.
Objectifs de l'Institut: Le but général de l'association est de
travailler à la promotion sociale et économique des populations, en
accordant une importance toute particulière à leurs sociétés.
L'association a pour objets en particulier:
a) toute activité de formation sur le continent africaïn"T~une
priorité étant donnée aux populations rurales;
b) toute étude socio-économique sur le développement en Afrique,
ainsi que toutes les opérations utiles à la réalisation de l'objet
social ainsi défini.
INADES-formation n'a pas directement la responsabilité des opérations
de développement. Il intervient presque toujours pour soutenir les
opérations de développement qui existent sous des formes diverses:
sociétés d'Etat, Services agricoles, opérations de développement
communautaire, missions religieuses, volontaires, initiatives privées.
En général, ce sont les personnes chargées de ces opérations qui font
appel à INADES-formation pour que l'institut leur apporte un appui
spécifique dans le domaine de la formation des adultes ruraux.
INADES-formation est un organisme d'éducation non formelle qui a
progressivement mis au point en Afrique et pour les africains un
système original pour la formation et le perfectionnement d'adultes.
L'Institut s'adresse à la fois à des moniteurs, encadreurs,
vulgarisateurs, employés par des sociétés d'intervention; mais il
touche également beaucoup d'agriculteurs dans les villages.
Administration et organisation: INADES-formation est dirigé par un
comité de direction composé de 7 membres de nationalités différentes.
Il s'agit d'un organisme d'éducation non formelle. Par ses statuts,
INADES-formation se présente comme un organisme non gouvernemental
(ONG). C'est ainsi qu'il participe depuis de longues années à des
réunions organisées par les Nations Unies (BIT, CEA, FAO, UNESCO)
en tant qu'invité.
103-02-77
- 2-
Il est aussi membre de plusieurs groupements professionnels à
l'échelle du continent africain; ainsi il est:
- membre de l'Association Africaine pour l'Education des Adultes
(AAEA);
- membre également de l'Association Africaine pour l'Alphabétisation
(AFROLIT);
-membre aussi de l'Association Africaine pour l'Enseignement par
Correspondance (AAEC).
INADES-formation est composé d'une part d'un siège panafricain,
d'autre part de bureaux nationaux. Le siège panafricain dispose à
Abidjan d'un personnel relativement nombreux qui prend en charge les
travaux que ne peut assumer un bureau national tout seul: rédaction
et mise au point d'un système cohérent de cours, documentation,
impression et diffusion du matériel pédagogique, envoi de spécialités
pour certaines sessions, rédaction et présentation de projets et
•comptes rendus aux organismes de soutien, etc. C'est encore le siège
qui, grâce à des correspondances et des missions sur place du Directeur
ou des responsables sectoriels, assure une coordination de l'ensemble
des activités des bureaux nationaux.
Enfin, le siège suit directement les abonnés, de même que toutes les
opérations ou négociations en cours dans tous les pays où il n'y a
pas encore de bureau national.
Pour se rapprocher des milieux qu'elle cherche à atteindre,
l'association INADES-formation a opté, au cours des dernières années;
pour la décentralisation de son action. Ainsi, les bureaux nationaux
qui ont été créés ont pour rôle principal d'assurer le suivi des
abonnés. Sur 20 pays dans lesquels l'institut compte des abonnés,
des bureaux sont ouverts aujourd'hui dans les pays suivants: Burundi,
Cameroun, Côte-d'Ivoire, Ethiopie, Haute-Volta, Rwanda, Togo, Zaïre;
des négociations sont en cours pour l'ouverture d'un bureau dans
certains pays anglophones: Ghana, Nigeria, Zambie.
Chaque bureau national est doté, tout comme le siège, de plusieurs
cadres: agronomes, spécialistes en économie, en sociologie... Ils
réalisent à leur niveau l'ensemble du travail qui est fait au siège:
corrections, rédaction, traductions, suivi des abonnés, sessions;
ils font part au siège de leurs expériences, de leurs préoccupations
et des conditions particulières de leur travail.
Personnel: INADES-formation emploie actuellement 111 personnes dont
58 cadres répartis entre le siège d'Abidjan et les 8 bureaux nationaux.
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Titres
universitaires appropriés, les plus recherchés étant: ingénieurs
agronomes, maîtrise en économie, en ethno-sociologie, journaliste
avec une bonne expérience en pédagogie et en animation, notamment
en ce qui concerne l'éducation des adultes ruraux, et en développement
communautaire.
Langues de travail: Le français et l'anglais sont les langues de
travail. Les langues africaines sont souvent utilisées dans les
sessions sur le terrain, lorsque les conditions l'exigent ainsi que
pour les cours par correspondance (amharique, kirundi, kinyarwanda,
1inga, mooré...).
II.
Jean-Luc Masson
Cours organisés: Les diverses activités de formation de 1'INADES
comportent les secteurs suivants: cours pour cadres, cours agricoles,
animation.
a) La formation des cadres: Le service des cours par correspondance
(Economie politique, Sociologie, Développement), après 10 ans de
fonctionnement, a été remplace en 1974 par un seul cours d'Initiation
au Développement "CID": T8"fascicules de 64 pages.
Le cours "CID" propose une formation socio-économique générale.
Comme tous les cours d'INADES-formation, le cours CID est rédigé
en Afrique pour des pays africains. Il comprend deux séries ou
"années" de 9 livrets chacune: "L'Afrique en mutation" et "La
dynamique du développement".
Les cours CID intéressent tous ceux qui exercent une responsabilité
du cadre dans l'Administration, les sociétés d'intervention
agricoles, les sociétés privées et publiques; ils s'adressent
aussi aux enseignants, aux syndicalistes et aux étudiants ou jeunes
fonctionnaires préparant un concours d'entrée dans un institut de
développement.
b) Les Cours agricoles:
Cours d'apprentissage agricole (durée 3 ans).
Le cours d'apprentissage agricole se divise en trois séries
correspondant chacune à une année de cours (9 fascicules de 30 à
60 pages environ): "Agriculture générale et élevage" - "Les
productions de l'agriculteur" - "Le métier d'agriculteur".
Cours de perfectionnement agricole (durée 1 a n ) .
Le cours de perfectionnement agricole, qui dure un an, insiste
beaucoup sur les divers aspects de l'entreprise agricole: gestión,
commercialisation, coopération, crédit, économie rurale. Il aborde
par ailleurs le problème de la vulgarisation agricole destinée en
priorité aux abonnés moniteurs - encadreurs de base qui sont en
contact direct avec les agriculteurs villageois.
c) l'Animation: INADES-formation est en train de mettre au point un
programme et une méthode d'animation pour toutes les personnes
qui travaillent en milieu rural. A cet effet, il diffuse
actuellement, entre autres, un cours de formation et des fiches
techniques.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: A la fin des différents cours,
INADES-formation délivre à tous les abonnés qui ont suivi les cours
une attestation qui a pour rôle de prouver que l'intéressé a reçu
une formation agricole.
Qualifications des participants: Les cours diffusés par INADESformation s'adressent, soit à ceux qui exercent le métier
d'agriculteur, soit aux encadreurs de base qui sont en contact
direct avec les agriculteurs.
Frais d'inscription: Chaque année de cours par correspondance
est évaluée en moyenne entre 30 et 35 000 CFA. Elle comprend:
103-02-77
- 4 - recherche, rédaction, impression de 9 fascicules.
- frais d'inscription et d'envoi;
- frais de suivi j pédagogique et de correction, etc..
Bourses disponibles: Il existe des possibilités de bourses accordées
aux ruraux désireux de s'inscrire aux' cours agricoles, surtout quand
ils sont organisés en'groupes de 5 à 7 personnes.
III.
INADES-formation n'organise aucune activité de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
INADES-formation travaille en collaboration avec INADES, composé de
deux départements principaux qui entendent donner une information
sur l'Afrique: INADES-documentation et INADES-édition. Ces deux
instituts, historiquement liés, se distinguent par leur champ
d'activité plutôt que par leurs objectifs.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: Pas précisé.
Logement:
Pas précisé.
Bibliothèque: INADES-documentation possède une bibliothèque spécialisée
sur l'Afrique (Sciences économiques et sociales).
1 à plein temps - 2 à temps partiel - 2 assistants.
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 4 50 périodiques dont
415 revues touchant principalement les domainesdes\ mutations
sociales, économiques, politiques, culturelles et du développement
rural.
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend toute une collection de diapositives
(1 200 environ) concernant le développement rural et la santé ainsi
que des bandes magnétiques et des "flanellographes".
Informatique: Pas précisé.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
INADES-formation dirige la revue trimestrielle AGRIPROMO.
Ouvrages récents: La plupart des publications de 1'INADES ne sont
pas des ouvrages de librairie, mais des instruments pédagogiques.
Elles ne prennent donc leur valeur qu'à l'intérieur d'une démarche
spécifique, celle de l'éducation permanente des adultes ruraux.
Elles couvrent les trois secteurs suivants:
"La formation de la population de base" ;
"La formation des formateurs";
"La formation des cadres responsables du développement".
- 5 -
Ces publications sont réservées à des abonnés (abonnements en groupe
ou abonnements individuels), suivis par INADES-formation sous forme
de corrections de devoirs ou de comptes rendus de travail, de séminaire
organisés localement et de visites sur le terrain.
INADES a également publié quelques brochures et livres (INADES-édition)
Les sujets sont choisis pour servir les objectifs d'INADES et d'INADESformation tels que mentionnés sous I (Objectifs de l'Institut);
Peuvent être notés, entre autres:
- V. Guerry, La vie quotidienne dans un village baoulé, 3e éd.,
1975, 151 p. + bibliographie.
- A. Schwartz, La vie quotidienne dans un village guère, 1975, 178 p.
- R. Deniel, Religions dans la ville. Croyances et changements
sociaux à Abidjan, 1975, 210 p.
103-02-77
IVORY COAST
INSTITUT NATIONAL SUPERIEUR DE
L'ENSEIGNEMENT TECHNIQUE (INSET)
B.P. V79,
ABIDJAN
I.
Directeur:
Jean-Jonas Adou (Directeur-général)
Date de fondation:
1975
Statuts de l'Institut: L1INSET est un Institut dépendant du
Ministère de l'Enseignement technique et de la Formation
professionnelle.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'INSET regroupe en son sein deux grandes
Ecoles et deux Instituts de technologie: une grande Ecole
d'ingénieurs généralistes, une Ecole supérieure de commerce, un
Institut de technologie industrielle et un Institut de technologie
tertiaire.
Administration et organisation: L'INSET est géré par un Directeurgénéral.
Il a un Conseil d'administration comprenant des membres
du Gouvernement et des employeurs.
Chaque Ecole a son Conseil de
gestion.
Personnel
A plein temps
110
75
A temps partiel
En stage
peu
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Diplômés des
grandes écoles ayant une expérience professionnelle.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés: L'INSET donne les cours classiques des grandes
écoles et des instituts universitaires de technologie, organise des
stages dans des entreprises, des séminaires de dynamique de groupe,
de conduite de réunions, des activités de formation professionnelle
continue.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en travaux en
groupes et cours magistraux.
DiplOmes ou certificats délivrés: Des diplômes d'Ecole et un
diplôme universitaire de technologie sont délivrés.
103-03-79/80
plus un concours d'entrée.
Sont requis le baccalauréat
Les frais s'élèvent à 4,200 F CFA.
les nationaux.
Des bourses d'Etat sont disponibles pour
III.
L'INSET organise des activités de recherche appliquées en étroite
relation avec le milieu professionnel.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Pas précisé.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'INSET dispose de seize salles de cours, deux
amphithéâtres, un hall de fabrication mécanique, huit salles de
travaux pratiques.
Des travaux d'extension sont en cours.
Logement:
Le logement dépend de la Cité universitaire.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps: 4 + 3 aides.
Nombre de volumes: 4,350
#
Equipement audio-visuel: Comprend deux laboratoires de langues, un
projecteur de cinéma, trois rétroprojecteurs, deux magnétophones
et divers équipements.
Informatique:
VI.
En location.
Un centre est en voie d'être monté.
PUBLICATIONS
JAMAICA
TRADE UNION EDUCATION INSTITUTE
UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES
Mona,
KINGSTON 7
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Rex Nettleford
1963
Nature of the Institute: A part of the Department of Extra Mural
Studies, at the University of the West Indies.
Aims of the Institute: The Trade Union Education Institute serves
to train upper level trade union personnel from Jamaica and the
Eastern Caribbean, for free and democratic trade union leadership.
The Institute is designed:
- To provide training courses, lectures and classes in trade union
and labour education;
- to promote research into industrial relations in Jamaica;
- to foster development of healthy industrial relations in the
area;
- to arrange, where possible, international and local conferences
on industrial relations.
The above activities are intended to "develop cadres of new free
and democratic union leadership, to enable union members to confront
more effectively the difficult problems resulting from fast technological change, to assist disadvantaged groups in learning new
skills and gaining a foothold in today's economy, and to assist in
determining the basic functioning and national role of unions in
future country and area development".
Administration and Organisation: The Institute has a Trade Union
Education Advisory Board with the main unions represented.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
1
1
Approximately
20
2
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Vary from highly educated
trade unionists to ILO experts to academically trained staff with
university degrees.
II.
English.
197-01-80/81
- 2 Courses offered:
Not specified.
Teaching Methods used: The dominant research methods emphasise
self-activating teaching such as group work, role play and discussions. Lectures combined with self-study are used in some cases
with specific groups of adult trade unionists.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered;- The Institute issues
certificates for the one-month courses, based on attendance (minimum
of 80%) and on the results of the written examination.
Qualifications of participants: It is the responsibility of the
trade unions to ensure that each participant has a basic trade
union education.
Fees:
Not specified.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: At the request of the Tourism Product
Development Company, a division of the Tourist Board, the Institute
designed and executed a national 6-month attitudinal and motivational study of general rank and file workers of the tourism sector.
This survey was based on a "Psycho-Physical" Equilibrium Model
which was constructed by the Institute and involved the individual
(face-to-face) interviewing of 1,308 persons representing all
categories of workers directly employed in the industry. In
addition to the analysis and the reporting of the Institute's
findings, an in-depth Consultancy Report with recommendations
concerning policies, structural machinery, functions and implementational strategies was presented to the Minister of Tourism.
The Institute has also investigated the management styles of 759
junior and middle managers representing a wide cross-section of
organisations and sectors. The results have been instrumental in
the design of various union, supervisory and executive development
programmes.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Some research is made in
collaboration with the government, private organisations and the
ILO.
specified.
- 3IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts various conferences sometimes in collaboration
with such organisations and agencies as the Friedrich-Ebert Stiftung,
ILO/DANIDA's project on Workers' Education and the ILO's project
on Workers' Population Education.
The Director is called upon to
chair Boards of Enquiry on an ad hoc basis.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Institute has a classroom and also has
access to class and meeting rooms in an adjacent facility.
Residential accommodation: 40 rooms are available for participants
living outside the Kingston area.
Library:
Audio-visual equipment: Film shows;
for filmstrips and slides.
overhead projector;
projector
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles:
-
C. Dunkley, Collective Bargaining: Some Problems in Jamaica.
R. Nettleford (ed.), Trade Union and Industrial Relations Terms.
H.R. Roberts, Job Evaluation.
Report on Worker Participation, 1976.
S. G. Kirkaldy, An Introduction to Industrial Relations and Labour
Law in Jamaica, 1979.
197-01-80/81
JAPAN
INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
RIKKYO UNIVERSITY
Nishi-Ikebukuro,
TOKYO
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director: Chiaki Nishiyaraa
1959
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous research organisation
created by Rikkyo University.
Aims of the Institute: To contribute to the development of the
Japanese economy and society by offering theoretical and practical
solutions to the problems resulting from industrial modernisation
in Japan.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is administered by
a Director. Its activities are organised into three areas:
- Modern Economics;
- Active Science (industrial relations; personnel management;
sociology; industrial psychology; business administration);
- Methodology of Information Processing.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
1
36
-
1
-
Qualifications for professional staff: The majority of the staff
are faculty members of the Rikkyo University.
II.
Japanese and English.
Taijiroh Hayasaka
Courses offered: The Institute organises the Special Students
Program and the Researchers Program, practical social science
programmes at the graduate and undergraduate levels, for young
workers and businessmen. Various seminars are organised by the
Institute for students, union members, and persons from enterprises.
studies; simulation exercises; group and individual projects.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate of attendance,
equivalent to a B.A., for the Special Students Program; the
Special Researchers Program makes a report to the participant's
sponsoring organisation.
35-01-79/80
- 2 -
Qualifications of participants: High school diploma for the
Special Students Program and university degree for Researchers
Program; both require recommendation from the participant's
organisation.
Fees:
$1,000 - 1,500.
time to time.
III.
The Institute grants some fellowships from
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: Director of the Institute.
-
Modern economics}
Sociology;
Business administration;
Methodology of information processing.
Current Research Activities: The Center for Modern Economics is
undertaking research on the Economic Growth of Post-War Japan;
subtopics of the Series are money; wages; investment; saving;
worker values; job training; and politico-economic thought.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Some research activities of
the Institute are undertaken in co-operation with international
institutions.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Joint seminars organised in co-operation with foreign institutions.
V.
FACILITIES
Access to University facilities.
Library:
None.
Not specified.
- 3 -
Computer equipment:
VI.
Services available through the University.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
- Respecting the Differences Found in Other Cultures.
- An Analysis of Morale Survey in a Technological Institute.
•
35-01-79/80
JAPAN
INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL SCIENCE
UNIVERSITY OF TOKYO
3-1, 7-chome, Hongo,
Bunkyo-ku,
TOKYO
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ishida Takeshi
1946;
national university.
A research institute affiliated with a
Aims of the Institute: The Institute collects information on laws,
politics and economic problems of Japan and major foreign countries
in a systematic manner and carries out comprehensive as well as
comparative studies of theoretical and empirical nature. Studies
on industrial relations, labour laws and other aspects of labour
problems constitute an important part of the Institute's research
activities.
Director; major administrative matters are dealt with through the
Institute's Faculty and Staff Meetings.
The Institute consists of 17 Departments: 8 in Japanese studies and
9 in foreign studies (4 European, 2 American, 3 socialist-bloc).
Each department is subdivided into the fields of law, political
science and economics.
Staff
Full-time
qualifications.
II.
Part-time
45
30
Visiting
22
-
some
Japanese.
Director of Education:
None.
The Institute is primarily engaged in research activities and does
not offer any courses of its own, although individual staff members,
in addition to their research, teach a limited number of graduate
as well as undergraduate courses of the University.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
35-02-79/80
Major Research Areas: The Institute is engaged in comparative and
comprehensive studies on laws, politics and economics of Japan and
major foreign countries, including studies on labour markets, industrial relations, labour laws and social policies.
Current Research Activities: Since April 1978, the Institute has
been
undertaking the following two 2-year overseas research
projects :
- Comparative study on succession to agricultural assets in Japan
and Europe from the point of view of sociology law; and
- Research into the actual conditions of industrial relations at
the plant and shopfloor level in British motor industry and steel
industry - comparative study.
None.
Contacts for the exchange
and collection of materials.
Institute possesses materials collected in the process of undertaking research projects on industrial relations and labour problems.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
3 conference rooms and 3 seminar rooms.
None.
Library:
Number of periodicals received: Approximately 1,600 (including
58 trade union papers).
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- Shakai Kagaku Kenkyu (Journal of Social Science) in Japanese;
bi-monthly;
- Annual bulletin: The Annals of the Institute of Social Science
(English).
- 3 -
Recent titles:
-Fashizumuki no Kokka to Shakai (State and Society in the Period
of Fascism), 8 volumes, from 1978 until March 1980.
-Sengo Kaikaku (Postwar Reform), 8 volumes, 1974-75.
35-02-79/80
JAPAN
THE JAPAN INSTITUTE OF LABOUR
Chutaikin Building,
7-6, Shibakoen l.-chome,
Minato-ku,
TOKYO
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ichiro Nakayama (President)
research institute.
1958
A government-sponsored training and
- To improve industrial relations in Japan by pluridisciplinary
studies on system of rules and procedures in an industrial society;
- to promote understanding of labour problems among workers, employer
and the public cit large. To this end, it undertakes research,
collects data, sponsors seminars, conferences and panels on labour
matters;
- to publish the research results;
- to provide funds to research teams at the Institute;
- to organise training courses on labour problems;
- to assist trade unions, employers' organisations and other agencies
in their educational activities.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is a corporate body
administered by a Board of Directors and run by a President. The
Minister of Labour appoints
fifteen distinguished scholars and
practitioners in the field of labour relations as counsellors to the
Board. The Institute consists of 6 departments: Research and Study;
Publications; Education; International Affairs; Labour Reference
Library; and General Affairs.
Staff
(including research officers)
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
7
50
5
3-7
-
qualifications, international experience, teaching and research
experience.
Japanese; except for the international conferences on industrial relations, in which the working
languages are English and Japanese.
II.
35-03-79/80
Junichiro Tazawa.
Courses offered:
There are four major programmes:
- The Tokyo Labour School: offers basic and advanced labour
education courses for trade union members and officials and
personnel management of companies.
Basic courses are conducted
once a year for three months. Advanced courses are offered once
a year.
- Programmes for Labour Specialists include:
(a) three-day labour law seminars for those engaged in personnel
and union management;
(b) two-day Advanced Lecture Courses for union officials and
personnel managers are conducted in local areas (labour law,
labour economics, labour-management relations, trade union
movement and personnel administration);
(c) two-day seminar on Annual Wage Negotiations during the Spring
Wage Offensive;
(d) Labour-management Relations Seminars for Japanese firms
abroad and for foreign firms in Japan, conducted for union
officials and management staff of those enterprises;
(e) ten-day seminar for union officials on economic conditions
and recent trends in the labour market, the labour movement,
wage systems, working hours and worker participation in
management;
(f) wage seminar for union officials and personnel managers once
a year.
- Labour Education Programmes include: Women Workers' Leadership
Education; Labour Practitioner Colloquy for personnel managers
and union officials; Seminars for Industrial Relations Consultants to Local Associations for Employers in Small Businesses;
Labour-management Relations Seminar for labour education
administrators in local governments; Correspondence Labour
Course (general labour-management relations and advanced courses
in labour law, wages and personnel management).
Lecture and discussion.
diploma.
Fees:
Not specified.
Often paid by sponsoring organisation.
III.
Courses lead to a
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Fujio Yamashita.
Major research areas: The Institute undertakes basic and applied
research in the fields of labour problems and labour relations.
- Labour law: Application of unfair labour practice system and
its problems;
- Trade unions: contemporary industrial relations in Japan;
- Labour economics: international economy and interdependence
between wages and employment;
- 3 -
- Personnel management: employment administration on the tertiary
industry;
- Industrial relations system:
labour problems in multinational
corporations;
- Survey of labour relations literature abroad.
Research contracts are granted by the Institute to individual
scholars or groups.
The Institute also contracts with labour,
management and research groups for research on specific aspects of
industrial relations in foreign countries.
None.
national and international agencies: Some research activities are
undertaken in co-operation with national or international
institutions or agencies.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part V I :
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Study teams on labour-management relations in Japanese enterprises,
consisting of representatives from labour, management and academia,
are sent abroad every year from 1974.
The following countries
have been investigated:
Korea, Taiwan, Philippines, Singapore,
Malaysia, Brazil, Indonesia, Thailand, Australia, Mexico, Iran,
Peru, Hong Kong, Nigeria and India.
The Industrial Relations Forum: Various study groups and meetings
are sponsored under this heading:
(a) The Conference on Industrial Relations which was initiated in
1966 is held in alternate years national and international.
It
aims at establishing an interdisciplinary approach to labour
problems by gathering scholars and practitioners of various
related fields.
(b) Wage Research Discussion Committee is held once a month.
It is
a tripartite body composed of 7 members each from unions and
employers and 7 experts from academic circles.
It provides
labour and management with an opportunity to review current
economic data in the hope that some common grounds can be found
for wage b a r g a i n i n g .
(c) The Labour Problems Forum meets six times a year; it gathers
persons from universities, labour administration, union
leadership, company executives and the general public to discuss
topical issues.
(d) Monthly study meetings are given in co-operation with the Japan
ILO Association.
Lectures are delivered by guest speakers on
current foreign labour questions.
Participants include labour
experts from trade unions, management, academic and government
circles.
(e) International exchange lecture meetings are held at the Institute.
Prominent foreign scholars and practitioners of labour relations
are invited as guest speakers.
(f) Visits (by invitation) to labour leaders from industrialised
nations to give them the opportunity to share views with their
Japanese companies and labour unions.
35-03-79/80
- 4(g) The Seminar on Industrial Relations Administration is held,
in co-operation with the Japan International Co-operation
Agency and the Ministry of Labour, for seven weeks a year for
those in charge of industrial relations administration in the
developing countries.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Seminar rooms.
Library:
Number of volumes: Over 34,000 in Japanese and 16,000 in
foreign languages.
Number of periodicals received: 1,000 Japanese, 200 foreign.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- Japan Labour Bulletin (monthly; in English).
- The Monthly Journal of the Japan Institute of Labour (an
academic journal on labour and industrial relations; in Japanese).
- The Weekly Labour News (a paper on the latest developments in
labour and industrial relations; in Japanese).
- Annual Report of Labour Relations (an annual report on new
developments in the labour movement, and the views of labour and
management on current issues; in Japanese).
- Labour and Management (a monthly magazine on industrial relations
relevant to management in the smaller businesses; in Japanese).
- International Labor Information (monthly; in Japanese).
Recent titles:
- Research Report Series (95 volumes since 1958) , in Japanese.
- Industrialisation and Labour-management Relations in Japan by
Ichiro Nakayama, a collection of the author's recent essays on
industrialisation and labour relations, 1975 (in English).
- Industrial Policies, Foreign Investment and Labor in Asian
Countries, proceedings of the Asian Regional Conference on
Industrial Relations, 1977 (in English).
- Japanese Industrial Relations Series (in English):
Series 1: Employment and Employment Policy.
Series 2: Labour Unions and Labour-management Relations.
Series 3: Wages and Hours of Work.
- Japan Labour Statistics, 1974 (in English).
Other independent volumes on various aspects of industrial relations.
Numerous pamphlets and teaching materials.
JAPAN
SOPHIA UNIVERSITY SOCIO-ECONOMIC INSTITUTE
4 Yonbancho,
Chiyoda-ku,
TOKYO - 102
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Robert J. Ballon
1960
Directly sponsored by Sophia University.
Aims of the Institute: The studying of the characteristics of the
Japanese individual and society as affected by industrialisation,
in particular in the corporate context, with special attention to
international implications. The training and development of those
involved in these problems.
Administration and Organisation: The Director is appointed by the
University and reports directly to the President of the University.
Activities are divided along four lines:
1.
2.
3.
4.
International Management Development}
Credit Unions;
Japan and Asia;
Labour-Management Relations in Small Firms.
Staff
Full-time
Number of cleri'cal staff:
6
5
experience.
II.
Part-time
Visiting
-
1
2
0
-
Academic position or practical
Japanese and English.
Courses offered: The Institute offers some 25 to 30 seminars in
Japan and 3 to 4 seminars abroad each year, attended by 20-40
participants.
Seminars featuring lectures and discussions.
None.
Qualifications of participants: Participants are business
executives especially those working in international operations;
35-04-79/80
- 2 -
members and potential members of credit unions; young employees
in international companies and graduate students; and managers
and employees in small firms.
Fees: Vary (40,000 - 90,000 Yens), no fees for credit union
or Japan and Asia seminars.
Fellowships available: Not specified. 2-3 non-paying guests in
International Management Development and Labour-Management Relations
seminars.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
- Workings of the industrial enterprise in Japan as well as Japanese
enterprise abroad, with special emphasis on human aspects;
- Historical development of credit unions in Japan.
- Role of Japan in South-East Asia.
- Working conditions, salary system and industrial relations in
Japanese companies and foreign companies in Japan;
- Corporate financing in Japan;
- Japanese overseas direct investments, especially in East and
South-East Asia.
- Indochina refugee problem, especially implications for Japan.
Research Fellowships available: Available for specific research
projects to graduate students of Sophia University arid its International College.
national and international agencies: Essentially with other
institutes within Sophia University.
Confidential reports submitted to consultancy clients.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Consultancy contracts with foreign companies operating in Japan.
The consultancy covers problems from establishment to current
management, but is mostly aimed at the solution of personnel
problems.
Special courses on "Japanese Business".
Promotion of credit unions in Japan, and of "partnership" in small
Japanese enterprises.
Contacts with authorities and mass media in Japan with regard to the
Indochina refugee problem in general, and in particular illeaal
Indochina refugees in Japan.
- 3 -
Library:
Number of volumes: 3,500 (Japanese), 5,500 (foreign, mostly
English).
Computer equipment:
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Occasional Bulletins as below:
Recent titles:
- R.J. Ballon, Japan's Salary System: The Basic Salary.
, Japan's Salary System: The Bonus.
, Japan's Salary System: The Retirement Allowance.
- R.J. Ballon and H. Inohara, Japan's Salary System: Monthly
Allowances.
- H. Inohara, Japanese Middle Management.
- C. McFarlane, The Role of Foreign Banks in Japan.
- H. Inohara, The Personnel Department in Japanese Companies.
- I. Hattori, Corporate Structure and Decision Making in Japan.
- Y. Kobayashi, Growth of a Joint Venture: Effort to Internationalize.
- S. Rummel, Personnel Practices in a Foreign Branch in Japan.
- H. Inohara, Innovation in Personnel Administration: Isetan
Department Store.
- K. Murakami, Retirement Benefits and Pension Plans in Japan.
Books (in co-operation with commercial publishers):
- J.C. Abegglen, Management and Worker: The Japanese Solution, 1973.
- R.J. Ballon (ed.), Marketing in Japan, 1973.
- R.J. Ballon, I. Tomita and H. Usami, Financial Reporting in Japan,
1976.
- R.J. Ballon, Nihon-gata Business no Kenkyu (Study of Japanese-like
Business), 1978.
35-04-79/80
JAPAN
cmvt
INSTITUTE FOR SCIENCE OF LABOUR
1544, Sugao, Takatsu-ku,
KAWASAKI 213.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Hajime Saito.
1 July 1929.
Nature of the Institute: A foundation with legal personality
founded by Magosaburo Ohara, the late president of the Kurashiki
Cotton Mill Co., and placed at present under the supervision of the
Ministry of Education with its financial aid.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute for Science of Labour serves
as a centre for medical, psychological and socio-economic research
into the working and living conditions of the working population in
Japan.
In promoting a better understanding of these labour problems,
special importance is placed on field research entrusted by
employers, labour unions and governmental bodies.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is management by the
Director.
The Board of Trustees of the Foundation consists of
broad composition including the President, three managing directors
and twenty-five members from Government departments, national
confederations of unions, as well as from employers and academic
circles.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
25
31
4
1-2
Visiting
9
none
Qualifications for professional staff: Academic qualifications
(e.g. bachelors, masters or doctorate degree in medicine,
philosophy, education, science, law, economics and research
experiences).
extent English.
II.
Primarily Japanese;
to a certain
Courses offered:
- Lecture classes on occupational health administration, organisation of work, and other labour problems for supporting members
of the institute and others for 1 to 2 days, 12 to 15 times a
year.
- Training courses on environmental measurements for industrial
personnel for 4 to 6 days, 3 to 4 times a year.
35-05-78
- 2 -
- Educational activities for foreign and domestic researchers for
several months on request of the Japan International Co-operation
Agency and others.
Teaching methods used: Lectures, seminars, visits to laboratories
and practice are the typical methods used.
only.
Certificates of attendance
Qualifications of participants: Most activities are designated
for persons nominated by appropriate organisations of employers,
labour unions, governmental bodies, or academic institutions.
Fees:
Required, except for regular meetings for supporting members.
Fellowships available: Members belonging to one of about 800
supporting bodies have the right to attend all the regular
lecture classes.
For special training courses, participation
fees are usually paid by their organisations.
Fellowships may
be granted in connection with the JICA or other grants for foreign
researchers.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major research areas: Major research activities correspond to the
Institute's three divisions of research: division of work
physiology and psychology; division of work environment and
occupational diseases; and division of social science.
Current research activities: Selected major research projects
include:
- Assessment of workers' fatigue with special reference to localised
strain or low back pain;
- Ergonomics of control operators and monotony of workers;
- Optimum climatic conditions and air-conditioning;
- Health hazards due to vibration, inhaled dusts and toxic
substances;
- Job design for aged workers and their fitness;
- Structures of working time and daily living time expenditure of
industrial workers- of both sexes.
Research fellowships available: A research fellowship may be considered for outside researchers, lasting for a few to several
months.
Working space may also be provided to visiting researchers,
primarily from domestic bodies, for work concerning specific research
items relevant to the interest of the Institute.
national and international agencies: Almost all the research
activities of the Institute are undertaken independently.
Some
joint projects may be undertaken in close connection with other
research institutions or academic societies in the relevant fields.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI :
The
Institute maintains a collection of unpublished research reports
and working materials for research activities entrusted to it.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Consultation on various problems of the working and living conditions
of workers and on human factors in industry is another major activity
of the Institute.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: A meeting room which may be used as a
lecture hall; a seminar room.
Residential accommodation: A few apartments for the employees and
visiting researchers are provided.
Library
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 2 full-time
staff and a part-time worker.
Number of volumes: about 28,000 books in Japanese and 13,000 in
foreign languages.
Number of periodicals received: about 450 periodicals in
Japanese and 14 3 periodicals in foreign languages.
None.
Computer equipment: A research-purpose computer of relatively
small capacity is used mainly for data analysis.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Journal of Science of Labour (Rodo-kagaku), monthly,
for original and review papers in Japanese with
English summaries, two issues per year appearing
for_papers in English as Part II.
Rodo-no-kagaku, monthly, for the general public.
"Monographs of the Science of Labour" in Japanese,
Nos. 1-43.
Recent titles: Journal of Science of Labour, Vol. 58, No. 8 (1977)
contains :
- Introduction to the history of occupational health: Part 14,
by T. Miura;
- The relationship between the concentration of total dust and the
concentration of respirable dust at various workplaces, by
K. Kimura;
- Legal reconsideration of workmen's negligence in the course of
employment: Part 1, by H. Nozawa.
35-05-78
KENYA
INSTITUTE OF ADULT STUDIES
University of Nairobi,
P.O.Box 30197,
NAIROBI
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
David Macharia
1955
Nature of the Institute: An integral part of the University of
Nairobi.
Aims of the Institute: To provide professional training in adult
education, organise adult education classes and engage in adult education research.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is administered by a
Director and 3 Assistant Directors. The Director is responsible to
the University of Nairobi Senate for all matters of continuing education.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
29
100
100 (other staff)
Visiting
as needed
Qualifications for professional staff: University degree.
Languages used in activities: English; Kiswahili as need arises.
II.
Director of Education or Training: Not specified.
Courses offered: The Institute offers general adult education courses,
training in adult education and leadership skills. The courses are
intended for adult educators, trade union leaders, rural development
workers, women's group leaders, elected officials and co-operative staff,
government and industry employees.
Teaching Methods used: Group work; role playing; case method; lectures;
correspondence and radio courses.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Diploma in Adult Education
for 1 year course and certificates of attendance for shorter courses.
Qualifications of participants: Diploma course requires a High
School Certificate and 3 years'field experience. Other courses
have no special requirements.
Fees: Vary. Diploma course:
Shs. 70/- per day - national,
227-01-79/80
Shs. 25,150/-; short courses:
90/- per day - international.
- 2 -
Fellowships available: 4 per year for the diploma course;
fellowship is worth Shs. 25,150/-.
III.
each
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
Adult education and mass media.
Current research activities: Combination of media in teaching adults;
place of school in the community (primary school); science teaching
by correspondence; more effective methods of teaching adults, primary
health care, drop-out problems; economic development.
None.
national and international agencies: Mainly with the Institute of
Development Studies of the University, Kenyatta University College,
and Department of Community Health of University of Nairobi.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Assisting other adult education institutions in improving their
teaching methods.
V.
FACILITIES
lecture theatre.
2 large classrooms, 4 seminar rooms, a
60 bed capacity.
Library
2.
Audio-visual equipment: Film projectors; overhead projectors; slide
projectors; tape recorders, films, printing and recording facilities.
These are available at the Institute of
Computer Science, University of Nairobi.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Report.
Annual report;
Recent titles:
IAS Macho Newsletter; Diploma Students
Role of Local Government Counsellors.
Republic of KOREA
KOREA DEVELOPMENT INSTITUTE
P.O.Box 113,
Cheongryang,
SEOUL
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Kim Mahn Je (President)
1971
on an endowment fund.
A non-profit corporate organisation operated
Aims of the Institute: The Institute systematically conducts research
on policy matters concerning the overall national economy, helps to
develop the nation's five-year plans and assists in policy making.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute has a President,
Board of Directors and 2 Advisory Committees. It is divided into
3 Research Departments, Library and Administrative Office. The
Manpower Policy Division belongs to the Second Research Department.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
95
few
10
64
II.
University degree.
Korean.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
(Manpower Policy Division)
Kim, Sookon (Manpower Policy Division Chief)
- Employment forecasts;
- Manpower development planning;
- Labour market analysis;
- Labour conditions;
- Labour management relations.
Current Research Activities: Long-Term Development Plan (Employment
and Manpower Side); Wage Structure Analysis of the Korean Manufacturing Industry.
145-01-80/81
- 2Research Fellowships available: None.
national and international agencies: There are links with the
Office of Labor Affairs and the Bureau of Statistics.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: "Labor
Economics and Industrial Relations in Korea", Working Paper.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Manpower Policy Division renders professional advice to trade
union leaders and management and their associations at the national
federation level on matters related to wage settlement, working
conditions, and vocational training for manpower development programmes. Consultations offered to the Government of Papua New Guinea
and to the Royal Commission for Jubail and Yarbu, Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, on Manpower Development Master Plans.
V.
FACILITIES
A seminar room.
each senior fellow.
The Institute provides an apartment to
Library:
Number of periodicals received: 400 foreign and 400 domestic.
Computer equipment:
VI.
2 micro-film readers.
Computer terminal system.
PUBLICATIONS
(Manpower Policy Division)
Periodicals:
None.
Recent titles:
- Labor Force Behavior and unemployment in Korea, 1976 (in Korean).
- The Structure of Wage Differentials in Korean Manufacturing, 1975
(in Korean) .
- Long-Term Employment and Technical Manpower Projections for the
Fourth Five-Year Development Plan, 1976 (in Korean).
Republic of KOREA
LABOR EDUCATION AND RESEARCH INSTITUTE
KOREA UNIVERSITY
Anam Dong,
SEOUL
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Kwon, Doo Young
Date of establishment: 1965 as the Labour Research Centre}
Labor Education and Research Institute in 1971.
became
Nature of the Institute: Originally a university-affiliated research
institution which has gradually included educational activities for
practitioners in the field of labour.
- To contribute to the sound development of the national economy by
conducting research on various labour and related technological
problems with which Korea has to cope, as well as other countries;
- to conduct educational and training programmes: to provide top
management, labour leaders, labour administrators and graduate
students majoring in labour problems with theory and practice in
the field of labour; to help them perform their function by making
them aware of the roles which are expected of them; to promote
mutual understanding between employers and employees and thereby
create better conditions for economic development through positive
co-operation;
- to undertake publications;
- to proceed to international exchange activities.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is composed of: a
Board of Counsellors appointed from among the full-time faculty
members of the University; a Secretariat; Labour Economics
Research Department, Labour Administration Research Department and
Labour Science Research Department.
The Institute is administered by a Director appointed by the
President of the University, assisted by a General Secretary and an
Executive Secretary, as well as the Directors of research
departments.
Staff
Full-time
N
145-02-78
Korean.
o
t
Part-time
Visiting
s p e c i f i e d
Not specified.
- 2 -
II.
Courses offered: The Institute organises the Regular Labour
Educational Course and Regional Labour Educational Courses for
regional districts.
These joint courses for business managers,
labour leaders and labour administrators are designed to improve the
quality of leaders in management and labour unions.
The course
outline covers:
- Labour law: Basic theory of labour law, collective agreement,
establishment of a union, unfair labour practices, seminars on
labour law.
- Management and labour administration: Business administration,
labour administration, accounting and a seminar on business
administration.
- Labour economics: Basic theory of labour economics, a seminar on
labour economics, wage theory, increase of productivity, theory
and practice of manpower development, industrial democracy, welfare society.
- Trade union and its administration: Trade unions, operation of
trade union tactics in collective bargaining, history of the
labour movement, co-operatives, seminar on trade union administration.
- Special subjects: The Korean economy, industrial injuries, industrial psychology, public speech, proceedings of meetings, trade
unions and politics, leadership of Korean entrepreneurs.
- Dialogue and discussion: With a management leader, a labour
leader and a labour administrator.
There is also a Regular Co-operative Educational Course on more or
less similar lines as the Regular Labour Course, for rural leaders.
Lectures;
seminars;
discussions.
Not specified.
Fees:
Not specified.
III.
Not specified.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research!
Not specified.
-
History of the labour movement in Korea;
Manpower development;
Vocational training;
Economic development;
- Wage and price and labour productivity.
Not specified.
Not specified.
- 3 -
The International Industrial
Relations Association.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute's Labour Problems Study Association, which has as its
major affiliates personnel managers, trade union leaders and alumni
of the Institute, serves as a link between the research activities
of the Institute and practitioners, providing opportunities to its
members to discuss common problems. The Association meets once
monthly.
V.
FACILITIES
specified.
University facilities available but not
Not specified.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Journal of Labor Studies.
145-02-78
Not specified.
KUWAIT
ARAB PLANNING INSTITUTE - KUWAIT
P.O.Box 5834,
KUWAIT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Abdulla M. Ali
Date of establishment: 1966 as Kuwait Institute for Economic and
Social Planning (a national institute); in 1972 the Institute
became a regional centre and its name was changed to the Arab
Planning Institute in Kuwait.
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous regional institute established
in participation with 13 Arab governments and assisted by UN/UNDP
for training of officials in the field of planning.
- To serve as a training centre for officials of participating
governments to meet the needs of trained personnel in the fields
of economic and social planning;
- to render advisory services to participating governments on
problems of development planning?
- to undertake research studies on economic and social matters of
direct interest to participating countries.
A 20-member Board of Trustees
is responsible for the administration of the Institute. Board
members represent participating governments, the Kuwait Fund, ECWA
and UNDP; the Institute's Director and Project Manager are also
members of the Board. The Institute is managed by a Director
appointed by the Board and by a Project Manager/Chief Adviser
appointed by UNDP.
Staff
Full-1time
UNDP
Counterpart
Support
Part-time
3
10
15
25
Visiting
2
6-10
-
Qualifications for professional staff
qualifications (Ph.D. in related subject matter), teaching and
Arabic and English.
II. • EDUCATIONAL AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES
Director of Education or Training: The Director of the Institute
is responsible for the Training Proqramme.
271-01-79/80
- 2 -
Courses offered: The Institute offers two diploma courses
(lasting
one year), these being in development planning and advanced planning
techniques.
Short-term courses and workshops of 2-6 weeks are conducted by the Institute, frequently in co-sponsorship with regional
and international organisations.
The courses are intended for senior
officials of government agencies and public enterprises.
Fields
previously covered by such courses include:
- Manpower and educational planning;
- Demography and population planning;
- Agricultural planning;
- Financial planning;
- Regional planning;
- Rural development;
- Project evaluation; and
- Implementation and follow-up of development plans.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; discussion sessions; case studies
tutorials; exercises; individual projects; research.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: A diploma is offered
for successful completion of the year course and a certificate of
attendance is offered to those below the required grades. Participants in the short courses are given a certificate of attendance.
Qualifications of participants: The diploma course is offered
to selected officials from participating countries. Participants
are expected to be graduates in fields related to economics,
social development and administration. Non-graduate candidates
for short courses should have equivalent qualifications or
experience. Participants in both programmes are required to be
between the ages of 25 and 40, hold a position of responsibility
in planning or administration and have sufficient knowledge of
English to participate in discussions and lead group work.
Nominated candidates are interviewed by staff members prior to
acceptance.
Fees:
None.
Fellowships available: Each year 30 training grants are awarded for
the diploma course in development planning and 15 for the diploma
course on advanced planning techniques, equally distributed among
the participating governments.
Grants for 150 man/months of training
are provided each year to government employees in participating
countries to attend short-term courses and workshops.
These grants
include travel and subsistence costs in Kuwait or the country in
which the course takes place.
Training fellowships have been
offered by the UNDP for the training of Counterpart Professional
Teaching Staff for the Institute.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: The research programme is directed by a
Research Co-ordinator.
- Patterns of development in the Arab countries, 1960-1975.
- Support of training material, advisory services and seminars.
- 3 -
-
Patterns of industrial development in the Arab countries;
Patterns of agricultural development;
Public financing in the Arab countries;
Foreign trade patterns;
Income distribution in the Arab countries; and
Macro picture.
Research fellowships available: Fellowships having one-year duration
are awarded to trainee researchers.
national and international agencies: The Institute participates in
projects organised by other institutions in the region.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part IV: The
Institute's unpublished research documentation is mainly in the
field of economics and social development.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises seminars (4-5 days in length) on major
problems affecting economic and social development in countries in
the region.
They are offered to top administrators and policy
makers in the participating governments and in public and private
enterprises.
The seminars are planned for 100-150 participants.
About 10 speakers/discussants of international repute take part in
each seminar.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
available.
Temporary bachelor accommodation is
Library:
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
of
of
of
of
of
full-time and part-time library staff: 7 full time.
English and Arabic books: approximately 15,000.
English periodicals received: approximately 247.
Government publications (Arab countries): approx. 3,000.
UN documents: approximately 6,000.
Projectors;
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Seminar proceedings:
271-01-79/80
160 microfilms 35 mm;
60 tapes.
- 4-
Investment Policies of Arab Oil Producing Countries, 1974.
Administration of the Oil Resources of Arab Countries, 1974.
Human Resources Development in the Gulf Area, 1975.
Public Enterprises and Development in Arab Countries; Legal and
Managerial Aspects, 1976.
Education and Manpower Planning, 1978.
Rural Development in the Least Developed Arab Countries, 1978.
Population, Employment and Migration in the Arab Gulf States, 1978.
Discussion papers concerning problems of Development and Planning,
1978.
THE SOCIALIST PEOPLE'S
LIBYAN ARAB JAMAHIRIYA
PRODUCERS' EDUCATION INSTITUTE
PRODUCERS' EDUCATION CENTRE
P.O. Box 2298,
TRIPOLI.
P.O. Box 9398 and 9395,
BENGHAZI.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Mohmid Azabi (Tripoli);
Aboud M. Abdulla (Benghazi)
1972 (Tripoli);
1973 (Benghazi)
Nature of the Institute/Centre: A centre established under the
Producers' Education Institute.
The Producers' Education Institute
has a legal personality and an independent budget; it is
affiliated with the Ministry of Public Services.
Aims of the Institute/Centre
- To develop national, economic and social awareness among workers;
- To assist the producers in understanding their duties and
privileges under existing labour legislation;
- To facilitate the orientation of producers in such matters as the
nature of social relations, means of promoting the community and
improving the standard of living;
- To organise educational courses for producers at all levels;
- To train trade union leaders who represent their union on Arab
and international levels;
- To undertake research in labour fields.
Administration and organisation: The Producers' Education
Institute has a Governing Board composed of government and union
representatives.
The Centre which is established under the
Institute is managed by a Director.
Staff
_ ,.
Full-time
Tripoli
Number of
Number of
Benghazi
Number of
Number of
professional staff:
clerical staff:
8
8
professional staff:
clerical staff:
5
6
Part-time
Visiting
50
4
8
-
3
Qualifications for professional staff: Graduate, with experience
in producers' education, teaching and research.
II.
Arabic.
Director of the Programme.
Courses offered: The Institute and the Centre organise a variety
of producers' educational courses such as:
152-01-79/80
- 2 -
-
Common courses for trade unionists;
Courses for trade union leaders;
Special courses for union secretariats and union cashiers;
Industrial safety;
International labour relations;
Audio-visual aids; and
Union, press and information media.
Teaching methods used: Lectures; discussions sessions;
studies; team and individual projects.
attendance.
case
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Activities are designed mainly
for union members, union leaders and producers participating in
management.
Fees:
None for most activities.
Some participants from
other cities receive a grant covering travel and living expenses.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of the Institute/Centre.
Producers' education in the areas of:
~
-
Developing national economic and social awareness;
The duties and privileges of producers under labour legislation;
Improvement of the standard of living;
Community promotion and union leadership training.
in different sectors.
Safety and industrial security research
None.
national and international agencies; None.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Producers' Education Institute in Tripoli holds producers'
education conferences in Libya and other Arab countries.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Tripoli Institute: 5 classrooms and 4
meeting and seminar rooms.
Benghazi Centre: 2 classrooms and a
meeting and seminar room.
- 3 -
Residential accommodation: None at present, but there are plans for
accommodation in the future.
Library:
Tripoli
Benghazi
1 full-time.
1 full-time.
Audio-visual equipment: Overhead projector; slide projector;
4-track tape recorder; 16 mm projector; radio, internal broadcasting, video and television.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals :
Producers' Education (quarterly)
Recent titles:
•
•
152-01-79/80
None.
MEXICO
•0W/
CENTRO DE ESTUDIOS SOCIOLÓGICOS
EL COLEGIO DE MEXICO
Apartado Postal 20-671
MEXICO 20, D.F.
I.
Director : Rodolfo Stavenhagen
Carácter del Instituto : Centro integrado a El' Colegio de México,
organismo de docencia e investigación.
Fines del Instituto : Docencia e investigación en problemas de
América Latina y particularmente México. El programa docente tiene
por objeto capacitar personal de alto nivel con amplia experiencia
de terreno. La investigación se orienta al análisis de problemas
que repercuten sobre las posibilidades de desarrollo.
Administración y organización : El Centro de Estudios Sociológicos posee un director, un coordinador administrativo, un coordinador académico. El Director es responsable ante el presidente de
El Colegio de México. Los miembros del Centro de Estudios Sociológicos son a la vez profesores e investigadores.
Personal
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
18
2
8
5
Calificaciones del personal profesional : La casi totalidad del
personal profesional tiene grado de doctor o master en diferentes
especialidades.
II.
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Programa de doctorado en Ciencia Social
dirigido a formar personal de alto nivel académico como para
desempeñarse en cargos de planeación social. Énfasis en la investigación empírica.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Cursos, Seminarios, Trabajos de
Campo, Conferencias, etc.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Doctorado.
41-01-77
- 2 Condiciones de admisión :
Calificaciones de los participantes : Licenciados en ciencias
sociales, no mayores de 35 años. El curso debe tener por lo
menos la mitad de ciudadanos mexicanos.
Derechos de matrícula : US$ 1000.-.
Becas : Becas de US$ 200.- a US$ 400.- otorgadas por Fundaciones
Internacionales; Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnología (CONACYT)
Asociación Nacional de Universidades e Institutos de Enseñanza Superior (ANUIES) y el propio Colegio de México. Todos los estudiantes del programa de doctorado son becarios.
III.
Director de investigaciones : El Director del Centro.
Esferas principales de investigación : Migración Interna; Sindicalismo; Indicadores locales de desarrollo; Empleo y Desempleo
Rural, etc.
Actividades de investigación actuales : Las mismas anteriores.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Dependencias del Gobierno, diferentes Universidades
del País y extranjeras, ONU, UNRISD, FLACSO, CLACSO, etc.
Parte VI : Informes parciales de los últimos proyectos.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Seminarios de investigadores para discutir trabajos, asesorías
diversas.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El Centro de Estudios Sociológicos está
instalado en el edificio de El Coiegio de México que posee aulas,
salas de reunión, cubículos en la Biblioteca para trabajar, una
librería, un centro de cómputo, etc.
- 3 -
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 10 técnicos a tiempo completo,
30 empleados administrativos a tiempo completo.
175.000.
977.
Ninguno.
Computadoras : Se dispone de los servicios del Centro de Cómputo
de El Colegio de México.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Cuadernos del Centro de Estudios Sociológicos.
Obras recientes; Entre 1974 y 1975 se han publicado 18 títulos
(lista completa disponible en el Centro) de los cuales los más
recientes son:
- Viviane B. de Márquez, Tensiones estructurales y diferenciación
en las organizaciones : ¿Un caso de acumulación teórica?.
- Jorge Padua, Paquete estadístico para las ciencias sociales
(SPSS) : oferta y condiciones para su utilización e interpretación de resultados.
- Francisco Zapata, Los mineros de Chuquicamata : ¿productores o
proletarios?.
- Orlandina de Oliveira, Migración y absorción de mano de obra en
la ciudad de México : 1930-1970.
- Viviane Brächet de Márquez, El componente administrativo : sus
determinantes estructurales e institucionales.
- Franz J. Schryer, Faccionalismo y patronazgo del PRI en un municipio de la huasteca hidalguense.
- Nelson Minello, La militarización del estado en América Latina:
un análisis de Uruguay.
En 19"77 aparecerán tres libros escritos por profesores del Centro.
41-01-77
MEXICO
3552/
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE ESTUDIOS
DEL TRABAJO (INET)
Dr. José Ma. Vërtiz No. 96, Col. Doctores
A. P. 7
MEXICO 7, D. F.
I.
Director:
Dr. Guido Belsasso
Julio de 1974
Carácter del Instituto: Organismo desconcentrado dependiente de la
Secretarla del Trabajo y Previsión Social; de jurisdicción nacional.
Establecido por Acuerdo Presidencial.
Fines del Instituto: a) formación y capacitación del personal técnico y administrativo de la función pública del trabajo; b) formación de asesores para los factores de la producción; c) investigaciones en economía, sociología, derecho, psicología, administración
y demás ciencias sociales vinculadas al trabajo; d) asesorías técnicas a las autoridades en materia de política laboral; e) formación de un centro de documentación laboral; y f) publicación de
trabajos e intercambio de los mismos.
Administración y organización: El Instituto está compuesto de:
- un Consejo técnico
integrado por miembros de instituciones académicas, organismos afines y autoridades de gobierno en el área
laboral. Su presidente es el Secretario del Trabajo y Previsión
Social y su secretario es el Director del INET;
- Dirección general;
- Secretarla general;
- Subdirecciones de- investigación laboral; de formación en relaciones laborales; de formación sindical y educación cooperativa;
de formación y desarrollo del personal del sector; de cursos de
posgrado • de documentación laboral y de administración.
A
Personal
jornada
completa
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
A jornada
parcial
84
50
101
18
Visitante
14
adecuadas, experiencia en su especialidad, etc.
en casos especiales.
II.
El Ingles y el Francés se utilizan
ACTIVIDADES'ÊDUCATIVAS Y DE FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL
Subdirector de formación en relaciones laborales:
Teroba Lara.
41-02-78
Lie. Cesáreo
- 2 -
Cursos que se ofrecen: El programa de FORELA consta de los siguientes
cursos: seminario de autodiagnóstico, curso general de administración de relaciones laborales y cursos modulares sobre las subsistemas que configuran el sistema de relaciones laborales.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Se acentúa la participación activa
del funcionario o técnico designado por el organismo o empresa paraestatal, de tal modo que el proceso de enseñanza-aprendizaje se
centre en el participante.
Certificado de participación
Calificaciones de los participantes: Que sean funcionarios y/o
técnicos de organismos de empresas paraestatales.
Derecho de matricula: Cada una de las empresas seleccionadas
aporta una cuota en los cursos de recuperación que le da derecho
a los participantes a: hospedaje, transporte, material didáctico
y asesoría directa.
Subdirector de formación sindical y educación cooperativa:
Moisés Vásquez Torres.
Lie.
Cursos que sé ofrecen:
A sindicalistas: derecho laboral, relaciones laborales, reparto de
utilidades, sindicalismo en la vida nacional, participación de los
trabajadores en la gestión empresarial, curso básico de formación
sindical.
A cooperativistas: cursos y seminarios sobre finanzas, comercialización, relaciones laborales, cooperativas, producción, cooperativismo y desarrollo.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Se siguen las técnicas didácticas
que permiten incorporar a todos y cada uno de los participantes en
forma activa en el proceso de enseñanza-aprendizaje; un ejemplo de
ésto son las técnicas de dinámica de grupos.
No especificado.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Dado que se sigue la política de proporcionar los servicios técnicos a petición de parte,
éstos normalmente se proporcionan a las organizaciones sindicales
y cooperativas, quienes envían a sus agremiados y socios.
Derecho de matricula: Dependiendo de la capacidad financiera de
la organización solicitante, ésta cubre el transporte, hospedaje,
comida y materiales didácticos a los participantes y docentes; sin
embargo, la misma puede hacer uso del apoyo financiero de otras
instituciones coauspiciantes.
Subd'irección de cursos de posgrado: Coordinado por un consejo académico de posgrado. Secretario técnico: Lie. Rubén de la Fuente.
Cursos que se ofrecen: Curso de instituciones del trabajo y de la
prevision social; curso de especialización en derecho laboral;
curso de maestría en derecho laboral; curso de doctorado en
derecho laboral.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Expositiva interrogativa; investigación bibliográfica; investigación práctica; seminarios;
Phillips 66; discusión dirigida; y lectura dirigida.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso: Certificación de estudios
especializados en disciplinas y problemas del trabajo, con opción a
posgrado, otorgado por la Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Título de licenciatura;
especialidad vinculada con los problemas laborales; aprobar el
examen de admisión; disponibilidad de tiempo completo.
•Derecho de matrícula: Disfrute de beca; servicios de docencia;
materiales de apoyo; adscripción al sector público laboral.
Becas: 40 becas, con duración de 15 meses, permitiendo al beneficiario su dedicación exclusiva a los estudios.
Subdirector de formación y desarrollo del personal del sector:
Encargada del despacho: Lie. Julia Beatriz Quiroz.
Cursos que se ofrecen: Cursos para formar y/o perfeccionar el personal técnico y de apoyo de las unidades administrativas que configuran el sector público del trabajo, en materia de: empleo,
productividad, bienestar, relaciones laborales y fortalecimiento
técnico de las instituciones del trabajo.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: cursos, seminarios, simposios,
reuniones de trabajo, mesas redondas.
No especificado.
Calificaciones de los participantes: En determinadas acciones
de formación y/o perfeccionamiento los participantes deben ser
representantes de las diversas dependencias del sector público del
trabajo. En la mayoría de los eventos pueden participar representantes de los sectores gubernamental, obrero y empresarial.
Derecho de matrícula: Adquirir una constancia o diploma por
haber participado en determinado evento, así como el material
correspondiente.
III.
Subdirector de investigación laboral:
Dr. Pedro A. Reyes Ortega.
Esferas principales de investigación: En apoyo a las políticas
laborales:
- promoción de las oportunidades de empleo;
- elevación de la productividad;
41-02-78
- elevación de los niveles de bienestar del trabajador y su familia;
- justicia en las relaciones laborales;
- desarrollo y fortalecimiento de las autoridades e instituciones
de la política laboral y el bienestar social.
Actividades de investigación actuales: Entre otras:
- modelos de investigación de operaciones aplicados a la
de empleo;
- relación de capacidad utilizada, empleo y tecnología;
- necesidades de capacitación de la fuerza de trabajo en
de la industria de transformación;
- las cooperativas y otras formas de organización social
trabajo;
- necesidades básicas;
- satisfacción e insatisfacción en el trabajo;
- la formación general dentro de la formación sindical y
- relaciones laborales y desarrollo económico de algunas
industriales.
generación
dos sectores
para el
obrera;
ramas
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: Secretariado técnico para coordinar la investigación
con todas las unidades administrativas del sector laboral, a efecto
de evitar duplicaciones. Se trabaja con instituciones de investigación y universidades tanto nacionales como extranjeras, entre las
que destacan: Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana, El Colegio de
México, División de Estudios Superiores de Ingeniería y Economía
de la UNAM, UPICCSA del IPN, FLACSO, UCLA, City University of
New York, Universidad de Sussex (Ingleterra).
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES:
Reuniones internacionales de trabajo, conferencias por personajes
distinguidos en las ciencias sociales; cooperación técnica internacional con la OIT; capacitación en materia de biblioteconomía.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: 6 aulas o salas de reuniones, con posibilidades para celebrar seminarios; auditorio.
Residencia de alojamiento: Ninguna.
Biblioteca:
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a
jornada parcial: 7.
Número de volúmenes: 20 000.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: 100 mensuales
en promedio.
Equipo audiovisual: Proyector, retroproyector, grabación, pantallas,
rotafolios, equipos de fotocopiado, microfilm.
Computadoras: Terminal de computadora conectada al servicio de
consulta a bancos de información.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas: INET-Informa; Actualidad Laboral; Anuario Sindical
Abierto de América Latina.
Obras recientes: Cuadernos INET (resultados de investigaciones);
Folletos técnicos en materia laboral; Directorio de instituciones
de formación profesional en México.
MOROCCO
CENTRE AFRICAIN DE FORMATION ET DE
RECHERCHE ADMINISTRATIVES POUR
LE DEVELOPPEMENT (CAFRAD)
BP 310
TANGER
I.
Directeur-général : A. H. Rweyemamu (en exercice jusqu'à octobre 1979).
Président: Mohamed Birouk
Date de fondation;
1964
Statuts de l'Institut; Le Centre constitue une institution régionale africaine de Droit international, ouverte à tous les Etats africains et dont le siège est à Tanger. Le Centre comprend trente-etun Etats membres africains.
Objectifs de l'Institut; Le Centre cherche à:
- entreprendre, encourager et coordonner toutes les recherches et
les études comparatives concernant les problèmes administratifs;
- organiser à l'intention des cadres supérieurs africains des réunions scientifiques, des séminaires et des cycles de formation en
cours d'emploi;
~ rassembler, analyser et diffuser toute documentation sur l'Administration des différents pays africains;
- publier toutes les études et les recherches concernant l'administration publique et la gestion»
- constituer un organe d'accueil et de liaison scientifique au service des ENA.
Administration et organisation; Le CAFRAD est géré par un Conseil
d'administration qui se réunit une fois par an, groupant les représentants de tous les Etats membres. Il est seul compétent pour arrêter les programmes du Centre et pour en contrôler l'application.
Il désigne le Directeur général du Centre qui est assisté d'experts
africains et internationaux et d'un secrétariat administratif.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
-
1
17
29
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Etre licencié
en administration publique ou gestion, ou sciences sociales, ou
sciences économiques, ou sciences politiques.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français, l'anglais et l'arabe.
90-01-79/80
A. H. Rweyemamu.
- 2 -
Cours organisés: Le CAFRAD organise des séminaires, des conférences,
des colloques et des cours (d'une durée de trois semaines) de
formation des formateurs, formation en gestion du personnel, gestion
des entreprises publiques, gestion de projet, développement urbain et
rural et réformes administratives.
Méthodes d'enseignement: Les méthodes consistent en séances plénière
groupes de travail, études de cas, exercices de simulation et autres
techniques modernes de formation (films, bandes magnétiques et
cassettes).
certificat ou diplôme.
Le CAFRAD ne délivre aucun
Cadres supérieurs africains.
Aucuns.
Bourses disponibles: Le CAFRAD paie les frais des participants
(per diem et billets d'avion) des Etats membres.
Les frais des
autres participants sont pris en charge par leurs gouvernements
respectifs.
III.
A. H. Rweyemamu.
Principaux domaines de recherche: La recherche s'effectue dans les
domaines du développement urbain et rural, des réformes administratives en Afrique et de la gestion des entreprises publiques.
recherche sur:
Sont en cours des travaux de
- Le développement urbain et rural intégré;
- La gestion des entreprises publiques dans les pays africains
anglophones et francophones;
- Le projet d'évaluation et d'adaptation de la formation des agents
des services publics en Afrique. Etudes de cas: Maroc, Cameroun,
Sénégal, Haute-Volta et Burundi (études terminées).
- Le statut de l'institutionnalisation des politiques de carrière et
d'orientation professionnelle en Afrique (étude terminée).
- Les implications budgétaires des stratégies des matières premières
en Afrique (étude terminée).
- La réforme administrative en Afrique.
Etudes de cas: Soudan et
Libéria (études terminées).
Travaux en cours dans d'autres pays
africains.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: Pas précisé.
organisations nationales ou internationales: Le CAFRAD collabore
avec l'Institutdes études sociales de la Haye, CODESRIA à Dakar et la
Fondation Ebert Stiftung (RFA).
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI: Les documents
suivants peuvent être consultés:
En français et en anglais:
- Le répertoire des Institutions africaines en administration et en
gestion.
- 3 -
En anglais:
- A research monograph on régionalisation and planning in Zambia.
- Administrative reform: case study of the Sudan.
- Africa: world trade significance of commodities.
- Debt policy: some theoretical considerations on effects and
constraints of external debts in LDC's.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Sur requête des pays africains, le CAFRAD envoie des consultants afin
d'assurer des services de consultation et de participer à la solution
des problèmes de l'administration du développement.
Le CAFRAD met
actuellement au point un projet de réseau intégré de consultants
africains qui aura pour mission d'oeuvrer dans ce domaine en
collaboration avec lui.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: )
)
Logement:
)
)
)
Le Gouvernement marocain est en train de
construire un bâtiment pour le CAFRAD dont les
locaux actuels ne sont que provisoires.
Les
réunions de travail ont lieu à l'hOtel Solazur
où les participants sont logés.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps: 1 et 2 documentalistes
assistants.
Nombre de volumes: 16,000
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 4 00.
cassettes.
Comprend des films, bandes magnétiques et
Informatique: Le CAFRAD en envisagera l'établissement au cours d'un
projet sur l'informatique en 1980.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques :
- Cahiers africains d'administration publique (revue semestrielle,
bilingue français-anglais) .
- Nouvelles du CAFRAD (revue trimestrielle anglais-français-arabe).
- Brochure du CAFRAD (brochure annuelle).
- Résumés administratifs africains (revue trimestrielle).
- Bulletin d'information (publié huit fois par an).
Ouvrages récents:
90-01-79/80
Bibliographies et études de recherches.
MOROCCO
INSTITUT SUPERIEUR DE COMMERCE ET
D'ADMINISTRATION DES ENTREPRISES
(ISCAE)
Route de Nouasseur Km. 9,5
BP 8114
CASABLANCA
I.
Directeur:
Driss Alaoui Mdaghri
Date de fondation:
1971
Statuts de l'Institut: L'Institut est placé sous la tutelle du
Ministère du Commerce et de l'Industrie.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'ISCAE a la vocation de préparer à l'exercice de fonctions supérieures dans les entreprises du secteur privé
et public et dans les administrations publiques.
Administration et organisation: L'Institut est géré par un Directeur-, son Conseil d'administration, présidé par le Ministre du Commerce et de l'Industrie, est composé des membre gouvernementaux,
du doyen de la Faculté de Droit et des personnalités du monde
économique.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
-
2
Personnel professionnel: 4 7 - 5 2
107
universitaires appropriés et une expérience professionnelle.
Langues de travail; Le français, mais l'étude de l'arabe et de
l'anglais est obligatoire durant toute la durée du cycle normal.
II.
études.
Le Directeur des
Cours organisés: Actuellement l'enseignement à 1'ISCAE comprend
trois cycles:
- Le cycle normal de quatre années ouvert sur concours aux bacheliers.
- Le cycle supérieur de gestion de deux années du niveau du 3ème
cycle ouvert sur concours aux cadres diplômés de l'enseignement
supérieur.
- Le cycle de formation continue ayant pour objectif de favoriser
une initiation et une mise à jour des connaissances liées à
l'évolution des techniques et des méthodes de gestion.
90-02-7 9/80
- 2Méthodes d'enseignement; Les méthodes consistent en conférences,
cours dialogues, études de cas, jeux d'entreprise, groupes de travail, stages ,' visites d'entreprises.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: Peuvent être obtenus un diplôme
de l'Institut en ce qui concerne le cycle normal et le cycle supérieur
de gestion et une attestation spécifiant la nature de la formation
reçue pour le cycle de formation continue.
Qualifications des participants: Varient selon les cycles. Les
participants peuvent accéder au cycle normal après un concours.
En ce qui concerne le cycle supérieur de gestion, ils doivent
avoir un diplôme universitaire et une expérience professionnelle
de quatre ans au minimum. Quant au cycle de formation continue,
une commission d'enseignants procède à l'orientation des participants.
Frais d'inscription: Aucuns pour le cycle normal et le cycle
supérieur de gestion. Par contre, chaque participant doit verser
2.000 DH par session pour le cycle de formation continue.
Bourses disponibles: La totalité de nos élèves du cycle normal sont
boursiers du gouvernement. Les participants du cycle supérieur de
gestion sont des cadres d'entreprises exerçant toujours une activité
professionnelle. Les bourses pour la formation des formateurs sont
accordées sous réserve d'une engagement souscrit avec l'Etat.
III.
Directeur de la recherche: Ce secteur n'est pas dirigé par un directeur mais par une commission de recherche.
Principaux domaines de recherche: Les activités de recherche de
l'Institut sont axées présentement sur le développement du matériel
pédagogique à caractère spécifiquement national (cas, notes techniques) .
Travaux de recherche en cours: Pas précisé.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche: La formation des formateurs
par le biais des bourses accordées vise à développer l'effort de
recherche.
organisations nationales ou internationales: De nombreux contacts
ont déjà été pris avec les institutions de même nature des pays du
bassin méditerranéen pour développer en commun des échanges à caractère pédagogique et scientifique.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'ISCAE organise régulièrement des journées d'études et des séminaires qui s'adressent aussi bien aux élèves qu'aux cadres des entreprises et administrations marocaines ainsi qu'aux universitaires.
- 3 -
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'ISCAE est installé à la sortie de la ville de
Casablanca sur un terrain de 5 ha. L'Institut dispose de deux
amphithéâtres, vingt-et-une salles de cours, deux laboratoires de
langues.
Logement: L'ISCAE dispose de quatre logements de fonction pour le
Directeur, le Directeur des études, le chef du service administratif
et l'intendant. En outre, un internat de 300 places est réservé aux
élèves du cycle normal, en plus d'un restaurant de 500 places.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 2 00.
4.
Equipement audio-visuel: L'ISCAE dispose d'une installation complète
pour la projection de films en 35 et 70 mm. et de deux laboratoires
de langues et différents équipements (projecteurs, etc.).
Informatique: Un projet est à l'étude pour l'installation d'un
centre de calcul.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques:
- La Revue Gestion et Société (trimestrielle);
- Un Bulletin Interne;
- La Voie du 9, publiée par les étudiants.
Ouvrages récents:
90-02-79/80
Pas précisé.
<
NEPAL
CENTRE FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
AND ADMINISTRATION
P.O.Box No. 79 7,
Kirtipur,
KATHMANDU
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Govinda Ram Aqrawal
1969
Part of the Tribhuvan University.
Aims of the Institute: To conduct research and training in the
fields of economic development and administration.
Research Centre.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
73
83
1
-
persons may be invited.
II.
3
Visiting
(research)
- (admin.)
Minimum M.A., but experienced
Nepali and English.
Senior faculty members by rotation.
Courses offered: Courses in Development Planning; Project Analysis
and Management; and Development Administration are offered to
government employees. Research Methodology is offered to University
staff.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures;
case studies and simulations.
discussions;
the government and University.
Fees:
Not specified.
184-01-80/81
None.
seminar-cum-workshops,
Participation certificates.
Participants are nominated by
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Senior Faculty Members.
-
Planning and economic policy;
Rural development;
Population and human resources ;
Management systems.
Some of these are as follows:
- Public expenditure in Nepal;
- Nepal's foreign trade and economic development, 1956/57 to 1978;
- Assessment of administrative capability of panchayat including
manpower requirement;
- The sectoral allocation of investment and its productivity;
- Effective protection in Nepal with reference to some selected
countries;
- District planning;
- Basic needs and government services;
- Status of women;
- Child development studies.
national and international agencies: Worked with IDRC; ILO; OECD;
HMG/Nepal; UNDP and UNAPDAC.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Organises conferences and seminar both at national and international
level. Consultancy on management.
V.
FACILITIES
not specified.
Available, on special arrangement, but
Library:
Computer equipment:
None.
3.
- 3 VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Journal of Development and Administrative Studies.
Recent titles:
- The Status of Women in Nepal : Part 1, "Statistical Profile of
Nepalese Women", 1979; Part 2, "Tradition and Changes in the
Legal Status of Nepalese Women", 1979; Part 3, "Organisation
concerning Women in Nepal", 1979.
- G. R. Agrawal, Mobilisation of Resources for a Basic Needs
Programme in Nepal, 1979:
- P. C. Lohani, Economic Plans and Economic Planning in Nepal, 1979.
- Mahesh Banskota, Indicators in the Context of Regional Development
in Nepal (1980-86), 1980.
- Vidya Bir Singh Kansakar, Effectiveness of Planned Resettlement
Programme, Vol. I: Text, 1979; Vol. II: Statistical table, 1979.
- Ed. Madhukar SJB Rana, National Seminar on Employment and Planning,
1979.
- Rajendra Suwal, Kathmandu Valley Town Planning and its Impace, 1979.
- Rajendra Suwal, Identification of Income Generating Activities for
Rural Women in Nepal, 1979.
184-01-80/81
THE NETHERLANDS
IVA-INSTITUUT VOOR SOCIAALWETENSCHAPPELIJK ONDERSOEK
(INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH)
Hogeschoollaan 225,
Postbus 90153,
5000 LE TILBURG.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
I. Th. M. Snellen.
1960.
Nature of the Institute: Private research institute, with strong
connections with Tilburg University.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute is a centre for the advanced
study of housing welfare, organisational problems and, especially,
labour and labour market questions.
Administration and organisation: The Institute is managed by a
director and a secretary.
Professors in social sciences of
Tilburg University are members of the Board.
The Scientific
Directorate determines the scientific policy of the Institute.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
25
5
-
10
2
-
II.
Doctorate and Ph.D.
Dutch and English.
Courses offered:
year.
Not specified.
Courses for students in social sciences, first
Working groups;
case studies;
participation.
course in general sociology.
Fees :
42-02-79/80
Certificates of
Completion of one semester
Not specified.
simulation.
Not specified.
- 2 -
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
I. Th. M. Snellen.
-
Welfare;
Housing;
Organisational problems;
Labour and labour market questions,
Social security.
-
Part-time labour, qualitative discrepancies on labour market;
The theory of dual labour markets;
Segmentation and social inequality;
Social inequality and division of labour.
Not specified.
Working relationships with other institutions, organisations, national
and international agencies: With government, national and regional
agencies; other research institutes.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Classrooms, seminar rooms.
At Tilburg University.
Library:
Number of full-time and part-time library staff:)Library of
Number of volumes:
)Tilburg
) University
Computer equipment:
VI.
Tilburg University.
Tilburg University.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Sociale Wetenschappen.
Recent title: J. A. M. van Wezel, Sociale Ongelijkheid en
Arbeidsverdeling, 1979.
NETHERLANDS
NETHERLANDS UNIVERSITITIES' JOINT
SOCIAL RESEARCH CENTRE (SISWO)
P.O. BOX 19079,
1000 GB AMSTERDAM.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
J. G. M. Sterk
November 1960
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute founded by social
science departments of the Netherlands universities.
Sponsored by
the Ministry of Education and Sciences.
Aims of the Institute: Fostering social science research in the
Netherlands by extending and deepening co-operation among researchers
in the social sciences, organising work groups of specialists in
certain fields, which receive scientific, organisational and
administrative support from SISWO1s staff.
Administration and organisation: The SISWO institute is managed by
a director.
Its governing body consists of representatives of the
Netherlands universities, appointed by the Minister of Education and
Sciences.
One of them is chairman and the director is secretary of
the board.
The scientific staff divisions are Town and Country
Planning and Social Geography/Sociology of Housing/Labour, Organisation and Occupation/Educational Research/Well-being or the Quality
of Life/Public Administration/Science Research/Methodology.
Staff:
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
26
7
7
3
-
qualifications.
II.
Dutch, English, German and French.
Not appropriate.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES (Division of Labour, Organisation and
Occupation)
J. J. van Hoof (Co-ordinator)
Major research areas: Labour market/workers' participation
(co-determination)/labour relations, with emphasis on the role of
unions.
42-03-80/81
- 2 Current research activities: The division organises work groups in
which researchers discuss completed, current and proposed research.
Currently there are groups working on labour market research,
industrial democracy, labour relations and organisational theory.
In order to evaluate the state of current research and plan future
programmes, this division has, on a modest scale, conducted its own
research programme for locating gaps in current research or in the
potential of some research programmes.
Recently studies on
experiments in workers' participation (co-determination) and on labour
market research have been published.
Still in preparation are
studies on labour statistics and union policy.
Finally, this division is co-operating with the government's effort
to co-ordinate research nationally.
Among the subjects included in
this plan are labour market research and research on workers'
participation.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
Not specified.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
General:
Berichten over Onderzoek (6 issues a year)
For the Division of Labour: The division publishes 2 newsletters:
a) Labor Market Research, and b) Labor Relations, Labor Movement and
Union Movement.
Both newsletters print news of current research,
research reports and accounts, announcements of new publications,
study meetings, conferences, etc., and reports of SISWO projects.
Recent titles (Division of Labour):
- G. B. Hees (red.), Vakbondsonderzoek in BRD en Nederland,
Werkdocument van de Sector Arbeid, Bedrijf en Beroep no. 5.
- J. J. van Hoof en J. Dronkers, Onderwijs en Arbeidsmarkt. Een
verkenning van de relaties tussen onderwijs, arbeidsmarkt en
arbeidssysteem, aan de hand van drie deelstudies over prognoses,
kwalificatie en aansluiting.
- M. A. van der Woude, Arbeidsmarktonderzoek-inventarisatie 1976-79.
NEW ZEALAND
VICTORIA UNIVERSITY OF WELLINGTON
Private Bag,
WELLINGTON
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
F.J.L. Young
sity of Wellington.
1970
An integral part of the Victoria Univer-
Aims of the Institute: To further education in the broad field of
industrial relations; to this end the Centre engages in teaching,
research and publishing.
A Director manages the Centre.
There is an Industrial Relations Advisory Committee which consists
of University, student, employer, worker and government representatives.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
5
4
-
1
qualifications; work and/or research experience and, in some cases,
II.
English.
Courses offered: The Centre organises both internal and external
courses. Internal courses are at undergraduate, graduate and
"post-experience" levels. A wide range of external courses is
offered, including courses for trade union officials and delegates,
employers and management personnel and tutors in other tertiary
institutions.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; seminars; discussion groups;
role playing exercises; films; audio-visual techniques; panels;
and case studies.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate in Industrial
Relations and a Diploma in Industrial Relations. Undergraduate and
Graduate Degrees.
43-01-79/80
- 2 -
Qualifications of participants: University entrance is normally
required for students wishing to enter undergraduate courses.
Experience is an important requirement in the case of the
Certificate in Industrial Relations. There are no specific
conditions of admission for many of the short courses.
Fees:
Vary, depending on the course.
Fellowships available: None, but in some cases assistance towards
travel and accommodation costs and fees is provided.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
-
Industrial conflict;
Workers' participation;
Industrial legislation;
Labour markets;
Trade union education;
Trade unions;
The theory of industrial relations.
completed include:
Research projects underway or recently
- A study of the economics of work accidents in New Zealand;
- A study of industrial conflict in three New Zealand industries;
- Papers on the theory of industrial relations and industrial
conflict;
- Papers on workers' participation in industry;
- A study of union membership.
Research Fellowships available: None, but visiting research
positions are occasionally arranged.
national and international agencies: Research relationships exist
with other universities, government departments and parties directly
involved in industrial relations.
Numerous seminar and conference papers and theses.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Centre organises conferences and symposia on matters of current
interest in industrial relations; leading authorities are often
invited to address these meetings.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
Library:
The Centre uses University library facilities.
University facilities.
Computer equipment :
VI.
None.
Film projector and screen;
access to
Access to the University's computer.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : None.
Recent titles:
Occasional papers:
D.J. Turkington, A Conceptualization of Industrial Conflict,
(No. 17), 1976; The Forms of Industrial Conflict, (No. 18),
1976; The Economic Effects of Industrial Conflict, (No. 19),
1976; Union Membership, (No. 20), 1976.
N. S. Woods, The Industrial Relations Amending Legislation of
1976, (No. 21), 1977.
B. Gustavsen, The Changing Work Environment in Norway, (No. 22),
1978.
Student research papers
J. M. Howells, Industrial Mediation in New Zealand:
Two Years, Research Monograph No. 3, 1977.
The First
G. J. Anderson, An Examination of Section 117 of the Industrial
Relations Act, 1973, Research Monograph No. 4, 1978.
A list of publications is available upon request.
43-01-79/80
NIGERIA
CENTRE FOR MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT
P.O. Box 7648,
LAGOS.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Udo Udo-Aka (Director-General)
1973.
Nature of the Institute: The operational arm of the Nigeran
Council for Management Development, an autonomous body created by
the Federal Government of Nigeria.
Aims of the Institute: The Centre has a general responsibility for
the promotion and co-ordination of management education and
training in the country.
Administration and organisation: The Centre is managed by a
Director-General.
There is a Governing Council consisting of
members from institutes of higher learning, Federal Government
Ministries, Chambers of Commerce, professional management training
institutions, labour organisations and the private sector.
Apart
from the Director-General's office, there are 6 other departments.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
65
74
-
Visiting
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Graduate and post-graduate
degrees in Business Administration, Mathematics/Statistics or in
relevant fields of sciences, consulting, research and teaching
experience.
II.
English.
Director of Education and Training:
M. 0. Ladipo (Ag. Head)
Courses offered: The Centre organises manpower development workshops designed for management educators and trainers from
institutions of higher learning and for executives responsible for
management and supervisory training functions in enterprises and
other organisations in the private and public sectors of the
economy.
The Centre also organises tailor-made programmes for
enterprises.
Teaching methods used: Case studies, business games, roleplaying, discussions, lectures.
202-01-79/80
attendance.
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: See above "Courses offered".
Non-academic participants must be sponsored by their
organisations.
Fees :
Between N100 and H500 per participant.
Fellowships available: All costs (including travel and maintenance)
are paid by the sponsoring organisation.
Tuition fees may be
waived for participants from institutions of higher learning.
The
Centre has given fellowships, mostly tuition waivers for
participants from other African countries.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
J. N. Orife
Major research areas: There are plans for a systematic programme
of research which have been approved by the Council.
These
include: Bench mark studies and operational studies in the areas
of comparative management effectiveness, planning and control,
management entrepreneurship and innovation.
-
Behaviour in organisations;
Managerial manpower system development;
Values system of Nigerian, managers;
Information systems in public enterprises;
Productivity studies (behavioural and technological);
Entrepreneurial studies;
Organisational climate;
Policy implementation studies.
Research approach is mainly interdisciplinary.
Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations, national and international agencies; Research relationships exist with Nigerian universities, especially faculties of
business and social studies; international organisations (so far
mostly with the ILO); and private foreign and indigenous
consulting firms.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
- The Centre provides management consulting services for indigenous
businesses.
- Small-scale industry promotion and development activities
- 3 -
- The Centre conducts workshops and seminars on managerial manpower planning and management information systems.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Centre is still at a temporary site.
There is therefore only one seminar room.
None.
Library: The Library for Management Studies, a unit within the
T.S.S. with branches in the Centre's area offices at Aba and Kano,
has the best collection of management books, periodicals and
government publications in the country.
19.
Audio-visual equipment: Films, slides, overhead projectors,
cartridges, tape recorders, audio mixers, synchroniser video tape
recorders, amplifiers, video camera and monitors.
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals :
Not specified.
Recent titles:
-
Directory of Management Development Programmes.
Directory of Management Consulting Firms in Nigeria.
Mandev. Workshop training Modules.
How to Buy a Business.
How to Run a Business.
Programming for Improved Performance Manual.
Consultancy in Nigeria (National Conference Report).
A Survey of Management Development and Training Neess in Nigeria
Management Development in Nigeria - Challenge of Indigenisation.
Mobility of Managers in Nigeria.
Accident Prevention and Industrial Safety - A Trainers' Manual
for Supervisors.
202-01-79/80
NIGERIA
CENTRE FOR SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH (CENSCER),
UNIVERSITY OF BENIN
P.M.B. 1154,
BENIN CITY
I.
Director:
GENERAL INFORMATION
Fred I. A. Omu
1975
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous multi-disciplinary research
centre of the University of Benin.
Aims of the Institute: To generate scholarship geared to the solution
of social, cultural and environmental problems facing the Nigerian
society and to foster an active life of dialogue between the
University and society in general.
Administration and organisation: The Centre is managed by a
Director who is responsible to the Advisory Board for the day-to-day
administration.
The Advisory Board is composed of the Vicechancellor of the University as Chairman, the Director, Research
Fellows and Associate Research Fellows of the Centre and such
persons (not exceeding three) appointed with the approval of the Senate
of the University of Benin.
The Centre has three divisions:
and Environmental Research.
Staff:
Social Research, Cultural Research
Full-time
Part-time
15
5
10
-
Visiting
qualifications, research and teaching experience.
Languages used in activities: English.
II.
The Centre does not undertake training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major research areas: Major research areas correspond to the
divisions of the Centre: social, cultural and environmental.
202-02-80/81
- 2 Current research activities:
-
Growth centres and urban-rural development;
Indigenous private enterprise and executive capacity;
Environmental sanitation and refuse disposal.
Housing in Benin;
Migration in Nigeria;
Socio-economic characteristics of family planning clinic users in
Benin City;
- Socio-economic factors in the adoption of new farm practices by
farmers;
- The evolution of population policy in Nigeria.
Not specified.
national and international agencies: Co-operative agreement with
Triangle Institute (RTI) of North Carolina, USA.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Centre organises monthly seminars for both the University and
the public; also conferences of national and international
significance.
V.
FACILITIES
spacious office block.
The Centre is at present housed in a
There is a large conference room.
Library:
A library for the Centre is currently being developed.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Nigerian Journal of Social, Cultural and Environmental
Research (under preparation).
Recent titles: P. K. Makinw'a, Internal Migration and Rural Development in Nigeria, forthcoming, Heinemann, 1980.
NIGERIA
O 33 lc¡
DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION
UNIVERSITY OF IBADÁN
I BADÁN
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
J. A . Akinpelu, Acting Head of Department.
Ibadan.
1949, as Department of Extra-Mural Studies.
A constituent part of the University of
- To provide training for the manpower needed in the country;
- To carry out teaching and research;
- To promote social integration and development at all levels of
the society.
The Department is not a labour institute but conducts a significant
number of courses on trade unionism, industrial relations and
related subjects.
Administration and Organisation: The Department has no managing board,
but there is a Board of Extra-mural Studies, of 6 members all drawn
from the research and teaching staff of the University, which advises
the Senate of the University and the Head of the Department on its
programmes and standards of courses. The Council of the University
includes government representatives. The Department consults with
various organisations including trade unions, employers' organisations,
federal, state and local governments, about its programmes.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
14
47
Visiting
231
Qualifications for professional staff: Teaching and research personnel
must have a degree from a recognised university.
II.
English.
j . A . Akinpelu.
Courses offered: Certificate courses lasting one year are given in
trade unionism and industrial relations, for workers and union personnel.
In these courses the students study labour policy; labour economics;
labour-management relations; labour law; labour history; employers'
and workers' organisations, as well as English; government and
administration; statistics» accounting; economics; sociology and
adult education.
202-03-78
An annual one-week seminar is given for trade union leaders and
lower-level management, based on pressing issues in industrial
relations.
Also workshops and seminars are conducted in functional
literacy for policy-makers and administrators in adult education.
Teaching methods used: Lectures, symposia, seminars, discussion
groups, films and other visual aids.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificate in Trade
Unionism and Industrial Relations; Diploma in Adult Education and
Community Development and Bachelor, Masters and Doctorate Degrees in
Education with Adult Education.
Qualifications of participants: Participants in the Certificate
course are selected by the Department through the University
entrance examination.
For non-qualifying courses, participants
are selected by their sponsors, on the basis of criteria agreed
with the Department.
Fees:
Fees are charged for most courses.
Fellowships available: No fellowships are offered by the.Department;
participants are often financed by their sponsors (trade unions or
employers).
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: All members of academic staff are expected to
carry out research in their fields of specialisation.
Major research areas
-
Adult education and community development;
Functional literacy;
Labour problems and policies;
Workers' Education.
Current research activities: Research is undertaken in the special
fields of members of the staff.
national and international agencies: Relationships exist with
government and other agencies.
0. Sonubi, Labor Aspects of National Development: A Study of
Government Labor Policy in Nigeria, M.A. Thesis, University of
Illinois, 1974.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Department has its own premises for
lectures, conferences, administration, etc.
are available.
Residential facilities of the University
Library: The Department uses the library facilities of the Faculty
of Education and the University library.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
Not specified.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Not specified.
Recent titles:
- M. Omolewa, "Liberal Education and the Nigerian Workers, 1942-75",
Vierteljahre No. 61 (August 1975).
- 0. Sonubi, "Trade Disputes in Nigeria 1966-71", N.J.S.S., Ibadan,
1973.
202-0-3-78
NORWAY
ARBEIDSFORSKNINGSINSTITUTTENE
(WORK RESEARCH INSTITUTES)
Gydasvei 8,
P.O. Box 8149 Dep.,
OSLO - 1.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
No general Director for the three institutes.
1964.
Nature of the institute:
Aims of the institute:
conditions.
Performs research on working life.
To contribute to the improvement of working
Administration and organisation: The Institute is governed by a
Board appointed by the Ministry of Labour, composed of members from
the University of Oslo (Chairman of the Board), the National Office
for Work Control (health and safety, working hours, etc.), the
Confederation of Employers, the Federation of Trade Unions and the
Ministry of Labour.
The Institute is composed of 3 sub-institutes
in work physiology, work hygiene and work psychology.
The. Heads
of the Institutes are not members of the Board, but attend Board
meetings.
The Board, under control of the Ministry, is responsible for hiring staff, approval of budget and projects, but takes no
part in the activities of the Institute.
The information below refers to the Institute of Work Psychology.
Director:
Bj0rn Gustavsen.
Staff:
Full-time
19
4
Part-time
Visiting
3
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Cross-disciplinary competence
is usually required, with emphasis on experience from action
research.
In terms of basic training, the staff is composed with
a view to complementarity and includes people trained in such diverse
fields as engineering, sociology, psychology, political science,
anthropology and law.
Languages used in activities: Norwegian, but some publications are
in English; English-speaking staff.
II.
Director of Education or
Training:
There is no such position.
Courses offered: The Institute is mainly involved in training
activities administered jointly with others, e.g. the main
45-01-79/80
- 2 -
organisations in working life, the Labour Inspectorate and others.
Except for occasional seminars, the Institute offers no possibilities
for education and training outside the project work.
Teaching methods used: The main principle is to develop the
educational situation into a learning process governed by the
participants themselves, where the researchers act as resource
persons.
attendance is available on request.
Certificate of
Conditions of Admission: Usually upon invitation.
Qualifications of participants: Not specified.
Fees:
Those interested in exploring the
possibilities for economic support will have to approach the
ordinary institutions, e.g. the research councils.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research: There is no such position at the Institute.
Some members act as directors for particular programmes : Einar
Thorsrud and Ragnar Johansen for the shipping programme, Thoralf
Ovale for the off-shore programme.
Major research areas: The Institute does various forms of research
within most areas in working life, e.g. industrial democracy, work
environment, females at work, etc.
In terms of approaches, there
has been a strong emphasis on action research, where the
researchers share the responsibility for the development of
solutions to practical problems.
Other approaches are, however,
used as well, and to some extent also surveys.
From an original
strong orientation towards socio-technical ideas, the Institute has
gone through a period of professional differentiation, and is today
linked to various schools of thought and approaches, with a particular emphasis on trying to integrate approaches to reform on micro
and macro level.
-
Industrial democracy;
The functioning of company boards;
The improvement of ship organisation and careers in seafaring;
The functioning of rehabilitation practice;
Psycho-social work environment;
The organisation of safety and health work;
Wage systems;
Female workers;
Development of work environment and industrial democracy for
employees in the public sector;
- Studies of particular professions, with emphasis on their work
environment problems, e.g. hotel and restaurant workers,
cleaning workers, journalists, clerks, shop-assistants, and
others.
- Safety and work organisation in offshore activities.
- 3 -
None.
national and international agencies: To a certain extent the research
activities of the Institute are undertaken in co-operation with
national and international institutions.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI :
Unpublished research documents are listed in the Institute's annual
report.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Some staff members also have part-time teaching assignments in other
educational institutions.
V.
FACILITIES
Meeting room and classroom.
Library:
None.
There is a joint library for the 3 Institutes.
Computer equipment:
University of Oslo;
VI.
5.
Slide projector, film projector, etc.
Terminal linked to the computer centre at the
small specialised computer in the Institute.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : None.
Recent titles:
- T. U. Qvale, "A Norwegian Strategy for Démocratisation of
Industry", Human Relations, Vo. 26, No.'5, 1976.
, "Comment": What about the Foreman?", Acta
Sociológica, Vol. 19, No. 1, 1976.
- E. Thorsrud and F. E. Emery, Democracy at Work, Leyden,
M. Nijhoff, 1976.
- B. Gustavsen, "The Board of Directors, Company Policy and
Industrial Democracy", Handbook of Work, Organisation and
Society, Rand McNally, 1976.
, "The Social Context of Investment Decisions", Acta
Sociológica, Vol. 19, No. 3, 1976.
, "A Legislative Approach to Job Reform in Norway".
International Labour Review, Vol. 115, No. 3, May-June 1977.
45-01-79/80
- 4- B. Gustavsen and 0. Ryste: "Démocratisation Efforts and
Organisational Structure". In B. Wilpert and A. Negandhi (eds.):
Work Organization Research, Kent State University, 1978.
- B. Gustavsen and B. Gardell (University of Stockholm), "Work
Environment Research and Social Change - Current Development in
Scandanavia", Journal of Occupational Behaviour, First issue,
Autumn 1979.
- B. Gustavsen: "Liberation of Work and the Role of Social
Research.
In T. Burns, L. E. Karlsson, V. Rus (eds.): Work and
Power, Sage Publications, 1979.
- P. G. Herbst, "Non-Hierarchial Forms of Organisation", National
Labour Institute Bulletin, Vol. 12, No. 3.
PAKISTAN
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS INSTITUTE
62-D New Muslim Town,
Wahdat Road,
LAHORE
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Abdul Wahab Khan
1963
A government institute.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute aims to impart training on
labour laws, labour policies and labour reforms to trade unionists,
management personnel, and government officials.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is headed by a
Director, who is an officer from the Directorate of Labour Welfare.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
20
33
-
Visiting
as needed
- Degree from a recognised university;
- S.V. Teachers.
II.
English, Urdu and Punjabi.
Abdul Wahab Khan
Courses offered: The Institute's courses are designed to provide
an explanation of labour laws and policies. The courses are
intended for government officers, trade union officials and management personnel.
In-service training for labour officers is also organised by the
Institute.
discussions.
Lectures;
field trips;
seminars;
and
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Certificates for participation and for successful training.
Qualifications of participants: Nomination by trade union,
employer or government agency.
The participants are required to
be sufficiently educated, but courses are also held for illiterate
workers.
170-01-79/80
- 2 -
i. ees: Free for trade unionists and government officers; for
management personnel Rs.200/- per course, hotel fee Rs.50/- per
course.
Travelling allowances and daily allowance,
if applicable, are to be paid by the respective organisations.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Labour law and labour policy.
Current research activities: Notes, comments and guides on labour
law (including translation into Urdu).
Not specified.
- Urdu translation of Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923;
- Termination of services.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
This Institute provides free counselling to workers in the workers'
education, recreation and free counselling centres established at
Lahore, Multan, Faisalabad and Rawalpindi.
V.
FACILITIES
t
Classroom;
auditorium for conferences and
seminars.
Hostel facilities within the premises.
Library:
Audio-visual equipment: Film projector, radio, television and stereo
tape recorder.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
1979.
Envisaged publication of a periodical starting in late
Recent titles:
- Proceedings and papers of the Workshops for Population Education of
Trade union Educators, held on 5 to 11 December 1974.
- Activities of the Punjab Labour Department during the People's
Government, 1972-76.
- Notes and Comments on Industrial Relations Ordinance, 1969.
- Notes and Comments on West Pakistan Industrial and Commercial
Employment (Standing Orders) Ordinance, 1968.
- Notes and Comments on Company Profits (Workers' Participation)
Act 1968, Rules 1971.
- Notes and Comments on Payment of Wages Act, 1936.
- Notes and Comments on Workers' Children (Education) Ordinance,
1972, Rules 1973.
- Notes and Comments on Punjab Fair Price Shops (Factories)
Ordinance 1971, Rules 1971.
- Guide for West Pakistan Industrial and Commercial Employment
(Standing Orders) Ordinance 1968;
- Guide for Payment of Wages Act, 1936.
- Guide for Factories Act 1934 and Rules.
In view of the educational status of industrial workers engaged in
Pakistan, this Institute has translated important labour laws into
Urdu and has published the same for the benefit of workers.
170-01-79/80
PAKISTAN
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF LABOUR
ADMINISTRATION TRAINING (NILAT)
GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN
MINISTRY OF LABOUR, MANPOWER, HEALTH
AND POPULATION PLANNING (LABOUR DIVISION)
University Road,
KARACHI - 4 7 (Sind),
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Salimullah Khan (Principal)
1955, operation began in 1958.
Nature of the Institute: Established by the Ministry of Labour
(Labour Division), and working as attached office of the Ministry
of Labour, Government of Pakistan.
Aims of the Institute: To conduct training in labour studies and
workers' education. To undertake research in industrial relations.
The Institute is managed by a
Principal under the supervision of a Governing Body composed of 6
government officials, 2 workers' nominees, 2 employers' nominees
and an academician.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
10
29
-
15-20
-
experience.
II.
Master's degree and teaching
English and Urdu.
Courses offered:
Not specified.
Tripartite training:
- 24-week Post-Graduate Diploma Course in Labour Administration and
Industrial Welfare;
- 6-week Industrial Relations Course for Factory Executives and
Federal and Provincial Labour Officials;
- 1-week Supervisory Management Course for Personnel Officers;
- 2-week Supervisory Development Course for Middle-Level
Management;
- 2-week Workers Education Course in the Management of Trade Unions;
- Programmes on Population Planning, Training of Trainers and
Administrators, Decision-making Practices, etc., in collaboration
with UN Agencies.
170-02-79/80
- 2 -
Teaching Methods used; Lectures;
studies; group discussions.
discussions}
seminars;
research
- Postgraduate Diploma in Labour Administration and Industrial
Welfare;
- Certificate in Industrial Relations;
- Certificate in Management of Trade Unions .
Diploma course participants
are graduates holding responsible positions in government,
employers' or workers' organisations. The certificate courses'
standards of admission are prescribed by the sponsoring organisations.
Fees:
24-week diploma course:
III.
$45.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Principal of the Institute.
-
Labour management relations and industrial productivity;
Trade unionism;
Implementation of labour laws;
Labour policies and analysis;
Socio-psychological analysis of labour management relations.
- Labour management relations and industrial productivity;
- Impact of better wage structures and incentives for industrial
productivity;
- Trade unionism.
Research is undertaken by the participants of training courses as
.academic assignments.
None.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: Over
400 research and term reports submitted by diploma and certificate
course participants.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute organises various seminars, symposia and workshops at
the request of provincial governments, workers' and employers'
organisations, and at times also in collaboration with ILO or other
UN agencies.
These latter activities are tripartite.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: 3 classrooms, 3 discussion rooms, a projection hall, a meeting hall, a seminar hall and faculty offices.
15 double rooms.
Library:
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Recent titles:
170-02-79/80
None.
None.
None.
1.
Approximately 1,000.
PAKISTAN
PAKISTAN MANPOVŒR INSTITUTE, ISLAMABAD
Sharah-i-Suharwardy,
Zero Point,
ISLAMABAD
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Syed Sohail Ahmed
1975
Nature of the Institute; A semi-autonomous government institute,
attached to the Ministry of Labour, Manpower, Health and Population Planning (Manpower Division), Government of Pakistan.
Alms of the Institute; To serve as a centre for training and
research on problems of manpower resources.
Administration and Organisation; The Institute is directly managed
by a Director and administered by a Board of Governors. The
Additional Secretary of the Manpower Division is the Chairman of
the Board. Other nine members are officers of various government
departments.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
14
17
-
-
Postgraduate degree in
economics; research and teaching experience.
II.
English.
Courses offered:
Not yet decided.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; seminars; conferences;
discussions; workshops.
attendance (proposed).
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants: Participants will be experienced
and responsible officers selected by their respective departments
and organisations.
Fees: None.
170-03-77
- 2 -
III.
Not yet decided.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
The proposed research areas include:
a) Supply of manpower; population problems;
b) Demand of manpower; employment, unemployment and under-employment;
c) Development and utilisation of manpower resources.
- The roots and causes of unemployment and under-employment in
Pakistan;
- Immigration and brain drain problems of Pakistan;
- Rural manpower migration to urban areas: analysis of social and
economic background of the role of women in the labour force.
None.
national and international agencies: Many Institute research
activities will be undertaken in co-operation with national and
international institutions and agencies.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute periodically organises meetings, seminars and
lectures at which specialists"in manpower and economics are invited
to discuss manpower problems and issues.
V.
FACILITIES
Seminar and committee room.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
None.
None.
3.
- 3-
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals;
- Annual report.
- Yearly bulletin.
170-03-77
PANAMA
INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE CAPACITACIÓN
SINDICAL JOSE DEL CARMEN TUNON
(CNTP)
Apartado Postal 32-53
Ave B. 15-85
PANAMA
I.
Director : José M. Meneses
1971
Carácter del Instituto : Es una institución de la Central Nacional
de Trabajadores Panameños a través de la cual capacita sus cuadros
y activistas sindicales. Está debidamente registrada en el Ministerio de Trabajo.
Fines del Instituto : Impartir educación sindical a los trabajadores, dirigida a suministrarles conocimientos económicos, políticos
y sociales a fin de capacitarlos para su participación efectiva en
el desarrollo integral del país.
Administración y organización : Es administrado por una Dirección
Colegiada que comprende varios directores : Director Administrativo, Director de docencia; Director de Actividades sociales y
Culturales, Director de investigaciones y documentación y un coordinador.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
1
2
Visitante
40
2
Instructor laboral.
II.
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Tres cursos básicos de capacitación sindical : primero, segundo y tercer nivel. Cada uno de tres
semanas de duración.
Cursillos de capacitación y de perfeccionamiento para : Secretarios de propaganda, organización, etc.
46-01-79/80
- 2 -
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, sesiones de discusión, seminarios, estudio de casos, trabajo de grupo, y otros.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Certificados de asistencia y Diploma a los que terminan los tres cursos (titulo de instructor laboral).
Calificaciones de los participantes : Miembros de los sindicatos filiales a las federaciones de la CNTP y de otras que así
lo deseen.
Becas :
III.
Ninguno.
No especificado.
Actualmente ninguna investigación.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Con el Instituto Panameño de Estudios Laborales a
través de su Departamento de Investigaciones se trabaja en un
estudio sobre la industria de la confección de ropa.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Instituto participa conjuntamente con otras organizaciones sociales del país y el Ministerio de Educación en actividades de alfabetización de la población principalmente rural.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El Instituto está instalado en la Sede
de la Central Nacional de Trabajadores Panameños, donde posee un
aula.
No especificado.
Biblioteca :
Numero de volúmenes :
No especificado.
Computadoras :
No especificado.
Proyector de cine y de diapositivas.
No especificado.
PANAMA
INSTITUTO PANAMEÑO DE ESTUDIOS
LABORALES (IPEL)
Ministerio de Trabajo y Bienestar Social
PANAMA
I.
Director;
Ricardo Aguilar
1973
Carácter del Instituto; Depende del Ministerio de Trabajo y Bienestar
Social en el aspecto administrativo; en la ejecución de su programa
docente depende de la Comisión Nacional de Educación Sindical integrada por representantes de las centrales obreras, el Rector de la Universidad Nacional, el Ministro de Trabajo y Bienestar Social y el
Director Técnico del IPEL.
Fines del Instituto; El IPEL tiene como finalidad la difusión de
todos los elementos de la realidad laboral y no escatima esfuerzo,
ni material ni profesional, para extender sus servicios a todas las
regiones de la República de Panama.
Administración y organización; El IPEL está dirigido por un director
técnico. Su estructura administrativa está constituida por tres departamentos - Docencia, Investigación, Acción Social Obrera - los
cuales tienen bajo su responsabilidad los tres grandes áreas de trabajo del Instituto.
Personal;
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personal de la
profesional:
personal de la
administrativa:
A jornada
completa
II.
Visitante
11
16
Calificaciones del personal profesional;
experiencia en investigación y docencia.
Idiomas de trabajo:
A jornada
parcial
Títulos universitarios,
Español.
Director de educación o formación profesional: El IPEL no realiza
actividades de formación profesional; las actividades educativas
están dirigidas por el Director del IPEL.
Cursos que se ofrecen: Seminario sobre economía laboral y realidad
nacional, curso de formación de instructores laborales, seminario
sobre administración del trabajo, seminario sobre la participación
de la mujer en la fuerza laboral, ciencias sociales y del trabajo,
seminario sobre cultura y teatro obrero. Todas las actividades, dirigidas a los trabajadores organizados, se realizan con la participación de 30 a 35 sindicalistas, con una duración entre 2 y 4 semanas, según el contenido y tipo de actividad. Estas actividades se
realizan tanto en la sede central del IPEL, como en las regionales
orovinciales de Coclé y Colón o en los locales sindicales de las
46-02-79/80
- 2restantes provincias que ofrezcan las condiciones mínimas adecuadas.
Cada año se realizan entre 18 y 22 actividades de educación.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Conferencias, sesiones de discusión,
estudios de casos, mesas redondas, grupos de trabajo y trabajos en equipo
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso: El IPEL entrega certificados fl
de asistencia únicamente.
Condiciones de admisión: Dependen en gran parte de la naturaleza
del curso o seminario.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Ser miembro activo de una
organización sindical; haber terminado el primer ciclo de educación secundaria o una experiencia en la organización sindical
equivalente; haber tomado los cursos de primer nivel (básico) en
sus respectivas centrales, federaciones o sindicatos. Los candidatos son seleccionados por las respectivas centrales, federaciones
o sindicatos de acuerdo con las condiciones generales anteriormente
señaladas.
Derecho de matricula: Ninguno.
Becas: El IPEL cubre los gastos de transporte, hospedaje y alimentación para aquellos participantes cuya residencia no está comprendida en un radio de 20 kilómetros de la sede del seminario o curso,
y los gastos de alimentación (almuerzo) para aquellos cuya residencia
está dentro del área anteriormente señalado.
III.
tigaciones.
El Director del Departamento de Inves-
Esferas principales de investigación: Las investigaciones que realiza el IPEL están orientadas al análisis e interpretación de la
dinámica laboral y sindical a objeto de que sirven tanto al mismo
IPEL como a las organizaciones sindicales.
- dinámica laboral intersectorial (con el propósito de analizar la
dinámica laboral de los sectores básicos de la economía nacional;
- dinámica sindical y de los problemas sindicales (tiene como objetivo el desarrollo del movimiento sindical, los ajustes y modificaciones de la estructura sindical y el análisis de problemas propios del medio sindical que ameriten estudios científicos;
- análisis institucional de asuntos laborales (es producto del contacto permanente y sistemático entre el IPEL y todas las dependencias que tramitan problemas y datos laborales);
- análisis tipológico (análisis comparativo periódico sobre la información laboral a nivel de unidades regionales tales como provincias y distritos);
- investigaciones coyunturales solicitadas por las autoridades del
Ministerio de Trabajo o por las organizaciones sindicales.
Becas para investigación: Ninguna.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: Algunas de estas actividades se realizan con apoyo de
otros departamentos del Ministerio de Trabajo y Bienestar Social
y de la Universidad de Panama.
_
A
- 3 -
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El IPEL ofrece sus servicios de asesoría económica, administrativa,
contable y de turismo obrero para las organizaciones sindicales que
asi lo requieran.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: El IPEL cuenta con una sala para la celebración de sus seminarios, cursos o conferencias en la sede central,
más una en cada una de las dos oficinas regionales en el interior
del país.
Biblioteca: Ninguna.
documentación.
Equipo audiovisual:
Computadoras :
VI.
Ninguna.
Sin embargo estamos completando un centro de
Ninguno.
Ninguna.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
Un Suplemento Informativo (mensual)
Un Boletín (bimestral)
Obras recientes :
- Inflación, recesión, perspectivas y soluciones, 1974
- Panamá y la Frutera. Una batalla contra el imperialismo, 1974
- Obras premiadas en el Primer Certamen Pictórico Literario Obrero,
1977
- Obras premiadas en el Segundo Certamen Pictórico Literario Obrero,
1978
46-02-79/80
PARAGUAY
CENTRO PARAGUAYO DE ESTUDIOS
SOCIOLÓGICOS (CPES)
Eligió Ayala 973 - Casilla Correo 2157
ASUNCION
I.
Director :
Domingo M. Rivarola
1964
Carácter del Instituto : El Centro cuenta con Personería Jurídica
otorgada por el Superior Gobierno de la Nación. Es un Centro
Privado Autónomo.
- consolidar un núcleo profesional de investigación social;
- promover investigaciones sobre la realidad social paraguaya;
- difundir los resultados (datos, conocimientos, etc.) logrados
sobre el país.
Administración y organización : Cuenta como autoridad un Director
General, un Comité Directivo y una Asamblea.
Personal :
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
5
5
Visitante
.,
,
y
3
2
- Con Doctorado : 2;
- Con Master : 10
- (con tesis para Doctorado : 2 ) .
II.
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Básicamente Curso de post-grado y Curso
Avanzado Latinoamericano de Sociología Rural (Curso Regional).
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Clases téorico-metodológicas y
práctica de investigación (trabajo directo de campo para desarrollar
un diseño).
47-01-79/80
- 2 -
pación en el Curso.
Certificación de partici-
- tener el Master o equivalente;
- estar patrocinados por una organización adecuada.
Ninguno.
Becas : Se otorgan alrededor de 15 becas, las que cubren los gastos de viaje internacional y los de subsistencia. Las becas son
de otras instituciones administradas por el CPES.
III.
(Según proyectos).
- educación;
- estudios rurales;
- población (migraciones, fuerza de trabajo, empleo, etc.).
1976 :
-
Principales proyectos en
determinantes del Rendimiento Educativo (ECIEL/CPES);
participación de la Mujer en la Fuerza de Trabajo;
determinantes de la Distribución Espacial de la Población;
la Pequeña propiedad Rural en el Paraguay;
los núcleos urbanos en el siglo XVIII;
la educación técnica en el Paraguay;
educación y desarrollo: la enseñanza básica en el Paraguay;
bilingüismo y rendimiento educativo en el Paraguay;
desarrollo regional, políticas públicas, migraciones y primacía
urbana en América latina;
la vivienda de bajo costo en los estratos de bajos ingresos;
las mujeres en la actividad económica en Argentina, Bolivia y
Paraguay;
mercado de trabajo femenino: análisis comparativo de Argentina
y Paraguay;
participación de la mujer en las actividades económicas en el
Paraguay.
Ninguna.
-
con
con
con
con
con
con
el Ministerio de Agricultura;
el Centro de Investigaciones de Desarrollo IDRC/CANADA;
ECIEL (Estudios Conjuntos de Integración en Latinoamérica);
el Ministerio de Educación y Culto;
el Consejo Latinoamericano de Ciencias Sociales (CLACSO);
la UNESCO.
- 3 -
Parte VI: Todos los documentos e informes sobre investigaciones.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Consultorlas varias.
V.
SERVICIOS
Social.
Sala de reunión y sala de Documentación
Ninguna.
Biblioteca:
Número de
parcial:
Numero de
Número de
Un bibliotecario a jornada completa.
volúmenes: Alrededor de 10.000.
publicaciones periódicas recibidas: 200.
Equipo audiovisual:
Computadoras:
VI.
Ninguno.
Equipo Perforadora a Diskett (IBM).
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
- Revista Paraguaya de Sociología (tres veces al año).
- Boletín Bibliográfico.
- Boletín Informativo (CPES/CPDS).
Obras recientes:
-
Situación de la Vivienda y Tierra Urbana (5 Tomos).
El Bilingüismo en el Paraguay.
Estudios y datos sobre la Educación en el Paraguay;
Determinantes del rendimiento educativo en el Paraguay;
Paraguay: Nación bilingüe;
Estudio de costo de la educación primaria y secundaria en el Paraguay;
Estudios y datos sobre la educación técnica agropecuaria en el
Paraguay.
47-01-79/80
PERU
24*
1^ CENTRO DE INVESTIGACIÓN BS-fcft
«IffUNIVERSIDAD DEL PACIFICO. |CIUP^
* J"S2/-]
-Âvenida Salaverry 2020
Jesús María - LIMA 11
WApartado 46 83
"tí LIMA 1
1"!
I.
q^LTo
lr
' "
^ ° ' *l^°
ït • Sffl
Director : Carlos Boloña Behr
Carácter del Instituto : El Centro de Investigación es un órgano
interdepartamental de la Universidad del Pacífico, de la cual forma
parte. Como tal, cuenta con personería jurídica de derecho privado,
sujeto al régimen jurídico que la legislación nacional dispensa a
este tipo de organizaciones.
- estudio de la realidad nacional y de su problemática económica,
social y política;
- formulación de nuevas categorías conceptuales en el orden de solución a dicha problemática, y formación de una escuela de pensamiento fundada en principios comunes;
- contribución a la formación integral universitaria y al desarrollo de metodologías de enseñenza adecuadas y aplicables.
Administración y organización : Cuenta con un Consejo Directivo, en
el que participan profesores representantes de los diversos Departamentos Académicos y alumnos. Su Director lo preside, representa
y ejerce la gestión administrativa. Cada Proyecto de Investigación adopta la organización y composición más adecuada para el logro de sus fines. Existen, además, Asistentes y Asesores.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
8
1
Variable
1
1
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Grado académico, título
profesional, condición de Profesor Universitario.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español, procesándose también documentos en
Inglés y Francés.
49-01-77
'^°
- 2II.
Director de educación o de formación profesional; No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen: Además de los cursos regulares que programan
los diversos currículos de la Universidad, y de los que periódicamente
ofrece el Servicio de Extensión Técnica para Ejecutivos de la misma,
el Centro ha auspiciado Seminarios sobre Política Laboral y Seguridad
Social en el Grupo Andino y sobre Derecho Comparado del Trabajo.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados; Los apropiados a cada tipo de modalidad académica empleada.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso; Además de los grados y
títulos regulares que otorga la Universidad, para los certámenes auspiciados por el Centro se ofrecen Certificados de Asistencia y Participación.
Condiciones de admisión;
Calificaciones de los participantes; Variable, según el tipo de
actividad académica empleada.
Derechos de matricula; Variable, en función del costo de cada actividad. En todos los certámenes se ofrecen becas, exoneraciones y
facilidades de pago.
Becas: El número de becas está en función del número de participantes
en cada certamen y su cuantía puede representar la exoneración total
o parcial del derecho de matricula y del pago de los materiales suministrados a dichos participantes.
III.
Director de investigaciones; El Director del Centro.
Esferas principales de investigación: Economía, Ciencias Sociales y
Políticas (Sociología, Derecho) y Administración, en sus niveles
teórico y aplicativo.
Actividades de investigación actuales: Las áreas de investigación
aprobadas por el Consejo directivo son las siguientes: aspectos
socio-laborales en el Grupo andino, convenios especiales, y empresas
multinacionales.
Becas para investigación: La información puede facilitarse a solicitud de los interesados, a presentación de esquemas y planes de trabajo.
Relaciones de trabajo en la esferas de la investigación con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: Junta del Acuerdo de Cartagena, Banco Central de Reserva del
Perú, Ministerio de Industria y Turismo, Ministerio de Trabajo, Seguro
Social del Perú, Embajada de España, Fundación Friedrich Nauman,
Fundación Ford, etc.
Se suministra información a pedido específico, según áreas de interés.
- 3-
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Además de las actividades educativas, el Centro de Investigación puede
organizar Conferencias, Simposios, Mesas Redondas y Seminarios sobre
los diversos temas relacionados con sus áreas de trabajo.
Cuenta, también, con un Centro de Documentación de consulta pública.
V.
SERVICIOS
la Universidad.
Los propios de la infraestructura física de
Residencia de alojamiento: Ninguna.
Biblioteca:
Número de
parcial:
Número de
Número de
4 a jornada completa.
volúmenes: 16.750.
publicaciones periódicas recibidas: 1.302.
Equipo audiovisual: Proyectores, retroproyectores y equipo de videotape.
Computadoras : Tiene acceso al servicio
miento que contrata la Universidad.
VI.
de programación y procesa-
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
-.Apuntes (semestral).
- Estudios Andinos (semestral).
- Cuadernos (variable).
Obras recientes:
-
Política Laboral en el Grupo Andino.
Relaciones Laborales en el Grupo Andino.
Seguridad Social en el Grupo Andino.
Burocracia y cambio social.
Situación social del obrero jubilado.
La problemática del cambio social.
Participación y movilización social.
Ideología y posición política de las confederaciones de trabajadores .
49-01-77
PERU
ESCUELA DE ADMINISTRACIÓN DE
NEGOCIOS PARA GRADUADOS
(ESAN)
Apartado Postal 1846
LIMA 100
I.
Director :
Lander Pacora (Decano)
1963
Carácter del Instituto : Institución educativa peruana, privada,
sin fines de lucro y con autonomía académica y administrativa.
Fines del Instituto
Promover y acelerar el crecimiento socioeconómico del Perú y Latinoamérica mediante la formación de gerentes y administradores para empresas e instituciones públicas y
privadas.
Administración y organización : ESAN posee un Patronato, integrado por representantes de once instituciones, entre universidades
y otras, el cual vela por la marcha económica y la integridad
patrimonial de la Escuela. Asimismo se cuenta con un Consejo de
Profesores, presidido por el Decano, el cual es la autoridad máxima
en toda cuestión académica y pedagógica. El Decano es la máxima
autoridad ejecutiva de la Escuela, sin perjuicio de las atribuciones del Patronato y del Consejo de Profesores.
A jornada
completa
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
Pocos
3 y 4
personas de la
profesional :
Entre 35 y 45
personas de la
administrativa : Entre 20 y 25
2 o 3
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Entrenamiento académico
a nivel postgrado, con experiencia internacional en actividades
docentes y de investigación.
en forma no oficial.
II.
Español;
se utiliza además el Inglés aunque
Escuela.
El Decano de la
Cursos que se ofrecen : Programa Magister en Administración (M.A.),
de doce meses de duración, diseñado para profesionales graduados de
diversas especialidades. En 19 77 se desarrolla un programa de
especialización para ejecutivos y un programa integral de mercadotecnica
y ventas. Además, otros cursos y seminarios.
49-02-79/80
- 2 -
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Método de casos, lectura dirigida,
trabajos en grupo, juegos de negocio, conferencias y otros.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Grado de Magister en
Administración. Diploma de aprobación del programa o curso o diploma de asistencia, según el caso.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Específicas para cada
programa. En general, los participantes deben ser graduados
universitarios y ejecutivos de empresas.
Variables, según programa.
Becas :
- Programa Magister : 25 becas de estudio, con pensión de mantenimiento y gastos de transporte parcial;
- Cursos s 30 becas para ejecutivos, incluye lo mismo que el
anterior;
- Seminarios : 30 becas para ejecutivos, incluye lo mismo que el
anterior;
- Otras becas para funcionarios públicos, etc., en programas
cortos.
III.
Martin J. Scurrah.
Esferas principales de investigación : Investigación básica y
aplicada en las ciencias administrativas y el desarrollo de material didáctico.
- difusión de la tecnología;
- gestión de la tecnología;
- participación laboral en la gestión empresarial;
- el estado y la burocracia en el sector agrario;
- evaluación de las empresas asociativas en el sector agrario;
- motivación en el trabajo;
- mercado de capitales;
- relaciones entre supervisores y subordinados.
Ninguna.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales ; Las investigaciones se financian con el apoyo financiero
de instituciones tanto nacionales como extranjeras. Algunos estudios se han hecho en colaboración con investigadores de otras instituciones.
Parte VI : El Centro de documentación de la escuela mantiene una
colección de los proyectos de investigación aplicada desarrollados
por los alumnos del Programa Magister.
- 3 -
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
ESAN organiza con periodicidad fluctuante reuniones y seminarios
para discutir problemas actuales en el campo empresarial, docente
y académico y a niveles nacional e internacional. Un ejemplo es
el Seminario de Promoción y Financiamiento de Proyectos Internacionales organizado con el BID, The Council of the Americas, The
Pennsylvania State university, la Junta del Acuerdo de Cartagena
y otras instituciones oficiales.
ESAN cuenta además con un servicio de empleo para los graduados de
sus programas, actuando como coordinador entre éstos y los empleadores potenciales.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : ESAN cuenta con su propio local de 6
hectáreas de extensión. En dicho terreno se hayan ubicadas 5 aulas,
oficinas para profesores y personal en general. Centro de Documentación (800 m 2 y 28.000 volúmenes).
Servicios varios: ESAN cuenta además con los servicios de impresión,
cafeteria y otros.
Residencia de alojamiento : Un pabellón de dos pisos con capacidad
para 20 alojados en habitaciones privadas.
Biblioteca : Centro de documentación (CENDOC)
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa: 4
y a jornada parcial : 1
Número de volúmenes : 28 000
600 títulos
Equipo audiovisual : Para un proyecto especifico en desarrollo
dirigido a la producción de cursos para trabajadores industriales
y del agro.
Computadoras :
entre otros.
VI.
Se utiliza los servicios de la Universidad Católica,
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Boletín Informativo de ESAN (mensual).
Obras recientes :
- Montalvo, Abner, La Participación Laboral en la Nueva Empresa
Peruana ; Desarrollo Teórico.
- Montalvo, Abner y Scurrah Martin, Participación Laboral en la
Gestión Empresarial. Actitudes de los trabajadores peruanos y
su comportamiento participativo.
- Beaulne, Marie y Roca Santiago, Compendio Estadístico. Importaciones ; 1951, 1958, 1963, 1969 - Industria manufacturera : 19581969.
49-02-79/80
- Scurrah, Martin, La Participación de los Trabajadores en la
Gestión de un Taller Artesanal.
- Garrido Lecca, Guillermo y Gerald T. O'Mara, Eficiencia del Mercado de Capitales Peruanos.
- Scurrah, Martin y Montalvo Abner, Gobierno Revolucionario del
Peru : Bases Sociales que lo apoyan.
- Scurrah, Martin y Montalvo Abner, Clases Sociales y Valores
Sociales en Perú.
- Federico, Leon R., Loli Alejandro y Montalvo Abner, Trabajo y
Satisfacción en el Sector Gráfico.
- Scurrah, Martin y Núñez Raquel, Ejecutivo Peruano : la autoridad
y la toma de decisiones.
- Scurrah, Martin y Nüñez Raquel, Ascendencia de Ejecutivos Peruanos : Aspectos étnico-culturales y algunas actitudes administrativas.
- León, Federico R., Autoritarismo y Supervisión en el Perú :
¿Le gusta al trabajador peruano el modo autoritario de supervisión?.
- Valcárcel, Rosina, Universitarios y Prejuicio Étnico ; Un estudio del prejuicio hacia el negro en los universitarios de Lima.
- Westacott, George, La confianza interpersonal en el Perú :
Estudio psícosocial de campesinos y obreros.
- Moreno, William, Trabajadores y Empresa : Un ensayo participativo.
- Santiago, Roca, Las Cooperativas Azucareras del Perú : Distribución de Ingresos.
- Beaulne, Marie, Industrialización por Sustitución de Importaciones : Perú 1958-1969.
PHILIPPINES
ASIAN LABOR EDUCATION CENTER,
UNIVERSITY OF THE PHILIPPINES
Diliman,
METRO MANILA 3004
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Manuel A. Dia (Dean)
Date of establishment: 1954 as the Labor Education Center;
the Asian Labor Education Center.
1958 as
Nature of the Institute: An academic unit of the state supported
University of the Philippines.
Aims of the Center:
- To assist in the development of free, democratic and responsible
trade unionism in the country;
- To promote, through workers' education and related academic
activities, the fuller and more active participation of workers
and worker organisations in establishing a constructive industrial
relations system consistent with development goals;
- To provide extension and consultation services to all actors of the
industrial relations system and serve as a continuing forum for the
exchange and dissemination of pertinent information in the field
of industrial relations;
- To provide academic training to qualified students as part of the
overall professionalisation of industrial relations;
- To encourage research in labour and industrial relations which will
serve as basis for policy formulation, review or re-examination of
general as well as specific labour issues, and to support and
enrich the teaching and research programmes of the Center.
Administration and organisation: The Center is headed by a Dean
appointed by the President of the University.
Staff:
Number of administrative staff:
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
19
28
18
-
-
qualifications; proficiency in certain dialects (training staff),
ability to teach and communicate.
Teaching staff are required to
have an M.A. or M.Sc. degree, preferably in the social sciences.
Research staff are required to possess at least a B.A. in social
sciences and research work experience.
84-01-80/81
English and Filipino dialects.
- 2 -
II.
Dean of the Center.
Courses offered:
- Workers' Education Programme:
(a) Residential Programme - This programme revolves around the
Resident Labor Leadership Institute (RLLI), an advanced trade
union course that usually last three to four weeks.
The RLLI
seeks to prepare Filipino trade unionists for leadership in
the Philippine labour movement.
The RLLI course focuses on
various aspects of trade unionism.
Depending on the expressed
training needs of worker-participants, the RLLI may be a
general course on trade unionism or a specialised one, e.g.
courses on trade union administration, collective bargaining
and co-operatives.
(b) Extension Programme - This programme is designed to assist trade
unions in conducting training activities right in their union
offices or work place.
ALEC's assistance is in the form of
lectures on specific subjects or help in the design and conduct
of the entire training programme.
It also assists in providing
training materials.
Because of A L E C s limited funds, however,
the sponsoring labour organisations must share in the cost of
such on-the-site training programmes.
ALEC also encourages
trade unions to devote some of their resources for workers'
education.
This extension programme is a year-round activity
of ALEC.
- Industrial Relations and Manpower Studies:
At present,
graduate
level courses are offered to qualified
students and staff members of unions, management, government
agencies and educational institutions in the administration of
labour relations and manpower programmes in industry, business and
government.
A L E C s academic offerings are multi-disciplinary and have
integrated various disciplines that bear upon industrial relations
such as sociology, economics, business administration, psychology,
law, political science, public administration and statistics.
There are three areas of concentration being offered by ALEC to
its students: labour-management relations, manpower resources
and comparative industrial relations.
Teaching methods used in the RLLI: Lecture/discussions; panel
meetings; case studies; workshops and role-playing exercises.
To supplement classroom activities, study visits of union organisations and co-operatives, industrial and agricultural enterprises
and government agencies are conducted.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: The programme offers
graduate studies leading to a Diploma in Industrial Relations and
Master's degrees in industrial relations.
The masteral programme
is offered in two categories: Master of Arts in Industrial
Relations (MAIR) and Master of Industrial Relations (MIR), which is
a non-thesis course.
Qualifications of participants: The general requirements for
admission to the master's programmes in industrial relations are
- 3a bachelor's degree or its equivalent (degree or title) from an
institution of higher learning and a minimum of two years fulltime work experience.
Fees:
Participants in the RLLI usually share the cost.
III.
Not specified.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Marie E. Aganon (Head)
- Labour-management relations j
- Forms of workers' participation;
- Status of women workers;
- Labour productivity;
- Dispute settlement;
- Labour standards;
- Manpower studies;
- Impact of trade unions on workers' wages and fringe benefits.
- Working conditions in agri-business establishments;
- The labour-management committee as an alternative for the
achievement of industrial peace;
- Compensation and labour productivity;
- Impact of land reform and green revolution on the relationship
between farmers and the landless rural poor;
- Job enrichment.
- V. C. Aganon and M. E. Aganon, A Study of Women Workers in WomenDominated Manufacturing Establishments in Metro Manila, 1979.
- V. S. Aguilar, Factors that Relate to the Level of Labor
Productivity in Selected Philippine Manufacturing Establishments,
1974 and 1976, M.A. thesis, University of the Philippines, 1980.
- ALEC Research Staff, Workers' Participation in Selected Manufacturing
Establishments in Metro Manila, 1979.
- J . Q. Casel, Employee Benefits in Unionized and Nonunionized ChineseFilipino Owned Textile Establishments in the Philippines, 1972-1976,
M.A. thesis, U.P., 1978.
- J. C. Gatchalian, Education/Information Needs of Davao Workers and
their Families, 1979.
- R. E. Ofreneo, Capitalism in Philippine Agriculture, M.A. thesis,
U.P. 1979.
, From the Green Revolution to Beef Production: SelfSufficiency for Whom? 1980
84-01-80/81
- 4 IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Center sponsors or conducts tripartite conferences and seminars
for labour, management and government.
Lectures by guest speakers, discussions and symposia on labour and
industrial relations are organised by the Center.
Provision under the academic programme in industrial relations and
manpower studies of consultative services through a continuing forum
for the discussion and dissemination of pertinent information in the
various aspects of industrial relations and manpower research.
The
academic staff also renders consultative and advisory services to
trade unions and related entities.
V.
FACILITIES
and classrooms.
250-seat auditorium;
an audio-visual room;
Residential accommodation: For 36 persons, including dormitory,
dining room, kitchen, recreation foyer.
Library:
Number of volumes: 5,207 (accessioned volumes).
2 full-time.
The library maintains valuable reference data files of interest to
trade unionists and labour researchers.
These include the
collections of collective bargaining agreements, labour laws and
cases, and the constitutions and by-laws of local unions.
Audio-visual equipment: 16mm projector;
systems; printing equipment.
overhead projectors;
sound
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : Philippine Journal of Industrial Relations (semestral).
Recent titles:
- Curriculum Development on Population Education for the Organized
Sector: Report, 1976.
- J. C. Gatchalian and M. E. Aganon, The San Pablo Experiment:
Educational Strategies in Family Planning for Rural Workers, 1975.
- Population Education for Trade Union Officers; Papers presented
at the ILO-ALEC National Seminar, 1974.
- R. Ofreneo, Capitalism in Philippine Agriculture, Q.C.: Foundation
for Nationalist Studies, 1980.
- Sub-Regional Workshop for Young Workers on Population Education:
Report, 1974.
or
„„j¿
è
PHILIPPINES
>"
BATU'SOCIAL INSTITUTE
*\Y 3-F Vermont Towers,
Julio Nakpil Street,
Malate,
fa
^MANILA
I.
\ 5 800
w
^
iU:
r
/*>0
B)iù%
GENERAIi INFORMATION
Director;
Rosalino R. Martin
Date of establishment: 1971 (as Education Department, Brotherhood
of Asian Trade Unionists).
Nature of the Institute; A semi-autonomous Institute created by
the BATU Labor Foundation.
Alms of the Institute; The BATU Social Institute is an Asian
centre for workers'- education. Its programmes are formulated along
the following objectives:
- The enlightenment of workers and unionists on their rights and
duties as individuals and members of society;
- the technical training of trade unionists in union functions and
related disciplines}
- the development of a corps of militant workers and union leaders;
- the advancement of a free, representative and competent labour
movement as a vehicle for the development of a just, democratic
and progressive society.
The Institute conducts programmes at national as well as international (Asian) level.
Administration and Organisation; A Committee of the BATU Labor
Foundation, chaired by the President of the Brotherhood of Asian
Trade Unionists, governs the Institute. The Institute is managed
by a Director.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
6-10
3
Visiting
-
Qualifications for professional staff; Appropriate academic
qualifications for workers' education curriculum development,
programme planning, implementation and evaluation; trade union
experience.
activities at local level.
II.
English;
84-02-77
vernacular in training
Not specified.
- 2Courses offered; The Institute organises international (Asian)
training activities each year for unionists and workers from national
labour federations affiliated to the BATU or from fraternal organisations. These activities include specialised courses in trade
unionism and industrial relations training on:
-
Organisation;
Trade union administration;
Workers' education;
Trade union research and documentation;
Grievance handling; and
Arbitration.
In these courses the philosophy and history of labour unionism and
the BATU are standard topics.
In addition, the Institute offers courses on the international
level covering social policy and development subjects. The courses
concentrate on themes such as:
-
Population and the trade union movement;
Trade unionism and the status of women and women workers;
Manpower and socio-economic progress;
Problems and conditions of Asian rural workers;
Asian workers and ideology.
Approximately 5 international training activities are held each
year in different cities of Southeast Asia. They are planned for
about 25 participants and usually last for 14 days.
Training activities at the national level are planned and implemented
by BATU national affiliates. Standard courses at this level may be
distinguished into a Basic Course, a Resident Course and Special
Courses. The Basic Course in Trade Unionism covers trade union
philosophy, organisation and operations and is designed for workers
and trade union members and conducted at enterprise or plant level.
The Resident Course in Trade Unionism covers the same subjects in
greater depth, and is designed for trade union officers and potential
leaders and conducted at national or regional/provincial level.
The Special Courses in Trade Unionism are advanced courses on
specific trade union functions and are designed for trade union
officers and conducted also at national or regional/provincial level.
The Basic Course is normally completed within 36 hours; the Resident
and Special Courses last for 14 days and are live-in. The Special
Courses combine trade union skills training with theoretical instruction and therefore include field practice which is programmed to
suit the participants' availability and may be completed at the
participants' pace. The frequency of these courses and the number
of their participants are determined by BATU national affiliates.
Teaching Methods used: Seminars; conferences; workshops; lectures;
discussion sessions; symposia; group dynamics; role playing;
field observation and field training.
Qualifications of participants: Most international training
activities are designed for active labour unionists and members
of BATÜ affiliated or fraternal organisations, who possess leadership or technical capability in trade union work.
Fees;
Fellowships available; Participation in international training
activities is through fellowship grants which cover total travel
costs and basic living expenses. Fellowship grants at the national
and local levels are on a case to case basis; they may cover partial
travel or maintenance costs.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas; Research activities are undertaken primarily
in support of educational and training activities and are generally
for internal use only. The major research areas are:
-
Trade unionism and organisational development;
Social policy and development;
Advances and developments in labour education methodology.
Current Research Activities;
- Application of systems approach to labour education and training;
- Participation in a study of trade federation formation at international (Asian) level;
- Participation in a comparative survey of working, living and trade
union conditions in specific industries in selected South, Southeast and East Asian countries.
Miscellaneous training manuals.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities; Not specified.
Residential accommodation; None.
84-02-77
- 4Library;
1 full-time.
Audio-visual equipment: Movie projector; overhead projector}
simultaneous translation equipment.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals: None.
Recent titles: None.
PHILIPPINES
INSTITUTE OF LABOR AND MANPOWER STUDIES
5th floor, Shurdut Building,
corner Gen. Luna and Muralla Sts.
Intramuros, MANILA.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Manolo I. Abella
1974;
Nature of the Institute: Created by Presidential Decree as a
special office attached to the Department of Labor of the Philippines.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute aims to assist the Department
of Labor in designing labour and employment policies, in improving
the labour administration machinery and in fostering industrial
peace through labour education.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by an
Executive Director. It has a governing Council composed of the
directors of the different bureaus and offices under the Ministry
of Labor, with the Minister of Labor as Chairman. The Institute
is divided into 4 major departments:
-
Research and Publication Service;
Staff Development Service;
Labor Education Service; and
Administrative Service.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
49
50
-
Visiting
-
qualifications with emphasis on developing a multi-disciplinary
staff complement.
Languages used in activities: English and Filipino are the working
languages; other Filipino dialects are used in some publications
and training programmes.
II.
Director of Education or Training: Staff Development Service Elmer Abueg, Chief; Labour Education Service - Francisco M. Tajanan,
Chief.
Courses offered: The training activities of the Institute are
designed for the staff of the different bureaux and agencies under
the Ministry of Labour. A continuing education programme takes a
modular approach with four major areas:
- General administration;
- Manpower development and employment promotion;
84-03-79/80
- 2 -
- Labour relations; and
- Enforcement of labour laws.
The labour education activities of the Institute are addressed both
to workers and employers and are undertaken in support of and in
co-operation with labour unions/federations and employers'
organisations.
The Institute conducts formal training programmes
for workers on three levels:
- Basic workers' education of rank-and-file workers;
- Labour leadership education; and
- The Trainers' Institute for Workers'Education, a programme
designed to develop a corps of union education officers.
Present efforts in employers' education are addressed towards smallscale industry proprietors and shop owners focusing primarily on
labour and.social legislation.
Teaching methods used; Lectures; seminars; case studies; group
discussions.
In support of its training programmes, the Institute
has developed an array of training and audio-visual materials like
flip charts, study manuals, primers, case studies, instructional
casettes, VTR's and instructional sound slides.
The mass media is also being used by the Institute for labour
education.
The Pitak Manggagawa (Workers' Column) is a question
and answer series on workers' problems, complaints and queries
published in national comics publication (combined circulation:
175,000 copies weekly) and provincial newspapers.
The Institute
has its own comics, Pandayan, and it also comes out with posters
that motivate and inform.
It also has a weekly drama entitled
Obrero (worker).
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: Presently, the courses
are non-degree; negotiations are underway for accreditation in
the University of the Philippines and Department of Education of
the programmes of the Staff Development Service.
Conditions of admission for programme of Staff Development Service:
Qualifications of participants: The programme is conducted
in phases.
In phase one, priority is given to middle
managers, i.e. division chiefs.
Fees:
Not specified.
Fellowships available (Staff Development Service Programme):
as yet, but ASEAN Fellowships are under negotiation.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Patricia Sto. Tomas, Chief.
Major research areas: The research areas correspond to major
programme areas of the Ministry of Labour, namely, employment
promotion; workers' protection; and industrial peace.
None
- 3 -
- Development of a planning model that can be used to maximise the
use of existing stock of manpower by region and occupation;
- Study of communication between labour and management, particularly
the grievance machineries operating in selected industries;
- Study of unionisation, labour productivity and workers' benefits;
- Study of labour conditions in the sugar industry;
- Study of labour conditions in the mining industry;
- Study of Filipinos' motivations for and attitudes towards work;
- Study of labour-management relations in multinational companies;
- Study of health and safety consciousness in the textile industry;
- Study of the effects of the policy on labour-only contracting.
Research fellowships available: None presently, but exchanges with
other labour institutes are being negotiated, particularly with
those in the ASEAN region.
national and international agencies: The Institute has joint projects
with the Asian Labour Education Centre of the University of the
Philippines.
Efforts to establish links with other organisations,
including international agencies, have been started.
specified.
IV.
Not
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: The Institute has a few seminar rooms;
arrangements are made for additional classroom facilities as the
need arises.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
IV.
3 full-time.
Film projector and several slide projectors.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
84-03-79/80
Philippine Labor Review (a quarterly journal).
Philippine Labor Gazette.
- 4 -
Recent titles:
-
Handbook on Voluntary Arbitration, March 1978.
Philippine Labor Laws and Regulations, August 1978.
ILO Conventions Ratified by the Philippines.
Frontiers of Labor and Social Policy, 1979.
Export of Filipino Manpower, by Dir. Manolo I. Abella, 1979.
Kodigo ng Pilipinas sa Paggawa, 1979.
Directory of Trade Unions in the Philippines, 1979.
The challenge of Labor and other Speeches, 1979.
•
PHILIPPINES
WORKERS' INSTITUTE ON LABOR LAW,
UNIVERSITY OF THE PHILIPPINES
College of Law,
Diliman,
QUEZON CITY.
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Froilan M. Bacungan
September 1978
Nature of the Institute: The Workers' Institute on Labor Law (WILL)
is a joint undertaking of the University of the Philippines
represented by its Law Center and Asian Labor Education Center;
and the Ministry of Labor represented by its Institute of Labor and
Manpower Studies.
Its primary function is to educate labor leaders
and workers, and also their employers, about labour and social
legislation of the country.
Aims of the Institute: To meaningfully implement Article 242 of the
Labor Code of the Philippines and Policy Instructions No. 31 of the
Ministry of Labor and Employment which provide, among other things,
for the "duty of every legitimate labor organization to enlighten
workers of their rights and obligations . . . ".
Administration and organisation: There is an Advisory Council in
which representatives of the Ministry of Labor, the trade unions and
the University of the Philippines sit.
The Institute is administered
by a Director, Registrar and Secretary.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
2
18
1
-
Not specified.
Languages used in activities: Basically English but from time to
time the faculty members communicate in the national language,
Pilipino, and in other dialects of the Philippines.
II.
Courses offered: Every year, at least four courses on labor law are
offered for labor leaders and workers, and also employers.
Each
course consists of 30 sessions of one and one-half hours' duration
each session.
With few exceptions, each session is a module, i.e.,
complete in itself.
Hence, if a participant fails to attend a
session, he can pick it up again in a succeeding course.
Each
module is on Philippine labor law, e.g. the law on wages, or on
working women and minors.
84-04-80/81
- 2There is also an "extension program", i.e., special courses on labor
law conducted for unions and employers.
The 30 sessions are condensed and emphasis is given depending on its relevance to the
participants.
The duration of these special courses ranges from one
to three days.
Teaching methods used: The first half of every session is a lecture,
supplemented by handouts/study materials.
A free discussion
focussed on specific problems ensues in the form of an open forum.
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: A certificate is awarded
to participants who successfully complete the course.
Qualifications of participants: Participants should at least be
high school graduates but many are already college graduates and
would communicate in the English language.
Fees:
P300.00 per thirty sessions.
Fellowships available: A limited number of fellowships are available
to labor leaders and workers of: 1) small labor unions; 2) nonunionised labor - who do not have sufficient funds for their
educationalprogrammes.
Also, some slots are open to the students
particularly interested in labor law.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Labor law making;
labor law adjudication.
- The role of labor unions in the enactment of labor law under
martial law;
- Five years of the Labor Code of the Philippines;
- The process of labor law adjudication under martial law;
- Survey and analysis of Supreme Court labor decisions;
- Publication of the en banc decisions of the National Labor
Relations Commission.
Research fellowships available: Provided under the fellowship
programme of the Law Center of the University of the Philippines.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
An Annual Institute on Labor Law and Jurisprudence.
- 3V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Classes are conducted in the classrooms of
either the Asian Labor Education Center or the Institute for Small
Scale Industries of the University of the Philippines.
Not specified.
Library:
The facilities of the university of the Philippines
College of Law library are utilised; also the library of the Asian
Labor Education Center.
Audio-visual equipment: The facilities of the University of the
Philippines are made available to the WILL.
Computer equipment:
VI.
Not specified.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Not specified.
Recent titles: The Survey and Analysis of the 1978 Office of the
President Labor Decisions, 1979.
84-04-80/81
POLAND
INSTYTUT PRACY I SPRAW SOCJALNYCH (IPISS)
(INSTITUTE OF LABOUR AND SOCIAL STUDIES)
ul. Mysia 2,
00496 - WARSAW
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Mieczyslaw Kabaj.
1972
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute created by the
Ministry of Labour, Wages and Social Affairs.
- To undertake research in employment and wages, social security and
social policy}
- to elaborate reports for the use of the Ministry of Labour, Wages
and Social Affairs and other central institutions;
- to collaborate with other institutes and research centres.
Director who exercises his functions with the assistance of two
Deputy Directors as well as a Scientific Secretary. A Scientific
Board provides the general direction of the Institute and evaluates
its activity.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
55
23
3
3
Visiting
-
qualifications; research and teaching experience.
II.
Polish.
Courses offered: Ad hoc training for university and post-graduate
students, usually not exceeding one month in length.
Teaching Methods used: Discussion sessions; seminars;
tion in research projects; individual consultations.
(for university students only).
50-01-79/80
participa-
Certificate of attendanc
Letter from university.
- 2 -
Fees:
None.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
-
Employment}
Utilisation of workers' skills;
Wages and salaries;
Labour organisation and productivity;
Economic and social conditions of work;
Living conditions;
Working hours;
Leisure;
Social security; and
Labour law.
- Trends, methods and instruments of employment policy;
- Forms and methods of rational manpower resources utilisation;
- Trends and methods aiming at ensuring the optimum employment
structure and rational skills utilisation;
- Methods of determining the wage fund and individual remunerations;
- Proportions between the growth of labour productivity and wages;
- Job evaluation;
- Pensions policy;
- Social security systems;
- Development of working population incomes and its separate social
and occupational groups;
- Human relations in establishments;
- Staff participation in planning and management;
- Social consequences of technical progress;
- Methodology of elaboration of labour organisation patterns;
- Examination of correlation between wages and employment policy
and organisational structure of establishments;
- Methods and scope of work standardising;
- Efficiency of activities of labour law institutions from the socioeconomic policy point of view;
- Improvement of the labour law system.
Research Fellowships available: A few Research Fellowships, usually
lasting from one to three months, are available each year.
national and international agencies: The Institute collaborates
with other Polish research institutes and universities. It also
co-operates with labour institutes from member countries of the
Council for Mutual Economic Assistance (CMEA) and with research
centres dealing with similar problems in other countries.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: This
documentation is maintained by each research branch of the Institute.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Research activities are based on the principle of a broad exchange
of views and experience with scientists and experts both national
and foreign. This principle is implemented through
- organising national and international symposia'and conferences on
selected problems;
- organising seminars by the Institute's Research Branches;
- participation of Institute staff members in similar meetings
abroad.
The Institute also organises competitions for the best Master's and
Doctor's theses in labour and social problems.
A network of about 200 regional correspondents has been set up by
the Institute; they come mainly from different industrial enterprises. Their co-operation is of voluntary character and free of
charge. The network of regional correspondents is one of the sources
of information and an auxiliary instrument in research projects
carried out by the Institute.
V.
FACILITIES
A conference room; also access to meeting
rooms in the Ministry of Labour, Wages and Social Affairs.
None.
Library: The Central Library of Labour and Social Security, a
separate organisation, provides library services and collaborates
with the Institute.
Number of volumes: Over 40,000.
Number of periodicals received: Over 500.
Computer equipment:
VI.
17.
None.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Polityka Spoleczna (Social Policy);
a monthly journal.
Recent titles:
Series:
- Studia i Materialy (Research Studies and Materials); provides
information about the results of research projects conducted by
the Institute.
- Wybrane Informacje Tematyczne; selected subject matter information
on wide range of socio-economic topics in the labour,field.
- Materialy z Zagranicy; presents translations of foreign literature of use to labour and social studies practitioners and
Institute scientific workers.
50-01-79/80
- 4The Central Library of Labour and Social Security edits Przeglad
Dokumentacyjny, a monthly review of domestic and foreign literature
related to labour studies.
PORTUGAL
INSTITUTO DE FORMAÇAO SOCIAL
E DO TRABALHO (IFST)
Rua Duque de Pálmela 2-5°,
LISBONNE
et
I.
Av. da Boavista 970-6°,
PORTO
Directeur:
Carlos Augusto Fernandes De Almeida
Date de fondation:
1975
Statuts de l'Institut: L'IFST est une institution privée, reconnue
officiellement, qui appartient à l'Association des Travailleurs pour
la Culture et le Développement (LABOR).
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'Institut se donne pour tâche la formation
et le perfectionnement des travailleurs en général ainsi que des militants syndicaux dans une perspective à la fois scientifique et
orientée vers des buts pratiques.
Administration et organisation: Les membres de la direction de
l'IFST sont membres de l'Association LABOR.
Personnel
A plein temps
A temps partiel
En stage
4
8
-
7
1
-
Langues de travail:
II.
Pas précisé.
Le portugais.
Claudio José Torres Vouga.
Cours organisés: Parmi les cours organisés par l'IFST, il faut relever les cours de:
- Formation syndicale.
- Formation économique.
- Formation en sciences du travail et de l'organisation.
- Animation socio-culturelle.
- Formation politique.
- Formation coopérative.
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement est dispensé selon des
méthodes telles que les cours, les études de cas, le travail de
groupe, les exposés suivis de discussion.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés: A la fin de chaque cours (dont la
durée est de six mois), les participants reçoivent un certificat
d'études.
51-01-7 9/80
- 2 -
Qualifications des participants: Il suffit d'avoir reçu une formation élémentaire qui permette de participer aux cours.
Frais d'inscription: Une somme globale de 100$00 et un payement
de 100$00 pour chaque mois sont demandés.
III.
Pas précisé.
Claudio Torres Vouga
Principaux domaines de recherche: Des recherches sont menées sur les
thèmes suivants:
- Syndicalisme.
- Sociologie du travail.
- Droit du travail.
- Problèmes ruraux.
- Economie.
Travaux de recherche en cours: Les travaux en cours concernent:
- L'animation socio-culturelle en milieu rural.
- Les conflits du travail.
- La structure de la classe ouvrière au Portugal.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'IFST a organisé pendant l'année 1976/77 plusieurs activités culturelles.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail: L'IFST a huit salles de cours, quatre bureaux,
une salle de lecture, une salle de réunions.
Logement:
Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel :
1 bibliothécaire à plein temps.
Nombre de volumes: 2.000Nombre d'abonnements à des périodiques: 15.
Informatique :
Très peu.
Aucun service.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Périodiques: L'Institut dirige une revue trimestrielle, Educaçao e
Trabalho (Education et Travail) qui succède au bulletin Educaçao
Operaria (Education Ouvrière).
Ouvrages récents:
- Principes et Pratiques du Cooperativisme;
- Culture Populaire - Réflexions/Problématique;
- Le Marché Commun et les Travailleurs.
51-01-79/80
SENEGAL
¿5(*H
ASSOCIATION POUR LA FORMATION
AU SENEGAL (AFORS)
13 Bd. Pinet-Laprade
BP 3322,
DAKAR
I.
Directeur: Léandre Reiff
Date de fondation:
1974
Statuts de l'Institut: L'AFORS est une association sans but lucratif créée par des entreprises industrielles ou commerciales et d'économie mixte dont la convention d'établissement a été passée avec le
Ministère de l'Education Nationale.
Objectifs de l'Institut: L'AFORS se consacre à la promotion de la
formation professionnelle.
Administration et organisation: L'AFORS est administrée par un
Conseil d'administration élu par l'Assemblée générale des sociétaires.
Personnel
A plein temps
1+4
1+2
A temps partiel
En stage
occasionnellement
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Un niveau universitaire est exigé, joint à une expérience professionnelle appropriée.
Langues de travail:
II.
Le français et le ouolof.
1'Association.
Le Directeur de
Cours organisés: L'AFORS dispense de nombreux cours à des niveaux
différents.
Des cours sur les techniques de commandement,
l'organisation du travail, la sécurité, l'entretien, et sur
la formation de magasiniers et d'agents commerciaux sont donnés
jusqu'au niveau de la maîtrise.
Une initiation à la gestion, à
la comptabilité et à l'organisation administrative est prévue pour
les petits industriels et artisans. ' Des séminaires sont organisés
à l'intention des cadres.
L'Association propose également
d'autres programmes de perfectionnement (secrétariat, par example)
et de formation.
101-01-78
- 2 -
Méthodes d'enseignement: L'enseignement suit la méthode de la pédagogie active (étude de cas).
délivrés.
Des certificats de présence sont
Qualifications des participants: Les participants sont désignés
par leurs employeurs, ceux-ci tenant compte des conditions particulières de chaque programme.
Frais d'inscription: Les frais d'inscription, variables selon
les cours, sont payés par les employeurs.
Bourses disponibles : Aucune.
III.
L'AFORS n'organise aucune activité de recherche.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
L'AFORS a créé un service de consultants.
V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail:
Logement:
L'Association dispose de trois salles de cours.
Aucun.
Bibliothèque:
Aucun •
teur, des projecteurs.
Informatique:
VI.
Comprend un epidiascope, un rétroprojec-
Aucun service.
PUBLICATIONS
L'AFORS n'offre aucune publication.
SENEGAL
INSTITUT AFRICAIN DE DEVELOPPEMENT
ECONOMIQUE ET DE PLANIFICATION
(IDEP)
Boîte postale 3186 ,
DAKAR
I.
Directeur: Samir Amin
Date de fondation; 1962
Status de l'Institut; L'IDEP est un institut autonome placé sous
l'égide de la Commission Economique pour l'Afrique et financé conjointement par les Etats africains et le Programme des Nations Unies
pour le développement.
Objectifs de l'Institut; Les objectifs de l'IDEP sont de former des
planificateurs africains par la tenue de cours de formation, séminaires et colloques et d'effectuer des travaux de recherche sur les sujets traités.
Administration et organisation; L'IDEP est géré par un Directeur
nommé par le Secrétaire général des Nations Unies. Son Conseil d'administration comprend douze membres dont le Président est le Secrétaire exécutif de la Commission économique pour l'Afrique.
Personnel
A plein temps
18-20
56-62
A temps partiel
En stage
2-6
8-10
Qualifications requises du personnel professionnel: Les qualifications varient selon la catégorie professionnelle. Sont exigées:
- en ce qui concerne le personnel enseignant, celles normalement requises pour enseigner dans une université;
- en ce qui concerne le personnel non enseignant, celles correspondant aux critères de recrutement des Nations Unies.
Langues de travail : Le français et l'anglais avec interprétation
simultanée pour les cours, séminaires et colloques.
II.
Pas précisé.
Cours organisés; L'IDEP offre:
- un cours de neuf mois sur le développement et la planification;
- un cours de trois mois sur les techniques de planification.
Il participe à diverses conférences panafricaines sur les problèmes
spéciaux du développement et de la planification et organise des
séminaires sur des problèmes nationaux dans certains pays africains.
Ces activités s'adressent principalement à des fonctionnaires de haut
niveau provenant des ministères du Plan des gouvernements africains.
101-02-77
- 2 Méthodes d'enseignement; Les méthodes consistent en cours, conféren
ces, séances de discussion, études de cas, tables rondes, groupes de
travail.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés; Des diplômes sont délivrés aux
participants des cours de formation de longue durée.
Qualifications des participants; Il est exigé une licence en
sciences économiques plus un à deux ans d'expérience au minimum
dans un ministère du Plan. Les candidats doivent être présentés
par les autorités gouvernementales compétentes (Ministère du Plan
et autres).
Frais d'inscription: Aucuns.
Bourses disponibles; 240.000 dollars des E.U. sont prévus annuellement pour les bourses, soit pour trente boursiers pour une période
de douze mois. Seuls les ressortissants d'Etats africains sont éligibles.
III.
Directeur de la recherche; Pas précisé.
domaines suivants:
- La stratégie du développement "auto-centré".
- La coopération économique entre les Etats africains.
- Le nouvel ordre économique entre les Etats africains.
- L'Afrique et le futur.
Travaux de recherche en cours ; Les travaux de recherche actuels
portent sur les thèmes mentionnés ci-dessus.
Bourses disponibles pour la recherche; Quelques bourses
variable sont disponibles chaque année. Des locaux sont
disposition des stagiaires de recherche. Le montant des
varie selon les compétences des chercheurs, ils couvrent
de voyage des intéressés.
de durée
mis à la
bourses
les frais
organisations nationales ou Internationales; L'IDEP organise également des activités de formation et de recherche en collaboration
avec l'UNICEF, l'ONESCO, l'OMS, le BIT, le PNUE, 1'UNITAR et la
CEA.
Documents de recherche inédits non mentionnés en VI; Pas précisé.
IV.
AUTRES ACTIVITES
Les séminaires, groupes de travail et services consultatifs sont
organisés à la demande expresse de gouvernements de pays africains•
d'organismes panafricains (particulièrement la CEA) et des organisations internationales.
- 3V.
INSTALLATIONS
Locaux de travail; L'Institut dispose de trois salles d'une capacité de quarante à soixante personnes chacune dont deux sont munies
d'équipements d'interprétation simultanée.
Logement: L'Institut ne prend pas à sa charge le logement de son
personnel et de ses boursiers.
Bibliothèque:
Nombre de bibliothécaires à plein temps et à temps partiel: un
bibliothécaire, un adjoint et quatre employés.
Equipement audio-visuel: Aucun matériel audio-visuel mais l'Institut dispose d'un laboratoire de langues comprenant vingt-quatre
magnétophones et bandes magnétiques.
Informatique: En cours de mise en application pour la comptabilité
de l'Institut.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Ouvrages récents : L'IDEP a publié une liste de ses documents de
recherche, des séminaires et documents reproduits, de décembre 1975
à janvier 1977.
101-02-77
SINGAPORE
ECONOMIC RESEARCH CENTRE
UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE
Bukit Timah Road,
SINGAPORE - 10
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Pang Eng Fong
1965
Funded by the Government.
Aims of the Institute: To carry out policy-oriented research
projects for government and statutory bodies; to undertake academic
research to generate data and analysis.
The Centre is managed by a Director.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
6
-
-
8
-
-
II.
Visiting
University degree.
English.
The Centre does not undertake educational activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Trade, manpower and education.
Current Research Activities
- Research on technology transfer;
- Skills and international trade;
- In-put, out-put tables;
- Tourism in Singapore.
national and international agencies: The International Labour
Organisation, Council for Asian Manpower Studies, Asian Productivity
Organisation and Institute of Developing Economies, Japan.
Economic Research Centre Research Papers.
169-01-79/80
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
Not applicable.
None.
Library:
Computer equipment:
VI.
2.
Approximately 20.
None.
University computer.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Malayan Economic Review.
Recent titles:
- Pang Eng Fong and Linda Lim, The Electronics Industry in Singapore:
Structure, Technology and Linkages, Research Monograph Series No. 7.
- Pang Eng Fong and Chow Kit Boey (eds.)The New Economic Order,
UNCTAD IV and Singapore, Stamford College Press, February 1976.
- Economic Research Centre (with Development Division, Ministry of
Finance) Employment Prospects in Singapore, 1977-1986, Singapore
1977.
- Pang Eng Fong, Higher Education, Employment and Development in
Singapore: A Country Report, paper prepared for ASAIHL Seminar on
Problems of Increasing Demand for Higher Education, held in Bangkok,
8-11 January 1979. Published in Campus News, April 1979.
- Pang Eng Fong, The Labour Market in Singapore: Key Issues and
Outlook in Singapore, Singapore Business Yearbook 1979.
- Pang Eng Fong, "Population, Employment, Immigration and Public
Policy in Singapore", in Peter Chen and James Fawcett (eds.),
Public Policy and Population Change in Singapore (forthcoming).
- Pang Eng Fong, "Industrial Relations in Singapore", in A. Blum
(ed.), Handbook of Contemporary Development in World Relations,
Greenwood Press (forthcoming).
- ERC, Manpower and Training Requirements of the Tourist Industry in
Singapore, 1979-1994, June 1979.
- Report on the October 1978 Ngee Ann Technical College Graduate
Employment Survey, March 1979.
- A Report on the 1978 Employment Survey of University of Singapore
Graduates, March 1979.
A complete list of publications is available is available from the
ERC.
SINGAPORE
NTUC RESEARCH UNIT
c/o National Trades Union Congress
(NTUC),
Trade Union House,
Shenton Way,
SINGAPORE - 1
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
C.V. Devan Nair, Secretary-General of the National
Trades Union Congress.
Date of establishment: In 1962, a Labour Research Unit was established
as an autonomous institution by the NTUC with the assistance of the
Singapore Government} in 1965, the LRU was renamed NTUC Research
Unit and merged in with the NTUC.
Nature of the Institute: An independent-servicing unit subsisting
on an annual grant provided by the Singapore Government and the NTUC.
Aims of the Institute: The Unit is a servicing body to trade unions
in Singapore to assist them with research advice and materials;
to provide training facilities for their industrial relations and
research officers and general membership; to assist unions
experiencing staffing problems by seconding officers to where they
are most needed.
Administration and Organisation: The Unit functions under a Board
of Trustees.
it is managed by a Director, assisted by 8 Deputy
Directors and 7 Assistant Directors.
Staff
Number of clerical staff and
attendants:
Full-time
Part-time
68
-
Visiting
-
36
qualifications, experience and participation in local and international forums and seminars.
Languages used in activities: English is the working language;
Chinese, Malay and Tamil are used on an ad hoc basis.
II.
Director of Education:
Education.
Mansor Haji Sukaimi, Secretary for
Courses offered: The Congress holds residential courses for union
officials, workers and industrial relations officers.
The course
syllabi include subjects ranging from essentials in leadership to
field visits to important organisations, unions and statutory boards.
169-02-79/80
- 2 -
Special courses are organised on a part-time basis and over weekends;
they concentrate on topics such as family planning, youth programmes,
economic development, international and regional trade union
organisation, co-operative movement and social programmes of trade
unions.
The Congress also conducts lectures to students in universities,
technical colleges, junior colleges, secondary schools and vocational
institutes under the series "Talks to Schools" programmme.
Extensive educational activities are.also organised for the respective
specialised sectors on productivity, occupational health and
safety, youth and women's programmes.
The larger unions affiliated
to the Congress also undertake extensive in-house educational
programmes.
Teaching methods used: Lectures;
field trips; forums; films.
group discussions;
Attendance .
Conditions of Admission
Fees :
role playing;
Certificate of
Vary, depending on the course.
None.
Fellowships available: Some Singapore companies signed collective
agreements providing for paid leave for trade union education.
Fellowships for residential courses for foreign students are
available on an ad hoc basis.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Kenneth Mok, Head of Research Department.
- Wage and fringe benefits as found in collective agreements;
- The comparative economic position of Singapore vis-à-vis South
East Asian countries;
- Work force survey (percentage of union membership and sex and
language differentials);
- Data on affiliate unions;
- Labour legislation of selected industrialised countries.
Current research activities: Compilation of statistical data on
national wage guidelines on annual wage increases and the extent
of their implementation by industries.
Survey of labour legislations of selected countries with objective of aiding review of
Singapore's labour legislations.
On an ad hoc basis.
national and international agencies: Exchange of information with
various organisations.
- 3 -
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The NTUC organises seminars and forums in addition to sending young
industrial relations officers and unionists to seminars and
conferences abroad.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Available in the NTUC and on the premises
of some affiliate unions.
Available for most programmes.
Library:
4.
Audio-yisual equipment: Film projector; overhead projectors;
slide projector; magi boards; flip charts; film posters.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
- Perjuangan (incorporating the Afro-Asian Labour Bulletin)
(published in English monthly);
- Fern Toh Pau (published in Chinese monthly);
- Labour News (published in English and Chinese fortnightly).
Recent titles:
- Towards Tomorrow, a collection of essays on development and social
transformation in Singapore, 1973.
- Guide to Labour Legislation Series, 1976.
- Tomorrow - The Peril and the Promise, report by the SecretaryGeneral continaing Secretariat and Seminar papers to the 2nd
Triennial Delegates' Conference, 1976.
- Digest of Awards by Industrial Arbitration Court.
- Why Labour Must go Modern - The NTUC Case for a Modernised Labour
Movement - 1969.
- A Brief History of the Singapore Trade Union Movement - 1976.
- Organising the Unorganised - 1976.
- The Economics of Growth & Survival - 1978.
169-02-79/80
SOUTH AFRICA
y/ßltDi
INSTITUTE OF LABOUR RELATIONS
University of South Africa,
P.O.Box 392,
PRETORIA
0001
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director: Nie E. Wiehahn
1976
Nature of the Institute: An autonomous institute created by the
University of South Africa. For academic purposes it constitutes an
entity within the University but administratively, financially and otherwise it is separate.
Aims of the Institute: The Institute conducts interdisciplinary research
and investigation in the field of labour relations, provides graduate
training up to Doctorate level in labour relations; organises symposia
with the object of communicating and exchanging knowledge and information;
publishes a journal, reports and articles on topics in the field of labour
and maintains a comprehensive documentation centre.
Administration and Organisation: The Institute is managed by a Director;
its Board of Management consists of representatives of labour and management as well as of donors. It has a Board of Patrons consisting of
prominent persons in the field of labour of all the peoples in South
Africa. The Projects Committee is the research advisory body consisting
of labour specialists from various disciplines.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
4
4
Visiting
1
1
-
Qualifications for professional staff: At least an Honours Degree in any
of the related disciplines, practical experience and research background.
Languages used in activities: English, Afrikaans, German, French and
certain African languages on an ad hoc basis.
II.
Courses offered: The Institute offers mainly post-graduate courses for
Honours, Masters' and Doctors' degrees in Labour Relations. Undergraduate training will be considered in later years. Honours degrees last
two years followed by two years for the Master's degree and at least
another two years for the Doctor's degree. The Honours degree has a
theoretical basis consisting of studies in labour economy, labour
sociology, labour psychology, labour law, industrial relations theories
and systems. This part is followed by a module-structured Master's
65-01-77
- 2 -
course consisting of a series of subjects of a more practical nature.
Short seminars for practitioners are offered during the year in courses
such as trade unionism, collective bargaining, productivity, communication, motivation and many others.
Teaching.Methods used: Study guides; lectures; discussion groups;
seminars; case studies. New methods are constantly being developed.
D Com.
B Com (Hons), M Com and
(1) For post-graduate studies students should hold at least a
Bachelor's degree in a related discipline.
(2) For other courses candidates must have some experience in
the handling of labour relations and social policy.
Fees: Fees are minimal and fluctuate with type of course or
degree.
Fellowships available: A number of grants are available from the
University, employers' organisations, trade unions, the Human
Sciences Research Council and individual industries. Details are
available on request from the Institute.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Major Research Areas: The Institute conducts research in
plines which underlie labour relations such as economics,
ogy, law, sociology, anthropology and also in the applied
such as workers' organisations, productivity, motivation,
bargaining, in-job-training methods and many others.
the discipsycholfields
collective
Current Research Activities: The following is a selection of projects
which have been completed or are in a process of being completed:
(1) A comprehensive research project on Black Labour in South Africa
based on the result of more than 4,000 questionnaires sent to
labour intensive organisations in the country. The objectives
of the project are: to determine attitudes between employer/
employee, to evaluate communication systems and methods in
labour relations, to diagnose fields of problems in the relationship between management and labour.
(2) Research into the climatological and psychological influences
on labour relations and productivity in the Durban-Pinetown
industrial complex - to be conducted in 1977.
(3) "Labour versus Capital Intensitivity in South African Manufacturing Industry. An analysis of labour training programmes" to be conducted during 1977.
(4) "The Right to Work" - Research project initiated in December
1976.
Research Fellowships available: A limited number of research fellowships of limited duration are available; research fellowships
consist of a monthly payment of an "agreed amount" depending on
qualifications, level of research and duration. Information may be
obtained from the Institute.
- 3Working research relationships with other institutions, organisations, national and international agencies: The Institute has built
up a wide network of relationships with similar institutes and
organisations as well as labour intensive industries which serve as
fieldwork centres for researchers of the Institute. The Institute
also has contact with many overseas institutes and universities
where labour or industrial relations are studied.
Institute maintains a collection of unpublished research documents
and other papers.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute periodically organises in-house seminars, national
and international symposia to which labour relations experts are
invited to discuss labour and related topics. The Institute also runs
a consultancy service on the basis of on-the-spot investigations,
diagnoses and recommended solutions. These are done at a tariff for
clients.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities: Sharing a conference hall, classrooms and
board chamber.
Library :
Number of full-time and part-time library staff: 1 full-time
librarian.
Number of volumes: 500 (collected since January 1976).
Audio-visual equipment: The Institute has access to university
facilities.
Computer equipment: The Institute has the use of the university
computer.
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : The South African Journal of Labour Relations (quarterly).
65-01-77
SPAIN
DEPARTAMENTO JURÍDICO EMPRESARIAL
Calle Alberto Aguilera, 23
MADRID - 15
I.
Director : Carlos Molero Manglano
Carácter del Instituto : Encuadrado dentro de la Escuela Superior
de Dirección de Empresas (ICADE) perteneciente al Instituto Católico de Artes e Industrias (ICAI), reconocido como Universidad
Privada (Universidad Comillas).
Fines del Instituto : Formar a estudiantes de licenciatura de
Derecho y Ciencias Empresariales y Post-graduados en el Derecho
Laboral y otras materias jurídicas relacionadas con la vida empresarial, e investigar sobre las mismas materias, así como la emisión de dicta'menes respondiendo a consultas en temas juriTdicolaborales.
Administración y organización : Encuadrado en la organización del
ICAI, coordina al profesorado y personal investigador que imparte
siete asignaturas, teniendo al frente un Director, servido de una
Secretaría General.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
4
5
De 15 a 20
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Doctores y Licenciados
en Derecho y Ciencias Empresariales, con experiencia en investigación y docencia.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español; se utiliza Francés e Inglés cuando
las circunstancias lo hacen necesario.
II.
Departamento.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Destinados los mas al alumnado del ICAI
se imparten los cursos de derecho del trabajo y otras ramas jurídicas, según los programas oficiales de licenciatura de derecho y
ciencias empresariales. Además un seminario sobre jurisprudencia
social, otro sobre historia del sindicalismo español y un curso de
práctica jurídica para los mismos alumnos. Dos cursos especiales
por año sobre temas laborales para directores de personal de
57-01-80/81
- 2 entidades de Ahorro.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Teórico y práctico por medio de
clases, seminarios, conferencias, mesas redondas, etc.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Varios dependiendo del
tipo de curso y del colectivo a que se imparten.
Calificaciones de los participantes : No especificado.
Derechos de matricula : Incluidos para el alumnado del ICAI
en los derechos de matricula del curso correspondiente de su
carrera universitaria.
Becas : El ICAI concede becas anuales para sus alumnos respecto
a todas las actividades en general (becas para sufragar los gastos
de estudios). Además existen becas especiales para alumnos colaboradores en los trabajos del Departamento en número no determinado
y en cuantía de 10.000 pesetas por mes.
III.
Director de investigaciones : El Director del Departamento.
Esferas principales de investigación : Las jurídico laborales, con
sus repercusiones económicas, atendiendo a los antecedentes históricos de las normas, la jurisprudencia, el derecho comparado, reacciones en la opinión especializada frente a tales normas, etc. Tres
tesis doctorales en preparación.
- Movimiento obrero y jurisprudencia, a través de seminarios;
- estudio sobre la autogestion;
- la Ley de relaciones laborales de 4.4.76, con estudio de su incidencia en la Legislación Española y sus posibles repercusiones
económicas, indagando las leyes anteriores, españolas y extranjeras, jurisprudencia, etc.;
- estudio sobre el régimen general de la Seguridad Social Española,
con sus antecedentes, jurisprudencia y derecho comparado;
- manual de Derecho laboral.
Becas para investigacifin : Las ya citadas anteriormente para
fomentar 1.a colaboración de alumnos con el Departamento.
Otras para colaboradores licenciados que preparan sus tesis
doctorales en colaboración y dirigidos por el Departamento.
Relaciones de trabajo en la esfera de la investigaci6n con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Son preferentemente internas, con otros departamentos
del ICAI como los de Economía, y Dirección de personal.
Parte VI : Numerosos documentos de legislación e informes de
carácter laboral preferentemente españoles y europeos.
- 3 IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Conferencias con carácter esporádico sobre temas laborales de
actualidad. Archivos para la consulta sobre jurisprudencia,
legislación laboral española desde sus inicios y de las normas con
interés general aparecidas día a día en el Boletín Oficial del
Estado.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El ICAI pone a disposición del Departamento todas las necesarias en cada momento.
Biblioteca : Es la propia del ICAI.
Número de volúmenes : Unos 5.000, de temas jurídicos.
Numero de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : Todas las
revistas jurídicas especializadas españolas, serie legislativa
de la OIT y otras extranjeras.
Equipo audiovisual : Se dispone del propio del ICAI.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
Legislación y
Social, y con
Mensualmente:
Colabora periódicamente con la Revista General de
Jurisprudencia, en su Apartado de Jurisprudencia
otras revistas españolas con carácter esporádico.
Boletín de Información laboral (B.I.L.)
Obras recientes :
- Ante el nuevo Sindicalismo, la Contratación Colectiva, 1976.
- La Supletoriedad del Derecho Común en el Derecho del Trabajo, 197
- Esquemas y documentación de Derecho del Trabajo (revisado anualmente, como material de trabajo para las clases).
- Catalogo de Ordenanzas y Reglamentaciones de Trabajo vigentes
en España, 1977.
- Estudio sobre la Incidencia de la Ley de Relaciones Laborales.
- La Inspección de trabajo y la Política de empleo.
- El Estatuto de los Trabajadores: Anotaciones críticas.
57-01-80/81
SPAIN
ESCUELA DE PRACTICA.LABORAL
C/Desengaño, 12-3°
MADRID - 13
Director : Antonio Mena Calvo
Carácter del Instituto : Escuela autónoma dependiente del Ilustre
Colegio Oficial de Graduados Sociales de Madrid.
- Formación de los post-graduados de la Escuela Social de Madrid;
- Especialización de Graduados Sociales en las materias profesionales de su competencia.
Administración y organización : Provisionalmente y en tanto se
estructure la Junta Rectora, la Escuela de Práctica Laboral está
bajo el patronazgo de la Junta de Gobierno del Colegio Oficial de
Graduados Sociales de Madrid. Como órganos ejecutivos cuenta con:
Director y Secretario General Técnico que ostenta a la vez la
Jefatura de Estudios.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
1
2
-
3
5
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Las propias para desempeñar sus funciones técnicas o administrativas.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español y Francés.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : No especificado.
- Cursos de formación y orientación profesional para Graduados Sociales;
- Cursos de especialización en las distintas materias de la profesión (Nivel universitario medio y superior).
Las materias que se estudian en los Cursos son :
-
Derecho del Trabajo;
Seguridad Social ;
Medicina, Higiene y Seguridad en el Trabajo;
Derecho Procesal Laboral;
57-02-80/81
- 2 - Derecho Sindical.
- Organización de Empresas;
- Derecho Fiscal;
- Práctica Laboral (prácticas de la profesión de Graduado Social);
- Sociología Laboral;
- Historia Social del Trabajo.
- Informática.
El Plan General Formativo se articula en dos clases de cursos :
- Curso Práctico de Orientación Profesional (duración 4 meses mínimo y 9 máximo) .
Este curso tiene por objeto la formación profesional de carácter
general del Graduado Social.
- Curso Monográfico (duración de 1 a 3 meses como máximo).
Su objeto la especialización en materias propias de su competencia
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, seminarios, mesas
redondas, ejercicios prácticos de simulación sobre negociación
laboral colectiva, aspectos jurisdiccionales, etc.
- Diplomas del Curso de Práctica y Orientación Profesional;
- Certificados de asistencia a cursos monográficos.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Ser Graduado Social o,
excepcionalmente, estudiante del último año de esta carrera.
Derechos de matricula : Curso Práctico de Orientación Profesional : 2.000 pts.
Becas : Ninguna.
III.
Director de investigaciones : Margarita Pérez Bonilla.
- Sociología Industrial;
- Derecho del Trabajo;
- Seguridad Social;
- Bibliografía socio-laboral.
- Estudio del fenómeno laboral como ente autónomo desgajado del
campo de la Sociología Industrial;
- Búsqueda de los factores de una nueva técnica profesional, propia
de los Graduados Sociales, a la que denominamos 'Laborologfa';
- Estudio de la fuentes bibliográficas de las Ciencias Socio-Laborales españolas.
Becas para Investigación : No especificado.
- 3 Relaciones de trabajo en la esfera de la investigación con otras
IV.
-
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Conferencias sobre temática socio-laboral;
Existe un Servicio de Información Bibliográfica Laboral;
Se celebran reuniones de intercambios profesionales.
Estudios sobre aplicación práctica de legislación laboral y de
seguridad social.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : No especificado.
Biblioteca :
Número de volúmenes : 2,000.
Eguipo audiovisual : No especificado.
Compu tadora s : No especificado.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
- Boletín Informativo del Colegio Oficial de Graduados Sociales de
Madrid.
- Cuadernos Bibliográficos Laborales (en preparación).
Obras recientes :
- Cuadernos de documentación y legislación;
- Circulares de síntesis normativas.
57-02-80/81
SPAIN
/l2£!l
INSTITUTO CATÓLICO DE ESTUDIOS
SOCIALES DE BARCELONA
(ICESB)
Enrique Granados, 2
BARCELONA 7
I.
Director : Antoni Bascompte
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto autónomo creado por el arzobispo de Barcelona.
Fines del Instituto : En un principio ICESB tenia por fin el estudio y divulgación de la doctrina social de la Iglesia. A partir de
1964, ha derivado hacia el estudio de las ciencias sociales.
ICESB comprende varios niveles de actividades :
- la Escuela Superior de Ciencias Sociales (cinco cursos, nocturnos) para personas con estudios de bachillerato o enseñanza media
equivalente;
- las Escuelas de Formación Social Obrera en los barrios y localidades industriales del entorno de Barcelona (para sindicalistas,
y trabajadores en general);
- el Laboratorio de Sociología (para la investigación social);
- los cursos monográficos sobre temas sociales o laborales determinados .
Administración y organización : El ICESB tiene a su frente un
Director. Su Junta Directiva, compuesta de 9 personas, está integrada por abogados, licenciados universitarios, arquitectos y
trabajadores especialistas en cuestiones sociales.. Los miembros
son nombrados por el arzobispo de Barcelona, a propuesta de la
propia Junta Directiva. El Director también es propuesto por ésta.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
6
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
6
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas adecuadas, experiencia en materia de enseñanza e investigación.
Idiomas de trabajo : El Catalán y el Español, indistintamente,
a comodidad de profesores y alumnos.
57-03-77
- 2 -
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional s El Director de la
Escuela Superior de Ciencias Sociales.
Cursos que se ofrecen : Los estudios de la Escuela Superior de
Ciencias Sociales constan de tres ciclos. Los dos primeros compren
den dos años cada uno y el tercero solo uno.
El primer ciclo está concebido como una formación básica en las
Ciencias Sociales.
El segundo.ciclo significa un comienzo de especialización en el
panorama general de las ciencias sociales en su unidad fundamental.
Consiste en unas asignaturas troncales para todos y unas asignaturas optativas según el Departamento elegido al iniciar este
ciclo (Departamentos : Ciencia Política, Economía, Sociología,
Historia).
El tercer ciclo es de preparación específica para las tareas de
investigación y de iniciación a la misma. Además bajo responsabilidad del Secretariado de Escuelas de Formación Social Obrera,
existen diversas Escuelas Delegadas en los barrios de la ciudad
de Barcelona y en las localidades industriales de la provincia,
donde con el asesoramiento de ICESB y con la colaboración de otras
personas se organizan cursillos de dos a tres meses de duración
cada uno (a base de una a dos clases semanales), sobre Sindicalismo, Historia del Movimiento Obrero, Historia social contemporánea,
Iniciación a la Economía, la Participación de los trabajadores en
la sociedad. Derecho Laboral, Sociología del trabajo, Problemas
de la empresa, etc.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : No especificado.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Los alumnos que terminan satisfactoriamente el primer ciclo de dos años y aprueban
cuatro cursillos especiales reciben de ICESB el certificado académico de 'Titulado en Ciencias Sociales'. Los que terminan el
segundo ciclo y presentan un trabajo de valor científico reciben
el 'Diploma en Ciencias Sociales' por la Facultad de Teología
de Barcelona.
Calificaciones de los participantes : No especificado.
Derechos de matrícula : No especificado.
Becas : No especificado.
III.
Director de investigaciones : Félix Marti.
- 3 -
Esferas principales de investigación : Todas las relacionadas con
las ciencias sociales, pero en particular : investigaciones históricas sobre el movimiento obrero, Migraciones y movilidad social
en Cataluña, Asistencia Sanitaria, Maestros de enseñanza general
básica, etc.
No especificado.
No especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Se organizan periódicamente en el propio ICESB cursos de 6 a 12
sesiones cada uno (de 2 a 3 horas de duración cada una) sobre temas sociales diversos, pero sobre el tema laboral se han organizado
los siguientes, en los últimos años : Crítica de la Organización
Sindical gubernamental, El movimiento obrero español en la postguerra, Convenios Colectivos, Derecho laboral. Conflictos colectivos en las empresas, Alternativas sindicales en los momentos
actuales, Alternativas político-económicas en la actualidad, etc.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : ICESB dispone de 6 aulas para la Escuela
Superior de Ciencias Sociales, de 3 salas de reunión para la celebración de Seminarios.
Ninguna.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 1 a jornada completa y 2 a jornada parcial.
8.700.
Computadoras :
57-03-77
Ninguno.
Ninguna.
215.
- 4 -
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
- Perspectiva social (en catalán), aparecen 2 números cada año.
- Cuadernos de orientación familiar (una edición en castellano y
otra en catalán), aparece cada tres meses; incluye a menudo
artículos sobre temas laborales o simplemente sociales de interés para las familias.
Obras recientes : No especificado.
SPAIN
"ÎNSTITUTO pe ESTUDIOS LABORALES ÊSCUELA SUPERIOR DE ADMINISTRACIÓN
Y DIRECCIÓN DE EMPRESAS (ESADE)
p p ^ .—
jJ * Vi
?
^60
62, Avenida de la Victoria
BARCELONA ^17
i3s
I.
-\
f ß; (ß£
f&úko
/^Q
SS&
& J
Director : Juan N. García-Nieto
Carácter del Instituto : Sección autónoma de la ESADE, institución
universitaria independiente y reconocida de la Universidad de
Barcelona.
Fines del Instituto : Aplicar métodos derivados de las ciencias
sociales a los problemas laborales, y examinar la aplicación de los
convenios y recomendaciones de la OIT merced al fomento y la realización de estudios en la esfera de las relaciones de trabajo y
poniendo a disposición de las personas interesadas en los problemas
laborales toda su documentación, bibliografía, etc., para la preparación de investigaciones, tesis u otros estudios.
Administración y organización : El Instituto es administrado por un
Director y un Consejo Asesor formado por seis miembros, entre los que
figuran ingenieros, juristas, industriales, sociólogos y dirigentes
sindicales.
Un Comité Ejecutivo compuesto de cuatro miembros se
ocupa del trabajo del Instituto.
El Director del Centro de Asesoramiento Laboral, S.A., de Barcelona, y un representante de la Secretaría de "Formación Social Obrera" de Barcelona son miembros del
Consejo Asesor.
A jornada
A jornada
Personal :
completa
parcial
Visitante
10
categoría administrativa :
2
Calificaciones del personal profesional : El personal de investigas
ción posee los títulos universitarios apropiados en las correspondientes materias.
Idioma dé Trabajo : Español.
II.
El Instituto no lleva a cabo ninguna actividad de formación profesional.
III.
Director de investigaciones : el Director del Instituto.
57-04-77
- 2 EBferas principales de investigación : El Instituto realiza, bien sea
por propia iniciativa o a solicitud de organismos externos, proyectos
de investigación aplicada.
Los temas estudiados comprenden : participación de los trabajadores en la dirección de empresas; la evolución de las relaciones laborales en España durante los últimos cinco
años (acuerdos colectivos, conflictos de trabajo y seguridad social);
cultura de los trabajadores en Cataluña; formación profesional y
actitudes de los trabajadores; adaptación de los trabajadores de
origen rural a la cultura urbana industrial.
Actividades de investigación actuales : No especificado.
instituciones, organizaciones y organismos nacionales e internacionales : El Instituto ha llevado a cabo proyectos de investigación con
otros organismos que han solicitado su colaboración, como por ejemplo
la ESADE y la Asociación Católica de Dirigentes de Barcelona, y con
otras instituciones de investigación, como el Instituto Internacional
de Estudios Laborales de Ginebra.
Parte VI : N Q especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Instituto proyecta la celebración de seminarios sobre relaciones
de trabajo.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El Instituto utiliza los servicios de la
ESADE y ocupa 2 oficinas y una sala para los seminarios y la documentación.
Biblioteca :
El Instituto utiliza la biblioteca de la ESADE.
y a jornada parcial : 1 a jornada completa.
Número de volúmenes : aproximadamente 9000.
Equipo audiovisual : No especificado.
Computadoras : No especificado.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Boletín Informativo Ctrata de los problemas laborales
del momento y publica los resultados de las Investigaciones realizadas por el Instituto).
Obras recientes : Los resultados de la labor de investigación se
publican por distintas editoriales.
Se proyecta la publicación de
una serie de apuntes sobre gestiones laborales y sociales.
57-04-77
SPAIN
INSTITUTO DE ESTUDIOS DE SANIDAD
Y SEGURIDAD SOCIAL
C/Bretón de los Herreros, 41
MADRID - 3
I.
Director : Juan Velarde Fuertes
1975
Carácter del Instituto: El Instituto tiene el carácter de Servicio
Común de la Seguridad Social, dependiente del Ministerio de Sanidad
y Seguridad Social.
Se encuentra adscrito a las entidades gestoras
de la Seguridad Social : Instituto Nacional de Previsión y Servicio
del Mutualismo Laboral, adamas puede promover o formalizar cuando
así proceda, los oportunos conciertos con la Universidad para la
profesión de cursos superiores y la realización, en su caso, de
trabajos de investigación.
Fines del Instituto: Realización de estudios para preparar la
revisión y actualización de los supuestos doctrinales y la acción
normativa de la política de la salud y la seguridad social, promoción
social y demás materias conexas : constitución del fondo documental
adecuado; enseñanza; programación y dirección técnica de las
publicaciones especializadas del Ministerio de Sanidad y Seguridad
Social.
Administración y organización: El Instituto está regido por un
Consejo, un Director y un Secretario General.
El Director es
designado por el Gobierno a propuesta del Ministro de Sanidad y
Seguridad Social.
El Instituto cuenta con los siguientes Servicios:
Administración, Documentación, Publicaciones, Estudios sobre la
Salud, Estudios Sociológicos, Estudios Administrativos, Estudios
Económicos, Estudios de Seguridad Social y Estudios de Reforma de la
Empresa.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
92
-
-
57
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Licenciaturas en Ciencias
Políticas, Sociología, Derecho, Ciencias Económicas y similares.
También doctores principalmente en estas materias.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español. El Instituto utiliza otros idiomas
para el trabajo con documentos originales y para sus relaciones
exteriores. Principalmente Inglés, Francés, Alemán e Italiano.
57-05-80/81
- 2 II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : Según cursos.
- curso sobre los Servicios de Empleo en la Europa Comunitaria y
en España (Octubre-Diciembre 1975). (Cátedra 'Europa Social1);
- cursos sobre temas sociales en la Europa Comunitaria (Junio y
Julio 1977) : Organizaciones e Instituciones Europeas; Libre
Circulación de trabajadores; Normativa comunitaria en materia
de seguridad social; Fondo Social Europeo; Relaciones laborales;
Política de empleo y formación profesional; Instituciones Sociales y Sindicalismo Europeo.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Clases y conferencias.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : El Instituto entrega un
diploma acreditativo de los cursos realizados.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Funcionarios del Ministerio
de Sanidad y Seguridad Social y dé la Administración Civil del
Estado. Se piensa también dirigir en el futuro a titulados superiores.
Becas : Los cursos son gratuitos. Los funcionarios asistentes son
seleccionados por las Direcciones Generales del Ministerio, en
razón de las funciones encomendadas.
III.
Director de investigaciones : El Director del Instituto.
Esferas principales de investigación : Seguridad Social, Relaciones Laborales, Sociología del Trabajo, Economía del Trabajo,
Administración del Trabajo, Reforma de la Empresa, Política Social
de las Comunidades Europeas, Sanidad.
- Reforma de la Seguridad Social;
- Reforma de la Empresa;
- Indicadores Sociales.
Parte VI : Trabajos de base del Libro Blanco para la Reforma de la
Seguridad Social.
- 3 IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Ninguna.
>
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : Existen algunas salas de reunion y un
salón de actos. Para los cursos se utilizan aulas del Servicio
de Empleo y Acción Formativa, situadas en el mismo edificio.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 3 a jornada completa y 2 a jornada parcial.
Número de volúmenes : 15,500
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas :
- Informes de documentación Social Europea :
. La Problemática del Desempleo Juvenil en España y en la Comunidad Económica Europea.
. La Libre Circulación de Trabajadores en la C.E.E.
. Los Consejos Económicos y Sociales.
. Gula Sindical de la Europa Comunitaria.
- Informes de documentación Social Española :
. La Reforma sindical en España durante el primer Gobierno del
Rey (Diciembre 1975 - Junio 1976).
. II Informe sobre la Reforma Sindical (1 de Junio a 30 de Septiembre de 1976).
. Informe sobre la Reforma Sindical (Octubre 1976).
. Informe sobre la Reforma Sindical (Noviembre - Diciembre 1976).
. Informe sobre la Reforma Sindical (Enero 1977).
. Informe sobre la Reforma Sindical (Febrero 1977).
- Perspectivas Laborales :
. Problemas del paro en Francia.
. Protección social de la trabajadora con responsabilidades familiares.
. Problemática de empleo.
. Los presupuestos sociales.
. La medicina social en Inglaterra.
. Empleo - Salarios - Seguridad Social.
. Multinacionales - Empleo - Participación Política y Social.
. Seguridad Social.
57-05-80/81
. II Conferencia tripartita de las Comunidades Europeas snhra el
restablecimiento del pleno empleo y la estabilidad.
. Las perspectivas del empleo en la Comunidad Económica Europea
hasta 1980.
Obras recientes :
- Estudios Laborales :
. La Huelga en Europa.
. La Huelga en España.
- Promoción profesional de la mujer en los medios rural y suburbano.
SPAIN
INSTITUTO DE ESTUDIOS SOCIALES (ÍES)
Pió Baroja, 6
MADRID - 9
I.
Director : Juan Antonio Sagardoy Bengoechea
Fecha de Fundación:
1978
Carácter del Instituto: Es un organismo autónomo, creado por Real
Decreto-Ley 2297/1978, de 1 de septiembre y adscrito al Ministerio
de Trabajo.
Fines del Instituto: Los fines del Instituto son: elaborar los
anteproyectos de textos legales que le sean encargados por el
Ministerio de Trabajo; elaborar y promover programas de
investigación en temas socio laborales y organización del trabajo;
prestar asistencia y asesoramiento a la Administración; programar
y dirigir seminarios, cursos y conferencias en materia de relaciones
de trabajo y productividad.
Administración y organización: Los órganos de gobierno y administración del ÍES son: El Consejo Rector, el Director, El Secretario
General y los Gabinetes de Estudios Laborales, y de la Empresa y
Productividad.
Es Presidente del Consejo Rector el Subsecretario del Ministerio de
Trabajo.
La Vicepresidencia le corresponde al Secretario General
Técnico de dicho Ministerio.
El Director del Instituto de Estudios
Sociales desempeña el cargo de Secretario del Consejo Rector.
Los
Vocales, en número de 8, son expertos en materias relacionadas con
la actividad del Instituto, en representación de diversos
Ministerios y de la Universidad.
A jornada
completa
Personal :
Numero de
categoría
Numero de
categoría
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
A jornada
parcial
Visitantes
27
43
Calificaciones del personal profesional: Doctores y Licenciados en
Derecho, Ciencias Económicas y Empresariales, Políticas, Sociología,
Filosofía, Psicología y Pedagogía.
Idomas de trabajo: El español, así como las lenguas oficiales de
las Comunidades Autónomas.
También se utilizan: inglés, francés,
italiano, portugués y alemán, entre otros, cuando la índole del
trabajo así lo exige.
57-06-80/81
- 2 II.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen: Cursos de Derecho comparado del Trabajo y de
Derecho comparado de las Comunidades Europeas.
documentación escrita.
Clases, conferencias, coloquios,
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso: A los participantes que en
los Cursos de Derecho Comparado justifiquen su asistencia y prueben
su aprovechamiento se les entregará un diploma acreditativo de los
estudios realizados.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Postgraduados, expertos,
dirigentes sindicales, directivos de empresas, etc.
30.000.- pts.
Becas: Se conceden becas al personal vinculado al Ministerio de
trabajo, así como a dirigentes sindicales.
III.
Director de investigación:
- Derecho laboral comparado;
- Condiciones de trabajo, de vida y empleo;
- Historia del movimiento obrero;
- Teoría y práctica del sindicalismo;
- Movimientos cooperativos;
- Organización, productividad y reforma de la empresa;
- Bibliografía y documentación.
- Las relaciones laborales en España, durante la transición (197 51980);
movimiento obrero; negociación colectiva; conflictos
colectivos; empleo;
- La información laboral en España.
Becas de investigación:
Para postgraduados.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: No especificado.
Parte VI:
- "Aspectos económicos y sociales de la Constitución española de
1978";
- "Régimen del despido en los países de la Comunidad Económica
Europea";
- "Promoción profesional y orientación profesional";
- 3- "Conciliación, mediación y arbitraje. Regulación de la huelga";
- "La regulación del despido colectivo".
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
- Simposios y mesas redondas entre organismos y organizaciones
vinculadas al mundo del trabajo, profesores, profesionales,
dirigentes sindicales, dirigentes de empresas, universitarios, etc.
- Conferencias a cargo de representantes de las diversas áreas del
saber relacionadas con el mundo del trabajo, su teoría y su
práctica.
V.
SERVICIOS
de actos.
Existen algunas salas de reunión y un salón
Ninguna
Biblioteca:
Numero de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa:
Numero de volúmenes: 40,000
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: 400
Equipo audiovisual: Proyector cinematográfico;
diapositivas; traducción simultánea.
Computadoras:
VI.
6
proyector
Ninguna.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas:
- Colección Documentación Socio-laboral;
- Colección Documentos y Conferencias;
- Colección Cuadernos Laborales;
- Colección Monografías Sociolaborales;
- Revista de Trabajo.
Obras recientes:
- La protección del desempleo en España y en los países de la CEE;
- La libertad empresarial de contratación;
- El concepto de sindicato más representativo en los sistemas
sindicales europeos;
- Las relaciones laborales en la constitución española;
- Aspectos sociales de la integración de España en las Comunidades
Europeas.
La libre circulación de trabajadores;
- Materiales para el estudio del sindicato;
- Negociación colectiva y estadísticas salariales 1979;
- Vigencias y concordancias en la legislación laboral española;
- La participación de los trabajadores en la empresa en los países
del Benelux;
- Participación de los trabajadores en la empresa y la reforma de
las sociedades anónimas.
57-06-80/81
SPAIN
INSTITUTO VALENCIANO DE
ESTUDIOS SOCIALES
Av. Marqués de Sotelo, 1VALENCIA 2
I.
Director : Ismael Peidro Pastor
Fecha de fundación : 197 0
Carácter del Instituto : Instituto dependiente del Ilustre
Colegio Oficial de Graduados Sociales de Valencia. Mantiene
relaciones con la Escuela Social y el Ministerio de Trabajo.
Instituto de Ciencias de la Educación.
Fines del Instituto
El estudio, orientación, coordinación, planificación, impulso y desarrollo de posibles soluciones a los
problemas laborales y sociales de la actual comunidad española
y en especial la valenciana, como servicio de los Graduados Sociales a nuestra generación, mediante sus tres secciones de :
- formación;
- estudio;
- investigación.
Administración y organización : El Instituto está compuesto por
su Presidente, que lo es el del Colegio de Graduados Sociales, el
Director del mismo, dos Vicedirectores y su Junta Directiva.
Se autofinancia con las cuotas de los afiliados y las becas así
como subvenciones de diversas entidades.
A jornada
completa
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa
A jornada
parcial
Entre
25 y 30
Visitante
Entre
10 y 15
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Calificaciones académicas adecuadas, experiencia a nivel provincial, nacional e internacional, experiencia en materia de enseñanza e investigación
especialmente en materias laborales y sociales.
Idiomas de trabajo : Español. El Francés, el Inglés y el Alemán
se utilizan en casos especiales.
II.
Director de educación o formación profesional : Enrique Manzana
Sanmartín.
57-07-80/81
- 2 Cursos que se ofrecen :
- Cursos para postgraduados : Procedimiento Laboral; Seguridad
e Higiene en el Trabajo; Seguridad Social; Prácticas Laborales;
Relaciones Humanas en la Empresa; Dirección de Personal.
- Cursos para empleadores : Empresas Comunitarias; Pequeña y
Mediana Empresa.
- Cursos para empleados : Mandos Intermedios Administrativos;
Informática a varios niveles.
- Negociación colectiva; arbitraje; estudio métodos y tiempos.
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, cursos, seminarios,
simposios, mesas redondas, ejercicios de simulación, trabajo de
grupo o de equipo, encuestas.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : Certificado de asistencia únicamente.
Calificaciones de los participantes : Para postgraduados, los
que estén en posesión del titulo o en el último año de carrera.
Para empleadores, los que sean titulares o gerentes de empresa.
Para empleados o trabajadores, todos los que figuren en una
empresa o en desempleo con becas del Ministerio de Trabajo.
Derechos de matrícula : Solo para postgraduados.
Becas : 20 por curso durante la duración del mismo. Los gastos
de viaje están financiados a este fin por el Ministerio de Trabajo
y su ámbito es provincial.
III.
Director de investigaciones : Ismael Peidró Pastor
de investigación del IVÉS corresponden principalmente a : Niveles
de formación; Seguridad Social; Política de empleo; Dinámica de
los sistemas de relaciones laborales; Nivel de vida y perspectivas
sociales; Las investigaciones son a nivel provincial con características comparativas con las demás provincias españolas mirando
hacia el futuro con el fin de aportar sugerencias para una mejor
política social.
- Política de empleo y niveles actuales de desempleo;
- problemas de la tercera edad;
- participación de los trabajadores en la gestión de las empresas;
- autogestión;
- relaciones laborales en las empresas multinacionales;
- problemas laborales de la mujer trabajadora;
- formación e incorporación al trabajo de los disminuidos físicos
y deficientes mentales.
Becas para investigación : Se dispone de unas becas para investigación cuya duración es de nueve meses, pero en cuantía muy mínima.
- 3 Relaciones de trabajo en la esfera de la investigación con otras
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Algunas de las actividades de investigación del IVÉS
se llevan a cabo con organismos provinciales y nacionales.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El IVÉS organiza, según la dinámica social y laboral lo exige, reuniones-coloquio, conferencias, seminarios y mesas redondas invitando
a ellas a personalidades relevantes en problemas laborales y sociales. Estas reuniones tienen carácter extraoficial y en ellas se
establece un franco y libre intercambio de opiniones, participando
todos los invitados en las mismas. Últimamente ha tenido lugar una
sobre la reciente Ley del Estatuto de los Trabajadores.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación : El IVÉS está instalado en los locales
del Colegio de Graduados Sociales. Tiene 2 aulas propias para la
celebración de sus actividades más un despacho.
Biblioteca :
y a jornada parcial : 2 a jornada parcial.
Numero de volúmenes : 400.
Computadoras : Se alquilan cuando se precisan.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Justicia Social (trimestral)
Obras en preparación:
- Comentarios al Estatuto del Trabajador;
- Estudio sobre niveles de empleo.
57-07-80/81
SPAIN
SEMINARIO DE GRADUADOS SOCIALES
"MARQUES DE NARROS"
Oquendo 16-2Q
SAN SEBASTIAN.
I,
Director : Isidoro Alvarez Sacristán
Carácter del Instituto : Seminario creado y patrocinado por la
Organización Sindical con carácter autónomo. Desde el punto de
vista académico depende de la Escuela Social de la Universidad
de Oviedo.
Fines del Instituto : El Seminario de Graduados Sociales "Marqués
de Narros" constituye un Centro de Estudios de Problemas Laborales
y Sociales, dando especial importancia a la formación de dirigentes
y la promoción de los trabajadores.
Administración y organización : El Seminario tiene a su frente un
Director. Su patronato, de amplia composición, está integrado por
representantes de los Ministerios de Trabajo, Organización Sindical
y por empleadores y trabajadores. Las actividades del Seminario
pueden clasificarse en tres grupos: al Cursos de Formación de
Trabajadores, b). Cursos de Graduados Sociales y c). Cursos Monográficos para profesionales.
Personal :
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
A jornada
completa
personas de la
profesional :
personas de la
administrativa :
2
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
17
6
3
-
Calificaciones del personal profesional : Titulación académica de
grado superior con experiencia en materia de enseñanza e investigación.
Idiomas de trabajo ; Castellano.
II.
Seminario.
Cursos que se ofrecen : El Seminario imparte los cursos correspondientes a los cursos de Graduado Social de conformidad con lo previsto en la legislación española.
Asimismo se han realizado Cursos Monográficos de Seguridad Social
Derecho Laboral, Cooperación y Seguridad e Higiene.
57-08-79/80
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados : Conferencias, clases, mesas redondas, grupos de trabajo, trabajos de equipo y tesis individuales.
Diplomas o certificados de fin de curso : El título o diploma según
los estudios realizados.
Calificaciones de los participantes : La totalidad de las actividades están destinadas a trabajadores mayores de 18 años con un
nivel educacional equivalente al Bachillerado Superior.
Derechos de matrícula : 2,000 pesetas por curso y participante.
Becas : El número de becas es de 45 a lo largo de un año y están
destinadas a los alumnos de menos recursos.
III.
Director de investigaciones : Profesores.
Esferas principales de investigación : Sesenta tesis fin de carrera
sobre distintos temas sociolaborales y económicos.
No especificado.
No especificado.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales:
No especificado.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
El Seminario organiza reuniones y seminarios de carácter informal
sobre la problemática del momento. Asimismo el Seminario proyecta
su actividad en otros centros docentes y formativos a través de
conferencias, proyecciones y publicaciones.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación ; El Seminario está instalado en el edificio
de la Organización Sindical y utiliza tres aulas más los correspondientes despachos y locales de Secretaría.
- 3 -
Biblioteca :
Número de bibliotecarios empleados a jornada completa y a jornada parcial: Un bibliotecario a media jornada.
Número de volúmenes : 3.000.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas : 100,
Equipo audiovisual : Diverso : magnetofones, proyectores de sólidos, de diapositivas, de películas.
Computadoras ; Ninguna.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas : Cuadernos de Formación 10 publicados, con un promedio
de 160 páginas por cuaderno. Serie monografías : "Verificación de
Poderes en España" de D. Antonio Cillán Apalategui. 2§ "Empresa,
Trabajo y Vivienda" de D. Juan Bautista Goñi Ruesgas.
Obras recientes:
57-08-7 9/80
No especificado.
SPAIN
CENTRO DE ESTUDIOS SOCIALES
. (CES)
San Bartolomé, 7
BARCELONA-1
I.
Director:
Jordi Est'ivill i Pascual
1978
Carácter del instituto: Ninguna relación orgánica institucionalizada. Ahora bien, existen multiples vínculos a través de profesores.
Fines del Instituto:
logía del trabajo.
Estudios sociales, en. especial temas de socio-
Administración y organización:
No especificado.
Personal:
A jornada
Numero de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la '
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
°
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
6
10
3
2
Calificaciones del personal profesional: Sociólogos, historiadores,
juristas y economistas.
Idiomas de trabajo:
II.
Catalán y castellano.
No especificado.
Cursos que se ofrecen: Cursos de formación sindical para cuadros
permanentes de las diversas centrales sindicales.
Varios según programa.
Ninguno.
Condiciones de admisión: No especificado.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Cuadros permanentes.
Derechos de matrícula: Costos de material y dedicación de profesores (parte proporcional).
Becas:
III.
Ninguna.
Jordi Estivill.
57-09-79/80
Sociología del trabajo.
- 2 -
- estudio multinacionales: empírico, por sectores y ramas de actividad;
- estudio bibliográfico sobre la "Cuestión nacional y sindicalismo"
- estudio horario bibliotecas en Cataluña;
- gula jurídica.
Trabajamos por encargos.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales : Trabajamos sobre pedidos de las centrales sindicales.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Conferencias, por ejemplo sobre el "Sindicalismo italiano hoy".
V.
SERVICIOS
No especificado.
Eventual.
Biblioteca:
y a jornada parcial: 1 persona.
Número de volúmenes: en crecimiento: 10 000 fichas.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: No especificado.
Equipo audiovisual:
Computadoras:
VI.
Ninguno.
Ninguna.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas;
Ninguna.
Obras recientes:
Guía sindical.
SPAIN
INSTITUTO UNIVERSITARIO DE RELACIONES
LABORALES (IURL)
Facultad de Derecho
Ciudad Universitaria
ZARAGOZA
Director:
Juan Rivero Lamas
1975
Carácter del Instituto: Instituto interfacultativo, aunque integrado orgánicamente en la Facultad de Derecho, de acuerdo con el artículo 7 3 de la Ley General de Educación de España.
Fines del Instituto: Centro de investigación y enseñanza especializada cuyos objetivos son: a) la investigación interdisciplinar
de las relaciones laborales; b) la enseñanza sobre relaciones laborales, según los planes de estudio elaborados por el Consejo del
Instituto; c) la especialización y perfeccionamiento profesional
de graduados universitarios y profesionales en ejercicio; d) la
asistencia y el asesoramiento científico sobre las relaciones laborales.
Administración y organización: El IURL está gestionado por un director. El Consejo de Patronato es un órgano de orientación, supervisión y tutela económica de sus actividades: lo preside el Rector de
la Universidad y forman parte de él representantes de organismos
oficiales, organizaciones sindicales y patronales, del profesorado
del Instituto, y de entidades públicas y privadas que contribuyen
económicamente al desarrollo de su labor docente e investigadora.
Al Consejo del Instituto corresponde la organización técnica de las
tareas de investigación y docencia. Las enseñanzas del Instituto
pueden ser ordinarias y complementarias. Las primeras consisten en
los programas básicos de especialización y perfeccionamiento profesional y en el de formación de colaboradores de investigación en relaciones laborales. Tienen el carácter de enseñanzas complementarias los seminarios, coloquios, conferencias, etc., que organiza el
Instituto con independencia de los programas básicos.
Personal:
Número de
categoría
Número de
categoría
personas de la
profesional:
personas de la
administrativa:
A jornada
completa
A jornada
parcial
Visitante
3
5
entre 4-8
cada año
-
2
Calificaciones del personal profesional: Licenciados universitarios
y doctores con experiencia en la enseñanza y la investigación sobre
relaciones laborales.
Idiomas de trabajo:
57-10-79/80
Español, francés, italiano e inglés.
- 2 -
II.
Instituto.
El Director del
Cursos que se ofrecen: El IURL ha organizado hasta el momento presente dos coloquios sobre relaciones laborales, en 1976 y 1978, para
profesores e investigadores en derecho del trabajo. A lo largo de
los cursos académicos se han organizado también programas de perfeccionamiento profesional para directores de relaciones laborales y
ciclos de conferencias y seminarios sobre temáticas de actualidad:
nueva regulación de las relaciones laborales; sistemas de solución
de conflictos colectivos; participación del trabajador en la empresa
Métodos de enseñanza utilizados: Conferencias, mesas redondas, grupos de trabajo, proyectos de investigación individuales.
Certificados de asistencia.
Condiciones de admisión: No especificado.
Calificaciones de los participantes: Una parte de las actividades
del IURL vá dirigida a la formación de investigadores y profesores
universitarios en derecho del trabajo y relaciones laborales.
Los participantes son alumnos de ultimo curso de licenciatura en
derecho y ciencias empresariales, de doctorado y profesores en
fase de formación. Otra vertiente de actividades se dirige a
profesionales sobre relaciones laborales que ocupan puestos de
dirección en las empresas o de asesoramiento. Por último, en los
seminarios y mesas redondas participan, junto a profesores de los
distintos áreas de las relaciones laborales, miembros de las organizaciones sindicales y patronales, además de profesionales directivos de las empresas.
Derechos de matricula: Para los cursos, seminarios y coloquios
se fijan unos derechos de inscripción, de acuerdo con la legislación oficial universitaria. Las conferencias son publicas.
Becas: A cargo del IURL sólo existen las establecidas por el Consejo
de Patronato para financiar programas de investigación concretos.
Se suministra información para que los posibles participantes puedan
acceder a las becas que concede el Ministerio de Universidades e
Investigación, el de Trabajo y el de Sanidad y Seguridad Social del
Gobierno español.
III.
Esferas principales de investigación: Los derechos sociales en la
nueva constitución española; la función del sindicato en el sistema
constitucional; la participación de los trabajadores en la empresa;
sistemas de solución de conflictos colectivos; el estatuto de derechos de los trabajadores; ámbito de aplicación de las normas laborales; la historia del movimiento obrero en Aragón.
- sistemas políticos y democracia industrial;
- el Estado y los sindicatos;
- historia del movimiento obrero en Aragón;
- 3 -
- la organización de la asistencia sanitaria en la Seguridad Social
española;
- consecuencias jurídicas de la huelga;
- los cargos directivos y el derecho del trabajo;
Becas para investigación: Las becas que concede el IURL son para
la realización de trabajos de investigación concretos, previo concurso de memorias entre los solicitantes. Para la financiación de
los trabajos de investigación los colaboradores del Instituto pueden acudir a los concursos convocados por el Ministerio de Universidades e Investigación y fundaciones privadas.
instituciones, organizaciones u organismos nacionales e internacionales: Algunas actividades de investigación del IURL se han
financiado parcialmente con aportaciones de organismos oficiales
y entidades privadas.
Parte VI: No existe, de momento, este tipo de documentación.
IV.
OTRAS ACTIVIDADES
Cada dos años el IURL organiza un coloquio sobre relaciones laborales para tratar monográficamente un tema, dedicando un total de 8
horas a la exposición y discusión de aspectos parciales del mismo.
Al coloquio se invita a todos los profesores universitarios de derecho del trabajo de España y también a algunos extranjeros; también asisten representantes de la jurisdicción y administración del
trabajo, dirigentes sindicales y patronales. Hasta el momento se
han celebrado dos: en septiembre de 1976 y de 1978, ambos en el
Palacio de Congresos de la Cuidad de Jaca (Huesca). También se han
organizado seminarios de perfeccionamiento profesional en 1977, 1978
y 1979, dirigidos fundamentalmente a directores de personal y relaciones laborales. Las conferencias y mesas redondas organizadas
hasta el presente, con la participación de personalidades científicas, políticas, etc. no tienen carácter regular.
V.
SERVICIOS
Servicios de educación: El IURL está instalado en la Facultad de
Derecho de la Universidad de Zaragoza, donde está instalada la biblioteca, sala para la celebración de seminarios, mesas de trabajo
para investigadores, despachos para profesores y acceso al Salón de
Grados y Aula Magna de la Facultad, donde se ha celebrado alguna de
sus actividades. En algunos casos se ha reccurido también al Salón
de Actas del Instituto de Ciencias de la Educación, edificio colindante con el Instituto de Relaciones Laborales y a salas de conferencias de entidades públicas o privadas de la cuidad de Zaragoza.
Residencia de alojamiento: El IURL puede gestionar la estancia de
estudiantes e investigadores en colegios mayores de la Universidad,
con las previsiones necesarias.
57-10-79/80
- 4-
Biblioteca:
y a jornada parcial: uno a jornada parcial.
Número de volúmenes: alrededor de 4 500.
Número de publicaciones periódicas recibidas: alrededor de 60.
Equipo audiovisual: Ninguno.
Computadoras : Se pueden utilizar los servicios de computadoras de
la Universidad y del Departamento de Geografía aplicada del Consejo
Superior de Investigaciones Científicas.
VI.
PUBLICACIONES
Periódicas: Anuario del Instituto de Relaciones Laborales
(publicado el número correspondiente a 1977 y en
prensa el de 1978).
Obras recientes
- Hacia un modelo democrático de relaciones laborales, Zaragoza, 1979
- Historia del movimiento obrero en Aragón, la parte (1845-1890),
en prensa.
SRI LANKA
MARGA INSTITUTE
SRI LANKA CENTRE FOR DEVELOPMENT STUDIES
61 Isipathana Mawatha,
P.O.Box 601,
COLOMBO - 5
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Godfrey Gunatilleke and Chandra H. Soysa
1972
for development studies.
Privately sponsored autonomous institute
Aims of the Institute: To study and analyse development problems,
with special reference to Asia and in particular to Sri Lanka, to
improve the public's knowledge and understanding of development
issues.
Administration and Organisation: The general policy of the Institute
is made by a 5-member Board of Governors. The daily administration
of the Institute is the responsibility of the Board of Management.
The Board of Governors appoints the Board of Management and 2
working directors, the executives of the Institute.
The Institute is organised into 8 divisions. In addition to 4
Research Divisions, they include Action Programme; Library and
Data Bank; Publications; and Administration.
Staff
Others:
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
77
10
59
3
-
5
-
from a recognised university.
II.
English;
Minimum of a first degree
Sinhalese; Tamil.
The Marga Institute has no training activities.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Directors of Research:
175-01-80/81
Directors of the Institute.
- 2Major research areas:
-
There are 7 research divisions:
Law and development studies;
Coastal studies;
Rural studies;
Urban studies;
Science and technology;
International studies.
During the last six years the Institute has been engaged in the analysis of development problems mainly in the historical perspective;
the research programme for the next three years has a futuristic
emphasis.
Current research activities: Some of these are as follows:
- Modernisation of peasant communities - a longitudinal study;
- Intermediate urbanisation in the rural sector;
- Traditional marketing in small-scale fisheries in the Hambantota
District;
- Sharing of traditional technology - a regional programme;
- The needs of children in Sri Lanka;
- Patterns of self-reliant development in Sri Lanka (3 years);
- Institutional dimensions of district and village level participation;
- Study of the political economy of public enterprise in Sri Lanka;
- Children's book programme;
- Study of poverty in Sri Lanka in relation to basic needs.
national and international agencies: The Institute has undertaken
work for the International Labour Organisation, United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, United Nations Research Institute
for Social Development, Food and Agriculture Organisation, Friedrich
Naumann Stiftung, United Nations Children's Fund, Swedish Agency for
Research Co-operation in Developing Countries, the International
Development Research Centre on a contractual basis, among many others.
The Ford Foundation has also sponsored research projects.
The
Institute maintains close collaboration with similar institutions
in the region.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI: There
is a large collection of working papers of the research staff
available in the Institute's Library. Some recent titles include:
-
Some Demographic Aspects of Integrated Rural Development;
Technology and Employment Implications of Higher Oil Prices;
Self-Reliance and Countervailing Power;
Multi-Nationals - the Global Perspective;
Role of Housing in Improving Rural Habitat;
Economic and Social Impact of Low Cost Housing.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Institute conducts seminars, workshops and conferences ranging
from international symposia to field discussions at the village
level.
- 3These seminars/workshops/conferences are held prior to the formulation of a project in order to map out the research strategy and
also while the project is going on mainly to collect data and focus
attention on specific problems, while the events held subsequent
to the conclusion of the research study seek to disseminate research
findings.
A continuing series of evening discussions at which the Institute's
staff participate is an essential component of the activities of
the Institute.
V.
FACILITIES
workshop room.
Auditorium with 45 person capacity and
None.
Library:
4.
Audio-visual equipment: Slide projector; film projector;
projector; public address system; and tape recorders.
Computer equipment:
VI.
overhead
Available on hire from other institutions.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Marga Journal (quarterly).
Recent titles:
- G. Corea, The Instability of an Export Economy.
- Jones and Selvaratnam, Population Growth and Economic Development
in Sri Lanka.
- The Cooperative System and Rural Credit in Sri Lanka.
- Housing in Sri Lanka.
- The Needs of Children and Adolescents in Sri Lanka.
- Non-formal Education in Sri Lanka.
- Religion and Development in Asian Societies; Seminar papers.
- The Sinhala Reading Public.
- Welfare and Growth in Sri Lanka.
- Youth, Land and Employment; Seminar papers.
- Religiousness in Sri Lanka.
- A Statistical Survey of Elections 1911-1977.
- Collective Identities.
Nationalisms and Protests in Modern Sri
Lanka.
Under the Institute's translation programme various publications and
monographs are issued in Sinhala.
175-01-80/81
SRI LANKA
SRI LANKA ACADEMY OF ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES
28/10 Longden Place,
COLOMBO - 7
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director; V.C.B. Unantenne
1966
Nature of the Institute;
An administrative training institution
functioning under the Ministry of Public Administration and Home
Affairs.
To serve as a centre for training public
sector employees; to undertake research and consultancy services
in public sector management.
Administration and Organisation; The Academy is managed by a
Director. Its activities are organised within three major areas:
a) Developmental policy and processes;
b) Organisations and organisational behaviour;
c) Management science and finance.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
17
12
-
Visiting
15-25
Qualifications for professional staff: Post-graduate degree in
relevant fields and experience in development and social welfare
administration.
II.
English and Sinhala.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The Academy organises a variety of training courses
for public sector personnel in Sri Lanka. Titles of recent training
courses include:
-
Management Development;
Public Financial Management;
Organisation and Organisational Behaviour;
Quantitative Techniques;
Project Appraisal and Formulation;
Management of Change;
Local Government and Peoples' Organisations;
Personnel Administration;
Industrial Relations.
175-02-77
- 2 Each activity is planned for 30 participants; course length varies
from 1 week to 9 months.
Teaching Methods used; Lectures; discussions; seminars; case
studies; panel discussions; group and team projects.
management.
Diploma in financial
Qualifications of participants; Experience in the public sector
and appropriate educational qualifications.
Fees; Vary (requested from public sector corporations participants;
no fees requested from Government personnel).
Fellowships available; None.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research; Not specified.
- District administration and integrated rural development;
- Public enterprise management.
Current Research Activities: Study of processes and problems of
integrated rural development in a selected project area.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
FACILITIES
5 rooms.
Library:
- 3 -
Audio-visual equipment;
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Journal of Development Administration (biannual)
Recent titles:
175-02-77
Not specified.
SOPAN
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
UNIVERSITY OF KHARTOUM
P.O.Box 321,
KHARTOUM
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Ahmed A. Ahmed
1961
Nature of the Institute: One of four departments within the Faculty
of Economic and Social Studies, University of Khartoum.
Aims of the Institute: To educate and train students in modern
.management techniques to take up middle-managerial positions in government and industry and to generate research in the application of
management techniques in the Sudan.
Administration and Organisation: The Department is run by the Head
of the Department; the Departmental Board is responsible for academic
matters.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
11
2
2
-
2
-
Qualifications for professional staff: Sudanese: Ph.D. in Business
Administration; Expatriate: Master Degree and/or professional
degree (e.g., ACCA, ACA, CA, CPA).
II.
English.
Head of the Department.
Courses offered: All courses are, so far, intended for undergraduate
students. Generally speaking, the Department offers two types of
courses: Business Administration and Accounting. In both cases,
however, the theory as well as the tools are emphasised. The courses
are of 4-year (general degree) or 5-year (honour degree) duration.
Courses in Personnel Management, Industrial Relations and General
Management take a substantial part of the Business Administration
Programme.
projects.
Lectures;
seminars;
case studies;
research
Degrees, diplomas or certificates offered: B.Sc. in Business
Administration and Accounting; M.Sc. and Ph.D. (by research) in
Business Administration and Accounting.
Qualifications of participants: Standard University requirements.
176-01-80/81
- 2Fees:
University regulations.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Research Committee.
Faculty Research Committee and University
-
Management;
Marketing;
Business finance;
Accounting.
Current Research Activities: Mostly empirical, interdisciplinary
research on industrial relations, general management, vocational
training and related subjects; considerable research in financial
control.
Research Fellowships available: Most research fellowships cover
a period of one academic year but often an extension may be granted.
national and international agencies: The Department has currently
research relationships with the Economic and Social Research Council
(national); Development Studies and Research Centre (national);
and International Institute for Labour Studies, Geneva (international) .
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The staff of the Department participate in many national, regional
and international conferences.
The staff undertake many consultancy assignments for private enterprises, parastatal organisations and the central government.
V.
FACILITIES
3 classrooms;
3 seminar rooms.
Residential accommodation: The University dormitories are available
for practically all students.
Library:
Number of volumes: 250,000 (University Library)
Number of periodicals received: Only through University library.
- 3Audio-visual equipment:
Computer equipment:
VI.
None.
Available at the University Computer Centre.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Recent titles:
176-01-80/81
Sudan Journal of Economic and Social Studies
(published biannually).
Not specified.
SUDAN
INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
SP395-I
/
P.O.Box 1492,
KHARTOUM
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
El Suni Bannaga (Director General)
1960
Nature of the Institute; An independent body created by a special
law. Attached directly to the Minister of Public Service and
Administrative Reform.
Alms of the Institute; The Institute is dedicated to the improvement
of the performance of the Sudanese civil service by training public
officials, conducting research and providing consultancy to government organisations.
Administration and Organisation; The Institute is managed by a
Director General appointed by the Minister of Public Service. It
has a Board of Directors composed of professionals (in the field
of public administration) and government officials.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
24
14
7
-
8
Qualifications for professional staff; Minimum: Master's degree in
Public Administration.
Languages used in activities; Arabic and English.
II.
Director of Education or Training; Not specified.
Courses offered; The Institute offers general and specialised
courses to government officials. The general part consists of
orientation programmes for new graduates; special programmes for first
line supervisors and middle management training are also offered.
Specialised courses include: management of public corporations;
public relations; planning; personnel management; and management
by objectives.
Teaching Methods used; Lectures; discussion sessions; case studies;
round tables; audio-visual methods.
176-02-77
- 2Conditions of Admission;
Qualifications of participants: Participants are government
officials; each course is geared towards the requirements of
certain jobs.
Fees;
ES 2.
Very few (offered by the Government to
neighbouring African and Arab states).
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Osman Kheiri
Major Research Areas; All fields of Public Administration.
Current Research Activities: Administrative Reform in the Sudan;
Reorganisation of some Ministries.
Research Fellowships available;
None.
national and international agencies: The Institute conducts research
programmes with the Institute of Social Studies, the Hague, and the
National Institute of Public Administration, the Yemeni Arab Republic.
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Not specified.
V.
FACILITIES
3 classrooms ; 2 seminar rooms.
Library:
Audio-visual equipment: 2 film projectors; 1 slide projector;
1 tape recorder.
- 3-
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals :
Sudan Journal of Administration and Development
(contains articles In English and Arabic).
176-02-77
SUDAN
02>9l>3
MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTIVITY CENTRE
P.O.Box 2308,
KHARTOUM
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Sowar El Dahab Ahmed Eisa.
1965
Nature of the Institute: The Management Development and Productivity
Centre is a joint project of the Government of Sudan, UNDP and ILO
dedicated to management improvement through training, consultancy
and research.
Aims of the Institute: The over-all function of the Centre is to
provide a comprehensive management training and advisory and consultancy
service to organisations in both public and private sectors.
Administration and Organisation: The Centre is managed by a DirectorGeneral appointed by the Minister of Public Service and Administrative Reform on the recommendation of the Governing Board. The Centre
consists of Training and Consultancy Divisions and supporting Research
and Information Sections.
Staff
Full-time
II.
Visiting
38
37
and working experience desirable.
Part-time
University degree;
Mainly English;
teaching
very little Arabic.
Abdelaziz Mustafa Mohamed.
Courses offered: The -Centre provides training of a general and
specialised nature to top, middle and supervisory managers in
public and private sector organisations. Courses offered include:
- General Management;
- Production Management;
- Personnel Management;
- Marketing Management;
- Management Accounting ;
- Supervisory Training.
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; case studies; practical exercises;
field work; business games; attachments to industry.
176-03-78
- 2 -
Qualifications of participants: Top and middle, supervisory level
of management personnel with appropriate educational and working
experience.
Fees:
£S 30 to 50.
III.
None.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
- Personnel management}
- Marketing}
- Management needs.
Current Research Activities: Maintenance problems in Sudanese
industry; Industrial relations.
None.
national and international agencies: Central trajLning and research
programmes aimed at the co-ordination of efforts with the Institute
of Public Administration, Khartoum.
IV.
None.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Centre provides advisory and consultation services to organisations in public and private sectors, specially in the field of
management careers, marketing and sales, cost accounting, personnel
management, etc.
V.
FACILITIES
3 lecture rooms.
None.
Library:
2 full-time.
Audio-visual equipment: 2 cinema projectors; sound film-strip;
2 flannel boards; 2 tape recorders; 3 overhead projectors.
Computer equipment:
None.
- 3 -
VI.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
The Manager (a journal issued biannually).
Recent titles:
- Training Institutes Programmes.
Public Lecture Series:
- Basic General Management Course - Notes.
The Management Development Series:
- Marketing of Sudanese Products (in Arabic).
- A Survey of Labour Turnover (in English).
- Industrial Relations Problems in Sudan (in Arabic).
176-03-78
SUDAN
\Si
"l&UBLIC CORPORATION FOR WORKERS' EDUCATION
*76P.O.BOX
(-76
<-"
6003,
Peoples Hall,
1 J KHARTOUM
"Jv : étfOO
í»0
Jp«í: Ê P 6 >
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
/
Director; Hassan El Tahir El Bashir (Director General)
'
Date of establishment; 1970; operation started 1971.
Nature of the Institute; A public institution supervised by the
Ministry of Public Service and Administrative Reform.
- Develop national awareness and social and economic knowledge
amongst the workers;
- promote a general understanding of their rights and obligations
and clarify the concept of trade unionism;
- conduct courses and research in the labour field.
Administration and Organisation; The Corporation is managed by a
Board and a Director General. The Board is composed of representatives of employer and worker organisations and other government
units dealing with labour, adult and workers' education. The
Chairman of the Board and the Director General are nominated by the
Minister of Public Service and Administrative Reform and appointed
by the President of the Republic. The Corporation maintains seven
centres; three in Khartoum and four in other provinces. Its annual
budget is covered by allocations from the central government;
additional sums are available for workers' education programmes in
the provinces.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
32
24
about 100
-
Visiting
Qualifications for professional staff; Appropriate academic
qualifications relevant to the field of adult education and labour;
Languages used in activities: Arabic and English.
II.
Khalil Mohamed Khalil (Director
of Training Programme)
Courses offered: The Corporation organises a variety of training
activities of interest to trade unionists. There are basic, advanced
and specialised courses. Each programme is planned for about 30
participants and lasts from one to four weeks, depending on the nature
of the course.
176-04-77
- 2-
Teaching Methods used: Lectures; discussion sessions; case studies;
seminars; team and individual projects; role playing.
attendance.
Certificate of
Qualifications of participants; M l activities are designed for
persons who are literates and members of registered trade unions.
Participants are selected by their organisations.
Fees:
Basic course: ES 2.
Advanced course: ES 5.
Fellowships available: Fees are paid by sponsoring trade union
organisations.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Tajelsir Ahmed Abduel Rahman
Major Research Areas: Research undertaken by the Corporation
concentrates on workers' needs in a developing country; it tends
to be prospective.
Recent projects include:
-
How to manage workers' education*
Means of following-up in workers' education;
Abolishing illiteracy;
Workers' theatre;
Developing methods of workers' education;
The role of trade unions in population, employment and economic
development;
- Health and housing;
- The impact of democratic changes on educational services in Sudan;
- Aspects of paid educational leave..
national and International agencies: Many results of research
projects carried out by the Corporation are presented at international conferences, symposia and workshops. The Corporation has
established a wide network of contacts with organisations working in
labour and adult education fields, including Arab labour organisations and the ILO.
specified.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
The Corporation participates in conferences held in the Arab and
African world on workers' education.
- 3 -
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities;
but not specified.
Available in various parts o'f the country,
None.
Library:
cameras.
Computer equipment:
VI.
3 projectors;
None.
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals:
Recent titles:
176-04-77
None.
Not specified.
2.
3 recorder sets;
3 slide
SURINAM
^QÔGZ^.
STICHTING SCHOLINGS INSTITUUT VOOR
DE VAKBEWEGING IN SURINAME (SIVIS)
(SURINAM LABOUR COLLEGE)
.
Burenstraat No. 50,
PARAMARIBO
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director;
Thomas van Genderen
1969
Nature of the Institute: A foundation created by the Workers'
Organisation, Government and Employers' Federation.
Alms of the Institute: To supply the workers and trade unionists
in particular, with knowledge and insight on the organisation, task
and role of the trade union movement in the national, regional as
well as international social-economic field.
Administration and Organisation: The College is managed by a
Director; there is. a Foundation Committee composed of 2 government,
1 employer and 4 worker members.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
1
5
12
Visiting
2-4
Qualifications for professional staff: Background in social and
economic development, labour studies and adult education.
Languages used in activities: Dutch; English is used on an ad hoc
basis.
II.
Not specified.
Courses offered: The College organises various educational activities
mainly for persons involved in the labour movement. The courses can
be classified as internal or external. The internal courses are
subdivided into in-class trade union courses, correspondence and
special courses.
studies; round-tables; panels; simulation exercises; group and
individual projects.
attendance.
213-01-77
Certificate of
- 2Conditions of Admission;
Qualifications of participants; The activities are designed for
workers} the levels of the courses are adjusted to the participants'
educational background.
Fees;
None (for most activities).
Fellowships available; None.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
Director of Research; None.
Major Research Areas; Research is undertaken to enrich the workers'
education programme.
Current Research Activities; Reading on workers' participation;
co-operatives} trade unions and politics.
national and International agencies; Research on labour economics
with other institutions in the Caribbean under the supervision of
the ILO/DANIDA.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
Weekend seminars and symposia are periodically organised, with
participation of outstanding personalities discussing emerging
labour and social policy issues. The seminars encourage free
exchange of view and individuals are invited to attend in an
individual capacity rather than as a delegate or representative of
an organisation or government agency.
V.
FACILITIES
Educational facilities; Rented building with offices and classrooms? plans to have its own premises in 3 years.
Residential accommodation; Not specified.
Library;
The College has a small library.
Not specified.
Audio-visual equipment: Available but not specified.
SWEDEN
INDUSTRIENS UTREDNINGSINSTITUT
(THE INDUSTRIAL INSTITUTE FOR ECONOMIC
AND SOCIAL RESEARCH)
Grevgatan 34,
114 53 STOCKHOLM
I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Director:
Gunnar Eliasson
1939
Nature of the Institute: An independent non-profit research
institution, founded by the Swedish Employers' Confederation and
the Federation of Swedish Industries.
Aims of the Institute: To carry on research into economic and
social conditions of importance for industrial development in
Sweden.
Director. Its Board is composed of representatives for the two
founding organisations which also are the primary sponsors.
Staff
Full-time
Part-time
Visiting
20-22
6-8
4-6
3-5
1
qualifications (mostly a Ph.D. in economics).
II.
Swedish;
to some extent English.
None.
III.
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES
-
Medium term forecasts of the Swedish economy;
Productivity, technology and resource usage problems;
The Swedish tax and transfer system;
Inflation, finance and profitability;
Private consumption;
The internationalisation of industry;
Labour markets and wage formation.
58-01-80/81
- 2 Current research activities: About 30 projects in the major research
areas specified above.
In the labour market the following studies
are underway :
- Labour mobility;
- Econometric studies of sex differentials on the Swedish labour
market ;
- Salaries of industrial white collar workers in Sweden and the
United States.
None
national and international agencies: Occasionally, the Institute
takes part in international co-operation projects together with
institutions such as the National Bureau of Economic Research, New
York; the National Institute for Economic and Social Research,
London; IFO-Institute, Munich; Cambridge University, and others.
Unpublished research documentation not included in Part VI : Working
papers.
IV.
OTHER ACTIVITIES
None.
V.
FACILITIES
Two seminar rooms.
None.
Library:
Number of volumes : None
None
The Institute has access to the library of the Federation of Swedish
Industries.
Computer equipment:
Centre.
VI.
Terminal connections to the Stockholm Data
PUBLICATIONS
Periodicals : None.
Recent titles (Ln English) :
- B. Bergmann, G. Eliasson, G. Orcutt (eds.), Micro Simulation Models, Methods and Applications, IUI Conference Reports, 1980:1.
- 3 - G. Eliasson, Electronics, Technical Change and Total Economie
Performance.
Research Report No. 9, 1980.
- B. Carlsson, Technical Change and Productivity in Swedish
Industry in the Post-War PeriocT
Research Report No. 8, 1980.
- G. Eliasson, Technical Change, Employment and Growth.
Experiments on a micro-to-macro model of the Swedish economy.
Research Report No. 7, 197 9.
- J. van den Broek, F. R. F0rsund, L. Hjalmarsson, W. Meeusen,
On the Estimation of Deterministic and Stochastic Frontier
Production Functions.
Booklet No. 108.
- B. Carlsson, The Swedish Economy Facing the 80's.
Booklet No.
107.
- F. R. F0rsund, L. Hjalmarsson, Generalised Farrell Measures of
Efficiency.
An Application to Milk Proce

directory tore

Transcription

Documents pareils

Couverture FR - Agropolis International

Dan Dana ONOMASTICON THRACICUM Répertoire des noms

Research Officer, National Research Council Canada

Nettoyage de façades à l`aide d`enzymes et/ou de micro

us competitiveness, technology policy, and public research

Research engineer in the field of the chemical thermo

(Offre d`Emploi chargé\(e\) de mission scientifique)

PLAN D`ÉTUDE PERSONNALISÉ DU Ph.D. EN EPI (PEP)

FRENCH REGULATION OF TEMPORARY